Puitling SS Zirlai 2014 - Ephesi, Philippi, Kolossa Leh Philemona

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA
www.mizoramsynod.org
MIZO SUNDAY SCHOOL UNION
Thuthlung Thar Hrilhfiahna
EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA HRILHFIAHNA

2014 PUITLING SUNDAY SCHOOL ZIR
Buatsaihtu Rev. Dr. Vanlalchhuanawma, B.A. (Distn.), B.D., M.Th., D.Th.
SYNOD LITERATURE & PUBLICATION BOARD

Publised by Synod Literature & Publication Board for Mizo Sunday School Union (MSSU)
Chhut khatna - 2013 Copies - 65,000 (All rights reserved)
Typesed by Synod Literature & Publication Board
Printed at Synod Press Aizawl - 796 001 Mizoram

MSSU PUITLING SUNDAY SCHOOL SYLLABUS 2014 THLA NI ZIRLAI THUPUI JAN 5 Pwl siam rem ni 12 1 Ephesi Thuhmahruai 19 2 Chibai bkna leh lehkhathawn thupui 26 3 Krista leh Kohhran Kristaa thlante FEB 2 9 16 23 2 9 16 23 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Krista taksa Kohhranho Krista ruala tihnun Kohhran inpumkhatna Paula thlarau nun Kohhranho tna Pathian thil tum Kohhran taksa pumkhat Kohhran pumkhat png hrang hrang Mihring hlui leh thar Kristian nun dn \ha
MAR
APR 13
6 13 Pathian fa ng fate nun phung tr 14Kristian chhngkua nupa (Tmkau Ni) 20 Easter Sunday 27 15 Kristian naupang leh nu leh pate 4 11 18 25 16 17 18 19 Kristian indona Philippi thuhmahruai Chibai bkna leh thupui langsr Sawisl bo ni trin
MAY
JUN
1 8 15 22 29
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
Hneh theih loh Nun Krista Pentikos Ni Rinna leh tuarna (Rualbanlote Ni) Inpumkhatna rilru tlwmna Chhandamna thawh chhuahpui Kristiante thawh hona (Health & Hospital Sunday) Krista vnga chn ngam Puitling rilru Vn khua leh tui Lalpaah ding nghet rawh u Thlamuanna lamlian Rawngbwltu hausakna Kolossa thuhmahruai Kolossa khua leh Paula (Ramthar Ni) Chibai bkna leh Kolossa Kohhran nihna Thlarau lam finna Krista fakna hla Thurk puanna (Kristian Chhngkaw Ni & Nu leh Pa Ni) Fmkhur tra fuihna Krista leh ringtu inzawm dn Zirtrna hnawksak Kristaa thuhrk nun
JUL
6 13 20 27
AUG
3 10 17 24 31
SEP
7 14 21 28
33 34 35 36
OCT
5 12 19 26
37 38 39 40
NOV
2 9 16 23 30
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 -
Khawvl Sunday School Ni Mihring thar inthuamna Kristian chhngkaw nun Lehkhathawn khrna: Fuihna leh chibai bkna Philemona Thuhmahruai Chibai bkna ngaihnawm (Bible Sunday) Bwih tln bo tna ngensakna (MSSU Pathian thu exam ni) Chibai bkna hnuhnng Thlr ltna
DEC
7 14 21 28
SUNDAY SCHOOL THILTUMTE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Pathian hriatna leh rinna dik tak nei tra kaihhruai leh \anpui. Pathian thu (Bible) zirtr. Kristian thurin zirtr. Pathian biak zirtr. Kohhran mi \ha tak leh khua leh tui \ha tak ni tra buatsaih. Kristian tih tr leh awm dn tr zirtr.
A CHHNGA THU AWMTE Phk iv vi xi xii xiii xiv xvi
PTSS Syllabus 2014 Sunday School thil tumte Chhuahtu Board Thuchng Thuhmahruai Ziaktu Thuhma Synod Ni pawimawhte (2014 Kalendr) 2014 Kalendr |HEN KHATNA EPHESI KHUAA MITE HNNA TIRHKOH PAULA LEHKHATHAWN 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Ephesi Thuhmahruai Chibai bkna leh lehkhathawn thupui Krista leh kohhran Kristaa thlante Krista taksa Kohhranho Krista ruala tihnun Kohhran inpumkhatna Paula thlarau nun Kohhranho tna Pathian thil tum Kohhran taksa pumkhat Kohhran pumkhat png hrang hrang Mihring hlui leh thar Kristian nun dn \ha Pathian fa ng fate nun phung tr Kristian chhngkua nupa Kristian naupang leh nu leh pate Kristian indona
1 9 15 21 25 31 38 43 48 53 60 65 70 77 84 91
|HEN HNIHNA PHILIPPI KHUAA MITE HNNA TIRHKOH PAULA LEHKHATHAWN 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. Philippi thuhmahruai Chibai bkna leh thupui langsr Sawisl bo ni trin Hneh theih loh Nun Krista Rinna leh tuarna Inpumkhatna rilru tlwmna Chhandamna thawh chhuahpui Kristiante thawh hona Krista vnga chn ngam Puitling rilru Vn khua leh tui Lalpaah ding nghet rawh u Thlamuanna lamlian Rawngbwltu hausakna |HEN THUMNA KOLOSSA KHUAA MITE HNNA TIRHKOH PAULA LEHKHATHAWN 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. Kolossa Thuhmahruai Kolossa khua leh Paula Chibai bkna leh Kolossa Kohhran nihna Thlarau lam finna Krista fakna hla Thurk puanna 189 195 201 208 214 221 97 105 111 117 125 131 138 146 151 158 163 169 174 182
37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43.
Fmkhur tra fuihna Krista leh ringtu inzawm dn Zirtrna hnawksak Kristaa thuhrk nun Mihring thar inthuamna Kristian chhngkaw nun Lehkhathawn khrna: Fuihna leh chibai bkna |HEN LINA PHILEMONA HNNA TIRHKOH PAULA LEHKHATHAWN
231 238 245 252 260 267 275
44. 45. 46. 47.
Philemona thuhmahruai Chibai bkna ngaihnawm Bwih tln bo tna ngensakna Chibai bkna hnuhnng Lehkhabu rwnte
284 293 301 308 315
10
CHHUAHTU BOARD THUCHNG

Kumin Puitling Sunday School-a kan zir tr hi Ephesi, Philippi, Kolossa leh Philemona hnna Tirhkoh Paula lehkhathawnte - Rev. Dr. Vanlalchhuanawma ziak a ni a. Kum 1926-ah khn Philippi leh Kolossa - Rev. E.L. Mendus, Rev. Liangkhaia, Rev. Saiaithanga leh Upa Pasena te ziak zir a ni a. Kum 1960 khn Ephesi, Philippi, Kolossa leh Philemona - Rev. J.M. Lloyd ziak zir a ni a. Kum 1969ah khn 1&2 Thessalonika leh Kolossa - Rev. Saiaithanga ziak zir a ni a. Vawiina zirtu tam berte hi chu hng zirbu hmasate zirna boruak tem pha lote kan ni wm e. Kan zirlai bu ziaktu Rev. Prof. Vanlalchhuanawma hi Aizawl Theological College-a Principal \ang lai a ni a. Lehkha thiam thei tak, kan Pathian thu thiamte znga doctorate degree nei hmasa pwl a ni nghe nghe a. Thlarau nun lamah pawh mi ril, Pathian thu a zir hma leh a zir laite pawha Ephesi leh Philippi lehkhathawnte chu mittui parawl \euh chunga lo sawi \hn kha a ni a. Hetiang miin a ziak kan hmaa chhawp chhuaha a lo awm hi a vnneihthlk hle a ni. He zirlai bua lehkhathawn thuhmahruaite hi zirlai dangte aiin a sei tlngpui a. Kum danga Thuvawn a hrana chhut nawn leh \hin kha chhu nawn tawh lovin italic-a dah a ni ta thung a. Mi thiam kutchhuak a nih avngin \awng dangte pawh kum dang aiin a tam deuhvin a lang a. Hngte hi a luhchilh peih tn chuan puitu \ha tak leh \angkai tak a niin a rinawm. He zirlai bu hi khwla chhuttr a nih hmain Editing Group member pasarihin an theih twkin an endik hmasa a. Pht lt nei miah lova hetianga min thawhsak avngin an chungah lwm thu kan sawi a. Zirtu zawng zawngin thlarau malsawmna in dawn \heuh theih nn duhsakna ka hln a che u.
(REV. K.LALPIANGTHARA) Editor, Synod Literature & Publication Board

11
THUHMAHRUAI
Puitling Sunday School zir tr thupui leh a bu ziak tr thlan hi thil awlai lo tak mai a ni a. Kohhran leh ringtu mi malin an swtpui tr ngaihtuaha uluk taka thlan ngai a ni. Zirtute thlarau lam mamawh phuhru kim vek sng lo mah se, a tlngpui thu chuan kan ram dinhmun nna inhmeh tak zl zirlai kan zir \hn a. Hei hi Pathian hnathawh avng leh a thlangtu Mizo Sunday School Union Committee-in ngaihtuahna tak tak snga \awng\aina nn an thlan \hin vng pawh a ni ngei ang. Kum 2014-a Puitling zirlai atn MSSU Committee chuan lehkhathawn pali Ephesi, Philippi, Kolossa leh Philemona te thlangin a bu ziaktu atn Rev. Prof. Vanlalchhuanawma a ruat a. Ani hi Pathian thu thiam kan chhuanvwr te znga mi a ni a, chhandamna thuhril kawnga mi tui leh mahni hnam ze mil ngeia Pathian thu sawi leh fak ngaisng tak a ni a, \awng chher thar ril tak tak te pawh a nei nual bawk. Chu bkah zirtu lam dinhmun leh mamawh hrethiam tak a nih avngin zir pawh a chkawm hle. SL&PB lehkhabu chhuah uluk zwka chhut chungchnga inkaihhruaina Synod Executive Committee-in a siam angin, a bu ziaktuin ziaktute kaihhruaina a zui \ha em, tih MSSU Text Book Cell-in January March chhng ena, March thla chhnga SL&PB-a theh lt tra tih a ni a. A bu ziaktu hian March thla chhnga a ziah zawh hman loh deuh avngin MSSU Text Book Cell chuan a en vek hman ta lo va; chuvngin a lo thlr chin chinah rawtna te nn SL&PB-ah a pe lt a, anni lamin chhut theih trin an lo buatsaih ta a ni. Kristiante hian Paula zirtrna leh chhandamna thu a kalpui dnte kan ngaisng a, lehkhathawn kan zir trte hian ringtu nun leh kaihhruaina lam te, rawngbwlna lam te, thlarau lam nun leh chhandamna lam thu zirtrna te a fn \ha hle a; chuvngin, kan zir tr hi a phrawm hle a ni. Zirtute pawhin hlwkpui tum takin zir \heuh ila a lwmawm hle ang.
(REV. LALZUITHANGA) Executive Secretary i/c MSSU

12
ZIAKTU THUHMA Synod level meuhvah chuan eng zirlai bu mah ziak ve t<rah ka lo indah l>m lo va. Hnung lama sa barh ang maiin Puitling Sunday School zirlai ziak t<r min han hlui ve ta si a. Synod duhsakna ka dawng kh^wm hnuhnawh nasa hl>. ATC Principal mawhphurhna n>n, doctor zirna college-a hl^n kai tl^ka Serampore Senate hotute mit tlung t<ra \an l^k hun n>n a innang zui a. Ka vanneihna ka buaipui ta viau mai. Ka insawizawi ngai lohna lam Bible hrilhfiah hna a ni a. A ruala bu pali zir ngai chi, t^n in a\anga lehkhathawnte, a ni bawk si. Thuthlung Thar thiam b$k Douglas J. Moo leh Peter T. O'Brien te'n bu khat pawh ph>k zali v>la an hrilhfiah laiin, kei tehlulin bu li lai ph>k zathum v>la han s^wrbing chu awmze neiin a chhuak lo vang tih ka hlau hl>. Ka thawhpuite hriatthiamna z^rah te, M.Th. Thuthlung Thar zirlaite \anpuina z^rah te, Kohhran hovin tih tak zeta min \awng\aipuina z^rah te ka han peih ve mai chu a ni a. Min fuih \anga, min z<t m^msaktu Sunday School Text Book Cell leh Synod Literature & Publication Board te chungah l^wm thu ka sawi bawk a ni. Ka mi mal thawhl^wm ve t<ra ka ruat chu tualrem theology (contextual theology) leh rahbehte/n>kralte theology (subaltern/marginalized theology) an tih lam hawia Pathian thu zir d^n kawng zawnna tl>m lo lang ve t<r hi a ni deuh mai a. Thil dangah chuan zir d^n tluangtlam ka zui mai niin ka hria. A hmingin Bible ziakna \awng bul lamte chu ka han chhawp chhuak ve nual a. Chuti chungin kumina kan Sunday School zirlai chu, 'Pa nar^nin mi v^ntl^ng t^na a ziak' tih hian a khaikh^wm ber ang. He zirlaibu tl^wm tak hmang hian Lalpa'n Mizo Sunday School Union leh a kohhrante mals^wm rawh se. Vanlalchhuanawma
13
SYNOD KALENDAR 2014 (*Synod Office chawlh)

J ANUARY 1* 23* 6 2426 26* Nilaini Ningani - Zirtawpni Thawh\anni Zirtawpni Pathianni Pathianni Zirtawpni Pathianni Thawhlehni Ningani Ningani Inrinni Thawhlehni Ningani Ningani Pathianni Kum thar Ni Kum thar chawlh Synod Office Hawn Ni Bial K|P Conference Republic Day Bial Hmeichhe Inkhawmpui Synod Mission Board Committee Synod Finance Committee State Day K|P Day Synod Executive Committee K|P Gen. Conference Kohhran Hmeichhe Rorel Inkhawm Chanchin |ha Thlen Ni Harhna Thlen Ni Tumkau Ni Good Friday Easter Sunday Easter Monday Bial Inkhawmpui Synod Mission Board Committee PRESCOM Board Committee PCI General Assembly Synod Pastoral Committee Synod Social Front Committee NEICC Annual Meeting Synod Finance Committee SLWF Annual Meeting Synod Executive Committee Pentikos Ni Whit Monday YMA Day Rualbanlote Ni Remna Ni
F EBRUARY
79 11 13 20* 22 2527 27 Feb - 2 March
M AR C H A PRIL
7-9 Zirtawpni Pathianni 15* Inrinni 4* 13 18* 20 21* 25-27 29 30 1-4 6 8 14-18 21-22 30 3-5 8 9* 15* 15 30* Zirtawpni Pathianni Zirtawpni Pathianni Thawh\anni Zirtawpni Pathianni Thawhlehni Nilaini Ningani Pathianni Thawhlehni Ningani Nilaini Pathianni Nilaini Ningani Zirtawpni Thawhlehni Ningani Pathianni Thawh\anni Pathianni Pathianni Thawh\anni
MAY
JUNE
14
JULY A UGUST SEPTEMBER
6 Pathianni 15* Zirtawpni 31* Pathianni 4 14 21 28 B EIHRUAL T HLA Ningani Pathianni Pathianni Pathianni Ningani Ningani Pathianni Ningani Pathianni Thawh\anni Thawhlehni Nilaini Ningani Zirtawpni Thawh\anni Thawhlehni Nilaini Ningani Zirtawpni Pathianni Thawhlehni Nilaini Thawhlehni Ningani Thawhlehni Ningani Nilaini Ningani
Health Sunday & Hospital Sunday Independence Day Ramthar Ni Synod Finance Committee NPSS Inkhawmpui Senior Department Inkhawmpui Kristian Chhungkaw Ni & Nu leh Pa Ni Gandhi pian cham Presbytery Inkhawmpui Pastor Nupui Intawh khawm NEICC |awng\ai rual PPF Board Committee PRESCOM Board Committee Sunday School Committee Synod Mission Board Committee Synod Theological Education Board Synod Hospital Board Committee Synod Pastoral Committee Synod Education Board SL&PB Committee Khawvel Sunday School Ni Synod Social Front Committee Synod Music Committee Synod Executive Committee Synod Finance Committee Synod Executive Committee Synod Executive Committee (Budget Session) Synod Pastoral Committee (Pro. Pastor Interview) Kohhran Hmeichhe Ni Synod Pastoral Committee Synod Nomination Committee Synod Inkhawmpui Bible Sunday MSSU Pathian Thu Exam Ni Krismas chawlh Krismas Ni Kum tawp Ni
O CTOBER
2* 9-12 16 19 20 21 22 2324 27 28 29 30 31 2 4 5 1113 1820 26 27
NOVEMBER
28 Zirtawpni 28 Zirtawpni DECEMBER 1 2 27 7 14 2231* 25* 31* Thawh\anni Thawhlehni Thawhlehni Pathianni Pathianni Pathianni Thawh\anni Nilaini Ningani Nilaini
15
2014 KALENDAR
JANUARY FEBRUARY MARCH
Pathianni Thawh\anni Thawhlehni Nilaini Ningani Zirtawpni Inrinni
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
2 3 4 5 6 7 1 8
10 11 12 13 14 15
9 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28
30 2 9 31 3 10 4 11 5 12 6 13 7 14 1 8 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
APRIL
MAY
JUNE
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30
4 5 6 7 1 8 2 9 3 10
12 13 14 15 16 17
11 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 29 23 30 24 25 26 27 28
JULY
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
AUGUST 31 3 10 17 4 11 18 5 12 19 6 13 20 7 14 21 1 8 15 22 2 9 16 23
SEPTEMBER
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 28 22 29 23 30 24 25 26 27
OCTOBER
NOVEMBER
DECEMBER 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
30 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
10 11 12 13 14 15
9 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
16
|HEN I EPHESI KHUAA MITE HNNA TIRHKOH PAULA LEHKHATHAWN
Zirlai 1
EPHESI THUHMAHRUAI Chhiar tr: Ephesi 3:1-4,7 Thuvawn: Ephesi 3:7
3 Chuv^ng chuan kei Paula, nangni Jentail-te av^nga Krista Isua mi t^ng hian - 2nangni t^n Pathian khawngaih enkawlna hna mi p>k kha in lo hre tawh ch^wk ang a; 3 khatia, thur<k chu hriattrnaa hriattra ka awm kha, hm^na tawi t>a ka ziak ang thu kha; 4kha mi av^ng kh^n, in chhiarin Krista thur<k ka hriatzia hi in hre thei ang. A thiltihtheihna thawhzia anga a thl^wna p>k Pathian khawngaihna chu mi p>k ang z>lin, chu Chanchin |ha rawngb^wltua siam ka ni.
7
Ephesi Thuhmahruaia kan zir tr chu a thu hrilhfiah lam ni rih lovin, a bu chungch^ng a ni ber. Ephesi khuaa mite hn>na lehkhathawn hi a ngaihlutute chuan Thuthlung Thara lehkhathawn zngah an dah chungnung hle. Ephesi lehkhathawn behchhana John Calvin-a sermon bu chu Scotland-a Protestant leh Presbyterian Kohhran dintu John Knox-a (Zawn Nawks-a) kh^n a thih d^wna a ngaihthl^k tam ber niin an sawi. Coleridge-a (K^wlritz-a) chuan, Mihring thuziaka thlarau ber, tiin, Kristian thurin hlang a f<n kh^wm \ha a, sakhaw dang zirtrna \ha a fawm kim bawk si, a ti. William Barclay-a (Barklei-a) chuan, Lehkhathawnte Lalnu,1 a vuah. Ruat l^wk thurin
17
innghahna pawimawh tak a ni bawk leilung pian hmain Kristaa min thlan ang kh^n;Isua Krista z^rah ama t^n faa siam t<ra min lo ruat l^wk tawh av^ngin (1:4-6). Rev. Rokh<ma chuan, Augustine-a leh Calvin-an ruat l^wk thua an pawm d^n an lo sawh nghehna pawh Ephesi-in hemi chungch^ng a sawi a\angin a ni ngei ang, a ti.2 1. Tu hn>na ziah nge? He lehkhathawn hi kohhran hmasain Ephesi khuaa mite hn>na Paula thawn nia an lo pawm, kum zabi 2-na Kohhran Paten an lo pawmpui, vawiin thlenga kohhran n^wlpuiin Ephesi khuaa mite t^na ziah nia pawm a ni. Amaherawhchu, thlr zau n^n mi thiam leh zir chiangtu \henkhatin Ephesi khuaa mite pual bka ziah a nih loh theih d^n an sawi te lo zir ila.3 (1) A trin Ephesi mite t^na ziah a nihna t^r lan a ni lo. Ephesi lehkhathawn ziahna la hmuh theih znga hlui ber, AD 200 v>la ziah Chester Beatty Papyrus (Chestar B-ti Papairas)ah te, kum zabi 4-naa ziah Codex Sinaiticus (K^w-deks Sainaitikas) leh Vaticanus (Vatikanas)-ah te, Ephesi khuaa awm tih hi a chuang lo va.4 Pathian thu thiam Origen-a (kum zabi 3-na) te, Basil-a leh Jerome-a (kum zabi 4-na) te pawhin lehkhabu \ha ber berah pawh Ephesi khuaa awm tih ziah telna an hmuh loh thu an sawi.5 (2) Tu ziah nge? A ziaktu leh a dawngtute inlaichn d^n a mikhual deuh. Ephesi 1:15 leh 3:1-2 te hian a thawntu leh a dawngtute hi r^lkhat a\anga inhre mai niin a tilang a. Rei tak ch^m chilhtu Paula ziah a nih rin a tihar deuh. Paula kha Ephesi khuaah kum thum lai a ch^m a; thlahna thu tuihn^ng leh lungkuai tak a sawi a ni (Tirh 19&20). Mahse, he lehkhathawnah hian Ephesi-a rawngb^wla a awm lai thu pakhat mah a lang lo va, a \hian hlui mi mal hming pakhat mah t^r chhuah a ni lo va, ama chanchin eng mah a ziak lo bawk. Chuv^ngin, Ephesi mite hn>na
18
ziah a ni lo emaw, a nih si chuan Paula ziah a ni lo a ni ang, tih ngaih d^n chak tak a awm. (3) A lehkhathawn zei zia hi a danglam bk.6 A \awngkam leh thuziak kalhmang hian Paula lehkhathawn zei zia a pu lo va; Thuthlung Thar bu danga chuang ve lo \awngkam tam tak (thumal 70 v>l)7 a awm a; hla thu rawngkai, tuihn^ng leh f^n thui tak mai te hi Paula thu ziah dan kalhmang, tawi fel, chiang ngh^l leh zawhna hmanga a thu tum tichiang \hin n>n chuan a inpersan lutuk deuh niin hriat a ni. 2. Sawi fiah d^n leh inhnialna \henkhat han t^r lang zui ila (1) Kohhran mal ni lovin, Kristian mipui n^wlpui t^na ziah a ni ang tih hi zirtute ngaih d^n tl^ngl^wn tak a ni. (2) Asia khawmualpui chh<nga Rom awp chin rama kohhran tam takte hn>na thawn nia rin a ni.8 Lehkhathawn hi kohhran hrang hranga lo chhiar trin mi pakhatin keng kualin, a dawngtu kohhran hming a ziah thl^k z>l nia rin d^n a awm a. Ephesi khua hi Asia rama Rom sawrkar hmunpui niin kawng hrang hrangah a pawimawh bk av^ngin kohhran hrang hranga thawn zngah Ephesi khaw mite hn>na thawn hi a ding chang ta bk nia rin a ni. (3) A trah kohhran mal hn>na thawn niin, a hnuah chhiartu apiangte t^na awmzia nei trin a thawna te khaw hming leh mi mal chibai b<kna te thai bo a ni ang a; tlai khaw hnu deuhvah Ephesi khuaa awm tih hi belh leh a ni ang e, tih ngaih d^n a awm bawk.9 (4) Mahse, Lehkhathawn hi kohhran mal hn>na thawn a nih ngei rin chhan tr \ha tak tak a awm a. Ephesi 1:15 leh 6:21-22 te hi chuan kohhran mal tinz^wn bk a nei ngei tih a tilang a ni. A tr taka a thawn erawh chu Laodikei khuaa mite niin sawi a ni.
19
(5) Marcion-a (Marsion)-a, kum zabi 2-na laih^wla Gnostic (N^wstik) hotu, Paula lehkhathawn fawm kh^wmtu hmasa chuan Kolossa 4:16 behchhanin Laodikei khuaa mite hn>na lehkhathawn tiin a vuah a.10 Tertullian-a erawh chuan Marcion-a ngaih d^n hi a pawm lo.11 (6) Barclay-a chhui d^n chuan Paula a thih kh^n Ephesi Kohhran chuan Laodikei Kohhran hn>nah Paula lehkhathawn an va dl a.12 Annin, Laodikei khuaa awm tih tel lova ziah chh^wn an lo thawn ta a. Ephesi Kohhran chuan, Ephesi khuaa awm tih dah chawpin a kawl ve ta a. Kum sawmthum a han liam a, Paula lehkhathawn te a hl^wma chhuah tura buatsaih a nih chuan Laodikei Kohhran Biak In leh library te chu lirnghngin a lo sawi chhe zo tawh a. Ephesi Kohhrana Paula lehkhathawn chu a him z^wk a ni ta a. Chu chu Ephesi khuaa mite hn>na lehkhathawn tiin hriat l^r a ni ta a ni. (7) He ngaih d^n \^wmtu German mi thiam Harnack-a chuan, Laodikei Kohhranin khawngaihna a tl<ksan kh^n (Thup 3:14-22) kohhran thil pawimawh kawl tl^ka ngaih a ni ta lo va. Laodikei khuaa mite lehkhathawn chu Ephesi khuaa mite hminga vawn him a lo ni ta niin a sawi. Kum zabi 2-na Muratorian (Miur>-trian) Bu13 chuan Paula lehkhathawn pahnih, Ephesi mite leh Laodikei mite hn>na thawn awmin a sawi ve bawk a ni.14 (8) Eng pawh ni se, Ephesi mite hn>na lehkhathawn hi a hun lai khawv>l leh t<n thleng pawhin Krista ringtu mipui tam berte t^na thurin bulpui \angkai tak tak ziahna a ni a. Ephesi khuaa mite pual bka ziah a ni emaw, ni lo emaw, Pathian thu a nihna a dang chuang lo tih hre chungin kan zir a pawimawh ber ^wm e. 3. Tu ziah nge? A bu thu (1:1; 3:1) a\angin Paula ziah ngei a ni tih rinhlelh rual a ni lo. Kum zabi 2-na Kohhran Pate, Irenaeus-a (Ai-rewww.mizoramsynod.org
20
nias-a), Tertullian-a leh Alexandria (Alekzandria) khuaa Clement-a (Klemen-a) te chuan Paula ziah ngei a ni tih an pawm tl^ng. Kum zabi 3-na t^wp lam leh zabi 4-na bul lama kohhran chanchin ziaktu l^r tak, Eusebius-a (Iu-se-bias-a) pawhin a pawmpui bawk a ni.15 Mahse, a chunga Ephesi khaw mite hn>na thawn a ni chiah em tih chhuina a\ang khian Paula ziah a nih rinhlelh theihna a lang nual a. A ziah d^n hmang hi Paula ziah dang n>n a inang lo deuh va, kohhran dinhmun a t^r lante hi Paula thih hnu thil ni tura ngaih d^n a awm bawk. H>ng thlrna pahnih hi han zir zui leh hlek ila. Paulan kohhran mal lehkha a thawn r>ng r>ngah, a thawna te khaw hming leh chibai b<kna tel lo pawhin, a dawngtu kohhran nihna leh dinhmun bk chiang takin a t^r lang z>l a. Lehkha ken kual tur chi (circular letter) a nih chuan a ziak lang bawk \hn. Entir n^n, 2 Korinth, Galatia leh 1 Petera te hi kohhran hrang hrang t^na ziah a nih thu a t^r lang. Ephesi lehkha hi chuan a dawngtu kohhran nihna leh dinhmun chiang tak a t^r lang lo va, lehkhathawn sem kual tur a nih thu a t^r lang lo bawk. Chu b^kah, apostol-te ngaihs^nna leh dinhmun bel tak awm tawh te, kohhran ruang^m leh inr>lb^wlna ngialnghet tawh tak te, kohhrana Juda leh Jentail-te inpumkhat tawhzia te (2:20; 3:5; 4:11), Krista lo kr leh thuai beiseina chuai m>k (5:13-16) av^ng te hian he lehkhathawn hi Paula thih hnua ziah a nih rin a ni bawk. Hetiang ngaih d^n a lo awm ve tlat si chuan chhui chian deuh a \<l a. Ephesi thu ken leh uar lam te hi Paula lehkhathawn dang n>n inang diak diak lo mah se, Paula zirtrna kalh a awm loh b^kah, a thu uar z^wng chhunzawmna leh tihkimna a ni hlawm a. A hun hnuhn<ng lama a ziah a ni a. A zirtrna khaikh^wmna leh tikalhkimtu a tih theih hial ang. A thu thukph<m ber, Kristaa engkim inpumkhatna tih hian a lehkha danga a sawi
21
te a f<n kh^wm \ha hle a. Kolossa lehkhathawn n>n phei chuan a inthl^wp bk a. Ch^ng 55 aia tl>m lo thu inang chiah a awm a.16 Hun khata ziah niin a lang. Lehkhathawn pahnihte hi a rualin Tukika kutah a thawn ve ve bawk (Kol 4:7). Ephesi hi Kolossa lehkha thawn pawh f^n a ang deuh ber. Mihring inr>b^wlna dik lo av^nga mihring leh thilsiam, mihring leh mihring, hausa leh rethei, hnam leh hnam, ram leh ram, Juda leh Jentail, hmeichhia leh mipa k^ra inrem lohna \hiah chu Kristaa Pathian thil tum a nihzia sawi lan a tum ber a ni. Pathian leh mihring k^ra inrem lohna phei chu inrem lohna tinr>ng hringtu angin a hmu a. A hun laia Rom sawrkr chak tak ror>lna hnuaia r^lmuanna (pax Romana) chu Kristaa Pathian ram lo thleng m>k n>n chuan a hmeh bel a. Pathian kohhran chu Krista taksa a vuah a. Inremna thlen n^n Krista chu Pathian kut leh k> a nih angin kohhran chu Krista kut leh k> niin a ngai bawk. A thupui hian Paula thu ken te a khaikh^wm \ha hle a. Chuv^ngin, Ephesi lehkhathawn hi tu dang ni lovin, Paula ziah ngei a nih rinhlelh rual a ni lo. Ephesi lehkhathawn hi Philippi, Kolossa leh Philemon-a te hn>na lehkhathawn te n>n Lung in Lehkhate tia vuah an ni; Paula hian, Krista t^na mi t^ng (3:1; 4:1), Palai khaidiat bun (6:20) tiin a insawi. A ruala thawn an nih rinna chhante han t^r lang ila: (1) Ephesi leh Philippi lehkhate a ziah lai hian zal>n takin thu a hril thei (Phil 1:13; Eph 6:20); (2) Philippi leh Philemona lehkhaahte hian lung in a\anga chhuah mai a inbeisei thu a lang (Phil 2:24; Philm 22); (3) Philemona, Kolossa leh Philippi lehkha a ziah lai hian a hn>nah Timothea a awm ve tih a t^r lang; (4) Lehkha kengtute hi mi thuhmun, Tukika leh Onesima niin a lang (Eph 6:21-22; Kol 4:7-9; Philm 12,23-24). Philippi hi Rom khua a\anga thawn a ni tih a chiang a (Phil 1:12-13; 4:22). A dang pawh hi hemi ruala ziah, Rom t^n ina Paula t^n vawi khatna AD 61-63 v>l nia rin a ni.
22
Francis Foulkes-a, New Zealand Bible College-a Thuthlung Thar zirtrtu chuan Ephesi hi Paula ziah ni lova ngaih d^n tam takte a sawi hnuin, A t^wpkh^wkah chuan ngaih d^n nghet inrochun chh^wn z>l hi a sawi felna \ha ber chu niin a lang. Chutichuan, Paula hian Rom t^n in a\angin Kolossa-a kohhrante harsatna sut kiansak trin lehkhathawn a ziak achumi hnu lawkah Ephesi lehkha hi a ziak ta a ni tih hi kan ring, a tih hi a pawmawm a. Chuv^ngin, lehkhathawn hi Paula thih hma deuh, a hun hnuhn<ng lam sia ziah a niin a rinawm. Sawi ho tr 1. Ephesi khuaa mite hn>na lehkhathawn tia kan hriat tl^ngl^wn hi Kristian mi v^ntl^ng t^na ziah niin pawm ta ila, a pawi viau ang em? Engte nge a pawina ni thei ang? Chk taka Bible zirtuten an lo zirna hi eng nge a \angkaina? Endnotes William Barclay, The Letters to the Galatians and Ephesians, in The Daily Study Bible, Indian Edition, reprinted (Bangalore: Theological Publicatons in India [1954], 1984), p. 61. Barclay, Ephesians, tia dah z>l tawh a ni.
1 2
2.
Rev. Rokhuma, Ephesi Hrilhfiahna, in MTLC Thuthlung Thar Hrilhfiahna, Vol. VIII: Galaltia, Ephesi, Philippi, Kolossa & 1 & 2 Thessalonika (Aizawl: Mizo Theological Literature Committee, 2005), p. 62. Francis Foulkes, Ephesians: An Introduction and Commentary, reprinted, (London: Inter-Varsity Press, 1974), p. 17. He lehkhabu hi Ephesi mite t^n bka ziah a nih loh theih d^n chhuitute ngaih d^n zir n^n a \angkai viau. Foulkes, Ephesians, tiin dah z>l tawh a ni ang.
3

4 5 6
23
Foulkes, Ephesians, p. 17. Foulkes, Ephesians, p. 17.
Ralph P. Martin, Ephesians, New Bible Commentary, edited by Donald Guthrie (Secunderabad: O.M. Books, 1997), pp. 1105-1124. Kan ziah leh hunah chuan Martin, Ephesians,tiin kan ziak tawh ang.
7
Barclay, Ephesians, p. 64. Foulkes, Ephesians, p. 19. Foulkes, Ephesians, p. 18.
8 9
Foulkes, Ephesians, p. 17. Marcion-a hi Gnostik hruaitu, kal suala puhte znga langs^r tak a ni. Apostol-te an thih zawh m>k lai leh, Pathian thu ni ngeia an hriat humhimtute tihduhdaha an awm laia Bible siam tuma beitu, Pathian thua pawm tl^k ngei tur thliar \an hmasatu a ni. Juda Pathian Jehova chu phuba l^k hmang Pathian tiin Thuthlung Hlui bute hi a hn^wl vek a. Paulan Krista Chanchin |ha a sawi hi khawngaihnaa khat niin a ngai a. A lehkhathawn 13 leh Paula \hian Luka ziak Chanchin |ha leh Tirhkohte Thiltih te hi Pathian Thu tlinga ngaiin Bible at^n a pawm a ni.
10 11 12 13
Foulkes, Ephesians, p. 17. Barclay, Ephesians, p. 69.
Muratorian Canon hi A.D. 180 leh 200 ink^ra Thuthlung Thar Bu hmingte an lo phuah kh^wmna a ni.
14 15 16
Foulkes, Ephesians, p. 17. Eusebius, Ecclesiastical History III.iii.4,5. Barclay, Ephesians, p. 62.
24
Zirlai 2
CHIBAI BKNA LEH LEHKHATHAWN THUPUI Chhiar tur: Ephesi 1:1-2,9-10; 2:14-15; 4:4-6 Thuvawn: Eph 1:2
1 1 Paula, Pathian duh z^wnga Krista Isua tirhkoh chuan, mi thianghlim Ephesi khuaa awm, Krista Isuaa mi rinawmte hn>nah chuan: 2Pathian kan Pa leh Lalpa Isua Krista hn>n ata khawngaihna leh remna in hn>nah awm rawh se 9-10a duh z^wng thur<k kan hn>na min hriattirin; hun bi kim khawsak hunah a l^wm z^wng (engkim- v^na thil awmte, lei chunga thil awmte pawh Kristaa f^wk kh^wm t<r chu) amahin tih a tum ang kh^n; amah ngeiah chuan a ni. 2 14-15Amah chu kan inremna a ni si a; ani chuan intaina (thiltih t<rahte thup>k d^n awm chu) a tsaa tibovin, p^wl hnihte chu pumkhatah a siam a, an k^r pindanna bang chu a tichim a 4 4A koh chhan che u beiseina hmun khata koh in ni ang bawk kh^n, taksa pakhat leh Thlarau pakhat chauh a awm a; 5Lalpa pakhat, rinna hmun khat, baptisma hmun khat, 6 engkim Pathian leh Pa pakhat chauh a awm a; engkim chungah a awm a, engkim fang chhuakin a awm a, engkim chh<ngah a awm bawk a ni.
A hun laia chn d^n zuiin Paula hian a lehkhathawn r>ng r>ng chibai b<knain a \an \hn. Ephesi khuaa mite hn>na chibai b<kna a thawn pawh hi a hun laia tih d^n tl^ngpui ang a ni. Ama nihna sawiin a bul a \an a. Pathian duh z^wnga Krista Isua tirhkoh a invuah a ni.
25
1.
Pathian duh z^wngin Paulan a nihna a sawi hi a ch^ltlai deuhvin a lang mai thei. Mahse, Pathian duh z^wnga a nihna a sawina a ni. Pathian duh z^wngin tih hian mihring ruat chawp ni lo, Pathian rilru anga a nihna hi ruat leh p>k a nihzia sawina a ni. A nihna leh dinhmun hi lo awm palh mial emaw, a tla chawp emaw ni lovin, Pathian chatuan remruata tel ve niin a pawm a. Amah lamah Krista Isua tirhkoh ni tura tlinna a hmu ngai lo. A nihna petu Pathian khawngaihna ropuizia erawh chuan a hneh a. Krista Isua tirhkoh a nihna chu Pathian lama chhuak niin a pawm mai a ni. 2. Paula nihna Paulan tirhkoh (apostol) a nih a puan chhuahna. Krista Isua tirhkoh tih hi kawng li chauhvin lo sawi ila (1) Tirhkoh tih hi Grik \awng apostol tih lehlinna a ni a. Khawmual leh tuipuia hnam sipaite tih tr bil at^na tirh sawi n^n te, ram aiawh ram danga tirh chhuah sawi n^n te hman a ni. Kristian chu a dam chh<nga Krista sipai, a hna chanpual ti zo tra tirh a nihzia sawina a ni. (2) Petera leh apostol dangten Krista kohhrana thuneihna s^ng ber an neihzia sawina a ni.1 Paula hian chu thuneihna chu a thusawi pawimawhzia nemngheh n^n a hmang a. Chu thuneihna chu a dotute pawhin an paih thl^ksak ngam lo. (3) Krista ta a nihna sawina a ni. A nunna chu ama thua hman t<r a ni lo va; amah neitu Isua Krista duh z^wng ang chauhva hman tr a nihzia a puanna a ni. (4) Apostol chu Juda ror>l kh^wl s^ng ber Sanhedrin thuchhuak kengtu sawi n^n hman a ni bawk. Ror>lna thuchhuakin a nghawng mite hn>na tirh a nihin Sanhedrin thuneihna chu ama thuneihna angin a keng \hn. Kristian hi khawv>la Krista aiawhtu, a thuneihna kengtu a ni. A hna bil thawh tr erawh chu ama thiltihtheihna leh chaknaa tih rual a ni
26
lo va. Amah trtu, lei leh v^na thuneihna zawng zawng neitu Krista thiltihtheihna leh chaknaa ti tr a ni z^wk tih a tilang. 3. Ephesi Kohhran Ephesi Kohhran hi Asia rama kohhran hmasa znga langsr ber pwl a ni. A khua hi a ropui mai ni lovin a pawimawh a. Turkey dep tuipui kam thlang lama Rom ram chinah chuan khawpui pawimawh ber a ni.2 Rom kuta BC 133-a a awm hnu phei chuan Asia khawmualpuia sumdwnna khawpui ropui ber leh Kaisara biakna khawpui a ni ta a. Artemis temple hi BC 356-ah a kan avngin sak \hat a ni a. AD 263-a Gothshovin an tihchhiat hma zawng khawvla thilmak pasarih znga pakhat niin, Grik lalrama in lian ber a ni bawk.3 Pathiannu (Grik Artemis, Latin Diana) vn a\anga lo tla nia sawi chu a chhngah dah a ni. Arsi tla nia sawi te pawh a awm. He khuaa Kristianna a luh \anna chu Paulan AD 52 v>la a tlawh \um kha niin a lang. Rawngbwla a zin chhuah \um thumnaah Paula kh^n Ephesi khua hi a tinz^wn ngar ngar a, kum hnih aia tam a ch^m chilh ta r>ng a ni. Politics, sakhua leh sumd^wnna chawhpawlhna hmunpui a nih av^ngin a ngai pawimawh hle niin a lang. Priskili leh Aquila te kha a thlen in leh a kohhran phun enkawltute an ni. Duhsakna Khawngaihna leh remna duhsakna hlan hi Paula chibai b<k d^n tl^ngpui a ni. Pathian khawngaihna (Gk. kharis/ khairein) a duhsak hi phu loh leh hlawh chhuah loh, a thl^wn liau liauva p>k a ni. Pathian khawngaihna leh thil phalna hi mihring \awnga sawi fiah hleih theih loh khawpa th<k a ni a, a dawngtu nun a tihphuisui d^n leh a tihhausak d^n pawh sawi fiah har tak a ni. A duhsak remna (Gk. eir>n>, Heb. Shalm) hi Pathian n>na inremna, mahni leh mahni inremna leh mi dangte n>na inremna a ni. He remna hi indona leh buaina awm lo, rah nei lo
4.
27
muanna dul ruih a ni ngawt lo va. Mihring mamawh thil \ha tam tak rah chhuak thei remna leh muanna sawina a ni.4 Mi, ram hausakna tl^nin vei nei lo leh nuam t^wlin, in ropui bera ch>ngin, sum ngah tawntaw mah se, he muanna hi a nei lo thei. Lehlamah chuan mi, in leh lo nei lovin, t^n ina khung emaw, thi tura r>lsak hial emaw a nih pawhin tuma chhuhsak theih loh muanna chu a nei thei tlat thung. Chu chu Pathian remruat pawmna leh a duh z^wng tihnaah chauh a awm a ni. 5. A thu tum laipui Sawi tawh angin Paula lehkhathawn pahnih, Ephesi leh Kolossa te hi kawng tam takah an inangin, tehkhin theih tak a ni a. An thupui ken pawh inanna thui tak a awm a. Chutih laiin Ephesi-a Paula thupui hi Kolossa lehkhathawn thupui a\ang hian hma a la s^wn hret a. Kolossa-ah chuan Isua Krista tlin famkimna, engkim at^n a t^wk zawhna hi a thuchah laipui a ni (Kol 1:1420; 2:3, 9). Mizo Kristiante pawhin kan lo \^wmpui khawp mai: Lal Isua ka neih phawt chuan ka rethei lo ve Lal Isua ka t^n engkim a ni, tih hlate hi Paulan Kristaa hausakna a sawi \^wmpuina hla l^r tak a ni \hn.5 Ephesi lehkhathawnah chuan Isua Krista famkimna leh amaha engkim f^wk kh^wm a nih tr hi a thupui ber a. Chu khawngaihna chuan amn fing tak leh remhre takin min v<r a ni, a duh z^wng thur<k kan hn>na min hriattrin; hun bi kim khawsak hunah a l^wm z^wng (engkim v^na thil awm te, lei chunga thil awmte pawh Kristaa f^wk kh^wm t<r chu) amahin tih a tum ang kh^n; amah ngeiah chuan a ni (1:8-10). Khawvl mihring nunphung p^ngngai chu intihhranna leh inrem lohna a ni ber; indona hi leilung ze ken a ni. Mihring leh thilsiam dang k^r, mihring leh mihring k^r, rethei leh hausa k^r, chi leh chi/hnam leh hnam k^r, Juda leh Jentail ink^r, ngaih d^n inang lo k^rah te, indona chuan bu a khuar nghet tlat a. Mi tin chh<ngah indona a awm a, mi tin mai hi indona hmun kal thei a ni ber \ha
28
duhna leh sual duhna intawksrna a ni a; mihring chu sual hua; mahse suala awm tlat bawk si a ni. A pawi ber chu mihring leh Pathian k^ra inrem lohna thur<k awm tlat chuan Pathian n>na inp^wl reng tr mihring chu ama lak a\angin a \hen hrang tlat mai a. Sual v^nga in\hen tawh, inrem lo leh indo tlatte inrem lehna tr pakhat Pathianin a ruat a. Chu inremna chu Krista a ni (1:9-10; 2:11-22; 4:4-6, 16) tih hi Ephesi mite hn>na lehkhathawn thupui ber niin a lang. Eden huan a\ang tawh kh^n inrem lohna hi sual rah langs^r ber a lo ni tawh a. Kohhran p^wla in\henna leh indona lo chhuak ta z>l pawh hi Eden sualzia leh a rah a ni a. Sawi mawi tr a awm lo. Nangni pawh in bawhchhiat leh in sualte av^nga thi in nih lai kh^n a tih dinhmuna an awm lai zia a ni tih a sawi (Eph 2:1,12). Chuv^ngin, Paulan Ephesi khuaa mite hn>nah, a chunga inrem lo leh indo kan sawi zawng zawngte inrem lehna hi Kristaa Pathian thil tum chu a ni: (1:10b engkim v^na thil awmte, lei chunga thil awmte pawh Kristaa f^wk kh^wm t<r chu) amahin tih a tum ang kh^n; amah ngeiah chuan a ni a ti a. Paulan inremna thuthlung a sawi hi a th<k hle a. Inremna chu mihring lam thawh chhuah ni lovin, Pathian a\anga chhuak a ni tih a t^r lang a. A bung hmasa ber a\angin kohhran inremna chu Pa leh Fapa leh Thlarau Thianghlim inthurualin a thawh chhuah a ni tih a tilang ngh^l a. Hei hian Kristian thurin bulpui, Pathian pakhata mi pathum, Pa leh Fapa leh Thlarau Thianghlim thurin innghahna lungph<m a ph<m ngh^l a ni. Sawi ho t<r 1. 2. Paula chibai b<kna kan zir a\anga Pathian leh a rawngb^wltu inlaichnna hian kan t^n eng nge awmzia a neih? Ephesi thu tum laipui kan sawi hi kan t^n eng anga pawimawh nge nia kan hriat?
29
Endnotes
1
T.H.L. Parker (trans.), Calvins Commentaries: The Epistles of Paul the Apostle to the Galatians, Ephesians, Philippians and Colossians (London: Oliver and Boyd,), p. 8. Calvin, Ephesians, tih z>l a ni tawh ang.
2
E.M.B. Green, Ephesus, New Bible Dictionary edited by J.D. Douglas (Secunderabad: O.M. Books, 1997), p. 336.
3 4 5
E.M.B. Green, Ephesus, New Bible Dictionary, p. 336. Barclay, Ephesians, p. 76.
Upa L.H. Rohmingliana hla siam hi kum 1970 chhohvah khn \halaite znga hla sak hlawh ber p^wl a ni wm e.
30
Zirlai 3
KRISTA LEH KOHHRAN - KRISTAA THLANTE Chhiar tr: Ephesi 1:3-14 Thuvawn: 1:5-6 1 3Kan Lalpa Isua Krista Pathian leh Pa chu fakin awm
rawh se. Ani chuan v^n hmunahte khian Kristaah chuan thlarau lam mals^wmsakna tinr>ngin mal min s^wm a; 4 hmangaihnaa thianghlim leh sawisl bovin ama hmaah kan awm theihna t<rin leilung pian hmain Kristaa min thlan ang kh^n; 5 -6 a khawngaihna ropuizia fak t<rin ama lungduha l^wm z^wng angin Isua Krista z^rah ama t^n faa siam t<ra min lo ruat l^wk tawh av^ngin. Chu khawngaihna chu Duhtaka-ah chuan a thl^wnin min pe a; 7 a thisen av^ngin amahah chuan kan tlanna kan nei a ni a khawngaihna ngahzia ang z>la kan bawhchhiatnate ngaihdamna chu. 8Chu khawngaihna chuan aman fing tak leh remhre takin min v<r a ni, 9-10a duh z^wng thur<k kan hn>na min hriattrin; hun bi kim khawsak hunah a l^wm z^wng (engkim-v^na thil awmte, lei chunga thil awmte pawh-Kristaa f^wk kh^wm t<r chu) amahin tih a tum ang kh^n; amah ngeiah chuan a ni. 11Ama duh z^wnga remruat ang z>la thil engkim titu tum anga ruat l^wk ni tawhin, amahah bawk chuan a ro t<ra siam kan ni, 12keini Krista lo beisei hmasa tawhte hi a ropui fakna kan lo nihna t<rin. 13 Amahah chuan nangni pawh thutak thu (in chhandamna Chanchin |ha chu) in ngaihthl^ka, rin pawh in rin hnuin, amahah chuan Thlarau Thianghlim tiam chuan chhinchhiahin in awm kha. 14Chu chu Pathian ropuizia fak n^n ama ta ngei tlan chhuahna t<rin kan roluahna t<ra zakhamna a ni.
31
Vawiina zir tr innghahna ch^ng thlan hi thu hl^wm sei pui pui inzawm chuat mai a ni a. Kaih \hen leh sawi hran pawh har tak a ni. Mihring r^wn lova Pa leh Fapa leh Thlarau Thianghlim inpumkhat leh inthurualin kohhran a din d^n a t^r lang a. A lungph<m Krista v^nga thlarau lam mals^wmsakna tinr>nga mal min s^wm av^ngin Paula chuan Pathian chauh fak tr a nihzia a uar tluan chhuak a ni. Mihring taka kohhran dintu nia inhre tlat an awm hian kohhran nun hona a tihnawk thei a, \hanlenna leh hmas^wnna a ti\huanawp \hin tih a tilang. 1. Apostol kohhran Kohhran hi Apostol thurina innghat (apostolic) tiin sawi a ni \hn. Paulan a lehkhathawnah hian Ephesi khuaa ringtute hi Mi thianghlim Ephesi khuaa awm Krista Isuaa mi rinawmte tiin a ko va. Hei hi ringtu an nihzia nemnghehna a ni. John Calvina chuan, Mi thianghlim ni lovin ringtu a nih theih loh va, ringtu ni lovin mi thianghlim a nih theih loh,1 tiin a sawi fiah. Thupuanah chuan, Ephesi khuaa kohhranho tiin a ko thung (Thup 2:1). Mi thianghlim, Pathian t^na serhhran/kohhran awm kh^wm chu kohhranho a ti a. Tirhkohte Thiltiha kohhran a tih n>n a inang tl^ngpui. Paula hun lai chuan Mediterranean tuipui chheh v>la Antiokei leh Rom ink^r v>la ringtu hote kha kohhran tih chuan a k^wk tl^ngpui a.2 P^wn lama inr>lb^wlna emaw, thurin emaw, d^n leh hrai lam emawa inkhaikh^wmna pawh a awm vak lo. Apostol-te thuneihna leh zirtrna te kha kohhran khaikh^wmtu ber a ni.3 A trah chuan kohhran ror>l thuchhuak ni lovin, Apostol-te thlarau nunin mite a hneh av^ngin miten an thuneihna an pawm mai a ni. Jerusalem Council-a Jakoba thuneihna (Jerusalem bishop hmasa bera ngaih a nihna) te, Galatia-a zirtrtu suakte zilhhauna thu rum tak Paulan a sawi theihna te kha kohhran ror>l v^ng ni lovin, an mi mal thilp>k dawn leh an nihphungin a ken v^ng niin a lang. Hun lo kal z>lah lang thei
32
lama kohhran inr>lb^wlna a \hang z>l a, a ruang^m pawh a lo lang chiang tawlh tawlh a ni. 2. Krista leh kohhran Serh tan leh serh tan lohte kohhran an lo nih d^n sawi fiah n^n Krista Isuaah tih hi Paula thupui a ni a. Krista Isuaa mi rinawmte, Kristaah chuan thlarau lam mals^wmsakna tinr>ngin mal min s^wm, Chu khawngaihna chu Duhtakaah chuan a thl^wnin min pe, tihte hi Paula \awng kauchheh langs^r tak a ni. A hmuh d^n chuan Kristaah kohhran hi siam a ni. Krista p^wn lam a\angin, amah kaltlang lovin kohhranah tel theih a ni lo. Lehlamah Cyprian -a (Saiprian-a) leh Kohhran Pa \henkhat chuan kohhran p^wn lamah Krista hi a zawm theih loh hialin an lo sawi \hn. Krista leh ringtu inzawmna hi thu th<k tak a ni a. Sawi fiah d^n a inang lo thei hle. Deissman-a chuan thlarau lam inzawmna a nihzia lam a uar hle. Boruakah kan awm a, boruak chu keimahniah a awm ang bawk hian Kristaah kan awm a, Krista pawh keimahniah a awm a ni4 a tih hi fiah fai vek lo mah se, a fiah khat viau. 3. Leilung pian hmain Paula hian t<nlai Kristiante sawi \hat ngam vak loh, ruat l^wk thu a sawi a. Kristaa mi thianghlimte Pathianin a thlan hun hi leilung pian hma a ti. Calvin-a chuan, Min thlang tih hi Pathian hn>n a\anga kohna leh duhsakna mals^wmna kan dawn zawng zawng innghahna leh a chhan bul tak a ni5 a ti. Pathian min koh chhan, mals^wmna tam tak min v<r chhan, leh v^n kawngka min hawnsak chhan chu khawv>l pian hmain min thlan v^ng a ni a ti zui. Liangkhaia chuan, Engtikah nge kohhran a lo in\an? tih chu, Pathian rilru-ah tiin a chh^ng a ni wm e. 4. Thlarau Thianghlima chhinchhiah Paulan kohhranhoten Krista hn>n an thlen d^n hi rahbi pathum ang deuhvin a sawi (1:13). Pakhatna - Chanchin |ha puan hriat, pahnihna - Chanchin |ha lungph<m Krista pawm,
33
pathumna - Thlarau Thianghlima khahna leh chhinchhiahna. Jentail Kristian te, kohhran lo ni tate chanvo hlutzia sawi n^n, Amahah chuan Thlarau Thianghlim tiam chuan chhinchhiahin in awm kha, a ti. Paula hunah kh^n t<nlai d^ka la hman z>l ang hian, thil thawn turte seal-in nem leh chhinchhiah a ni \hn. Seal-ah chuan a thawntu hming leh ch>nna (address), a kalna tr leh a neitu hmingte ziaka chhinchhiah a ni. Ephesi Kohhrante t^n Zawlnei hmanga lo tiam tawh Thlarau Thianghlim an chan chu Pathian mite an nihzia chhinchhiahna seal a ni tiin a hrilh a. A anpui, Grik sumd^wnna \awng l^r tak, tlan chhuahnazakhamna (arrabn)6 hmangin Thlarau Thianghlima chhinchhiahna hi zakhamna tiin a sawi a. A kima thil la p>k tr emaw, dawn tr emaw, a \hen lo p>k l^wk, chan l^wk (installment) sawina a ni. Kohhranin Thlarau Thianghlim leh a thilp>k a lo chan chawp z>l hi v^n mals^wmna leh tlanna famkim a la chan tr lo tem l^wkna, zakhamna chauh a ni a. A famkima a chan hun a la thleng d^wn a ni. Thianghlim leh sawis>l bo (1:4b) Kohhran Thurin hlun apiangah, kohhran nihna chu Thianghlim tih a ni. Paula phei hi chuan sawis>l bo tih a la telh zui. Pathianin kohhranho a thlan chhan chu thianghlim t<rin a ni. Grik \awng hagios a\anga l^k a ni a. Danglam, serhhran, awm hrang tih lam a k^wk. Pathian t^na serhhran, danglam tihna a ni ber ang. Temple hi Pathian tna serh hran a nih av^ngin a thianghlim a; puithiam hi mi thianghlim a nih chhan chu Pathian rawngbwl tra serh hran a nih vng a ni a; inthawina sa hi Pathian tna serh a nih av^ngin a thianghlim a; Pathian hi thil dang zawng aia ropui danglam bk a nih av^ngin a thianghlim a ni. Pathianin Kristian ni tra ringtu a koh chhan chu mi dangte laka danglam t<rin a ni. Chu chuan khawv>l huat kaina tr a keng ngh^l phawt a, tihbo leh tihhlum hial tuarna thlengin a keng.
5.
34
Barclay-a chuan, T<nlai mi \henkhat rilru chu kohhran leh khawv>l danglamna sawi dal a ni7 a ti. Khawv>l laka danglam l>m lova a mawi t^wka Kristian tra infuihna hi kohhran nihna chawh dalna leh \hiatna kawng hlauhawm ber p^wl a ni wm e. Khawv>l chhuahsana, a p^wn lama thianghlim tr erawh chuan Isuan a kohhran a din lo va; khawv>l chh<ng ngeia thianghlim t<rin a ko va, a \awng\aisak z^wk a ni. Mihring nun kawng tinrng leh cht vlnaah Kristiante chu Isua duh dnin an nung \hn a. Thil engkimah d^n leh hrai av^ng ni lovin, anmahni kotu Isua Krista duh d^n a nih av^ng z^wkin, mi dangte tih aia dik leh \hain an ti a, mi aiin an danglam \hn. Kristian leh kohhran chu khawv>l laka danglam nar^n ni lovin, sawis>l bo (Heb. Ammos) tra duan a ni. Hmangaihnaa thianghlim leh sawisl bovin ama hmaah kan awm theihna turin tih a ni. Ran hlan t<r puithiamin uluk taka a endik a, sawisl bo chauh hlan a ni \hin ang kh^n, Kristaa Pathian mi thlante chu hlan tl^k leh sawisl bo ni tra chher an ni a. A \ha ber dawttu ni lovin, a \ha ber nih hi Pathianin a tum pui chu a ni. Sawi ho t<r 1. Paulan Krista leh kohhran inpumkhatna a sawi hi Isuan, Pum khat an nihna turin, tia a \awng\aisakna n>n khaikhin ni se. Vawiina kohhrante hian an \hahnemngaihna hi kan \^wmpuiin kan hria em? 2. Kristiante hi thianghlim leh sawis>l bo kan nih d^n tr sawi ho ni se.
35
Endnotes
1 2
T.H.L. Parker, Calvins Commentaries, p. 123.
G.E. Ladd, A Theology of the New Testament (Guildford and London: Lutterworth Press, 1974), p. 531.
3 4
Ladd, A Theology of the New Testament, p 531.
Paul A. Deissman (1926), p. 142; G.E. Ladd, A Theology, p. 481-ah sawi chhuah a ni.
5 6 7
T.H.L. Parker, Calvins Commentaries, p. 124. Barclay, Ephesians, p. 87. Barclay, Ephesians, p. 78.
36
Zirlai 4
KRISTA TAKSA KOHHRANHO Chhiar tr: Ephesi 1:15-23 Thuvawn: Eph 1:22 1 15Chuv^ngin, kei pawhin Lalpa Isuaa rinna in znga awm,
mi thianghlimte zawng zawng chunga in lantr bawk \hin chu ka lo hriatin, 16-17 kan Lalpa Isua Krista Pathian, ropuina Pa chuan amah hriatna kawngah finna leh hriat chiantrna thlarau a p>k theihna t<r che uin, ka \awng\ainaahte chuan in hming lamin in chunga l^wm thu hrilh ka b^ng lo; 18chutichuan, in thinlung mitte tihv^ra lo awmin, ama kohna beiseina te, mi thianghlimhovah chuan a ro luah t<r ropui ngahzia te, 19-21 mitthi zng ata a kaihthawh lai leh, lalna te, thuneihna te, thiltihtheihna te, ror>lna zawng zawng te, hemi khawv>lah chauh ni lova khawv>l lo la awm t<r pawha hming sak tinr>ngte chung daihah v^n hmunahte a ding lama a \huttr laia Kristaa a thawh, a thahrui chakna thawhzia ang z>l kh^n, keini ringtute lama a thiltihtheihna len nasatzia te hi eng ang nge a nih in hre thei ang. 22Tin, thil engkim a ke hnuaiah a dah a, amah chu engkim chungah l< at^n kohhran hn>nah chuan a pe a, 23kohhran chu a taksa a ni, engkim engkima tikhattu famkimna chu.
Paulan kohhran hi Krista taksa a nih thu a sawi a. Chu chu eng tihna nge ni a, vawiina kohhran t^n eng thuchahte nge a ken tel tih zir chhuah kan tum d^wn a ni. Paulan kohhran hi Krista taksa a nihzia a sawi thlen hma hian kawng hrang hrangin an inzawmna a sawi phawt a. Ch<ngte chu kan zir pah d^wn a ni.
37
Sawi tawh angin (in chanchin) ka lo hriatin a tih av^ng hian a thawntu hi Ephesi mite n>n hian an inr^l hriat mai niin a ngaih theih. Mahse, han chhiar chianin an lo inhriat bel tawh leh inp^wln>l tawh av^ngin a ngaihven zui z>l niin a lang z^wk. An hming lam meuhvin a \awng\aisak \hn tih a sawi zui phei hi chu Ephesi mite a hriat belzia tilang chiangtu a ni. Lalpa Isuaa rinna Ephesi mite chu Lalpa Isuaa an rinna hmuh theiha lantr \hn an nih thu a sawi a. Calvin-a sawi d^n takin, a lan chhuahna chu ringtu hovah, Pathian chh<ngteah a ni phawt a, chumi hnuah mipui tam z^wkah a luang chhuak \hn.1 Krista chu an rinna nghahchhan leh v^wrt^wp a ni a. Hei hi Krista leh a taksa, kohhran inlaichn d^n chu a ni. Kohhranho Pa chu Isua Pathian leh Pa tiin a sawi a. Isua chu keimahni anga mihring tak a nihzia leh a Pathian ngei chu kan Pathian a nihzia a tilang. Ka Pa, in Pa, ka Pathian, in Pathian hn>nah ka l^wn chho d^wn a, (Jn 20:17) tia Isua sawi n>n a inhmeh hle. 2. Thinlung mitte tihv^r Paulan finna leh hriat chiantrna thlarau p>ka an awm theih n^n a \awng\aisak a. Chu chu kohhranho nunah a pawimawh hle a ni. A lo sawi tawh Thlarau Thianghlim zakhamna n>n a inz<l hle. Finna (Gk. sofia) hi Pathian thil th<kte hriat theihna a ni. Chumi nei tr chuan, ngaihtuahna hmang mi te, zirtr mi te, dik taka ror>l mite an pawimawh \hn.2 Puithiam rinchhana sakhaw vuan ve ringawt lovin mahni sakhua neih a pawimawh a. Plato-a chuan, Nun chh<t chian loh chu nun tih tl^k a ni \hn lo, a ti. Thurin leh zirtrna thu-ah kohhran Siam\hatna hruaitute thuvawn nghet tak chu, Khawngaihna chauh, rinna chauh, Bible chauh, Krista chauh, tih a ni a. Kohhran ror>l kh^wlin thu nawi t> anga lang pawh uluk taka a ngaihtuah \hn hi, mi pakhat ngaih d^n dah lal tum v^ng mai mai ni lova, dikna hum tum v^ng a nih chuan finna a tling z>l a ni. Finna chu Thlarauvin thinlung
1.
38
mit a tihv^r te chanvo a ni tih a sawi a. Anni chuan kotu kohna te; ro luah tr ropuina te; Krista thawhlehna, lalna, thuneihna, thiltihtheihna leh ror>lna te leh Pathian thur<k tam tak an hre fiah \hn a. Finna chuan Pathian thur<k hriat fiah z>lna a zawng \hn a. A hnuaia hlaah hian chu finna thlarau chu a lang Aw, khawngaihtu Pathianin, Kan thinlung chh<ngah hian, Thlarau min p>k l^wmna hi, Khawv>l finin a zo lo ve.3 tih leh, Hriat chianna hlu ber, Isua ka ta,4 tih te n>n a en rem theih viau wm e. 3. Kohhranho l< Paulan, Thil engkim a ke hnuaiah a dah a, a tih hian thil pahnih a k^wk a. Pakhatnaah chuan kohhran hi Krista thuhnuaia awm a nihzia sawina a ni a. L tih hian Lalber leh thu ber a nihna a sawi a. Mihring pumruaa L leh Taksa a inzawm angin Krista leh a kohhran hi a inzawm tlat tih sawina a ni bawk. |hen hran chi a ni lo. Chuv^ngin, Krista lu-a vuantu kohhran hote nihna dik tak chu pakhat, pumkhat a ni. Pahnihnaah chuan lei leh v^na thil engkim chungah Krista chu Lalber a ni tih a puang chhuak a ni. Ch^ng 19 leh 20-a thawhlehna thiltihtheihna leh thuneihna chungnung ber a neih thu sawi lan hian Lalber nihzia leh siamtu Pathian nihna neitu emaw \^wmpuitu emaw a nihzia a tilang bawk. Kohhranho hn>nah chuan a pe a, tih hian Krista chu Pathian thilp>k, kohhranho dl chhuah pawh ni lo, dl nach^ng an hriat hma daiha khawngaihnaa p>k a nihzia a sawi a ni.
39
4.
Tikhattu famkimna Krista taksa anga kohhran sawi hi Paula ngaih d^n bil deuh niin a lang. Sawi vetute pawhin a ngaih d^n (ecclesiology)5 an \^wmpui ve chauh tiin a sawi theih mai ^wm e. Krista leh a kohhran inpumkhatzia leh inluhchilh tawn d^n a hril \ha hle. Chanchin |ha Johana ziaka Isua leh a zuitute inzawm d^n khaikhin n^n Gr>p hrui tak leh a p>ngte inzawmna a hmang ang deuh kha a ni (Jn 15:5). Krista nunna chuan kohhran a luan chhuak vek a, ama thu angin kohhran chu khawv>lah a luang chhuak a, a duh z^wng a tipuitling \hn a ni.
Sawi ho tr 1. 2. Paula leh Ephesi khuaa kohhranhote inlaichn d^n hi t<nlaia rawngb^wltu leh kohhran inlaichn d^n n>n khaikhin ni se. Paulan kohhran chu Krista taksa tiin a vuah a. Mi mal leh kohhran nunah eng nge a awmzia nia kan hriat?
Endnotes
1 2 3 4 5
T.H.L. Parker, Calvins Commentaries, p. 133. Barclay, Ephesians, p. 90. Kristian Hlabu no. 36 Kristian Hlabu no. 415
Ecclesiology hi kohhran thlr d^n theology kohhran nihna, zia, mawhphurhna leh tih t<r inzirtr d^n tiin a sawi theih wm e.
40
Zirlai 5
KRISTA RUALA TIHNUN Chhiar tr: Ephesi 2:1-10
Thuvawn: Eph 2:5

2 1 Nangni pawh in bawhchhiat leh in sual te av^nga thi in nih lai kh^n a tinung che u a ni; 2ch<ngahte chuan hm^nah kh^n he khawv>l d^n anga i n awm kha, boruaka thuneihna lal, t<na ^wih lo fate chh<nga thawk m>ktu thlarau d^n ang hian. 3Ch<ng ^wih lo fate zngah chuan keini pawh hm^nah chuan tsa leh rilru duh z^wng tiin, kan tsa ch^knate angin kan awm vek a, mi dangte ang bawkin thinurna faa piang r>ng kan nih kha; 4nimahsela, Pathian chuan khawngaihna a ngahin a mi hmangaihna nasa tak av^ng kh^n, 5kan bawhchhiatnate av^nga thi kan nih lai meuh pawhin Krista rualin min tinung ve a, (khawngaihnaa chhandam in ni ta e,) 6Krista Isuaah chuan ama rual v>ka min kai thovin, v^n hmunahte ama hn>nah min \huttr ta a: 7 chutichuan hun lo la thleng t<rahte chuan Kri sta Is uaah hian kan chungah ngilneii n a khawngaihna ngah nasatzia chu a entr thei ang. 8Rinna av^nga khawngaihnaa chhandam in ni si a; nangmahni thawh chhuah a ni lo va, Pathian thilp>k a ni; 9 thiltih av^ng a ni lo ve; chuti lo chuan miin an chhuang dah ang e. 10 Thil \ha ti at^n Krista Isuaah chuan siama awmin ama kutchhuak kan ni si a; chu thil \ha tih chu kan awmna t<rin Pathianin a buatsaih l^wk a ni.
Kan zirlai thupui hi Krista ruala tihnun tih hi Kristiante t^n thil p^ngngai mai niin a lang a. Mahse, Krista ruala tihnunte sualna leh Krista thianghlimna han bih chian hian thil intuak lo tak niin a lang a. Kohhran leh Pathian ram zia hi pawm thiam
41
harsa lai a awm fo mai. Ringtu chu mi bawlhhlawh, thianghlimna kawng zawh, mi sual felna nun chan zir, mi boral thiamchantrna lamliana kal, famkimna hmun thleng tra rinna khualzin kawnga kalte an ni. H>ng thute hi Krista ruala tihnun te chanchin hian a huap d^wn a ni. 1. Sual v^nga thi Chhiar d^n thiam theih n^n, Paula hian nangni a tih hian Jentail-te a sawina; keini a tih hian Juda-te a sawina tih hria ila. Jentail-te leh Juda-te t^n inang rengin Krista tel lova nun a r^pthl^kzia a sawi a. A \awng bul lamah chuan sual hi Grik \awnga hamartia k^p \helh, tum \helh tihna; bawhchhiatna tih hi paraptma kawng dik p>nsan, thutak tl<ksan tihna a ni. Mihring nunin a thlen tum thleng lo, thil \ha a hlen t<r hlen lo, kawng dik a\anga p>ng, a nih theih leh tih theih tr ni lo leh ti lote hi sual leh bawhchhia chu an ni. R<kru, hl>pru, tualthat, ruih theih ngawl vei, uire leh ualau taka sualte chauh mi sual nia ngaihna hi a lian hle. Mahse, sualna chuan rilru leh ngaihtuahna sual te, mahni dinhmun \heuhva nih tr ang nih loh leh tih tr ang tih loh zawng zawngte hi a huap vek a ni. Hei hian sual leh bawhchhiatna laka fihlm famkim tu mah an awm lohzia a tilang a. Mi tin hi, Khawv>l d^n anga awm, Setana (boruaka thuneihna lal) thlarau d^n anga awm, ^wih lo fate chh<nga thawk m>k thlarauva hruai, tsa ch^kna leh rilru duh z^wng anga awm \hn, tiin a lo puh ta vek a. Chu nun chu Krista tel lo nun, Pathian ram p^wn lam nun a ni. Sual v^nga Pathian laka \hen hran hi Pathian lamah chuan thi a ni a. Mihringte hi Pathian laka thi vek niin a puang ta a ni. 2. Thinurna faa piang rng
Calvin-a chuan he thuchah tak hi sual inthlahchh^wn ring lotu Pelagius (Pelazias)-a leh a zuitute ngaih d^n dik lohzia t^r langtu niin a ngai. Anni chuan Adama sualna chu thlah chhwn
42
pianpui ni lovin, an tih d^n zira an sual anga sual ve te chauh chu suala thi niin an ngai a. Calvin-a thung chuan Augustine-a ngaih d^n zuiin, Pathianin sual nei lo a dem ngai lo va; mahse, Adama thlaha piang zawng zawng thihna leh thiam loh chantrna thu a puang bawk si a. Hei hian mi zawng zawng suala piang, thinurna faa piang r>ng an nihzia a tichiang a ni tiin a ngai. 1 Amaherawhchu, Krista laka \hen ni mah sela, rin lohna hian hriatna thaz^m, duhthlanna leh thlarau lam hmanraw dangte a nuai bo vek lo va. Krista tel lo nun chu a ngaihtuah leh duh z^wngte mahni hmasialna leh sual lam hlr a nih av^ngin thihna a ni miau va. Nung hming pu sia thi reng si a ni. Chatuan nunna nei tr chuan mihringin Krista kal tlanga Pathian a zawm a ngai a ni. Krista ruala tihnun Ch^ng 4-naa nimahsela tih a\ang hian boruak a inthl^k ta hlawk a. Paulan a sawi ch^k lai tak nia lang, Ephesi mite nihna thar a sawi ta a. Sual v^nga thi, thinurna faa piang r>ngte chu sual kai lo, Krista ruala tihnun an nih thu a sawi ta a. Anmahni lama sawi tr awm chhun chu, kan bawhchhiatnate av^nga thi kan nih lai meuh pawhin tih a ni. A hmaa sawi lan tawh, Pathian khawngaihna tehs>n loh av^ng chauhva Krista ruala tihnun an nih thu hi a uar duh niin a lang. Chu chu bawhchhe m>k leh thi m>kte, Rom lehkhathawn lama a sawi angin hm>lma ngei pawh lainat theihna a ni. Khawngaihna tih thu a han uar zual lai hian ch^ng tinah a sawi lang a; hmangaihna, zahngaihna leh ngilneihna n>na thawk ho angin a sawi zawm a ni.2 Krista ruala tihnun sawi fiahna ni wm takin, Khawngaihnaa chhandam in ni tih thu k^r tla hi a zep a. Hei hi uar leh kimchang z^wkin a sawi zui bawk a ni. Krista Isua ruala kaihthawhte chuan v^n hmuna chanvo an neih thu t^r lan a ni a. Min \huttir tih hian Pa ding lama Isua \hutna kianga \hu ve niin a t^r lang. Chu chu v^n hmuna malsawmna chanvo ropui tak a ni. A b^k v^n lam malswmna
3.
43
te a sawi tel. Calvin-a chuan, Kristan sual leh thihna a hneh av^ng leh chawis^n a nih z^rah ringtu chu hremhmun hnuaihnung ber a\angin v^nramah chawis^nin a awm a ni a ti.3 Chuv^ngin, Philippi lehkhathawna Paulan a sawi angin khua leh tui a nihna chu v^nram a ni. Khawv>l sualna boruak leh \ha tehna hian a tibuai ve lo va, v^n nun dik tak chu khawv>lah hian zal>n takin a nung chhuak mai a ni. 4. Khawngaihnaa chhandam Kristaa tihnun, a ruala kaihthawhte chanvo leh hmab^k chu chiang z^wkin a sawi zui a. A thl^wnin chhandamna an chang a, chu chuan thil \ha ti t<rin a \hng l>t \hn tih a sawi. Paula hian chhandamna chungch^ngah mihringin tih theih a neih lohzia fiah takin t^r lan a tum a. Chhandamna an chan chu Pathian thilp>k liau liau a ni tih sawi fiahna \awngkam pahnih a nei a; ch<ngte chu, nangmahni thawh chhuah a ni lo tih leh thiltih av^ng a ni lo tih hi. Mihring chhandamna lungph<m chu Pathian khawngaihna a nih pumhl<mzia leh mihring lam chan chu rinna a nih thu a sawi. Chu rinna chu thlarau nun ril\^mna, chak lohna leh saruak inhriatna av^nga Pathian lam hawina a ni. Pathianin a p>k nunna leh amah Lalpa ngei chu chang tra mihring dawnthl>ng chu rinna a ni. Pathian khawngaihnain chhandamna a thawh chhuah chu mihringin rinnaa a lo dawnsawnin thil ti theiin a lo awm a, awmzia a nei \hn. Mahse, Nangmahni thawh chhuah a ni lo tih hian chhandamna chu mihring tih a ni lo tih a sawi laiin, rinna ngei pawh hi a huam tel a ni. Rinna hi mihring lam chan niin lang mah se, Paula zirtrnaah thiamchantrna hlawh chhuah n^na thil \ha tih a tling ngai lo va, d^n thiltih n>n a inkalhzia a t^r lang z>l (Gal 2:16; 3:2-5, 9-10; Rom 3:27-28). Rinna leh khawngaihna erawh chu \hen hran theih loh khawpa inkawp rem tlat angin a sawi.4 Pathian thilp>k a ni tih hian chhandamna leh a kaihhnawih zawng zang a huap tel a ni.
44
5.
Thil \ha ti at^na siam Barclay-a chuan mihringte hi Pathian d^n lakah ni mai lovin Pathian thinlung laka sual kan ni a; motor-a naupang chl hlumtu leh naupang nu inrem theihna chu a chl hlumtu pawisa chawi z^t emaw, lung ina a t^n rei z^wng emaw a ni lo va, naupang nuin a chl hlumtu a ngaihdam thlapna thinlung a ni z^wk. Chutiang deuh chuan bawhchhetu mihring, Pathian n>na inrem lehna chu Pathian khawngaihnaa ngaihdamna thl^wn twp chauhvin a siam thei a ni. Chuti a nih chuan chhandamna chu thiltih n>n inzawmna nei miah lo tihna a ang thei ^wm e. Mahse, a ni si lo. Hetah hian Paula zirtrna khirh lai a lo lang a. Khawv>la thil \ha tih eng mah hian Pathian n>n min suih zawm thei lo va, min chhandam thei lo; mahse, thil \ha tihna rah chhuak lo Kristianna chuan dik z^n lohna a nei tihna a ni. Thil \ha tih chu Pathian kar n^n ni lovin, Pathian hmangaihna chuan dam chh<nga a \hatna chu hmangaihna v>ka chh^ng l>t t<rin a changtute chu a \hng l>t \hn tihna a ni. Khawngaihnaa chhandam an nih hre chiangtute chuan an nun leh neih zawng zawng Pathian p>k l>t at^n a beitham tiin an sit z^wk \hn. Engkim mai hi ka ta ni se, Pathian p>kah a t^wk lo va, Chutiang hmangaih nasa chuan, Thlarau, nunna engkim a duh (ph<t)5 tiin. Krista Isuaah chuan thil \ha ti tra siam, ama ruala tihnun an ni a. Ph<r ch^ng ch^nga thil \ha ti tr mai ni lovin, thil \ha tih nunah ch>ng tawp t<rin Pathianin a buatsaih l^wk a ni. Buatsaih l^wk tih hian ringtu nun chu a tlachawpa chan mai ni lovin remruat l^wkna fel tak hmanga ruahman a ni tih a tilang. He ngaih d^n hi George Johnston-a chuan Paula zirtrna tl^ngpui n>n a inz<l lovin a ngai a.6 Mahse, Ama l^wm z^wng at^na tih tum t<r leh bei t<ra nangmahnia thawktu chu Pathian a ni si a tia thil \ha tih zirtr hi Paula thupui tak a ni (Phil 2:13). A tihtrtu lam erawh mihring mai a ni lo tih a hrilh uluk hle z>l bawk.
45
Sawi ho t<r 1. 2. Ringtute hi Pathian ruat l^wk an nih d^n sawi ni se. Chhandamna leh thil \ha tih inlaichin d^n sawi ni se.
Endnotes
1 2 3 4
T.H.L. Parker, Calvins Commentaries, p. 141. Foulkes, Ephesians, pp. 71-2. Foulkes, Ephesians, p. 73.
Andrew T. Lincoln, Ephesians, Word Biblical Commentary, vol. 42 (Dallas, Texas: Word Books, Publisher, 1990), p. 111.
5 6
Kristian Hlabu no. 187.
G. Johnston, The Century Bible: Ephesians, Philippians, Colossians, Philemon, new edition, (London and Edinburgh; Thomas Nelson (Printers) Ltd., p. 13. G. Johnston, Century Bible tih z>l a ni tawh ang.
46
Zirlai 6
KOHHRAN INPUMKHATNA Chhiar tr: Ephesi 2:11-22
Thuvawn: Eph 2:14-15

2 11Chuv^ngin hm^na nangni tsaa Jentail, tsaa kuta siam Serh tan an tihten Serh tan loh an tihate u, 12khatih lai kh^n, Krista lovin, Israel-ho khua leh tui n>n inmihranin, khawv>lah hian beiseina r>ng nei lo leh Pathian lova awmin, tiamna thuthlung lakahte mikhuala in awm kha hre reng rawh u. 13T<nah erawh chuan Krista Isuaah, nangni hm^na hla taka awmte kha Krista thisen chuan tihhnaihin in lo awm ta a. 14-15Amah chu kan inremna a ni si a; ani chuan intaina (thiltih t<rahte thup>k d^n awm chu) a tsaa tibovin, p^wl hnihte chu pumkhatah a siam a, an k^r pindanna bang chu a tichim a; chutichuan, amahah chuan pahnihte chu mihring thar pumkhatah siamin inremna a siam thei ang a, 16kraws z^rah, taksa pumkhatah, pahnihte chu Pathian n>n a inremtr thei bawk ang, chumi kraws chuan intaina chu a tihhlum av^ngin. 17Tin, a lo kalin, nangni hla taka awm \hnte hn>nah remna Chanchin |ha a hrilh che u a, hnai taka awm \hnte hnnah pawh remna chanchin |ha a hrilh bawk a. 18Ama z^ran Thlarau hmun khata Pa hn>na luh theihna kan nei ve ve a ni. Chutichuan, t<nah mikhual leh mi ch^m mai in ni tawh lo va, mi thianghlimte n>n chuan tualkhat leh Pathian chh<ngte in ni ta z^wk a ni; 20Krista Isua ngei chu a kila lung pawimawh ber niin, tirhkohte leh z^wlneite lungph<m chunga sak in ni a; 21 amahah chuan lung rem hrang \heuhte, rem taka chuktuahin, Lalpaah chuan biak in thianghlimah a chang z>l \hn a; 22nangni pawh amahah chuan Thlarauva, Pathian awmna t<ra rem kh^wm in ni.
19
47
Thu hl^wm kan zir tr hi Barclay-a chuan BC leh AD tiin a thupui a vuah tawp mai. Mihringte, Juda leh Jentail-te nunah Krista lo lan hma leh a lo lan hnu inan lohzia a sawina a ni ^wm e. A dum leh v^r inthl^kthleng ang hialin a ngai a ni. Chu inthl^kthlengna nasa tak lo lang chu Paula chuan, P^wl hnihte chu pumkhatah a siam a, tiin ringtute inpumkhatna a sawi. Inpumkhatna leh remna Chanchin |ha lungph<m chu kraws-a khenbeh Krista a ni tih a nemnghet bawk. Rem kh^wm hna erawh chu Thlarau Thianghlim hnathawh a ni tiin a kh^r a ni. Serh tan leh serh tan loh Juda-te t^n chuan khawv>l mihringte hi chi hnih, Juda leh Jentail, Pathian hnam thlan leh thlan loh, serh tan leh serh tan lohte chauh an awm a; serh tan chu Juda-te niin serh tan loh chu Jentail-te niin an ngai a. Pathianin Israel hnam chiah a hmangaih a, Jentail-te chu hremhmun meia tuah t<ra a siam a ni an ti.1 Jentail hmeichhe nau vei \anpui te chu khawv>la Jentail dang lo l<t belh t<ra \an l^kna a nih av^ngin d^n kalh a ni a; Juda pain Jentail nupuia a neih chuan thi anga ngaih a ni a, a vuina inkh^wm hman a ni \hin! Juda t^n chuan Jentail ina luh ringawt pawh bawlhhlawhna a tling. Juda ngaih d^n a\ang hian Paulan serh tan lohte nihna a han t^r lang ta a. Kawng eng emaw z^tin Jentail-te dinhmun r^pthl^kzia a sawi: Krista tel lo, Israel-ho n>n inmihran, Messia beiseina nei lo, Pathian lova awm, tiamna thuthlung laka mikhual, hla taka awm ti tein. H>ng hi a mal malin zir bing tham fe an ni \heuh. Hebrai Messia chu Grik Christos a ni a; Pathian Hriak Thih tihna a ni. Pathianin a mite thiam chantr tra a tirh, hun rangkachak thleng t<ra a ruat chu a ni. Chu thutiam neih leh neih loh chu serh tan leh serh tan loh, Juda leh Jentail-te danglamna langs^r tak a ni. Chu rinna av^ng chuan Juda-te chuan hun thim ber an tawn lai pawhin Messia chu a lo kal d^wn tih an ringhlel ngai lo. Chu chuan hma lam beiseina
1.
48
>ng a pe reng. Jentail-te chuan chutiang beiseina chu an nei ve ngai lo. Calvin-a chuan, Thutiam leh beiseina zawng zawng innghahna Krista chu an neih ve miau loh av^ngin an hmab^k neih chu boralna a ni mai, a ti.2 Pathianin Israel hnam chu thlangin, thu a thlunpui bk r>ng a (Ex 6:7). Mahse, hleih bk a neih v^ng chu a ni lo. An z^rah khawv>la hnam tinte an la thawvenna t<rin a thlang a ni z^wk (Gen 12:3b; 22:18). Thuthlung fa nihna chu chanvo \ha a ni ngawt lo va, tih t<r pual leh mawhphurhna sawina a ni. Hnam thlan nihna chuan ham\hatna keng mah se, hnam dang zawng aia mawhphurhna s^ng z^wk a keng bawk. An lakah Pathian thkthu pawh a chhe bk a ni. Isua lo kal hnuah phei chuan Jentail-te t^n thuthlung fate nih theihna a inhawng ve ta a. Chuv^ngin, Paula chuan serh tan hovin serh tan lohte tia hmusit taka Jentail-te an ko \hn chu Krista >ngah chuan a dik lohzia a hrilhfiah a. Serh tan chu tsaa kuta siam mai a nih av^ngin thlarau lamah serh tan loh aiin a chungnung bk chuang lo va, chapopui chi a ni lo a tih mai b^kah, serh tan chu zahpuiawm lam lek lekin a sawi a ni. 2. Inremna Krista T<nah erawh chuan tih hian hm^n leh t<n ink^ra dinhmun inthl^kthlengna awm chu hai rual a ni lo tih a tilang. Chu inthl^kthlengna lo awm chu hla taka awmte tihhnaihin in lo awm ta, tiin a in\an. Tihnai tih hi sakhaw \awng, Juda saphunte dinhmun sawina a ni. Lang theia hnai satliah ni lovin, chh<ngril lam inzawmna a\anga inhnai sawina a ni. A hmaa sawi tawh b^kah Juda leh Jentail-te k^r hlat \hinzia chu Temple sak d^nah a chiang. A p^wnlawi ber chu Jentail-te awmna, a dawtah hmeichhe awmna, a dawtah Israel-te awmna, a dawtah Puithiamte awmna, a chh<ngril berah Hmun Thianghlim a ni. Jentail-te leh hmeichhe ink^r pindannaah chuan marble lung a awm thluah a, ch<ngah chuan, He mi b^k Jentail (ram dang
49
mi) a luh chuan thih ngh^l theihna a ni, tih Grik leh Latin \awngin a int^r a ni.3 Jerusalem-a Paula man a nih chhan kha Ephesi khuaa Jentail, Trophima chu tiam chin p>la a luhpui nia an puh v^ng a ni (Tirh 21:29). Chuti taka inmihrang tawh tihhnaih leh chu Pathian t^n chauh lo chuan tih rual a ni lo. Chuv^ngin, mihringte leh Pathian ink^r leh, Juda-te leh Jentail-te ink^r zau tak tihhnaiha lo awm ta chu Isua hnathawh ropui tak a ni. Pathian leh mihring k^r tihhnaiha awm chuan mihring leh mihring inlaichnna pawh a tihnai ngh^l \hn. Barclayan, Ziaka inremna siam ngawt hian inremna tluantling a thlen lo va, Isua Kristaah chauh inremna tak tak a awm thei a ni, a ti a. Krista kraws hmangaih rawnna a\angin mihring k^rah inhmangaih tawnna a awm thei \hn. Chu thu ril tak chu Suakliana chuan Aw, hnam zawng zawng leh chi tin, \awng tin hi, V^nlal nau ang a \ahna Kalvariah, an dang chuang lo ve tiin a lo sa chhuak hial a ni. Tihhnaiha awm sawi n^n pumkhat leh inrem tihte Paula hian a hmang rim zui hle. Inremna lungph<m chu Krista Isua niin a rem kh^wmna chu Krista thisen a nih thu a sawi a. Amah chu kan inremna a ni a ti. Inhm>lm^kna leh inrem lohna r>ng r>ng chu sual rah a nih av^ngin a tihdamna awm chhun chu sual kai lo Isua thisen, khawv>l pum sual thawina at^na hlan chu a ni. ani chuan intaina chu a tsaa tibovin, p^wl hnihte chu pumkhatah a siam a, an k^r pindanna bang chu a tichim a. Foulkes-a chuan, Isua hian remna min rawn kensak a ni mai lo va, amah tak hi kan inremna a ni, a ti.4 Z^wlneiten Remna Lal an lo vuah r>ng a (Is 9:6; Mik 5:5; Hag 2:9; Zak 9:10). Inremna siam man hi a to hle, Isua taksa chu vuak thitlina awmin, ch>ksawlh paha sawisak leh kraws-a khenbeh a ni. Chutianga tuarna r^phl^k chuan mihring leh Pathian ink^r pindanna chu a
50
tichim ta a ni. Isua thih laia Hmun Thianghim ber daidanna puanzr ropui thlr chuan daidanna pindan zawng zawng a tichim tih a puang chhuak ta a. Kum tina vawi khat chauh puithiamin sual thawina ran thisen a luhpui theihna hmun thianghlim chu Krista thisen zrah mi tinin an lo pawh ve thei ta a. Mi dang kal tlang lovin mahni \heuhvin Pathian an be pawp thei ta a ni. Chu chu Kohhran siam\hatna hruaitute thupui, ringtu zawng zawng puithiam nihna5 innghahna a ni. Mihring leh mihring inremna pawh a rah chhuak ta zl a. Krista thisenah chuan kohhran a lo piang a, Juda leh Jentail-te chu pwl khatah pumkhatin an inkhwm ho thei ta a, pawl khatin... a vengtu pakhat nn tih ang khn (Jn 10:16b). 3. Kohhran Ch^ng 19-22 chh<ngah hian kohhran pumkhatzia sawina at^na \awngkam hman a awm nual a, ch<ngte chu: Israel khua leh tui (ch. 12), mi thianghlimte n>n tualkhat (ch. 19), Pathian chh<ngte (ch. 19), tih leh, biak in thianghlim (ch. 21), tihte hi. Jentail-te nihna hmasa chu mikhual zin v^k (Gk. xenoi) leh mikhual ch^m nghet (Gk. paroikos) a ni mai a. A eng z^wk pawh ni se ram dang mi an nih miau av^ngin Pathian chh<ngte zngah khua leh tui an ni thei lo. Mikhual \i d>k niin, entleuna leh rinhlelhna chu an chan t^wk a ni reng mai. Mahse, t<nah chuan mi thianghlimte n>n chuan tualkhat an lo ni a. Intluk rengin Juda leh Jentail-te chu Pathian chh<ngte an ni ta a ni. Chu chh<ngkuaah chuan Krista chu a kila lung pawimawh ber a ni. Amah lo chuan chu chh<ngkua chu a awm thei lo. Tirhkohte leh z^wlneite lungph<m chunga sak tih pawh hi, an zirtrna laipui leh thukph<m chu Krista a nih tho av^ngin thu ngai uar n^na sawi nawnna a tih theih ang. A t^wp n^n kohhran inpumkhatna entrna Paulan a sawi langs^r tak, biak in tih hi han <m zui hret ila. Solomona
51
Temple sak n^n kh^n lung t> tak t> a\anga feet sawmruk laia sei leh liante hman niin sawi a ni a. Lungrem hrang \heuhte rem taka chuktuahin tih hian, kohhran chu mi chi hrang hrang - hnam hrang hrang, \awng hrang hrang, thilp>k hrang hrang, ngaih d^n hrang hrang, kohhrana rem kh^wm a ni tih sawina a ni. Rem taka chuktuah tr chuan chher viau a ngai \hn! A \hen lai hlawi thl^k, a \hen lai bel belh a ngai \hn. Chutianga rem kh^wm chu Lalpaah chuan biak in thianghlimah a chang z>l \hn, a ti a. Kristaah chuan mi mal mal rem kh^wm chu Biak In, Kohhran a tling z>l a ni. Thianghlim a tih kher hian Pathian t^na serhhran a nihna leh thianghlimna chi tuhtu a nihna a hril tel a ni. Kohhran chu pa fing leh remhre deuhvin a rem kh^wm mai a ni lo. A rem kh^wmtu chu Thlarau a ni. Nangni pawhPathian awmna tura rem kh^wm in ni a ti a. Kohhran chu Setana leh a lungrualpuite awmna tr ni lovin, Krista Thlarau zal>n taka a ch>n theihna tra Pathian Thlarau Thianghlim rem kh^wm a ni. Sawi ho t<r 1. Kohhran inpumkhatna tra Lal Isua inp>kna leh kan ins>nso ve d^n tur sawi ni se. 2. Paulan kohhran inpumkhatna hlimthla a sawi te hi eng anga hrilhfiah tr nge ni ang? Endnotes
1 2 3
Barclay, Ephesians, p. 107 T.H.L. Parker, Calvins Commentaries, p. 148.
Foulkes, Ephesians, p. 81- Josephus lehkhabu Antiquities xv.11.5 leh The Wars of the Jews v.5.2, vi.2.4-in a sawi chu kum 1871 kh^n French Archaeologist M.Clermont Ganneauan a lai chhuak. Barclay, Ephesians, p. 112.

4 5
52
Foulkes, Ephesians, p. 81
S^p \awngin, priesthood of all believers tih a ni a. Thuthlung Hluia Puithiam kaltlanga inthawina hlan \hin leh Pathian biak \hin chu Isua Krista ringtute t^n chuan a ngai tawh lo va. Mi tinin Puithiam Lalber Isua kaltlangin, mahni \heuhvin Pathian an biain an pawh theih tawh a ni tih hi Kohhran Siam\hatna hruaitute thupui a ni a, Roman Catholic inkaihhruai \hin d^n nn a inpersan hle.
53
Zirlai 7
PAULA THLARAU NUN Chhiar tr: Ephesi 3:1-9
Thuvawn: Eph 3:7

3 Chuv^ng chuan kei Paula, nangni Jentail-te av^nga Krista Isua mi t^ng hian 2nangni t^n Pathian khawngaih enkawlna hna mi p>k kha in lo hre tawh ch^wk ang a; 3 khatia, thur<k chu hriattrnaa hriattra ka awm kha, hm^na tawi t>a ka ziah ang thu kha; 4kha mi av^ng kh^n, in chhiarin Krista thur<k ka hriatzia hi in hre thei ang. 5 Chu chu t<nlaia a tirhkoh thianghlimte leh a z^wlnei thianghlimte hn>nah Thlarau hriattra a awm ta ang hian, t<n hma lam kh^n mihring fate hn>nah hriattrin a awm ngai lo; 6chu chu hei hi a ni, Chanchin |ha av^ng hian Krista Isuaah chuan Jentail-te hi roluahpui te, taksa p>ngpui te, thutiam dawnpui te an nih hi. 7A thiltihtheihna thawhzia anga a thl^wna p>k Pathian khawngaihna chu mi p>k ang z>lin chu Chanchin |ha rawngb^wltua siam ka ni. Jentail-te hn>na Krista hausakna chhui chhuah rual lohte chanchin hril t<r leh, thur<k chatuan a\anga Pathian, engkim siamtuah inthupa awm enkawlna chu eng nge ni tih mi zawng zawng ent r t<rin kei, mi thianghlim zawng zawnga t> ber aia t> z^wk hn>nah hian chu khawngaihna chu p>k a ni.
8-9
T<n \um zirlaiah hian Paula thlarau nun tawnhriat leh a dinhmun kan zir d^wn a. Jentail-te hn>na tirhkoh a nihna te, a rawngb^wlna hna leh inl^rna thu a dawn te a t^r lang a. A tl^wmngaihna nun pawh a lo lang chhuak chiang hle a ni.
54
1.
Krista Isua mi t^ng Thil nih d^n leh tawnhriat te hi a tawngtu thlrna leh dawnsawn d^n azirin a danglam thei hle. Paula pawh hian thlrna danglam tak a nei. Ephesi mite hn>na lehkha a thawn lai hian Rom t^n inah a t^ng a. Amah h>ktu leh hawtu Juda-hote h>kna behchhana Nero-a ror>lna thuchhuak tur chu a ngh^k a. Chutih lai chuan Rom khaw mi t^ng emaw Nero-a mi t^ng emaw niin a lang. Mahse, ama inhriat d^nah chuan Jentail-te t^n, Krista Isua mi t^ng a ni daih mai. Juda-te h>kna av^nga t^ng a ni (Tirh 21:27; 26:7); mahse, Nangni Jentail-te av^ngin a ti tlat a ni. Damaska daia Paulan Krista a tawh \um kh^n inl^rna a dawng a. Jentail-te chu ngaihdamna leh mi thianghlimte rochan an chan ve theih n^n Setana leh sual hawisan a, Pathian leh a >ng lama hawi kir tr t<rin koh a ni tih a inhria a (Tirh 26:1718). Nangni t^n Pathian khawngaih enkawlna hna mi p>k kha in lo hre tawh ch^wk ang a tiin a hrilh a ni. A rawngb^wl hna chanpual chu Pathian khawngaih enkawlna hna a vuah a. Ama chan chu serh tan lohte enkawl niin, Petera chan chu serh tanhote enkawl niin a sawi (Kol 1:25; Gal 2:7). Paula hmuh d^n chuan rawngb^wlna hi Pathian p>k, a pumin khawngaihna a ni. |ha lo leh phu hauh lo Jentail-te duhsak tlatna te; an hn>na rawngb^wltu, apostol-te p>k a ni tlat te; amah leh a mihringpuite hn>na khawngaih rawngb^wlna chanvo p>k a ni tlat te chu khawngaihna a tling vek a ni. A thiltihtheihna thawhzia anga a thl^wna p>k Pathian khawngaihna chu mi p>k angzia z>lin chu Chanchin |ha rawngb^wltua siam ka ni a ti. Rawngb^wl hna chu rawngb^wltu duh d^n ni lovin, a petu p>k ang z>la thawh tr a ni. Jentail-te t^na a thawhna chuan rah a chhuah nasa a. Krista ringtu an lo pung chak ta hle a. Amah dotu leh harsatna siamsaktu pawh an pung ve z>l a. Chuv^ngin, man leh t^ntra a awm chhan chu Krista leh a Chanchin |ha v^ng a ni tih leh
55
Jentail-te t^n a ni tih a chiang a. Krista Isua mi t^ng inti ^wm r>ng a lo ni. A sual r>ng v^nga Rom sipaite man leh Nero-a t^ntr a ni lo tih a inhria a. A t^nna chhanah a lungawi mai ni lovin a chhuang deuh z^wk a ang hle a ni. 2. Thur<k hriattrna Paulan, Thur<k chu hriattrnaa hriattra ka awm kha, a ti a. Hriattrna a tih hi \awngka emaw inl^rna emaw a ni thei (Tirh 9:15; 16:9; 22:21; 26:17-18; Gal 1:11-17). A thur<k dawn hi a hmaa sawi tawh, Chanchin |ha huanga Jentail-te khung luh an nih thu a ni a. He thu hi thil thar diak ni lovin, Z^wlneite hn>na hriattr tawh \hin a ni a (Is 60:13; 62:2; Hos 2:23). Mahse, Pathian chhandamna thuthlunga Juda leh Jentailte an tel tl^n thu hi v^ntl^ng taka puanz^r leh hriat a ni lo va. Thur<k inthup angin a awm reng a. Chu chu T<n hma lam kh^n mihring fate hn>nah hriatrin a awm ngai lo tia Paulan a sawi chhan hi a ni. Thuthlung Hluiah chuan Jentail-te chu thuthlung p^wn lama dah an ni tawp mai. Thuthlung Thar hunah chuan Juda leh Jentail-te chu chhandamna thutiamah inang renga telh an nih thu puanz^r a ni ta a: Chu chu t<n laia a tirhkoh thianghlimte leh a z^wlnei thianghlimte hn>nah Thlarau hriattrin a awm ta ang hian tiin. Thu thar ni lo mah se thur<k anga awm reng chu Isua hunah pawh tu mahin an thur chhuak mai lo. Zirtrte leh Juda Kristian hmasate pawhin an hre chhuak mai lo niin a lang. Chuv^ngin, Paula chuan he thur<k hi ama duan chhuah ang deuhthawin a tuipuiin a thl<r bing a, a l^rpui bawk a. Mahse, amah a\anga chhuak eng mah a awm lo tih a hria a. A thur<k hriat chhuah chu Pathian hriattr a ni tih a sawi uar hle a ni. He hriattrna hi a ngai thupui hle tih hriat t<rin thu k^r tla, Hm^na tawi t>a ka ziah ang thu kha, tih pawh a zep zauh va. He thuziak tawi t> hi vawn him emaw, hmuh zui emaw a nih thu hriat a ni lo. Mahse, a hriattrna dawn a ngaihhlutzia a tichiang hle a ni.
56
Pathian thur<k chu Paula hian fiah lehzualin a sawi nawn a: Chu chu hei hi a ni, Chanchin |ha av^ng hian Krista Isuaah chuan Jentail-te hi roluahpui te, taksa p>ngpui te, thutiam dawnpui te an nih hi, tiin. H>ng thu hi chu Juda-te t^n chuan thu lungchhiatthl^k mai pawh ni lovin, ^nchhia leh Pathian sawi chhiatna tling thei hial tr a ni. Mahse, Chanchin |ha av^nga mihring inhm>lm^k \hn leh intai \hnte k^ra inpumkhatna lo thleng chu Paula thuchah laipui ber a ni reng. Pathian thur<k inthup \hn lo inpuan chhuah d^n kawng thumin a sawi a: roluahpui te, taksa p>ngpui te, thutiam dawnpui te tiin. 3. Krista hausakna hriltu Paulan a hma lama sawi tawh Jentail-te t^na Krista hausakna hriltu leh thur<k entrtu a nih thu a sawi a. Krista hausakna chu chhui chhuah rual loh a ti thl^wt mai. A ropuizia sawi zau d^n thiam t^wk har a ti ve hle. Lal Isua z^ra Chanchin |ha chu Jentailte t^na phalrai a lo ni mai hi Pathian chatuan remruat a ni a. Pathian khawngaihna tih mai b^k chu a chhan leh v^ng chhui chhuah rual a ni lo. Hmuh theiha Krista hausakna lo lanna chu amah a intihruahnaah a ni a. Ani zawngin Pathian anga awma Pathian tluka awm chu thil thl^khlelh hleih theihah a ruat lovaamah leh amah a intitl^wm ta z^wk a (Phil 2:5) tih leh Kan Lalpa Isua Krista khawngaihna chu, a retheihna av^nga in lo hausak theihna t<rin hausa mah sela nangmahni av^ng ngeiin a lo retheih t^k kha in hre si a, (2 Kor 8:9) tih te hi Krista hausakna thur<k t^r lanna pawimawh tak a ni. Hei hian Pathian khawngaihna chu mihring tehfunga teh chhuah rual a nih lohzia a tilang. Krista hausaknain khawv>la hnam ropuite a din chhuahtr d^n leh, hnam hnufual leh hnuaihnungte a chawis^n d^n leh tihhausak d^n te hi chhui chhuah s>n rual a ni lo. 4. T> ber aia t> z^wk Paula inngaihtl^wmna nun hi a th<k hle. An chh<ngkaw ropuina te, a thiam s^nna te, sakhaw hruaitu langs^r a nih te
57
tl^ng hriat a ni. A pianthar hnu pawhin Kristiante znga hmahruaitu a nih chu hai der rual a ni lo. Mahse, a nihna a han sawi duh d^n chu, Kei mi thianghlim zawng zawnga t> ber aia t> z^wk, tih a ni mauh mai a. Paula hi a pianthar hma pawha mi thianghlim tih mai tr, Pharisai te znga kherkhiap p^wl a ni a. Mahse, Pathian khawngaihna leh zahngaihna >ngah chuan mi sual a nih a inhre th<k hle. Sawi chhetu, tiduhdahtu leh sawisatu a nih tawhna leh chuti chunga Pathian thur<k enkawltua ruat a nih dn te a chh<t a, An znga sual ber ka nih hi, a ti hial a ni (1 Tim 1:12-15). Chu nun chu Krista zirtu a nih v^nga a neih tih pawh a pawm a ni.
Sawi ho t<r 1. 2. Krista z^rah Jentail (keini) pawh Pathian hnam thlan kan lo nih t^k d^n sawi ni se. Thlarau mite tl^wmna nun leh Mizo tl^wmngaihna inannate sawi ni se.
58
Zirlai 8
KOHHRANHO TNA PATHIAN THIL TUM Chhiar tr: Ephesi 3:10-21

3 10-11 Chutichuan, kan Lalpa Krista Isuaa tih a tum, a chatuan remruat ang z>lin, t<nlaia v^n hmunahte khian lalna leh thuneihnate hn>nah chuan, Pathian finna tinr>ng kohhranho av^ngin hriattrin a awm thei ang; 12chu Krista Isua kan rin av^ng chuan amah v>kah chuan n>lna leh ngam taka luh theihna kan nei. Chutichuan, nangmahni v^nga ka hrehawm tuarnate av^ng hian beidawng lo t<rin ka ng>n a che u, ch<ngte chu in ropuina a ni.
13
14-19 Chuv^ng chuan Krista chu rinna av^nga in thinlunga a ch>n theih n^n, a ropuina ngahzia ang z>lin, a Thlarau z^rah mihring chh<ngnung lamah chuan thiltihtheihnaa tihchakin a awmtr theihna t<r che uin, Pa, lei leh v^na chh<ngkaw tinr>ng hming chawi chhana hmaah chuan ka \hing\hi \hn a; chutichuan, Pathian famkimna tinr>ng tluka tihkhaha in awm theih n^n, nangni hmangaihnaa zung kai leh nghahchhan neia awmin, mi thianghlim zawng zawng n>n chuan a zauzia te, a seizia te, a s^nzia te, a th<kzia te hriat chian theihna leh, Krista hmangaihna hriat ph^k loh hriat theihna in nei thei ang. Tichuan, keimahnia thawk \hn thiltihtheihna ang z>lin, kan dl leh kan ngaihtuah zawng zawng aia nasa z^wk ti theitu hn>nah ngei chuan, 21chatuanin chhuan zawng zawng thlengin, kohhranah leh Krista Isuaah chuan ropuina awm rawh se. Amn.
59
Kan zir tr thu hl^wmah hian Paulan Pathian duh z^wng leh thil tum a sawi d^n tl^ngl^wn tak a lang a. Chu chu Ruat l^wk thurin innghahna bulpui tak pakhat a ni. Krista kaltlanga kohhrana Pathian thil tum tihpuitlin a nih thu te, Pathian thiltihtheihnaa tihkhaha awm thu te, Krista hmangaihna hriat theihna te a zirtr a ni. A chatuan remruat He thu hi John Calvin-a theology laipui, a thurin pawmtute \an chhan langs^r tak a ni. Pathian thil tum chu Kristaah a inhl^wm kh^wm vek tih a t^r lang. Paula hian, Chutichuan kan Lalpa Krista Isuaah tih a tum, a chatuan remruat ang z>lin, a ti a. John Calvin-a chuan Paulan he ch^ng a ziah chhan chu, Pathian thil tum chu tihdanglam emaw thl^k emaw mai mai chi a ni lo tih wih lotute leh hnialtute ngaih d^n kalh thl^k n^n niin a sawi.1 Pathian remruat chu a tla chawp emaw eng emaw chh<ng at^n (ad hoc) emaw ni lovin, chatuan remruatnaa r>l fel sa (predestined/ preordained) a nihzia a nemnghet a.2 Tih a tum tih hian Pathianin remruatna a siam fel diam tawh sawina niin a lang. Pathian thil tum Kristaa tihpuitlin t^k emaw a hlawhtlinna emaw sawina bk angin a ngaih theih bawk. Pathian thil tum in\anna leh a rah chu Kristaah a ni tih leh a hnathawh chu Krista, kan Lalpa Isua thiltihtheihnaa thawh a nih thu sawi uarna a ni. 2. Kohhranho av^ngin Pathian finna tinr>ng hriattr Paula hian kohhranho av^ngin Pathian finna tinr>ng hriattrin a awm theih thu a sawi a. Hriattrin tih hi kohhranho thuhril sawi n^n a hmang a. Chumi z^rah v^n hmuna lalna leh thuneihnate hn>nah Pathian finna tinr>ng hriattra a awm thu a sawi a. |henkhat chuan lalna leh thuneihnate hi v^ntirhkohte (angel-te) nia ring an awm a. Calvin-a chuan eng lai pawha Pathian >ng hmu rengtu v^ntirhkohte chu chuti taka ngawng an ni theiin a ngai lo.3 Boruaka thuneihna lalte emaw ramhuaite emaw nia ring pawh an awm. Mahse, Jentail-te chanvo thar
1.
60
l^wmawm tak ramhuaite hn>na hril hmasak a nih chu a rinawm chiah si lo. Paula sawi tum nia lang chu, kohhranho thuhril a\anga Pathian khawngaihna leh zahngaihna ropui tak lo lang, Juda leh Jentail-te indaidanna bang \hiah thu chu v^ntirhkohte pawhin an lo hriatin mak an ti ve ngei ang tih hi a ni. Thuhril rawngb^wlna pawimawhzia pawh a tilang chiang viau a ni. Pathian chatuan remruatah Krista Isua rinna a tel thu sawiin, Chu Krista Isua kan rin av^ng chuan a ti a. Mihring hi ring thei a nih leh nih loh a sawi lo. Rinna chu thluak hriatna ni mai lovin, mi mal nuna Krista hriatna leh amaha bei tlatna nun a ni a. Nangmahni thawh chhuah a ni lo tih hian rinna pawh a huap vekin a lang. Calvin-a chuan, |awng\aina tak hmang t<r chuan rinna a pawimawh a, chu chu kan t^n v^n kawngkh^r hawnna chabi a ni, a ti. Rinna av^nga ringtute chan chu, N>lna leh ngam taka luh theihna a ti a. N>lna tih hi \awng bulah chuan huaina (Gk. parrsis) tihna a ni bawk. He huaina hi Chanchin |ha hril t<ra huaina a ni (6:20; Tirh 4:31; Phil 1:20). Thu hril t<ra hlauhna leh tmna awm lo sawina niin, Pathian pan t<ra hlauhna leh inthlahrunna awm lo sawina a ni bawk.4 Mi ropui leh mi lian mahnia kan pan ngam rual loh, an laina kan lo hm>lhriat az^ra inthlahrung lova kan pan ve mai theih ang sawina a ni. 3. Mihring chh<ngnung lamah thiltihtheihna Thlarau nuna chakna leh thiltihtheihna hi hmuh theiha lang chhuak chu awm \hn mah se, a bul tak chu mihring chh<ngnung lamah a inph<m \hn tih Paula thu a\ang hian a lo lang a. Chu thiltihtheihna thur<k chu a duhsak av^ngin a \awng\aisak chhawm z>l tih pawh a sawi a ni. Mihring chh<ngnung tih hi Grik chuan awmze pathum an neihtr \hn.5 Ch<ngte chu: (1) thil nih d^n hriatna engkim chhan leh v^ng thliar thiamna; (2) chhia leh \ha hriatna \ha leh \ha lo, dik leh dik lo, mawi leh mawi lo thliar theihna; (3) duhthlanna, tumna tumna a chak loh chuan miin mahni \ha tih z^wng ngei pawh a ti thei \hn lo.
61
H>ng hi mihring chh<ngnung lama thiltihtheihna hn^rte chu an ni. Paula chuan chutiang thiltihtheihna hn^r an neih chu a duhsak a. Mihring neih sum leh thil anga inp>k theih a nih loh av^ngin a pe theitu hn>nah \awng\aiin a dlsak a ni. Pa, lei leh v^na chh<ngkaw tinr>ng hming chawi chhan a tih hian Pathian chu lei leh v^nin a in\^wm Pa a nihna a sawi a. Chh<ngkaw tina pa zawng zawng tn pa an nihna \obul a nihzia a sawi b^kah, hnam tinte pa a nihna pawh a sawi tel a ni. Ka \hing\hi \hn a tih kher hian a tih takna, ph<rna leh \hahnemngaihna a entr a. Solomona (1 Lal 8:54), Stephena (Tirh 6:60), Petera (Tirh 9:40), Paula (Tirh 20:36), Lal Isua (Lk 22:41) te pawh \hing\hiin an \awng\ai \hn. 4. Pathian famkimna tinrng tluka tihkhah Chhngnung lama thiltihtheihna chu Pathian famkimna tinr>ng tluka tihkhah n>n a sawi zawm a. Hei hi Pathian chatuan thil tum a sawi chhuahna niin a lang. Tl<kna av^ngin mihring chu bawlhhlawh zo vek, chhe lailet d>ra puan a ni. Kristaah erawh chuan Pathian famkimna \^wmpui tura siam thar a ni. In Pa v^na mi a \ha famkim angin in \ha famkim t<r a ni, tih hi ringtute tehfung chu a ni. Famkimna aia t> chu mihringte a tumpui lo a ni. Chutianga Pathian famkimna tinr>ng tluka tihkhah ni t<r chuan, Krista hmangaihna hriat ph^k loh hriat theihna a dah pawimawh hle a. Chu chu Pathian famkimna nghah chhan niin a sawi a. Chu hmangaihna zauzia, seizia, s^nzia leh th<kzia chu mi thianghlim inp^wl kh^wm, kohhranah hriat theih a ni a. Chutah chuan Krista hmangaihna chan ho a ni \hn. Ringtu mipuite leh a kohhranhovah hian chu hmangaihna chu a lang \hn tih a t^r lang pah bawk a ni. John Wesley-an, Pathian hian mi mal sakhua emaw sakhaw mal tlat emaw a hre lotu mah mahni chauhvin v^nramah an kal ngai lo, a tih hi a dik viau a ni.6
62
5.
Kan dl leh ngaihtuah aia nasa zwk Paula hian Pathian fak leh chawimawi pawimawhzia sawi fiah n^n Pathian zia a t^r lang \hn a. Hetah pawh hian Pathian kohhran leh Krista Isua hn>nah ropuina leh chawimawina p>k t<r a nihzia a sawi chhuak a. Chu thu pawimawh innghahna erawh chu kan dl leh kan ngaihtuah zawng zawng aia nasa z^wk ti theitu Pathian ropui leh thiltithei a ni tih a t^r lang a. Hmuh theih loh Pathian hi hmuh theih kohhran n>n a inzawmzia a tichiang bawk. John Calvin-a chuan, Pathian kan fak reng theih n^n thil pahnih kan ngaihtuah zawm tlat a \<l a: a \hatna kan dawn tawh hriat rengna leh, a t^wp thlenga rinawm leh ch^wl lova a \hatna min v<r tr beiseina te hi a ti a ni.
Sawi ho t<r 1. 2. Pathian chatuan remruat hi engtia hrilhfiah t<r nge ni ang? Rinna leh Pathian khawngaihna inzawm d^n sawi ni se.
Endnotes Parker, Calvins Commentaries, p. 165. 2 Foulkes, Ephesians, p. 99. 3 Parker, Calvins Commentaries, p. 163. 4 Foulkes, Ephesians, p. 99. 5 Barclay, Ephesians, p. 131. 6 Barclay, Ephesians, p. 133.
1
63
Zirlai 9 KOHHRAN - TAKSA PAKHAT Chhiar tr: Ephesi 4:1-6
Thuvawn: Eph 4:1-3

4 1-3 Chutichuan, inngaihtl^wmna leh thuhnuairawlhna zawng zawng neia, hmangaihnaa indawh tawn chunga dawhtheihna neia, remna phuarnaah chuan Thlarau inpumkhatna chu vawng t<ra beia, a kohna che u phua awm t<rin, kei, Lalpaa mi t^ng hian ka ng>n a che u. 4A koh chhan che u beiseina hmun khata koh in ni ang bawk kh^n taksa pakhat leh Thlarau pakhat chauh a awm a; 5Lalpa pakhat, rinna hmun khat, baptisma hmun khat, 6engkim Pathian leh Pa pakhat chauh a awm a, engkim chungah a awm a, engkim fang chhuakin a awm a, engkim chh<ngah a awm bawk a ni.
Ephesi mite lehkhathawna Paula thu thukph<m, kohhran inpumkhatna chu vawiina kan zir t<rah hian a luh chilh bing hle a. Kohhran nihna leh ze pui inpumkhatna chu kawng hrang hrangin a thlr a. A khaikh^wm n^n kohhran chu taksa pakhat angin a sawi. A thu pawimawhzia nemnghehna tur ni ^wm takin, Lalpaa mi t^ng ziah a nih thu a sawi leh a; tin, a kohna phua awm t<rin a ng>n kher bawk. Eng p^wlah pawh mi tu pawh an awm chuan p^wl inkaihhruaina leh kalphung te zah leh zawm a \<l a. Kohhrana awm tur pawhin a nihna dik tak leh a zia vawn him a \<l a ni. Paula hian kohhran a inpumkhat hian a kohna phuin a awm a ni tih hi a sawi tum laipui tak niin a lang. 1. Taksa pakhat Paulan ringtute ze ken t<r, inngaihtl^wmna, thuhnuairawlhna, dawhtheihna, remna leh hmangaihna a sawi te hi a mal malin an
64
pawimawh \heuh va. |henawmte vuak n^n emaw, hruaitute den n^n emaw, mi dang nunpui at^n emaw, tui taka sawi vak theih vek a ni. A sawi chhuah chhan tak kohhran inpumkhatna erawh chu sawi hmaih leh pehh>l a ni duh hle. Ziaktu \henkhat, evangelical bk deuhva inchh^lten, Thlarau inpumkhatna chin hi an duh t^wk tl^ngpui a. A \ha tho va. Inpumkhatna hi chu Pathian thilp>k, thlarau lam thil, tsa mi neih theih loh a nihzia a tilang. Paulan kohhran inpumkhatna sawi n^na a hman erawh chu Taksa pakhat tih hi a ni. Thurinin kohhran a sawi d^n chu, Pakhat, thianghlim, huapzo, apostolte din tih a ni. A dintu Pathian hi chuan, nihna leh inr>lb^wlna pakhat ni trin a din ni ngeiin a lang. Isua Puithiam Lal \awng\aina chu, Pumkhat an nih theih n^n tih a ni (Jn 17:11b). Paulan, Taksa pakhat tia a sawi tho hi a ni. Rom mite kha, in thlarau chu ti mai lovin, in taksa chu inhl^nah ka ng>n a che u, a ti kher a (Rom 12:1). Kohhran inpumkhatna pawh hi lang thei lo thlarauva inzawmna mai ni lovin, lang thei ruang^m leh inr>lb^wlnaa inpumkhatna (organic union) a ni tih taksa pakhat tih hian a tilang. 2. Kohhran inpumkhatna bulte Paula hian Kristiante inpumkhatna chhan te fel takin a t^r lang a. Inpumkhatna hi kohhranin a tum chawp tur ni lovin a nihna s^ a nihzia a sawi a. Inpumkhatna a vawn nun loh chuan a nihna t<r a luah lo tihna a ni. Kohhran inpumkhatna nghahchhan a sawi te hi lo en zui ila (1) Kohhran chu taksa pakhat, Krista taksa a nih av^ngin pumkhat a ni. Pakhat ni lova an in\hen darh chuan a l< Krista nihna a buai vek ang. Taksa nihna leh hnathawh pawh a buai ang. Taksaah hian in\henna r>ng r>ng a awm lo va, a p>ngte hian inang taka an inbuaipui tawn \heuh z^wkna t<rin Pathianin mawina nei lo p>ngte chu chawimawi nasa z^wkin, taksa hi a rem kh^wm a ni z^wk (1 Kor 12:25)
65
(2) Thlarau pakhat-in kohhran hi a phuar kh^wm a ni. Thlarau tih hi nunna thw sawina a ni bawk. Thlarauvin a th^wk khum z^rah kohhran, Krista taksa chu a nung chauh a ni. Chuv^ngin, Thlarau Thianghlim tel lovin kohhran a awm thei lo. Pathian leh mihring inpawhna chu Thlarau a ni (1 Kor 12:11). (3) Kohhran hi kohna hmun khata koh, beiseina hmun khat <ma nung a ni a. Invawn d^n, tih d^n leh rin d^n hrang deuh te awm mah se, intihhranna t<r a ni lo va; Kristaah khawv>l hi chhandam a ni d^wn tih beiseina hmun khat hian a phuar kh^wm tlat a ni. (4) Inpumkhatna bul dang leh chu Lalpa pakhat a ni. Rom ram chu lalber (Gk. kurios)-in a khaikh^wm angin Pathian ram leh kohhran chu a Lalber Kristaah a infin kh^wm a. K^ mai ni lova a taka Isua chu Lalpa-a vuantute chu inpumkhatna zirtr chawp an ngai lo (Mt 7:21). Kohhranin Lalpa pakhat, Isua Krista a vawn chh<ng chuan mihring sualna leh chak lohna av^nga \hen hran ngawt chi a ni lo. (5) Rinna hmun khat av^ngin kohhran in\henna hi awm thei lo tr a ni. Kristian zawng zawng in\^wm nun chu rinnaa Krista hmangaihnaa intul<t nun a ni. (6) Baptisma pakhat, kohhrana member tinte luhka leh v^ntl^ng znga Isua rinna puan chhuahna chu Kristiante phuar kh^wmtu a ni bawk. Taksa pumkhata awm t<rin Thlarau pakhat chauhvah baptis-in kan awm \heuh si a (1 Kor 12:13), In zinga Kristaa baptisma chang apiang te kha Krista chuan in inthuam tawh si a. Chutah chuan Juda mi a awm theih loh va, Grik mi pawh a awm theih hek loh (Gal 3:27). (7) A t^wp berah engkim Pathian leh Pa pakhat hi kohhran inzawmna chu a ni. Engkim chungah, engkim fang chhuakin, engkim chh<ngah a awm tih hi Hindu ngaih d^n,
66
pantheism (pan-the-izm) n>na sawi fin a ni ve \hn a. Thil engkimah pathian a awma rinna a nih av^ngin engkim hi pathiana biak theih nia rinna a keng tel. Mahse, Paula sawi tum z^wk chu - Pathian chuan a thilsiam tinr>ngte hi thlahthlama kalsan mai lovin, a enkawlin, a kaihruaiin, hmangaihin a ch>nchilh chawt a, engkimah hian a kuthnu a lang a ni tih hi a ni. Hei hian mihring leh thilsiam dangte inlaichnna pawimawhzia a tilang a. Thilsiam dang zawng zawngte hian kohhran mite chu enkawltu \ha nihna kawngah an danglam tih an hre t<r a ni. 3. Inpumkhatna hmanruate Inpumkhatna tra kohhran mite nihna tr leh an Lalpa zia a sawi te hi a pawimawh hle. Inngaihtl^wmnain a in\an a. Grik \awnga inngaihtl^wmna sawina tapeinophrosun (tapeinawfraw-su-ne) hi Kristiante phuah a ni wm e. Kristianna lan hma chuan inngaihtl^wmna hi ze \ha leh ngaihhlut a ni ngai lo. Kristianten \hatna zia sawi n^n an hman l^r t^kah chuan Basila chuan, |hatna zawng zawng awmna rangkachak rob^wm a lo ti hial a ni.1 Miin Krista nun >ngah leh mihring laka Pathian thil ph<t >ngah mahni nihna dik tak a hmuh fiah az^rah amahah tl^wmna nun dik a lo chhuak \hn. Chutiang inhmuh chhuahna nei chu engti kawng mahin a chapo thei lo. Thuhnuairawlhna (Gk. praots) hi nunn>mna tiin a sawi theih bawk. Aristotle-a (Aris-taw-tal) chuan nunphung uchuak pahnih ink^r lai tak nunphung niin a sawi. Thinchhe lutuk leh thinrim ngai lo ink^r a hun taka chhan dik tak av^nga thinur ve \hn te sawina a ni. Praotes chu ran vulh sawizawi sawina \awngkam a ni. Rilru sawizawi z^n, Pathian thunun theih rilru sawina a ni. Ringtu ze pawimawh pathumna chu dawhtheihna, tuarchhelna a ni. Harsatna leh hrehawm t^wpkh^wk lakah pawh tl^wm ngai lo, a t^wp thlenga chhel taka tuar theihna a ni. Ui lian hi uit>in bauhvin, sehin, b^wl ruai \hn. Ui lian chuan vawi khat sehin ching zal dr thei mah se, til>t hauh lova
67
ngaihthiamna n>n zahawm taka a tuar thl^wn mai \hin ang dawhtheihna hi a ni. Mi chimawm takte khawngaihna n>na dawh zo, mi m^wl takte lainatna n>na d^wr thei zia hi a ni. Kristian ze \ha palina chu hmangaihna a ni. A lo chhuahna Grik thumal agap hi Kristiante chher chawp emaw, thumal hman \han vak loh Krista leh a zuitute hmangaihna sawi n^na an hman l^r t^k nia ngaih a ni. Tl^wm theih loh hmangaihna a ni. He hmangaihnaah hi chuan a dawngtuin eng ang pawhin ti chhe mah se, a hmangaihtu rilru a tidanglam zo lo. Zion ropuina Lalpa, boral min zawngtu chu, V^n khawpuiten ui mah se, An dang zo lo ve tih angin. Chuv^ngin, phu loh hmangaihna, man nei lo hmangaihna, hlawh chhuah loh hmangaihna an lo ti bawk \hn. H>ng Kristian ze \ha palite hi a awm phawt chuan inremna a awm ngei ngei \hn a. Chumi z^rah chuan Krista taksa, kohhran pakhat a lo awm thei a ni.
Sawi ho tr 1. 2. 3. Paulan kohhran inpumkhatna a sawi hi t<nlai at^n pawmpui theih chi niin kan hria em? Kan rama kohhrante inpumkhatna hi \ha t^wkin kan hria em? Kan chh^nna sawi fiah ni se. Inpumkhatna \ha z^wk nei trin engte nge kan hmab^k nia kan hriat?
Endnote
1
Barclay, Ephesian, p. 135.
68
Zirlai 10
KOHHRAN PUMKHAT - PNG HRANG HRANG Chhiar tr: Ephesi 4:7-16 Thuvawn: Eph 4:16
4 7Nimahsela, a thl^wna Krista thilp>k tehna ang z>lin khawngaihna chu kan hn>nah \heuh p>k a ni. 8Chuv^ngin, Chung lama a han chhoh lai kh^n, Mante chu salah a hruai a, Mihringte hn>nah pawh Thilp>kte a pe a, a tih chu. (Tichuan, A han chho, tih hi, lei hmun hnuai berahte a lo chhuk hmasak zet loh chuan engtin nge ni ang le? 10Lo chhuka chu engkim a tihkhah theih n^na v^n zawng zawng chung daiha han chhova v>k bawk kha a ni.) 11-13Tin, rinna leh Pathian Fapa hriatna kawngah chuan thu khat vuaa, puitlinga, Krista famkimna lenzia tluka kan zaa kan lo awm hma loh zawng, rawngb^wl hna thawk t<ra mi thianghlimte tihfamkim n^n Krista taksa siam \ha t<rin \henkhat chu tirhkoh at^n te, \henkhat chu z^wlnei at^n te, \henkhat chu Chanchin |ha hriltu at^n te, \henkhat chu kohhran ch^wmt u l eh zirt rtu at ^n t e a pe a. 14 Chutichuan dik lohna ngamthl>mna angin, fing verv>ka mihring bum chawpin, zirtrna thli tinr>nga lehlam lehlama vawrh l eh len len naupang kan ni tawh lo vang a, hmangaiha thu dik tak sawiin, engkimah amahah kan \hang lian thei z^wk ang: amah chu L< a ni, Krista chu. 16 Amah z^rah taksa pumhl<m chuan inzawmna tinr>ng thawh av^nga rem taka inchuktuah leh inzawm kh^wmin, p>ng tin thawhzia ang \heuhvin hmangaihnaa insiam \ha t<rin taksa chu a lo tipung \hn a ni.
9
69
Zirlai hmasaah kohhran inpumkhatna zia te, a lungph<m leh nghahchhan te kan zir a. Thlarauva inpumkhatna nge ruang^m inpumkhatna (spiritual unity nge organic unity) tih thuah te ngaih d^n a inang diak diak lo mai thei a. Eng ngaih d^n pawh nei ila kohhran inpumkhatna \ha ti lo Kristian chu a awm theih loh va. A chhan chu khawv>l pumah kohhran p^wl hrangte inbeihna av^nga Kristianten harsatna leh thil \ha lo kan tawrh nasatzia a taka kan hriat tawh vang a ni. Khawv>la Lal Isua ram a zau z>l theih n^n leh a kohhran a lo pun z>l theih n^n inpumkhatna pawimawhzia chu a lo chiang ta hle a. Kum zabi 20-na her chhuah d^wn a\angin kohhran inpumkhatna beihpui (ecumenical movement) \an a ni tawh a. A harsain, kalpui d^n thiam t^wk loh v^ng pawh a ni mai thei, duh ang tak chuan a hlawhtling chak lo va. A hlawhtlinna langs^r tak erawh chu, khawv>l huapa World Council of Churches (WCC) te, ram hrang hranga National Council (entr n^n, National Council of Churches in India - NCCI) te, Regional Council (entr n^n, Nort East India Christian Council - NEICC) te a lo piang ta hlawm hi a ni. Ch<ng chuan state leh tualchh<ngah inpumkhatna ch a rawn tuh a. Tualchh<ng kohhranah mai pawh inpumkhatna hl^wkzia chu a lang chiang \hn. Vawiinah hian Paula zirtrna a\angin kohhran inpumkhatna zia leh hl^wkna tl>m tal zir chhuah kan tum d^wn a ni. 1. Khawngaih thilp>k Paula hian kohhran chu khawngaih thilp>k dawngtute inp^wl kh^wm a nih thu a sawi a: A thl^wna Krista thilp>k tehna ang z>lin khawngaihna chu kan hn>nah \heuh p>k a ni. Tu mah inchhuan chi a ni lo. Thilp>k petu Krista chungch^ng a chhui d^n hi a v^ntl^ng lo hle. S^m 68:18 behchhan hla ni ^wm tak a thur chhuak a. Hnehtu Lal lo haw lam hla a ni. Zion tl^ng kawng chho takah Khawpui Thianghlim kawtthl>r a rawn zawh a - Mante chu salah a hruai a. A hnehna thiltihtheihna puan chhuah n^n a mi mante chu \ingmitin a kai duah duah a.
70
Paulan a thur chhuah kohhran hmasa hla ni ^wm taka hnehtu zia hi a danglam ta a. Thuthlung Hluia hnehtu chuan mihringte hn>n a\angin thilp>k a ph<tin a dawng a Mihringte zingah thilp>kte i dawng a. Thuthlung Thara hnehtu Krista erawh chuan mite hn>nah pe chhuakin thilp>k a hl^n thung a ni Mihringte hn>nah pawh thilp>kte a pe a. Hei hi Thuthlung pahnih danglamna lai tak a ni. Thuthlung Hluiah Pathian chu thkthuchhia leh mihringte laka thil ph<t \hn angin a lang a. Thuthlung Tharah chuan hmangaihtu Pathian, mihringte lama a hmangaihna luan chhuahtrtu angin a lang thung a. Chu chu Chanchin |ha chu a ni. Lei leh v^n thuahthp sawi n^n Paula hian Juda-te ngaih d^n a hmang a. V^n zawng zawng chung daiha han chho a sawi hi thihna hneha tho leh Isua Krista, Thuthlung Tharin hnehtu Lal a sawi hi a ni tih a nemnghet a. Amah bawk chu lei hmun hnuai berte luh chhuak tura lo chhuk Isua, Mari hrin, mihring ngei kha a ni tih hriat theihin a sawi chiang a. Khawv>l hnutchhiaha, kal bosan daih tura v^na l^wn ni lovin, lei leh v^n hmun zawng zawng a luah khah theih n^n v^n hmun s^ng berah te a l^wn chho niin a sawi engkim a tihkhah theih n^n. A hring chan laia hmun pakhat chauhva awm thei kha, t<nah chuan hun khatah hmun tinr>ng a awh kim thei ta a ni. Kohhrana thilp>k dawngtute thilp>k dawn zawng zawng hi Krista z^ra khawngaih thilp>k a ni tih leh Krista taksa tihpuitlin n^n tih hi Paula hian a sawi uar hle a. Kohhran hi a L< ber Isuan pumkhat ni t<ra a duhna an tizahawm zual a ni. Hnehtu Lal ni tura a tuarnate chu chawimawi tl^k a ni. T. Kellyan, Mi thianghlimte u en teh u, Mi lungngai >m >ma chu, Indona hnehin a lo kr, Mi tin chibai b<k t<r chu, a lo ti hial a. Mihring chak lohna chhuanlama a duh d^n tak inpumkhatna sawi pial z^wnga \an l^k hi Lalber zah lohna sual a ni a, inthlahrun hle t<r a ni.
71
2.
Kohhran png tamzia Mihring taksa pumkhatah p>ng tam tak a awm ang hian Krista taksa pakhat, kohhranah p>ng tam tak a awm tih Paula hian uar takin a sawi a. P>ng hrang hrangte chuan an inzawm kh^wmna taksa, kohhran chu an tiropui a. Thilp>k leh chanvo hrang an neih \heuh chu Kristan kohhran t^n a p>k a ni. Ch<ngte chu zir vek s>n a ni kher lo vang. (1) Tirhkohte: Kohhran \iak tr phuntu leh enkawltute an ni. Calvin-a chuan, An hna chu khawv>l puma Chanchin |ha hrila, kohhran phuna, Krista Lalram zauh a ni,1 a ti. (2) Zawlneite: Kohhran tlawha v^k kual \hn an ni. In leh lo, chh<ngkua leh eizawnna an nei lo va. Z^wl thu hrilhl^wkna puan lam aiin thuhril chhuah lam an ti z^wk mah. An thuchah chu chk taka zir leh chh<t chhuah ni lovin Thlarau Thianghlim p>k a ni. (3) Thuhriltute: Evangelist te pawh kohhranhote tlawha zin kual \hin an ni. Chanchin |ha hrila v^k missionary te tia sawi theih an ni bawk ang. Paulan Timothea chu, Chanchin |ha hriltu lam hna thawk la a ti a ni (2 Tim 4:5). Khawv>l ram tina hre lote hn>na Krista chanchin hril t<rte an ni. Calvin-a chuan, Chanchin |ha hriltute kan nei hi Krista v^ng liau liau a ni, a ti a.2 Evangelist-te hi kohhrante t^n Pathian thilpk an ni. (4) Zirtirtute leh Pastor-te: H>ng hming chi hnihte hi hmer kawp an ni \hn. Kohhran \iak trah chuan thuziak leh lehkhabu a la awm lo. Kh^wla chhut chhuah phei chu kum s^ngkhat zali hnua lo la lang tr chauh a ni. Hma takin tirhkohte kh^n Isua chanchin an lo zirtr a. |awngkaa zirtrin an lo kh^wl kh^wm z^rah ziah tr a awm a ni. Zirtrtu leh Pastor te hi mi thuhmun anga ngaih an ni tl^ngpui a. Calvin-a erawh chuan a pawm z^n lo.3 Kohhran ch^wmtu Pastor tih hi Latin \awnga
72
Ber^mpu sawina a ni. Kohhran \iak tr chuan ber^mpu anga uluk taka enkawltu a mamawh a. Isua ngei pawhin a mite t^n, Berampu \ha ka ni a ti (Jn 10:11,14). 3. Thilpk hrang pk chhan Kohhran t^na Pathianin thilp>k hrang hrang a p>k chhan kawng thumin a sawi a (1) Rawngb^wl hna thawk trin: Grik \awng diakonia a hman av^ngin kuta thawh lam leh a leiseha tih chi lam sawina niin a lang (Lk 10:40; 22:26); thu mai ni lova kohhrana mi harsa leh chanhaite chhawm chhuah hna thawhtr thei turin (Tirh 4:2ff). (2) Mi thianghlimte tihfamkim n^n: Heta tifamkim tih \awngkam tak hi hman zen zen a ni lo. A anpuite erawh chu - a nih d^n tur nihtr (Gen 1:1; cf. Heb. 11:3); siam \ha (Mt 4:21); thlarau chau tung ding (Gal 6:1); rinna lama tl^kchham phuhr<k (1 Thes 3:10; Heb 13:21; 1 Pet 5:10) te a ni. Robinsona chuan, Mi thianghlimte an hna chanpual tl^k tra tiphuisui (fit), tihna niin a sawi.4 (3) Krista taksa siam \ha t<rin: Mahni inhaiv<r n^n ni lovin, kohhran mi mal tinin an tih tr tiin thlarau lama intichak tra rawng an inb^wlsak tawn theih n^n. John Calvin-a chuan, Krista taksa p>ngte zngah mi dangte puihna lo chuan tu mah mahni mamawh phuhr<k kim thei an awm lo, tiin a sawi fiah.5 Mizo \awng kalhmang dik takin a tr lamah thlarau thilp>kte rah chhuah tr sawi chhuah a ni a. Ch<ngte chu (a) thu khat vua a inpumkhatna famkima kohhran hruai thlen hi Pathian thil tum a ni. (b) Puitling a inpumkhat tur chuan taksa leh thlarauva puitlin a \<l. Paula chuan tisa mi leh rinnaa naus>n-in kohhran inpumkhatna an ei thei lo a ti (1 Kor 3:1,3). (c) Krista famkimna lenzia tluka kan zaa kan lo awm Kristiante chu Krista duh z^wng ti famkim tra amah annaa an \han len z>l hi thilp>k rah a ni.
73
4.
Inpumkhatna rah - punna (4:14-16) Thu khat vuaa awm lo kohhran chu zirtrna thli tinr>nga lehlam lehlama vawrh leh len len naupang, nau sawngnawi bu lei lei ang a ni. Verv>kna thu nawi leh zirtrna thu fahrah t> t>in a l>n darh mai mai \hn. L< bera Krista vuan tlat kohhran zia erawh chu: taksa pumhl<m, inzawmna tinr>ng, rem taka inchuktuah, leh inzawm kh^wm, tiin a sawi a. Chu chu inpumkhatna rah chu a ni ngh^l phawt mai. A rah dang leh chu, Hmangaihnaa thu dik inhrilh, hmangaihnaa insiam \hat, te a ni.6 Chu chuan kohhran punna dik a rah chhuak \hn a ni. Inseh tawn leh ber^m inr<ksak v^ng ni lovin, hmangaihnaa insiam \ha t<rin taksa chu a lo tipung \hn a ni.
Sawi ho t<r 1. John Calvin-an Zirtirtu leh Pastor (theological education leh pastoral ministry) thliar hran a duh d^n hi kan kohhran thlrna a\angin engtia ngaih tr nge ni ang? Darhsarh chunga inpumkhatna (unity in diversity) tih leh inpumkhat chunga darhsarhna (diversity in unity) tih te hi an inan lohna sawi ni se. Kohhran inpumkhatna sawi n^n chuan a hnuhn<ng z^wk hi a remch^ng z^wk em? Mahni chh^nna sawi fiah ni se. Endnotes
1 2 3
2.
Parker, Calvins Commentaries, p. 179. Foulkes, Ephesians, p. 117.
Parker, Calvins Commentaries, p. 179. Calvin-a chuan Pastor leh Zirtrtu hna chu office pakhat angin Paulan a sawi tih a pawm a. Augustine-a leh Chrysostom-a pawhin an nemnghet
74
tih pawh a hria a. Zir thiamna v^nga doctor tih pawh Pastor t^n neih ve theih tih a pawm a. Mahse, Zirtrtu leh Pastor office hi a hrang tr niin a ngai. Zirtr chu Pastor zawng zawng hnaah a tel; mahse, thurin dik vawn nun theihna tra Bible hrilhfiah thiamna thilp>k hi a hranpain a awm tlat tiin a \ang na hle. Pastor chu ber^m rual khat bk enkawl hna p>k a ni a. Doctor degree a neih chu pawm mah ila, doctor chi dang a awm a nih tih hre chunga pawm tur a ni, a ti kher a ni. Pastor leh doctor chu an hna chanpual (duty) a dang niin a ngai.
4 5 6
Foulkes, Ephesians, p. 120. Francis, Ephesians, p. 114 Andrew T. Lincoln, Ephesians, p. 267.
75
Zirlai 11
MIHRING HLUI LEH THAR Chhiar tr: Ephesi 4:17-24
Thuvawn: Eph 4:24

4 17Chutichuan, Lalpaah chuan hei hi ka sawiin ka hriattr che u a ni: Jentail-te chu rilru lawilo pua an awm angin awm tawh suh ula, 18hriat lohna anmahniah a awm, chu mi hriat lohna av^ng chuan Pathian nunna lakah \hena lo awmin, an hriatnaah chuan an lo thim a ni, an thinlung a chawlawl av^ngin. 19Ch<ngte chuan inhriat chhuah theihna r>ng r>ng an neih tawh loh av^ngin, thil bawlhhlawh tinr>ng duh^m taka ti t<rin hurnaah an inpump>k ta a. 20Nangni erawh chuan chutiangin Krista chu in zir lo ve; 21a aw ngaithlaa amahah zirtra awm in nih tawh phawt chuan, Isuaa thutak awm ang hi: 22In hm^nlai awm d^n kawnga mihring hlui, bumna ch^kna anga chhe deuh deuh kha hlp thla ula, 23in rilru thlarauvah chuan a tharin lo awm ula, 24 mihring thar, thutak felna leh thianghlimnaa Pathian anga siam kh^n inthuam bawk ula, tih thu hi.
Kan zir tr thu hl^wm hi bung hnihah a \hen phawk theih a. Bung khatna chu Jentail-te anga awm tawh lo tra fuihna a ni a; bung hnihna chu mihring thar anga nung tra zirtrna a ni. Rom 1:18-32 n>n a inz<l hle. Kristianten an tl^nsan tr Jentail-te nihna leh zia te a sawi a; Kristiante nihna leh zia te a sawi leh bawk a ni. An dinhmun dik tak luah turin Kristiante chu a fuih a ni. 1. Mihring hlui Jentail-te zia A bung bul lama sawi angin Paula hian Pathian kohna phua nung t<rin Ephesi Kohhrante chu a fuih a. Kan thu hl^wm \hen khatna chu Paulan ringtu nun hlui, Jentail zia chhe deuh deuhte
76
b^nsan t<ra a fuihna a ni. Ephesi mite hi Jentail-te an ni ber a. Paula hian a thu hriattr thuneitu chu Lalpa niin a chh^l a Lalpaah chuan ka hriattr a che u a ti kher a ni. Ringlo mi, Jentailte ze hrang hrang a thur chhuahte lo en ila (1) Rilru lawilo : Jentail-te chuan thil s^wt lo leh \angkai lo an buaipui \hn niin Paula chuan a sawi. Pathian hriat lohna av^ngin hlutna an tehna chu lei lam thil a ni \hn a. Chu chuan an nun a tiruak \hn a ni. Calvin-a chuan he dinhmun hi Jentail-te mai ni lovin Krista Thlarauva la piangthar lo zawng zawngte dinhmun a sawina a ni a ti.1 (2) Hriat lohna: Jentail te nihna a sawi d^n hi a runthl^k khawp mai. Mahni t^wkah hria leh theia inngai, Pathian tel lova awm theia inhriate - hriat lohna anmahniah a awman hriatnaah chuan an lo thim a ni, tiin a sawi uar hle. Paula theology-ah chuan khawv>l finna hi ^tthl^k a ni tlat mai (1 Kor 1:20c). A ^tthl^k chhan a sawi chu Pathian nunna laka \hena an awm v^ng a ni. John Calvin-a chuan, Mihring nihnaa kan nunphung p^ngngai hi chu nun hlimthla ruak aiin a ropui chuang lo, hma taka a ral \hin v^ng mai ni lovin, kan dam m>k lai pawha Pathian n>na kan thlarau a inzawm loh av^nga mitthi kan nih av^ng z^wkin a ti.2 Pathian tel lo mihring hriatna chu ropui angin lang mah se hriat lohna aiin a hlauhawm leh \hn. (3) Thinlung chawlawlna : He \awngkam hi Grik \awnga porosis lung chang, marble aia chang z^wk sawina a\anga lo kal a ni.3 Thil chi hrang hrang sawi n^n hman a ni a: damdawi \awnga hman a nih chuan ruh chuktuaha chalk lung insiam, taksa che thei lova siamtu sawina; ruh tliak insiam leh tra ruh thar (callus) lo piang, ruh aia chang z^wk sawina a ni; a dang lehah chuan hriatna thaz^m chakna hloh vek sawina a ni. Han khaikh^wm chuan, thil \hang mawh, hriatna nei lo khawpa chawlawl tihna a ni. Ngawlvei te, mi hlemhle te hian anmahni, mi dang leh khawtl^ng t^na an ngawlvei leh hlemhl>t pawizia hriat theihna an nei r>ng r>ng lo.
77
(4) Bawlhhlawh tinrng atna inpumpk : Sual chimawm chhan ber chu thinlung chawlawlna a hring hi a ni. Tu mah hi a trah mi sual turu an ni ngh^l mai ngai lo. Sual hi an \ih vek a ni. An han sual tirhah phei chuan an thinlungah pawi tihna leh inchhrna a l<t ngh^l a. Mahse, an sual chhunzawm z>l chuan hriatna fm an hloh tial tial a, sual zahthl^k berte pawh pawi tihna nei miah lovin an ti thei ta \hn a. A chhan chu an thinlung tihchawlawl a nih v^ng a ni. A r^pthl^k ta chu, Inhriat chhuah theihna r>ng r>ng an neih tawh loh av^ngin a tih hi a ni. Mahni nihna hre thei tawh lo aia ^ b^wr^w z^wk a awm theih loh vang. Grik thufingin, Mihring, mahni inhre rawh, a ti a. Mahni inhre miau tawh lo chu, Thil bawlhhlawh tinr>ng duh^m taka ti t<rin hurnaah an inpump>k ta a, a ti. Nun bawlhhlawhna chi tinr>ng hi hurna leh d^wngdahna n>n inzawm tlatin a sawi a ni. Sual vawrt^wp bera Paula sawi, Hurnaah an inpump>k a tih hi a r^pthl^k hle a. Chkna chi tinrngah emaw thil chi hrang hrang duhna/awhna emaw ti pawhin a sawi theih. Chutiang awhna chu r<kr<kna, tualthahna, uir>na bul a ni thei. Duh^m taka ti t<rin tih hi zah pah nei hauh lovin tia lehlin ve theih a ni bawk a. Mi sual narn chuan sual thup an tum \hn a. Paula sawi anga suala inpump>k tawh chuan mawihnai leh zah an d^wn tel tawh lo. Drug, zu, tsa ch^kna, hlemhl>tna (corruption) ngawl vei te pawhin zahna an bosal tawh \hn. An ch^knain a bwih tlat tawh a ni. Paula chuan a chunga Jentail-te awm d^n ang hian awm lo trin ringtute chu a hriattr a ni. 2. Mihring thara inthuam Paula ziah hmang hian han khaikh^wm ila: In hm^nlai awm d^n kawnga mihring hlui kha hlp thla ula, mihring thar Pathian anga siam kh^n inthuam bawk ula (4:22-24). Mihring hlui a tih hian a hma lama sawi, Kristian an nih hmaa an nun d^n \ha lo tak tak leh an nihna hlui, anmahni hlui z^wk kalsan t<rin a hrilh a. An inthuamna tur Isua Krista zia chhawm nun chu
78
mihring thar (new self) a vuah a. Mihring thar ze ken tr pawh a sawi ngh^l bawk a ni. (1) Krista nun zir: Kristiante chu Krista nun zirtute an nih tawh av^ngin mihring hlui zia chu an put theih tawh loh thu Paula hian a hrilh a. Kristaa awm nun a danglamna chu mihring awmphung p^ngngaia thil \ha ti nia lang, mahse a nunah Krista a awm av^ng z^wka ti ni si hi a ni. Mihringin an hmuh leh hmuh lohvin a awm d^n a ti danglam lova. A hmu rengtu Pathian av^ng z^wkin Krista nun zirtu chuan a tihtur a ti mai a ni. (2) A ^w ngaihthlak: Kristaa nun danglam neitu chuan mihring ^w aiin Pathian ^w a ngaich^ng z^wk \hn. He thu hi lehlin d^n dang a awm ve leh thei a. A chanchin chiang takin in hre tawh a tiin Revised Standard Version (RSV) Bible chuan a letling a. Krista nun zir t<r chuan a chanchin leh nun zia hriat chian a pawimawhzia a tilang. (3) Luh chilh nun : A chanchin hriatna chu a pawimawhin a \angkai >m >m. Chumi piah lama Krista nun luhchilha, ama thlarau n>na inp^wlna neia, a duh z^wng ngaich^ng z>l nun a pawimawhzia a sawi tel bawk a. (4) Isuaa thutak awm zir: Amah Isua chu Kawng leh Thutak leh Nunna a nih thu Paula hian a nemnghet a. Amaha awm chu nun thar zia ni tawh reng mah se, amaha thutak awm zir t<rin a la fuih zui bawk a ni. (5) Mihring hlui hlih thl^k: A chunga sawi hawn ang hian mihring thar chhawm tr chuan mihring hlui hlih thl^k a \<l thu Paula hian a sawi a. A chunga sawi tawh leh a ken tel thil tam tak hlih thl^k tr khaikh^wm n^n, Hm^nlai awm d^n mihring hlui, bumna ch^kna anga chhe deuh deuh kha a ti a. Mihring hlui ze ken laipui tak chu bumna leh ch^kna tih hian a khaikh^wm viauin a lang. Mihring hlui leh mihring thar inthl^k theology hi khawi lai tual chhuak theology bk emaw a ni lo va.
79
Paula huapzo theology emaw Thuthlung Thar theology-a a laipui tak a ni a. Tu m^ ta bil a ni lo. Mihring hlui leh mihring thar inthl^k theology hi mal thl<r tham f> a ni. (6) Mihring thara inthuam: Ephesi Kohhran mite chu mihring thara inthuam trin Paulan a hrilh a. Chutianga inthuam tr chuan chh<ngril lama inpeihna a ph<t a In rilru thlarauvah chuan a tharin lo awm ula, tiin. Kristianna hian p^wn lam thil tam tak keng tel mah se, chh<ngril lam a\ang z>la lo irh chhuak a nihzia a tilang wm e. A lang chhuak t<r lam nia a sawi, Thutak felna leh thianghlimnaa Pathian anga siam kh^n tih hi kawng dangin, Pathian felna leh thianghlimna dik tak angin tiin sawi a ni bawk.4 Pathian felna leh thianghlimnaa inthuam hi kohhran mi v^ntl^ng nihphung tr a ni a. A awl lo mai thei.
Sawi ho tur 1. Paulan mihring hlui leh mihring thar inthl^kthleng a sawi ang hi kan kohhranah eng chen nge kan hmu tawha kan hriat? Kristian ramah hian mihring hlui hlp thla lo leh mihring thara inthuam lote kohhranin engtin nge a chhawm chhuah ang?
2.
Endnotes Calvin, Ephesians, p. 186. 2 Calvin, Ephesians, p. 187. 3 Barclay, Ephesians, p. 152. 4 Revised Standard Version (RSV), Ephesians 4:24.
1
80
Zirlai 12
KRISTIAN NUN DN |HA Chhiar tr: Ephesi 4:25-32 Thuvawn: Eph 4:29
4 25Chutichuan, d^wt sawi b^nin, mahni \henawm hn>nah thu dik tak sawi \heuh rawh u; inp>ng tawn \heuh kan ni si a. 26Thinrim ula, sual erawh chu sual suh u; in thinur chu nin tl^kpui suh se; 27Diabola chu hmun kian hek suh u. 28R<k hmang chuan ru tawh suh sela; tlachham hn>nah chuan p>k t<r a neih theihna t<rin a kuta thil \ha thawkin rim z^wk rawh se. 29Thu \ha lo r>ng in kân chhuak suh se, a \<lzia ang z>la siam \ha t<rin thu \ha apiang chhuak z^wk rawh se, a ngaithlatute t^n khawngaihna a lo nih theih n^n. 30Tin, Pathian Thlarau Thianghlim chu tilungngai suh u, tlanna ni at^n chuan amahah chhinchhiaha in awm kha. Kh^kna te, thinurna te, tauhna te, ^nna te, sawi chhiatna te zawng zawng chu b^nsanin awm rawh se, sualna zawng zawng n>n. 32Tin, inkhawngaih tawna lainatna neiin awm ula, Pathianin Kristaa a ngaidam che u ang bawkin inngaidam tawn rawh u.
31
Vawiin kan thu zir tr hl^wm hi kan zirlai hmasaa mihring thar zia sawi chhunzawmna kha a ni a. Kristian nun d^n \ha tiin kan zir thung ang a. Thumal leh ch^ng tin uluk leh fiah taka zir a ch^kawm. Mahse, hun khatin min daih t^wk d^n t<r ngaihtuaha kan zirlai hi ziah loh theih a ni lo va. Chuv^ngin, thumal zir uar deuh leh uar loh deuh pawh a awm thei ^wm e. 1. Bnsan leh chn thar Mihring tharin Kristian nun \ha a nun chhuah d^n t<r Paula hian a han duang zui a. Kawng khatah b^nsan tr sawiin, kawng
81
lehlamah chn emaw pawm thar tr a chhawp z>l bawk a ni. A mal t> t>in lo zir d^wn ila (1) D^wt sawi b^nin: Mihring hlui ze laipui chu d^wt sawi a ni. Hei hi zirlai hmasaah pawh kh^n a langs^r hle. Isuan, In pa diabola hn>na chhuak in ni a tr ata tualthat a ni, thutakah a awm lo, dawthei a ni si a, d^wt pa pawh a ni (Jn 8:44), tiin mihring ze chhawm a lo sawi a. Eden huana mihring hmasa berte tl<kna, Pathian leh mihring inhm>lm^ktrtu, lei leh v^n inzawmna tichattu kha d^wt a ni. Kohhran tidarhtu thu tam tak pawh hi d^wt thu l>ng v^k v>l te, thu belhchian d^wl lo te, a dik behchhana d^wt phuah belh te a ni duh hle. Ngawi renga d^wt nemngheh pawh a awm thei bawk. Chutichuan, taksa pakhat p>ngte an nih \heuh av^ngin, Mahni \henawm hn>nah thu dik tak sawi \heuh rawh u, tiin a fuih a ni. Taksa pum a him theih n^n thisen leh thaz^mten thu dik tak thluak hn>na an hrilh a pawimawh a ni. Inhriat pawhna \ha leh inpumkhatna vawn nun n^n thu dik tak sawi \heuh a pawimawh tak zet a ni. (2) Thinrim theih, sual kher loh tr (cf. Sam 4:4): Kristiante hi thinrim ve \hn kan ni. Mahse, thinrimna chu a dik tr a ni. Mi mal rilru t>t leh hmasial v^nga thinrim chu a leng lo ngh^l a. Thinchhiat leh chapo v^nga thinrim awl lutukte chu a hn^wl mai bawk a. Chutih laiin mi ch>nbeh leh ^w nei ve lote t^na temple-a Isua thinrim te kha chu thinrimna dik a tling (Mk 3:5; Jn 2:13-17). Sabbath-a an mihringpui kutzeng lainat aia an d^n khirh tak lainat z^wktu Pharisai te, tihdam a tum nge tum lo tih enthla kartute chu dm lo takin a hau hrep mai. Wilberforcea, sal lei leh hralh dotu te, Lord Shaftesbury-a, kum zabi 19naa inhlawhfa dinhmun chhe lutuk av^nga thinrim alh pawp pawpte thinrimna chu thinrimna dik, dem rual loh an ni. Anmahni chuan hl^wkpui ahnkin an chhiat phah z^wk a, mi s^ng tam
82
tak erawh chuan an thinrim malsawmna an hl^wkpui thung a ni. Chu chu thinrimna dik a ni. (3) R<k r<k aiin thawhrim: Mihring hlui nuna r<k hmang chuan ru tawh lo trin a hrilh a. Paula hun lai hian r<k r<ka eizawng hial an awm \hn niin a lang (1 Kor 6:10f). Hei hian hlemhle taka mi dang chanai eir<k te a huam vek mai. Chutiang mi pawh chuan mihring thar nun an chang ve thei tih a sawi. Ch<ng mite chu rim taka thawk t<ra a fuih chhan chu mahni intodelh t<r mai ni lovin, Tlachham hn>na p>k t<r a neih theihna t<rin a ni. Kristiante thawhrim chhan tr chu mahni nawmsak n^n leh hlim taka chen at^n ni lovin mamawhte sem ve tr nei t<rin a ni. He zirtrna hian kut hnathawh chu Kristiante ngaih d^nah nasa takin a chawi s^ng a. Mahni hmasial v^ng leh mahni hl>p at^na hausak tumna chung lam daihah kut hnathawh chu a dah a ni. Mi rethei leh chanhaite chawi k^nna a keng tel a. He mawhphurhna ropui tak hi Isua leh a zirtrte kh^n an ngai pawimawh hle a (Mt 19:21; Lk 14:13; Jn 13:29), kohhran hmasa pawhin a tr t> a\angin a dah pawimawh >m >m a ni (Tirh 2:44f; 4:32ff; 6:1ff). (4) Thu \ha lo sawi loh thu \ha apiang sawi : Tirhkoh hian d^wt sawi chauh a hnualsuat lo va, thu \ha lo hrim hrim sawi pawh a khap tel a ni. Heta \ha lo tih hi a \awng bulah chuan \awih tihna emaw tl^ktlai lo/\angkai lo tihna emaw a ni. Chutiang thu theh darh chu thu rimchhia leh \angkai lo theh darhna tihna a ni. Pathian ^nchhe lawhna lam a k^wk thei. |henawmte r>l leh sawi chhiat te pawh hi a ni. Mi dangte siam \hat aiin a tichhe z^wk \hn. A sawitu pawh a tichhe tel \hn. Chuv^ngin, A \<l ang z>la siam \ha t<rin thu \ha apiang chhuak z^wk rawh se, a ti. A hun leh hmun rema thu \ha leh siam \hatna lam thu sawi z>l t<rin a fuih a ni (cf. Thuf 15:23). Chu chu a ngaithlatute t^n khawngaihna a lo ni thei a ti a. Elifazan Joba hn>nah, I thuin tl<te a tung ding a, kh<p zawite
83
chu i tichak a, a ti a. Thu \ha chuan khawngaihna a keng a, damna a thlen \hn. (5) Pathian Thlarau Thianghlim tilungngai suh u: Paula hian Thlarau Thianghlim chu mi nung, lungngai thei a nihzia a t^r lang leh ta a. Isua zirtrnaah chuan ringtute awm chilhtu, kaihruaitu leh dinsaktu/sawipuitu a ni (Jn 14:15-26). Chuv^ngin, kan awm d^n tinr>ng hian a til^wm emaw a tilungngai emaw a ni \hn. Calvin-a chuan, He thu th<kzia hi sawi fiah thiam rual a ni lo, ti chungin, Engkimah Thlarau Thianghlim thu chu kan wih a, thil thianghlim leh fai chauh kan sawi chuan keimahniah a l^wm a; a kohna phua kan awm theihna d^ltu thil eng pawh hmun kan p>k chuan a lungngai a; a thinlung kan tihnat chuan a t^wpah min \nsan d^wn a ni, a ti.1 Thlarau Thianghlim chu Pathianin ringtute a chhinchhiahna a ni tih 1:13-a sawi, Tlanna ni at^n chuan amahah chhinchhiaha in awm kha tih hi Paula hian a sawi nawn a, a dah pawimawh hle. A tilungngaitu nih a pawi trzia sawi chian loh a hlau hle niin a lang. Sualna zawng zawng b^nsan Paulan thil \ha lo b^nsan t<r a han mal fak fakte hi a hmaa thinurna a sawi n>n kh^n a inzawm vek a ni (4:31). Kh^kna (Gk. pikria) hi Aristotle-a chuan, Inrem duh miah lo lungawi lohna, tiin a sawi. Thinurna (Gk. thumos) leh tauhna (Gk. orge) pawh hi thinrimna pai luih tlat, vawn nun leh ch^wm len z>l hi a ni. nna tih hi mi mal rilru n^ leh lung t^wtna \awng chhe taka ^n chhuahpui buan buan hi a ni. Sawi chhiatna tih hi inzah lo taka \awng chaltlai hmanga insawi chhiatna leh intihmualphona a ni a; Pathian anchhe lawhna tling hial thei thu \ha lo a ni. Paulan sualna zawng zawng a tiha sualna tih hi a chhe z^wnga ngaihtuahna tiin a khaikh^wm theih ^wm e. H>ng zawng zawng hi kohhran mite chuan b^nsan vek t<r a ni. 2.
84
3.
Inkhawngaih tawn Kristian nun d^n \ha khaikh^wmna at^n Paula chuan, Inkhawngaih tawna lainatna neiin awm ula, a ti a. Khawngaihna hi bung 2:7-a Pathian zia a sawiah kh^n a tel. Foulkes-a chuan, A taka hmangaihna lantr a ni, a ti.2 Barclay-a chuan, Mahni chungch^ng vei tluka \henawmte chungch^ng veina thinlung hi a ni, a ti bawk.3 Lainatna nei tih hi rilru dam/n>m tiin a sawi theih bawk. Thinrimna leh insawi chhiatna te av^ngin harsatna a lo awm \hn a ni a. Inkhawngaih tawn tr chuan inngaihdam tawn phawt a ngai. Chuv^ngin, Paula chuan, Inngaidam tawn rawh u, a ti a. Mihring inngaidam hi chu rilrua ch^mb^ng zui a awm duh a. Chuv^ngin, Pathianin Kristaa a ngaidam che u ang bawkin a ti kher a. Hnuhma awm lova inngaidam tawn t<rin a zirtr a ni.
Sawi ho t<r 1. Kristian nun d^n \ha kan zir a\ang hian kan ram Kristiante mamawh zual deuhva kan hriatte sawi ni se. Engtin nge chu chu kan neih theih ang? Pathian Thlarau Thianghlim tihlungngaih d^n nia kan hriatte sawi ni se. A tihl^wm d^n tr engtin nge ni ang?
2.
Endnotes 1 Calvin, Ephesians, p. 194 cf. Mt 12:32; Mk 3:29; Lk 12:10 2 Foulkes, Ephesians, p. 138. 3 Barclay, Ephesians, p. 159-60
85
Zirlai 13
PATHIAN FA NG FATE NUN PHUNG TR Chhiar tur: Ephesi 5:1-20 Thuvawn: Eph 5:8-12
5 Chutichuan, a fa duh takte angin Pathian awm d^n latute ni rawh u. 2Tin, Kristan a hmangaih che ua, rimtui at^n Pathian hn>na thilhlanah leh inthawinaa kan aia a inp>k ang bawk kh^n hmangaihnaah awm rawh u. 3 Nimahsela mi thianghlimte tiha mawi ^wm r>ngin, inngaih leh bawlhhlawh zawng zawng, duh^mna n>n in zngan lam pawh lamin awm suh se; 4zahmawh te, thu lawilo sawi te, fiamthu te pawh, ch<ng chu a mawi lo a ni; ch<ng tih ai chuan l^wm thu hrilh z^wk rawh u. 5Inngaih hmang leh mi bawlhhlawh leh mi duh^m r>ng r>ng chuan (mi duh^m chu milem betu a ni a) Krista leh Pathian ramah chuan chan r>ng an nei lo a ni tih in hre hle si a. Tu man thu lawilo maiin bum che u suh se; ch<ng thil av^ng chuan Pathian thinur chu ^wih lo fate chungah a thleng si \hn a. 7Chuv^ngin, anmahni \^wmpui suh ang che u. 8-10Hm^nah kh^n thim in ni a, t<nah erawh chuan Lalpaah chuan >ng in lo nih t^k hi; Lalpa l^wm z^wng eng nge ni tih fiahin, >ng fate angin awm rawh u, >ng rah chu \hatna leh, felna leh, thutak zawng zawngah a lang si a. 11 Tin, thim thiltih rah nei ngai lovahte chuan telna r>ng nei suh ula, tel ahn>kin a thiam lohzia hriattr z^wk rawh u; 12a r<ka an thiltih \hinte chu a sawi pawh a zahthl^k si a. 13 Amaherawhchu, thil engkim a thiam lohzia hriattra awm hi >ng tihlan a ni \hn: tihlana awm apiang chu >ng a ni si a. 14Chuv^ngin,
6
86
Nang muhil, meng la, Mitthi zng ata tho rawh; Tichuan, Krista chuan A chhun >ng ang che, a tih kha. Chutichuan, mi fing lote anga awm lovin mi fingte anga awm z^wkin, in awm d^nah fmkhur rawh u; 16nite hi a \hat loh av^ngin remch^nnate lei z>l rawh u. 17Chumi av^ng chuan ^ duh suh ula, Lalpa duh z^wng eng nge ni tih lo hre z^wk rawh u. 18Tin, uaiin ruiin awm suh u, chumiah chuan ins<m lohna a awm si a; Thlarauva khatin awm z^wk rawh u. 19Fakna hla te, Pathian hla te, thlarau lam hlatea inbe tawnin, Lalpa chu in thinlungah hla saksakin, \ing\ang kaihsak rawh u. 20Kan Lalpa Isua Krista hmingin, Pathian, Pa ngei hn>nah chuan engkim chungah l^wm thu hril fo rawh u.
15
Vawiina kan zir tr hi zirlai hmasa n>na inlaichn tak, thupui pakhat hnuaia dah ho theih mai tr a ni. Mahse, Kristian nun d^n \ha chu Pathian fate, ng fate nunphung tiin kan zir thung ang. Kan ch^ng zir tr hi thui tham deuh mah se a khaikh^wm z^wnga zir kan tum d^wn a ni. 1. Pathian awm d^n latute Paula hian Pathian fate chuan an Pa an chu an tum tlat tr a ni tiin a zirtr a. Kristiante t^n khawv>la nun d^n \ha kaihhruaina s^ng ber a zam chu: Pathian zirtute ni rawh u tih hi a ni (cf. Mt 5:44, 48; Lk 6:36). Zirtu tih hi zuitu tih aiin a ril z^wk a. Clement of Alexandria chuan, Kristian fing chuan Pathian nih a zir, a ti.1 Pathian fate zir tr, Pathian nihna lairil Kristaa lo lang chu, mi dangte t^na mahni inhl^n ral khawpa inp>kna a ni. Chu chu Pathian t^na inthawina rimtui, Thuthlung Hluia ran thianghlim hlan ang kha a ni. Mahni inhl^na inthawina siam chu Kristan hmangaihna a zirtr d^n a ni a. Chutiang hmangaihnaah chuan awm rawh u tih hi Pathian awm d^n latute hn>na thuchah chu a ni.
87
2.
Mi thianghlimte tiha mawi Pathian fate awm d^n tr chu mi thianghlimte tiha mawi tiin a zirtr zui a; an tiha mawi lo lam hi a ziak nasa z^wk mah emaw tih tr a ni. Hei hi Paula thuziak kalhmang chi khat chu a ni ve r>ng a. Thil pathum, lam ri lo t<ra a tih hial te chu inngaih, bawlhhlawhna zawng zawng leh duh^mna a ni. H>ng thu pathumte hi an inzawm tl^ng \h<m a, tsa ch^kna puitlinna (Gk. porneia) lam an k^wk vek a. Inngaihna tih hian inneihna huang p^wn lama inhmanna a kawh av^ngin bawlhhlawhna tih hi a sawi d^n kawng khat a ni. Duh^mna tih pawh hian t ngawih ngawih emaw tisaa sualna emaw a k^wk a. Kristianna luh hmaa khawv>l tuamtu h>ng bawlhhlawhna hi a chhah >m av^ngin Paula zirtrna hi a khawng lo thei lo a ni. Thil pathum, mawi lo a tih a awm leh a: zahmawh, thu lawi lo sawi te, fiamthu te. Isuan, Thinlunga khat liam chu kain a sawi chhuak \hn, a ti a. Herodotus-a chuan, Persian-ho chuan tih an phal loh chu sawi pawh an phal lo, a ti. Miin a sawi hi a rilru leh nun luahtu a nih angin, a sawi hian a awm d^n a kaihruai \hn. Chuv^ngin, Paula hian zahmawh, thu lawi lo leh fiamthu sawi te a hnualsuat hle a ni. Ch<ng tih ai chuan l^wm thu hrilh z^wk rawh u, a ti. Calvin-a leh a ngaih d^n \^wmpuitute chuan l^wm thu tih hi khawngaihna thu tia sawi an duh z^wk. Paula thupui tak chu Pathian hn>na l^wm thu hril a ni. Miin a tih tr dik tak tiin Pathian hn>nah l^wm thu a sawi zl chuan, a nunah thu lawilo sawi a leng \hn lo a ni. L^wm thu sawi hi hnehna puan chhuahna kawng \ha tak a ni r>ng r>ng. Miin eng harsatna pawh t^wk se, l^wm thu a hril tlat chuan a buai lutuk thei lo. Mi chi thum, Pathian rama chan r>ng nei lote a sawi leh a inngaih hmang, mi bawlhhlawh leh mi duh^m. H>ng mite nihna hi thil pathum, an znga lam pawh lam rk loh tra a tihte n>n
88
kh^n a inz<l vek tih theih a ni. Pathian rama chan r>ng nei lo t<ra a sawi hian a tidanglam ta deuh va. A hnuhn<ng ber mi duh^m chu Juda-te ngaih d^na sual lian ber mai milem betu a nih thu a puang hmiah mai. Mizoramah ngei mahni chanai duh t^wk lova mi dang chanai r<ksaktu an pung z>l tihte han hriat hian Kristian sakhaw dinhmun a derth^wng z>l lo thei lo va, a lungchhiatthl^k hle a ni. 3. Bumna laka fmkhur Sualna leh bawlhlawhna kan tr lan tk te khi Paula chuan bumna av^nga awm niin a ngai a. Thu lawi lo mai maia buma awm lo t<rin kohhranhote chu a fuih a. Fiamthu hmanga Pathian thu chawhz^n leh thlarau lam thu sawi lau te hian thlarau lam thil ngaihn>pna a hring a. Bumna wih av^ngin Pathian thu awih lohna a lo l<t a. wih lo fate chungah chuan Pathian thinur a lo thleng \hn a ni a ti. Kohhran chhngah hian khawngaihna uar lutuk a awm thei a, chu chu bumna hlauhawm tak a ni thei. Rom bung 6-ah Paulan a hnialna thu tl^ngpui kan hmu. Sual a tam poh leh Pathian khawngaihna dawnna remch^ng a tam a ni mai tih ngaih d^nin a chm a. Chu chuan sual ngaihzamna chi tuhin sual a titl^ngn>l \hn. Chuv^ngin Paula chuan buma awm lo trin ringtute chu a fuih ngun hle a ni. 4. ng fate angin awm rawh u A hma lamah kh^n Kristiante chu mihring hlui ni \hn mihring thar lo ni ta angin a entr a. Pathian fa duh takte angin a sawi leh a. Chumi hnuah thim fate ni \hn >ng fate lo ni ta angin a sawi leh ta a. Hei hian Kristiante chuan an nunah sawi fiah thiam harsa tak tihdanglamna emaw inthl^kthlengna emaw an tawn \hinzia a tifiah hle. Hm^nah kh^n thim in ni a, >ng in lo nih t^k hi, tiin ringtu nun hmasa leh nun thar inan lohzia a sawi a. A bul tumtu erawh mihring ni lovin Pathian vek a nihzia, Lalpaah chuan tiin a sawi a ni.
89
ng fate anga awm trin a fuih zui a. ng rah chu \hatna leh, felna leh thutak zawng zawngah a lang si a a ti.2 |hatna tih hi thlarau lam zauna leh thilphalna a ni. Felna (Gk. dikaiosune) tih chu Pathian leh mihring hn>na an chanvo dik tak p>k/hlan hi a ni. Thutak (Gk. aletheia) tih hi thluaka hriat mai ni lovin, nunpui chi, a taka tih chi a ni. Ringtu nuna thutak chu thil dik tihin a lang chhuak a. Khua leh tui \haah mite a siam \hn. 5. Thim thiltihah tel suh u ng fate tel ve lohna tr a sawi leh ta a: Thim thiltih rah nei ngai lovah chuan tel suh ula, tel ahn>kin a thiam lohzia hriattr z^wk rawh u; a r<ka an thil tih \hinte chu a sawi pawh a zahthl^k si a. Thim fate chuan mihring mithmuh piah lamah chuan an duh duh ti theiin an inngai tawh mai \hn a. Pathian leh angelten an hmu reng tih an hre lo. Paula te hun lai khan mipat hmeichhiatna hman sual hi thil v^ntl^ng tak a ni.3 Mipa chu hmei nei tra ngaih a ni sa mai a. Korinth khuaa temple ropui te chuan a za t>lin hmeichhe puithiam, nawhchizuar si te an nei a. An hlawh chu Temple enkawl n^n hman a ni. Atheni-a hmangaihna pathiannu, Aphrodite-i hminga temple te pawh chutiang sum a\anga sak chu a ni. H>ngte hi Paulan, A r<ka an thil tih \hinte chu a sawi pawh a zahthl^k si a, a tih zngah hian a tel ngei a rinawm. Ni >ngin thim a chhun angin mitdel ang maia thim znga awm te chu zilha, an dinhmun hriattr chu Kristiante mawhphurhna a ni tih a hrilh. 6. Lalpa duh z^wng lo hre z^wk rawh u (5:14-21) Paula chuan a fuihna thu chu Ephesi Kohhran mite mi fing anga nung tra ngennain a kh^r a. Hla ch^ng ni wm tak, pawimawh deuh a zep tel a: Nang muhl! meng la, Mitthi zng ata tho rawh, Tichuan Krista chuan A chhun >ng ang che. ng hi sual t^r mualphona a ni ngawt lova, thim tireh tr,
90
khawv>l tithianghlim leh tidam tr a ni. Ngaih d^n pakhatah chuan he ch^ng hi baptisma channa hla, baptisma changtu tui a\anga a lo chhuah laia sak \hin, thim at^ >nga lo chhuak entrna nia rin a ni. Tin, Krista lo kal leh huna thl^n a\anga ringtu thawh leh t<r thu phuahna a nih rin a ni bawk. Eng pawh ni se, he thu hi kohhran hmasa hla ch^ng thur chhuah chu a nih ngei rin a ni. An hun tawn m>k chu ni \ha lo, mahni hmasialna leh nun pawlawhnaa khat a ni tih a sawi a. Fing tak leh fmkhur taka nung t<rin a fuih zui a. Mi fingte ngaih pawimawh \hin hun hman \hat thu n>n sawi zawmin thil s^wt lo leh ho mai maia hun khawhral lo t<rin a fuih a. A hl^wk thei ang bera an hun hmang t<rin a hrilh a. Hun hloh tawh lei l>t leh ang hiala an hun neih chhun chu ngaih hlut t<r a nihzia a zirtr. |<l lova phili ruaina khawv>lah hian buai lutuk lova Lalpa duh z^wng eng nge ni tih lo hre z^wk trin a fuih a. Krista >nga awm chu hun hman d^n \ha ber a ni tih a hriattr. Mihring hi eng emawin min luah a, kan khat \hn tih a hria a. Khahna chi hnih, uain leh Thlarau a khaikhin a. Uaina khah chu chin t^wk nei lo l>ka huau huauna leh hlimhlawpna a ni. Mahse, tl^kranna leh inthehderena a keng tel si a ni. Kristiante chuan hlimna leh lungawina kawng dang an hria a. Thlarauva khah a ni (Tirh 2:4; 4:31; 9:17; 11:24; 13:52). Thlarau baptisma te pawh a la awm z>l bawk (Tirh 1:5). Khawv>l hlimna n>n chuan a inang thei lo. Thlarauva khah leh zai rimawi hi a kawpkai \hain, a inhmeh a ni ang. Paulan Thlarauva khah a sawi rualin, Fakna hla te, thlarau lam hla tea inbe tawnin, Lalpa chu in thinlungah hla saksakin, \ing\ang kaihsak rawh u, tih hi a sawi zawm zat mai. Fak hla saka pawimawh >m >m \ing\ang a sawi lang a. Hei hi zai remna hmanrua zawng zawng aiawh a ni thei ang a. Chu aia pawimawh cheu chu thinlunga hla sak a ni. Zaia sak a ni emaw ni lo emaw, engkim v^nga Pathian hn>na l^wm thu hril fo hi mihringte bat a nihzia a sawi bawk. Paula theology hi
91
Krista dah laipui theology (Christocentric theology) an lo tih \hin hi a dik viau wm e. H>ng Pathian fakna leh l^wm thu hril zawng zawng hi Lalpa Isua Krista hmingin tih vek tr a ti a ni. Sawi ho t<r 1. Paulan mi thianghlimte tiha mawi leh mawi lo a sawi znga kan ngaih pawimawh deuh deuhte leh kan ngaih pawimawh chhante thawh kh^wm ni se. Thlarauva khah leh fak hla sak inzawm d^n sawi ni se. Paulan fak hla chi hrang hrang a sawi b^kah kan kohhranin fak hla chi hrang hrang kan neihte \angkai d^n sawi ni se.
2. 3.
Endnotes
1 2
Barclay, Ephesians, p. 160
Papyrus \henkhatah chuan >ng rah tih hi Thlarau rah tiin a lang a ni. Foulkes, Ephesians, p. 145, Calvin, Ephesians, p. 200. Barclay, Ephesians, p. 161. Paula hun laia sualna r^pthl^k tak tak a sawi te hi ^wihawm lo khawp a ni a. Mahse, milem biakna n>n chuan a lo inzawm chuat \hn niin a lang. Hindu sakhua-ah pawh hian temple nawhchizuar tih ang chi deuh hi a awm ve a ni.
3
92
Zirlai 14
KRISTIAN CHHNGKUA NUPA Chhiar tr: Ephesi 5:21-33

5 21Krista \ih d>kin intul<t tawn \heuh rawh u. 22Nupuite u, Lalpa hn>na in intul<t ang hian mahni pasalte hn>nah intul<t rawh u. 23Krista chu amah ngei taksa chhandamtu nia, kohhran l< a ni ang bawk hian, pasal chu nupui l< a ni si a. 24Chutichuan, kohhranho Krista hn>na an intul<t ang bawk hian nupuite chu engkimah an pasalte hn>nah intul<t rawh se. Pasalte u, in nupuite hmangaih rawh u, Kristan kohhran a hmangaiha, an aia mahni a inpe ang kh^n, 26anni chu tuia sila thu chuan tifaiin a tihthianghlim theih n^n; 27 chutichuan, kohhran chu bawlhhlawh kai lo leh z<r lo leh, chutiang thil r>ng pu lovin, thianghlim leh hm>lhem lova awm z^wkin, amah leh amah kohhran ropui takah a inpe chawp thei ang. 28Chutiang bawkin pasalte pawhin mahni taksate angin mahni nupuite chu an hmangaih t<r a ni, mahni nupui hmangaihtu chu mahni inhmangaih a ni. 29Tu man mahni tsa an haw ngai si lo va; an ch^wmin an duat z^wk \hn a ni. Kristan kohhran a ch^wma a duat ang hian; 30 a taksa p>ngte kan ni si a. 31Chumi av^ng chuan mipain a nu leh pa kalsanin a nupui a vuan ang a; tin, an pahnih chuan tsa pumkhat an lo ni tawh ang. 32Hei hi thuril th<k tak a ni; kei chuan Krista leh a kohhran thu a sawina niin ka hria. 33Eng pawh ni se, tu pawhin mahni a inhmangaih angin mahni nupui hmangaih \heuh sela, nupui pawhin a pasal hlau thiam rawh se.
25
93
Paula hian Kristian chh<ngkua hi a ngai pawimawh a. Chh<ngkuaa p>ng (member) tin pawimawhzia pawh a uar thiam hle. An dinhmun leh mawhphurhna te a inan loh d^n pawh a sawi chiang a. An inlaichn tawn d^nin Kristian chh<ngkaw nih d^n tr dik tak an nih leh nih loh a hril nasa tih a hre bawk. Chuv^ngin, an inzawm d^n tr leh thawh ho d^n tur fel tak a duansak a. A thu \henkhat hi chu duhthus^m s^ng tak, hman chawp theih ni ^wm pawha lang mang lote a ni. A hun lai khawv>l thlrna a\anga ziah a nih av^ngin kum s^nghnih d^wn liam hnu hian eng anga chhiar tr nge tih ngaihtuah thar ngai lai pawh a awm mai thei e. A tl^ngpui erawh chuan khawv>la hman chawp tra duan, vawiin thlenga Kristian chh<ngkaw nun zirna hn^r \ha berte znga mi a la ni tih chu phat rual a ni lo. 1. Thu ziah hun lai khawv>l Paulan Kristian chh<ngkua zirtrna a ziah hi a dam rualpui tu mahin an wihpui lo vang tih hial tr a ni. Chu chuan a \<l leh pawimawhzia a tilang chiang mai ^wm e. A hun lai khawv>l dinhmun Barclay-a sawi \henkhat lo thlr ila.1 Juda-ho chuan hmeichhia hi mihringah an ngai lo va, thil/bungrua ang lekin an en a. Juda pa chuan Jentail emaw, sal emaw, hmeichhia emawa Pathianin a siam loh av^ngin l^wm thu a sawi \hn. An sakhaw puithuna leh nupui m^k d^n chu a inhmeh vak lo. Miin nupui a neiha, a chunga thil mawi lo eng emaw a hriat av^nga a mit a tlun loh chuan heti hi a ni ang, inm^kna lehkha a ziahsak ang a, a pe ang a, a in ata a chhuahtr t<r a ni (Deut 24:1). M^k chhana thil mawi lo tih hi hrilhfiah d^n a hrang nual a. Rabbi Shammai-a ho chuan, uir>na chiah a ni an ti a. Rabbi Hillel-a ho chuan, chawhmeha chi telh tam lutuk te, l< khuh lova khawlaia chhuah te, kawtthl>ra mipa biak te, pasal chh<ngte hriata pasalte sawis>l te, hnial hr^t te, buaina siam chn te, a vai hian thil mawi lo leh m^k chhan tling vekah an ngai a. Rabbi Akiba chuan, a mit a tlun loh chuan tih hi mipain hmeichhe dang duhawm z^wk a hmuh chuan a nupui pawm lai chu a ma thei
94
ang tihna niin a hrilhfiah. Hmeichhe dinhmun tichhe lehzualtu chu, nupui chuan a pasal chu a ph^r emaw, Juda sakhua a phatsan emaw, sumd^wnna bawlhhlawh a ti emaw a nih chauh loh chuan a \hen ve a thiang lo. Mipain a nupui a m^k duh erawh chuan m^kna lehkha a ziak a, a nupui kutah a pe a, a kaltr mai \hn. Rom ram dinhmun kha a chhe hle bawk. Rom lalram a pian a\anga kum zanga hnuah chauh nupa inm^k/in\hen hriat a ni. BC 234-a Spurius Carvillius Ruga-an a nupui a m^k chu hriat hmasak ber a ni chauh va. Mahse, Paula hunah meuh kha chuan Rom ramah chh<ngkaw keh chhia an pung nasa hle tawh a ni. Seneca-a chuan, Hmeichhia te chu m^k at^n neih an ni a, neih at^n m^k an ni kum z^t te hi an pasalte hmingin an chhiar a ni, a ti thl^wt mai. Jerome-a chuan Rom nu pakhat chuan a pasal sawmhnih pathumna a nei a, a pasala nupui sawmhnih pakhatna a ni thung tih a sawi. Mi rinawm ngiang sawi t<r chu awm ve bawk mah se, a tl^ngpuiin uire khawv>l a ni ber. Chu khawv>lah chuan Paulan Kristian chh<ngkua a zirtr hi pawmpui awm tak ang maw! 2. Intul<t tawn nun (5:21-24) Kohhran chh<ngkuaah a ni emaw, chh<ngkaw bilah a ni emaw, Paula hian p>ng tinte chu intul<t tawn \heuh t<rin a hrilh a. Hmangaihnaa rawng inb^wlsak tawn tiin a sawi theih bawk. He chh<ngkaw nun hi lal leh hotu te, mi v^ntl^ng leh retheite t^na kaihhruaina a ni. Nupa nunah a kai l<t ngh^l a. Paula chuan nupa inlaichnna hi Krista leh kohhran inlaichnna angin a tehkhin a. Krista leh a kohhran thu kei chuan a sawina niin ka hria a ti. Nupuite chu an pasal te laka intul<t t<rin a fuih a. An intkluh th<k d^n t<r sawi n^n, Lalpa hn>na in intul<t ang hian a tih b^kah, Kohhranho Krista hn>na an intul<t ang bawk hian nupuite chu kawng engkimah an pasalte hn>nah an intul<t t<r a ni a
95
ti. Paula chuan, Pasal chu nupui l< a ni a ti a. Nupui l< chu pasal a nih d^n sawi n^n, Krista chu amah ngei taksa chhandamtu nia kohhran l< a ni ang bawk hian, a ti a ni. Hetianga dinhmun inkhaidiat a siam hi lalna leh thuneihna chanvo inp>kna mai ni lovin, chh<ngkaw ror>l a fel theih n^na p>k niin a lang. 3. Nupa kr hmangaihna (5:25-33) Pasalte laka a ph<t chu a s^ng ta hle mai - mahni inhl^n ral hmangaihna a niin a lang. Chrysostom-a (Kru-sos-tom-a) chuan, Kohhranin Krista thu a z^wm anga nupuiin pasal thu a zawm d^wn a nih chuan, Kristan a kohhran a hmangaih angin pasal chuan a nupui a hmangaih em tih hi chh^n fel a ngai, a ti. Paulan pasal hmangaihna ze ken tr a sawi te hi han en zui ila (1) Inpump>k hmangaihna: Krista chuan kohhran chu beisei nei lovin a mamawh p>k tumin a hmangaih a, pasal pawhin nupui laka beisei nei lovin p>k tumin a hmangaih z^wk a ngai a. Krista chuan amah inhl^nin chhandamna a siam a, chu aia hlu z^wk chu a kohhran t^n thlan tr a awm chuang lo va; Krista leh a thilp>k hnar chuan chhiatna a thlang tihna a ni. A inp>kna av^ng chuan kohhran chuan a kephah a vuan lo thei lo a ni. Pasalin a nupui chu vauna leh tih\haiha hneh lovin, lainat taka a ngaihsak av^ng z^wkin a thu hnuaia awm chu a thlantr a pawimawh. (2) Tithianghlim hmangaihna: Heta tithianghlim tih hi a tithianghlimtu t^na serh hrang emaw dah hrang emaw a ni. Krista chuan ngaihdamna hmangin a siam thar a. Pasalin a nupui a tihthianghlimna kawngpui tak chu ngaihdam a ni. Pasalin a nupui a ngaihdam chh<ng chu a thianghlim mai a. Kohhran tihthianghlim n^na a hman hi tui leh thu a ti a. Thu chu Chanchin |ha thu a ni mai wm e. Tuia tithianghlim tih hi tui hmanga baptisma chana, chh<ngril lama Krista rinna leh zawmna puan
96
chhuahna a sawina a ni. Calvin-a chu ama hun laia Roman Catholic ngaih d^n him lo av^ngin he thuah hian a fmkhur hle.2 Tihthianghlimna baptisma chu a pumin Pathian siam a ni a; mihring, baptisma chantrtu minister chu a sil faitu anga lo ngaih mai emaw, a hmanrua tui chuan mihring bawlhlawhna chu a tl>ng fai tak tak emaw tih mai loh tr a ni chu chu Krista thisen chauhvin a ti thei a ni, tiin a \ang kawh hle. Lehlamah baptisma chuan chh<ng lam \hatna pe thei lo mah se, Kristaa nun thar chhinchhiahna pumpelh theih loh a nihna pawh a uar tel bawk. Hmangaihna tak chu tibawrhb^ngtu ni lovin tithianghlimtu a ni z>l \hn. (3) Ngaihsak hmangaihna: Mipa chuan a nupui chu ama taksa angin a hmangaih tr a ni. Chutiang bawkin pasalte pawhin mahni taksate angin mahni nupuite chu an hmangaih t<r a ni a ti a. Tu mah hi mahni taksa hmangaih tra zirtr ngai an awm lo ang hian, pasal chuan a nupui chu duat taka ngaihsak chu a nihphung tr sa niin a sawi a. Mizo nula lehkhathiam pasal nei lo emaw, hnam dang pasal neih an duh chhan hi Mizo mipaten nupuite an ngaihsak/duat loh v^ng nia sawi a ni \hn. A dik chin a awm mai thei. Mahse, a lang chinah chauh a ni mai thei bawk.3 Hmeichhiate duhsakna leh ngaihhnathiamna thuvawn \ha f> f> Mizote hian an nei a.4 Hmeichhe duat hi pasal\ha chhinchhiahna pakhat a ni ve. Hmangaihna tak chuan mahni a inngaihtuah hmasa lo va, a hmangaih chu a ngaihtuah hmasa z^wk \hn. Pasalin a nupui chu a chaw chhumsaktu, thuamhnaw s<ksaktu, in tihfaisaktu leh a fate enkawlsaktu ang maia a ngaih chuan eng emaw dik lo a awm tihna a ni. Mahni nupui hmangaih lo chuan mahni a inhmangaih thei lo. Calvin-a chuan, Mahni nupui hmangaih lo chu ramsa m^wl ang a ni, a ti tawp mai a ni. (4) |hen hran theih loh hmangaihna: Kohhran chu Krista taksa a nih av^ngin hmangaihnaa an inzawmna chu tihchah theih a ni lo. A member pawh inp>ng tawn an nih av^ngin \hen
97
theih an ni lo. Evi chu Adama n^k a\anga l^k chhuah a ni a. An nupa k^r zawmtu hmangaihna chu tihchah theih a ni lo. Nupa k^r entrna \ha ber ni lo mah se, Mizovin Khuanu samsuih an tih ang hi a ni a. An chanchin a\angin Paulan, Chumi av^ng chuan mipain a nu leh pa kalsanin a nupui a vuan ang a tih zirtrna pawimawh tak hi a duang chhuak a ni. A hringhr^na nu leh pa kalsan ni lovin, a nupui a kalsan ai chuan a nu leh pa a kalsan z^wk ang tihna a ni thei ang. Pasal \ha tak ni trin fapa \ha tak nih b^nsan a \<l kher lo. A nih kawp theih. A nupui n>na an inzawmna erawh chu a nu leh pa n>na an inzawmna aiin a chungnung z^wk tihna a ni. (5) Isua hmangaihna : Nupa nun chu mi pahnih inzawmna ni lovin mi pathum - nupui, pasal leh Krista inzawmna niin Paula hian a zirtr a ni. Nupui leh pasal insuih kh^wmna chu Lalpaah a ni. Kohhranhote inhmangaihna ang bawkin Isua an hmangaih rawnna av^ngin nupa nun chu a inzawm a. Mihring inlaichinnaah zawmpui dang dang a awm thei ang. Mahse, nupa inzawmna ang chu tu mahin an \^wm theih loh t<rin Pathianin a humhalh tlat thung a ni.
Sawi ho t<r 1. 2. 3. Paulan Kristian nupa chungch^ng a ziahah hian a hun laia mite t^na pawimawh zual nia lang te sawi ni se. Kum zabi 1-naa Paula khawv>l leh t<nlai kan ram hun tawng leh khawtl^ng nun te a theih anga khaikhin ni se. Paulan Kristian nupa nun duhthus^m a sawiah hian keini Kristiante hian eng chen nge thleng ve tawha kan inhriat?
98
Endnotes
1 2 3
Barclay, Ephesians, p. 168-71. Calvin, Ephesians, p. 206.
Hmeichhe lehkhathiamte sawi hmangin hnam dang pasalte hi an nupuite duat thiam bk tak anga sawi an ni \hn a. Mahse, a lang chinah a ni deuh mai ang em tih rin theihna chu, hmeichhe thuam chhawm (dowry) chungch^nga buaina a tam b^kah, hnam dang nupui mahni intihlum/inh^l hlum an tam >m >m hi a ni. An nupuite duat d^n hi a ril lo deuh a ni mai thei. Khaikhin kher loh a \ha ang e. Hmeichhe thu m>nah thl^k rawh tih hi nupa ink^r thu sawina niin a lang. Nupuite thusawi chu huatthlala hle mah se, ngaihhnathiam chunga ngaihthl^ksak t<r tihna a ni wm e. P<mah hmeichhia lal t<r, tuikhurah mipa; mipain lo v^t sela, hmeichhiain thlaichi thl^k rawh se, tihte hi thiam ang t^wkin hmeichhiate duat t<ra an lo inzirtrna a ni.
4
99
Zirlai 15
KRISTIAN NAUPANG LEH NU LEH PATE Chhiar tr: Ephesi 6:1-9 Thuvawn:Eph 6:4
6 Naupangte u, Lalpaah chuan in nu leh in pate thu z^wm rawh u; chu chu thil dik a ni si a. 2I nu leh i pa chawimawi rawh, (chu chu thup>k tiam nei hmasa ber a ni.) 3 Chutichuan i t^n a \ha ang a, leiah hian i dam rei bawk ang. Tin, nangni pate u, in fate tithinur suh ula, Lalpa thununnaah leh zilhnaah chuan enkawl z^wk rawh u.
4
B^wihte u, Krista thu z^wm angin \ih d>k leh kh<ra thinlung sakhat vuain, mihring til^wmtute mai anga mit rawng b^wl lovin, Krista b^wih anga thinlunga Pathian duh z^wng ti z^wkin, mihring rawng b^wl ang mai ni lovin, Lalpa rawng b^wl ang z^wka duh tak chunga rawng b^wlin, b^wih ni sela, b^wih ni suh sela, mi tinin thil \ha an tih apiang chu Lalpa hn>n ata a ngai v>k an hmu leh ang tih hriain, tsaa in hotute thu z^wm rawh u.
5-8
Tin, nangni hotute u, chutiang bawkin, anmahni leh nangmahni Hotu chu v^nah a awm tih leh, ani chuan mi duhsak bk a nei lo tih hriain, vau lovin an chungah ti ve rawh u.
9
Kristian zirtrnain hmeichhe dinhmun chhe tak a siam \hat thu kan zir nual tawh a. He zirlaiah hian Kristian zirtrnain naupang leh b^wih dinhmun a siam \hat d^n kan zir leh d^wn a ni. Paula hun laia naupang leh b^wih dinhmun William Barclaya ziah1 a\angin tl>m kan zir phawt ang a, a chh<ng thu kan luhchilh zui ang.
100
1.
Rom rama naupang leh b^wih dinhmun Paula hun laia Rom ram naupangte dinhmun tihniamtu ber chu chh<ngkaw pa thuneihna s^ng >m >m mai chu a ni. Pa thuneihna (Lat. patria potestas) ang chuan chh<ngkaw pum pui nunna chu pa kutah a awm tih theih a ni. A chh<ngte znga mi tu pawh sal angin a hralh thei a, hruia hlng chungin lovah hna a thawhtr thei a, a duh angin a hrem thei a, tihhlum theihna thlengin thuneihna a nei a ni. A dam chh<ng chuan a fa nun pum pui chungah thu a nei a. Rom mi fa chuan kum tlin tih a nei ve lo. A lo puitling emaw, ror>ltu (magistrate) a ni emaw, a ram pawhin chawimawina s^ng lukhum khumtr mah se, a pa (a la dam phawt chuan) thuneihna ^ngchh<ngah a la awm z>l a ni. An mi thiam \henkhat chuan he d^n hi thil tihsual palh lian tak angin an ngai a ni. Pa chuan an thuneihna chu a t^wpkh^wk thlengin hmang ngai meuh lo mah se, a r^pthl^kna chu a n>p thei tak tak chuang lo. Naus>n duh loh paih d^n a awm bawk a. Nau a lo pianin a pa ke bulah rawn dah a ni a. A pain a kuta la k^ngin a lo pawm chuan, dam tr leh enkawl at^n a duh tihna a ni a. A hersana, a kal bosan chuan a fa chu a pawm lo va, naus>n chu paih bo ngh^l theih tihna a ni. Roman naus>nte dinhmun chu a derth^wng >m >m reng mai a. Nupa in\hen, innei leh, hmei leh nawhchizuar ins<lp>l suau suau k^rah chuan naupang t^n thlamuang taka \hanlen ngaihna a awm lo a ni. Naus>n duh lohte chu dah kh^wmna (forum)-ah an dah mai \hn a. Anmahni rawn la duh apiangte bungrua an lo ni mai \hn. Sala hralh tr emaw, nawhchizuar tr emawa enkawl seilen an ni deuh ber. Seneca-a chuan ran ang deuhvin, naupang chak lo leh piangsualte chu tuiah kan paih mai \hn, tiin a ziak a. Naupang chak lo leh pian\o fuh lo t^n damkhaw chhuah ngaihna a v^ng tak zet a ni. B^wihte t^na Kristiannain thil \ha a thlen pawh chhui tham f> a ni a. An dinhmun tl>min lo zir hlek ila. Paulan Ephesi mite
101
lehkha a thawn lai hian Rom ramah b^wih maktaduai sawmruk (60,000,000) v>l an awm nia chh<t a ni.2 Kohhranah Paula lehkhathawn ngaithla tr b^wih hi an tam tham hle ang tih a rin theih. Rom khaw mipuite chu thatchhiatna r^pthl^k takin a nangchng a. Rom chu khawv>l khawpuite lalnu a ni si a, hna zahawm thawktute chu Rom mite an ni tr a ni. A tak takah erawh chuan hna zawng zawng chu b^wihho thawh vek a ni. Doctor leh zirtrtu te, Lalber (Emperor) \hian hnai ber te, Ziaktute (Secretaries) lehkhathawn, dlna leh sum chungch^ng khawihtu zawng zawngte chu b^wih vek an ni. Khawi laiah emaw chuan b^wih leh an pute inhriatthiamna a \ha viau. Mahse, b^wih nun dik tak chu a thimin a r^pthl^k a ni. Rom D^n-ah chuan mihring ni lovin thil an ni a. Aristotle-a chuan, B^wih leh a pu k^rah in\hianna tak tak a awm thei lo r>ng r>ng, eng mah an in\^wm loh av^ngin, B^wih chu hmanraw nung, hmanrua chu b^wih nung lo, a ni mai, a ti. Varro-an leilehna hmanrua a thliar d^n chu hre thei, hre thei lo leh thil nung lo, a ni. B^wih, l^wi leh hal a sawina a ni! B^wih chu ramsa \awng thei angin a chhuah a ni. B^wih damlo chaw p>k chu ins>nsona uchuak takah an ngai. Rom d^nah b^wih damna leh thihna chu a p< kutah a awm. A tl^n bo man a nih chuan a vanneih berah a chalah F (fugitivus) b^wih tl^n bo chhinchhiahna chhut a ni ang a, a chhe berah chuan tihhlum a ni ang. B^wih nun chu a p< rilru s<kthl>kah a innghah tawp av^ngin a derth^wng >m >m reng a ni. Augustus-a chuan a vahmm khawi lai tihlum palhtu a b^wih chu a kh>ngbet ringawt mai an ti. Vedius Pollio-a chuan a zu inna d^rthlalang no \hiang thlauh keh palhtu a b^wih chu a dl, tuisakawlh awm kh^wmnaah a theh thla \huai mai bawk. Ziaktu pakhat chuan, B^wih neituin a b^wih chunga a tih apiang chu a ^wm emaw ^wm lo emaw, tum r>ng v^ng emaw tum r>ng v^ng lo emaw, haihawt v^ng emaw uluk taka ngaihtuah a ni emaw dik tak leh d^n anga ror>lna a ni mai, a ti.
102
Chutiang khawv>lah chuan Paula hian naupang leh nu leh pate inlaichn d^n t<r leh, b^wih leh an p<te inlaichn d^n t<r zirtrna ro tling a ziak a ni. Kristianna hian khawv>l t^n eng nge a tih kan sawi d^wn chuan hmeichhia te, naupangte leh b^wihte dinhmun \haa a hl^n kai d^n te hi sawi hmaih chi rual a ni lo. 2. Naupangte leh nu leh pa inlaichnna (6:1-4) Kristian chh<ngkua inzirtrnaah hian thu lai l^k a har \hn. Nu leh pa chuan 6:1-3 hi an tuipui tl^ngpui a. Naupangte erawh chuan ch^ng 4-na hi an tuipui z>l a! Nu leh pa leh zirtrtuten an fah hneh >m av^ng leh an rilru a thianghlim av^ng erawh chuan ch^ng 1-3 pawh hi an bel hle tho \hn. Nu leh pa, fate, awmpuite leh chh<ngkuaa awm mi tin huap zirtrna a ni. (1) Thu z^wm rawh u: Nupui leh pasal inlaichnna at^n intul<t tih \awngkam a hmang a. Naupang leh nu leh pate inlaichnna at^n thu z^wm tih a hmang thung. Naupangte u, Lalpaah chuan in nu leh in pate thu z^wm rawh u, a tih hian an inlaichnna chu Lalpaah a ni z>l a. Hetah bk phei hi chuan Lalpa duh z^wng a nih kher loh phei chuan z^wm t<rin a ti l>m lo. Thu wih chhan t<rte chu: (a) chu chu thil dik a ni si a; (b) thutiam nei hmasaber a ni; (c) hnam tin inzirtrna a ni; (d) Thuthlung Hlui zirtrna behchhan a ni; (e) Isua ngeiin a nunin a lo entr (Lk 2:51). (2) I nu leh i pa chawimawi rawh: Hei hi Ex 20:12 leh Deut 5:16 a\anga thur chhuah a ni a. Thusawm p>k znga pangana a ni. Paula hian nu leh pa thu zawm t<r a tih ang tak chu a ngialnganin Thus^wm p>kah hian a awm lo va. Thuthlung Thar zirtrna >ngah nu leh pa chawimawi d^n t<r chu an thu zawm a ni tia sawi fiahna a ni wm e. Paulan Thup>k tiam nei hmasa ber, a tih mai hi a dik chiah em tih zawhna a awm a. Thup>k zawng zawngte hi tiam nei a ni a; pahnihna phei chu tiam nei langs^r tak, hremna emaw khawngaihna emaw a tiam ngei a ni.3 Sawi fiahna hrang hrang a awm a.4 A tawi z^wngin,
103
thup>k pawimawh tak leh nghawng nei thui tak, thutiam ropui keng bawk si, naupangte zir hmasak ber tr a ni tia pawm a rem mai wm e. (3) Lalpa thununnaa enkawl: Nu leh pain an chhiar thlen loh fo, naupangin an nghahhlelh lai tak chu, Nangni pate u, in fate tithinur suh ula, tih hi. Paula hian mihring rilru s<kthl>k a man khawp mai a. Nute hian an fate tithinur kher lova zilh d^n an thiam sa deuh va. Paho erawh chuan a runthl^k leh chawk tho z^wng hreta naupang zilh an duh \hn a. Chu chuan luhlulna leh beidawnna hial a thlen thei a. Chuv^ngin Pate u, a han ti bk deuh va. Naupang enkawlah hian fmkhur chu a ngai ta hle mai. T<n hma deuhvin naupang enkawl d^nah khawthlangho an khauh (strict) >m >m a; an fate thununna lamah an vuak hlum palh hial thute sawi a ni \hn. Nunnain a tuar phei chu a pawi t^wpkh^wk a. Mahse, khawtl^ng inthununna \ha tak neiin, ram ropui tak tak an lo ding chhuak a. Tl>m lai a\ang kh^n fa enkawl d^nah thununna khirh demna leh tihbo tumna a lo lian a. Naupang enkawl d^n \ha chu hau loh, an rilru zir chunga an duh z^wng ngaihtuah, anmahni rin t^wk tih te a lo chhuak a, child theology te a lo chhuak m>k a. A \ha khat t<rah ngai ila. Naupang dikna humhalh a \ha. Mahse, an rilru s<kthl>k zir chuang si lo, Lalpa thununna leh zilhnaa enkawl miah bawk si lovin naupang kan induat siak a. Tl^wmngaihna zirtr chu sawi loh, mi tl^wmngai hmuhsit leh tl^wmngai lo chawi s^nna chi kan tuh mah mah a. Chutiang naupang \hang lian av^ng chuan lei hremhmun, khawtl^ng nun buai kan siam ta m>k a ni. An duh duha awmtr hi changk^ng zia emaw kan ti lek lek a. Ngawl chi hrang hrang vei, khawtl^ng t^na mi hnawksak, vuak hlum ngawt rem bk si lo kan chhuah ta rum mai tih hi a dik deuhvin a lang.
104
Pathian thu ang z>la invawnna khauh deuh hman hi a \<l leh tawh z^wk em? Lalpa thununna leh zilhnaah tih hi Pathian thu ang taka naupang zirtr tihna a ni a. Pathian thu hre lo t^n chuan a theih loh va. Nu leh pain Bible zir ngun a ph<t tel ngh^l a. Vn deuhvin a ni emaw, zaidam deuhvin a ni emaw, nu leh pain an fate chu Lalpa duh z^wngin an enkawl tr a ni. Pathian thununna chu, Tuar lai chuan l^wmawmin a lang lo va, lungchhiatthl^kin a lang z^wk \hn; tuar hnuah erawh chuan chumia sawizawia awm te t^n chuan rah thlamuanawm tak felna chu a chhuahsak \hin, a ni (Heb 12:11). Martin Lutheran, Tiang dah la, naupang nun ti khawlo rawh tih hi a dik chiah; mahse, tiang bulah chuan a tih \hat huna p>k t<r apple dah tel ang che, a tih hian awmzia a nei hle ^wm e. 3. B^wih leh an p<te inlaichnna Paulan b^wih b^n a lo sual lo hi mi thiam \henkhat chuan an dem \hn a. Kum zabi 1-naa Roman D^npuia b^wih neih d^n nghet taka lo awm tawh chuan b^wih neih chu kalphung p^ngngaiah a lo neihtr tawh a. B^wih neitu zawng zawng lah v^ntl^ng ngaih ang ngawt chuan an nun a r^wng vek l>m lo va. B^wih tam tak lahin an dinhmun p^ngngai aia \ha z^wk beisei t<r an nei l>m lo bawk n>n. Paulan b^wih b^n sual pui aia b^wih dinhmun ti\ha z^wnga \an l^k a vei hi a khawv>l tawn ngaihtuahin fakawm tak chu a ni. A hmaa sawi t^k ang kh^n b^wihte chu hna hautak leh tenawm tak takte titu an nih av^ngin an dinhmun a harsain a hrehawm >m >m a. Chu dinhmun hriatpui reng chunga b^wihte enkawl d^n t<r zirtrna a p>k hi a \ha hle. (1) B^wih awm d^n t<r: Ephesi lehkhathawna Paula thunawn ropui tak chu Kristaah tih a ni a. B^wihten an p<te thu an zawm d^n t<r chu, Krista thu z^wm angin \ih d>k leh kh<ra thinlung sakhat vuain, mihring til^wmtute mai anga mit rawng b^wl lovin, Krista b^wih anga thinlunga Pathian duh z^wng ti z^wkin a ti a. Hei hi b^wih chang ni lovin, Kristian mi tin awm d^n t<r a sawina a ang z^wk mah b^wih ni sela, b^wih ni suh sela, mi
105
tinin a ti. Mi tinin an tih apiang chu Krista thu z^wm angin, rilru hel lovin, mihring b^kah a r<ka hmutu Pathian mit tlunga tih t<r a ni a. Chu chu b^wih te t^n a han hmehbel ni maiin a lang. An rilru put hmang chu helna tel lo thinlung sakhatin, nawr ngai lova duh tak chungin, mihring rawng b^wl ang ni lova, Lalpa rawng b^wl ang z^wkin a ti a ni. (2) Hotute awm d^n t<r: B^wih neituten an hriat tr thil pathum a chah a: b^wih leh an p<te t^n Hotu pakhat v^nah a awm; mi duhsak bk a nei lo; vau lovin enkawl tr a ni. Hotute pawh Pathian b^wih an nih an inhriat a, thamna p>ka tihl^wm chi miah loh, hleih nei lo leh zahngai taka enkawltu Pathian zia chu b^wih neitu Kristiante chuan an zir a ngai a ni. Sawi ho t<r 1. 2. Kristiannain Rom khawtl^ng nun leh kan khawtl^ng nuna zal>nna a rah chhuahte sawi ni se. Kristian chh<ngkua siam t<ra kan hmab^k sawi ni se. Endnotes
1 2 3
Barclay, Ephesians, pp. 175-7, 179-80 Barclay, Ephesians, p. 179
Ex 20:4-6 - Thus^wm p>ka pahnihna hian, Kei, Lalpa i Pathian hi, pate khawlohna av^nga fate hrem \hn,ka thup>kte pawmtu s^ng tam takte chunga khawngaihna lantr \hn ka nih hi, tih hi a thup>k ken tel nia sawi a ni. Sawi fiahna \henkhat - (a) thus^wm p>ka thutiam keng tel hmasa ber; (b) thus^wm p>k \um hnihnaa ziah hmasak ber; (c) A nambar indawt d^n ni lovin a pawimawhzia sawina; (d) naupangte zirtr at^na hman hmasak ber tihte (NBC p. 1121)
4
106
Zirlai 16
KRISTIAN INDONA Chhiar tr: Ephesi 6:10-24 Thuvawn: Eph 6:13
6 10A t^wp berah chuan, Lalpaah leh a chakna thahruiah chuan thiltihtheihna neiin lo awm rawh u. 11 Diabola ngamthl>mnate chu in do zawh n^n Pathian r^lthuam famkimin inthuam rawh u. 12Kan buante hi tsa leh thisen an ni si lo, lalnate leh, thuneihnate leh, he thim chunga khawv>l ror>ltute leh, v^n hmunahte thlarau sualho awmte an ni z^wk e. 13Chuv^ngin ni \ha lovah chuan in do zawhna t<r leh, in tih zawh vek hnu pawha in din theihna t<rin, Pathian r^lthuam famkim chu la rawh u. Chutichuan, in k^wng chu thutaka hr>ngin, felna ^wmphaw chu hain, 15remna Chanchin |ha inbuatsaihna chu in keah bunin ding rawh u; 16ch<ng lo pawh chu rinna phaw la ula, chu chuan mi sual thal alh thei zawng zawng chu in timit thei ang. 17 Tin, Chhandamna lukhum leh Thlarau ng<nhn^m (Pathian Thu chu) la ula, 18\awng\aina leh dlna tinr>ngin eng hun pawha Thlarauva \awng\aiin, chumi kawngah chuan mi thianghlim zawng zawng t^n \ hahnem ngai tak l eh d l t l at in ngai hven rawh u; 19 Chanchin |ha thurk huai taka puang t<ra ka k^ ka ^na thu sawitra ka awm theih n^n ka t^n pawh mi dlsak rawh u, 20chumi kawngah chuan ka sawi t<r ang chu huai taka ka sawi theihna t<rin, chumi Chanchin |ha palai khaidiat bun ka ni.
14
Nimahsela, nangni pawhin engtin nge ka awm, ka chanchin in hriat theih n^n, Tukika, Lalpaa unau duh tak leh rawngb^wltu rinawm tak hian engkim a hriattr ang che u; 22hemi v^ng tak hian amah chu in hn>nah ka rawn
21
107
tr a ni, ka chanchin in hriat theihna t<r leh, ani hian in thinglung a tihthlamuan theihna t<rin. Pa, Pathian leh Lalpa Isua Krista hn>n ata remna leh rinna tel hmangaihna chu unaute hn>nah kh^n awm rawh se. 24Kan Lalpa Isua Krista chuai lova hmangaihtute zawng zawng hn>nah khawngaihna awm rawh se.
23
Vawiin zirlai hi Paulan Ephesi mite hn>na lehkha a thawn kh^rna a ni a. Kohhran hi khawv>la a awm chh<ng chuan do nei a nihzia sawiin a hawng a. Chu indonaah chuan Kristian tawh phawt chu an r^lb^ng thei lo va, hnehna chang t<rin r^lthuam dik leh \ha an hman a ngai a ni tiin r^lthuam t<r te a sawi a. Kohhranho a veizia t^r langin, inthlahna leh mals^wmna thuin a kh^r a ni. 1. Kristiante hm>lma (6:10-13) A fuihna thu tl^ngpui kh^rna a siam d^wn av^ngin, A t^wp berah chuan a han ti a. Kristiante hi chak lo thei, hneh mai theih; mahse, thiltihtheihna nei t<r an ni tiin a \an a. Chu thiltihtheihna hn^r erawh chu Lalpaah leh a chakna thahruiah a ni. Kristiante do t<r khaikh^wmna thu, diabola ngamthl>mna tih hi a r<k a r^la beihna (Gk. methodeias = ambush)1 a ni. Hei hian indona chu tsa lam thil a nih lohzia a tilang ngh^l bawk. Chumi atan chuan, Pathian r^lthuam famkimin inthuam rawh u, a ti a ni. Kristian r^ldote chu, tisa leh thisen an ni si lo, a ti a. Hei hian indona chu a tiharsa hle a ni. Mihring leh mihring, ralthuam leh thiam thil hmanga inbeihna chu ni se a tihngaihna a awm deuh mai thei. Mahse, a hring hr^na indona a ni lo va. Hei hi Pathianin tsa lama mi fing tam tak te, mi chak tam tak te, mi \ha tam takte a thlan kher loh chhan pawh a ni ang (1 Kor 1:26). Paula hian a hun laia boruaka thlarau sual tam tak awma an rinna z<lzuiin Kristian dor^lte chu: lalna te, thuneihna te, he thim
108
chunga khawv>l ror>ltute leh v^n hmunahte thlarau sualho awmte, a ti a. Hei hi Juda leh hnam dangte Kristian an nih hmaa an rin d^n tl^ngpui a ni. Thim tih hi Pathian rin lohna leh hriat lohna sawina a ni a. Khawv>l hi thimnain a khat niin a sawi a. Chu chu Setana rorelna a ni. Thilsiam pum pui (universe) hi indona hmun a lo ni ta a ni.2 Thlarau sualho awmna, v^n hmunahte tih hi Kristiante hm>lma beih harsatzia sawina a ni. Kristiante chu an r^ldo a khirhkhn av^nga z^m mai t<r an ni lo va. Puan ven sawi chhnga, r^l dona Pathian r^lthuam famkima inthuam t<rin a fuih a ni. Inthlahdah theih a nih lohzia hriattr n^n, Ni \ha lovah chuan in do zawh theihna t<rin a ti a (1 Pet 5:8). Ni \ha lo tih hi hun khirh bk lo thleng t<r ni lovin eng hun pawh hi ni \ha lo a nih theih v^ng z^wkin, eng lai pawha inring reng tra a fuihna a ni. An inrin reng chuan hnehna a tiam tel ngh^l z>l a ni. Ringtute chu thl>mna \um khat hneha, inthlahdah mai tr a ni lo, In tih zawh vek hnu pawha in din theih n^n, a ti a. Krista mite chu, Ka r^lthuamna ka dah ngam lo; Aw, ka ch>nna r^l\itna hmun, Ni tin thl>mtu chuan min do \hn tia r^lthuam famkima inthuama, hma lam pana do z>l tr kan ni. 2. Pathian rlthuam famkim (6:14-20) Paula chu t^n ina ni tina Rom sipai a hmuhte chuan Kristian nun chu r^l do nun a ni tih a hriat chhuahtr a. Chng chu a hmehbel ta nghl a ni. Ch<ng r^lthuamte chu a mal mala hrilhfiah dep s>n a ni lo vang. A tl^ngpuiin lo thlr ila (1) Thutak k^wnghr>n: K^wnghr>n hi sipai kawr fual hr>nna leh ng<nhn^m paina a ni a. Indo tra inpeih a entr. Kawr fual hnawk pui chu hr>n kh^wmin zal>n taka ch>t v>l a tiremch^ng a ni. Isua Krista ngei chu Thutak chu a ni a. Ringtute inthuamna t<r a ni (Rom 13:14). Thim znga awmte chuan thutak leh thutak lo ink^r hriat thiamna an neih loh av^ngin an nun kawng zawh trah an buai fo \hn a. Krista ringtu erawh chuan
109
thutak >ng an neih av^ngin zal>n takin nun kawng ch>p takah an che v>l zung zung thei \hn a ni. (2) Felna ^wmphaw (Is 59:17; 1 Thes 5:8) : wmphaw hian ngh^wng a\angin hnung lam leh hma lam malpui thlengin a khuh a. Felnaa mi a inthuam chuan sual t^n beih ngaihna a awm lo. Paula chhuan felna chu Krista felna a ni (Phil 3:9). Sawi chhiat leh h>kna te do hneh t<rin thu ngawt a t^wk lo va, Krista a\anga hnehna nun dik a pawimawh \hn. (3) Remna Chanchin |ha pheikhawk: Pheikhawk bun hi kal leh thawk tra inthuam entrna a ni. Sipai ch>t ran leh ran loh chu an pheikhawk bun azir a ni \hn. Kristian chhinchiahna chu Chanchin |ha hril t<ra phr taka an k> an p>n tlat \hn hi a ni (Is 52:7; Rom 10:15). An pheikhawk bun remna Chanchin |ha chu thlamuang takin an ch>t chhuahpui \hn a ni. (4) Rinna phaw: Heta ph^w a sawi hi indo miin ph^w killi lianpui (4ftx2ft v>l) an ken \hin a ni. Hm^nlai indonaa an hmanraw hlauhawm ber pakhat chu thal alh thei a ni. Leiah fawhkai n>n an ph<m a, an h^l thl^wk \hn. Phaw lian chi, thinga siama an lo dan chuan a b<r a, a alh chu a thi ta \hn a ni. Paula t^n chuan rinna hi Kristaa rinna nghah pumhlum vek sawina a ni a. Chu chuan thl>mna thal alh chu a timit \hn a ti a ni. (5) Chhandamna lukhum (Isa 59:17; 1 Thes 5:8): Sipai lukhum chu d^r emaw thr emawa siam l< v>nhimna at^na khum a ni a. Pathian chhandamna entr n^na hman hi a inhmeh a ni. Ringtuin chhandam a nih a inhriat hi hnehna ropui a tling (Rom 8:37). Chhandamna hian hun kal tawha sual ngaihdamna chauh a huam lo va; t<nah leh hun lo la awm tra sual hnehna chakna a huam tel a ni. Chuv^ngin, Chhandamna banga inhungin, I hm>lma i hlau lo vang tih hi ringtu leh kohhranho nihna dik tak a ni.
110
(6) Thlarau ng<nhn^m: Thlarau Thianghlimin indona hmanrua a p>k ng<nhn^m chu Pathian thu a ni. Pathian thu hi sual laka inv>nna r^lthuam leh sual beihna r^lthuam a ni kawp. Khandaih hriam tawn eng ang ai pawha hriam z^wk (Heb 4:12), Setana hnehna at^na Isua hmanrua a ni (Lk 21:15). Rev. Rokh<ma chuan, Pathian Thu Baibul chu dolung ang mai a ni a, a chhut chhiat tumna tuboh chu a tiner chhe z^wk \hn, a ti.3 Bible hi lehkhabu \ha pakhat znga chhiar tel ve mai tumna a l>ng nasa a.4 Mahse, Kristiante t^n chuan Nunna Thu Bu, sual dona hmanraw \ha ber, rinna leh thiltih tehna dik lo thei lo5 a ni reng. (7) |awng\aina r^lthuam: Kristian r^lthuam \ha ber \awng\aina vawng nung reng t<rin Paula chuan a fuih a. B^ng lovin, eng hunah pawh Thlarauvin, mahni t^n ni lovin mi dangte t^n, \hahnemngai taka \awng\ai t<rin a ti a ni. Van Dooren-a chuan \awng\aina hi Ringtute th^wk l^kna, a ti. Thaw la lo chuan nun ngaihna a awm lo vang. |awng\aina hi mahni awmhmun a\anga Chanchin |ha puangtute leh tuar phahtute rawngb^wlnaa mi tin tel ve theihna a nihzia Paula hian a sawi a. |awng\aisak tra a ngennaah hian, Thu sawitra ka awm theih n^n a ti kher nghe nghe a. Tuarna laka him n^n ni lovin, tuarna hnuaiah, Ka sawi t<r ang chu huai taka ka sawi theihna t<rin, tih hi \awng\aisak a duh chhan a ni bawk. An chhuah d^wn nge an tihlum d^wn tih a hre lo va, a mit men chh<ng erawh chuan a kotu koh chhan tihpuitlin z>l chu a duh ber a ni. 3. Chibai b<kna leh mals^wmna A d^n p^ngngaiin Paula hian a lehkhathawn hi chibai b<kna leh mals^wmnain a kh^r a. T^n inah pawh rawngb^wlpui \ha tak Tukika a la nei z>l a. Harsa hle mah se ani chu a bial kohhran Ephesi mite n>n inbiak pawh n^n a hmang hr^m a. Chanchin inhriat tawn hl^wkna a hria a, In\hianna hi in\hiannain lei a ni
111
tih hi a takin a hmang a ni. Ringtute nihna a sawina, Lalpa Isua Krista chuai lova hmangaihtute tih hi a duhawm hle. A duhsak, Remna leh rinna tel hmangaihna, tih pawh hi kohhran \hatpui tham a ni wm e. Sawi ho t<r 1. 2. Kristian indona kan hriatthiam d^n sawi ni se. Ringtu t^n hnehna hi amaha lo thleng mai t<r nge, mahnia beih tr?
Endnotes
1 2
Calvin, Ephesians, p. 217.
John Calvin-a chuan helai thu hl^wm hi Manichaeism, chatuana Thim leh ng, Setana leh Pathian, indo reng an awma rinna, dualism innghah n^n an hmang niin a sawi a. Pathian dotu pathian (antitheon) an tih chuan boruak laili-ah hian ama lalram a din ve niin an ngai a ni a ti bawk. Mahse chutiang z^wng chu Paula sawi d^n hi a ni lo tih a chiang sa mai a ni. Calvin, Ephesians, p. 219.
3 4
Rokhuma, Ephesi, p. 142.
India theologian ropui tak Dr. Russel Chandran chuan, Bible hi Pathian thu a ni lo va, Pathian thu erawh chu a pai a ni, a ti a. Inhnial theih tak a ni wm e.
5
Presbyterian Church of India Thurin No. 1.
112
|HEN II PHILIPPI KHUAA MITE HNNA TIRHKOH PAULA LEHKHA THAWN
Zirlai 17 PHILIPPI THUHMAHRUAI Chhiar tr: Philippi 1:1-2; 2:19-23 Thuvawn: Phil 1:1-2
1 1Paula leh Timothea, Krista Isua bwihte chuan, Krista Isuaa mi thianghlim, Philippi khuaa awm zawng zawngte hnnah, kohhran hotute leh rawngbwltute hnnah nn: Pathian kan Pa leh Lalpa Isua Krista hnn ata khawngaihna leh remna in hnenah awm rawh se.
2
2 19 Nimahsela, in chanchin ka hriata, ka thlamuan ve theihna t<rin, rei lo t> chinah Timothea hi in hn>na rawn tirh Lalpa Isuaah chuan ka beisei a ni. 20Hetiang rilru pu, in awmzia tih tak zeta ngaihtuahsaktu t<r che u tu mah ka nei si lo. 21An zain Isua Krista t^n zawng lovin, mahni t^n an zawng si \hn. 22 Nimahsela, ani hi chu fiaha a awm tawhzia in hria, fain a pa rawng a b^wl angin, Chanchin |ha tihdarh kawngah rawng mi b^wlpui \hin kha. 23 Chutichuan, ka chanchin t<r ka hriat veleh ani hi rawn tr ngh^l ila ka ti a ni.
Kan ch^ng t^r lan hi Paulan Philippi mite hn>na lehkhathawn kengtua a hman Timothea chanchin a ziahna a ni a. Philippi khua hi Paula missionary zin \um hnihnaah mumanga hriattra a awm av^nga a tlawh kha a ni a (Tirh 16). Tihduhdahna nasa tak leh lungin t^n a tuar hrepna hmun a ni. A rawngb^wlna
113
z^rah Ludi, Asia mi; b^wih hmeichhia (Grik mi) leh t^ng v>ngtu (Rom mi) te Kristian an lo nih t^kna hmun kha a ni bawk. H>ng mite hian an hun laia khawtl^ng mipui znga a chungnung ber te, a v^ntl^ng/laih^wl leh hnuaihnung berte ai an awh a ni. Hnam hrang hrang ai an awh mai b^kah mipui hl^wm hrang hrang an awh hian Isua Krista Chanchin |hain a huap zawhzia a t^r lang \ha hle. Mi tam tak chuan Philippi mite hn>na lehkhathawn hi Thuthlung Thar lehkhathawn zngah a duhawm ber hialin an ngai a. A chhan tam tak a awm thei ang a, sawi kim s>n a ni lo vang. Hming mawi tak tak p>k znga langs^r bk te chu, Thil |ha Chungchuang Ziahna Lehkhathawn tih leh, L^wmna Lehkhathawn tih te hi a ni wm e.1 A buah hian l^wm tih leh l^wm rawh u tih hi a lang tam hle a ni. 1. Tu ziah nge? Philippi khuaa mite hn>na lehkhathawn hi Paula ziah ngei a ni tih hnialna mi thiam te zngah pawh a awm meuh lo. Amaherawhchu, a thuchah hi chhumbung deuh chin awma a lan av^ngin \henkhat chuan ziaktu pakhat aia tam ziah niin an ring. Bung 3:1-ah hian dam raihin a lehkhathawn kh^rna siam d^wnin a lang tawh a. Mahse 3:2-ah hian a hma lam thu n>na inzawm hm>l loh tak a lo lang a. Vaukh^nna thu rum tak, Ui lakah te chuan fmkhur rawh u, thil \ha lo titute lakah chuan fmkhur rawh u. Innghaisaho lakah chuan fmkhur rawh u, tih thu a sawi a. Hetia thu chhumbung deuh lo lang hi zir mite chuan Philippi hi lehkhathawn pakhat chauh ni lovin, a ni lo berah pahnih a ni ang e an tih phah a. Chutiang chu ni se, 3:2-4:3 hi Epaphrodita Rom khua a lo thlen hlima Paula ziah, vaukh^nna leh l^wm thu sawina a ni ang a, 1:1-3:1 leh 4:4-23 hi tlai khaw hnu deuhva a ziah, Epaphroditan haw paha a ken niin rin a ni.2 Hei hian a t^r lan erawh chu, lehkha pahnih pawh lo ni se mi dang inrawlh
114
chuang lovin Paula ziah ve ve tho ni tra ngaih a ni. A chunga mi thiamte \hen hran ang diak diak a nih loh pawhin Paula hian Philippi mite hn>nah hian lehkhathawn pakhat aia tam a ziak ngei tih tirinawmtu a awm a. Polycarp-a (Pawlik^p-a), Smurna khaw bishop martar kh^n, In zng ata a awm bo chh<ng kh^n lehkhathawnte in hn>nah a ziak a, tiin Paula chanchin a lo sawi a ni.3 Kawng lehlamah chuan lehkhathawna thu chhumbung deuh lo lang hi lehkhathawn pahnih belhbawm nia rin phah kher tr a ni chuang l>m lo. A chhan pakhatnaah chuan, Paulan lehkha a ziah mawlh mawlh laiin Philippi khuaa boruak thar chanchin a hre thut ang a, a ngaihtuahna kal ding lai a rawn \h^wng danglam thut a ni thei. Pahnihnaah chuan mi mal lehkha, \hian hnai takte hn>na ziah a nih av^ngin, a thuziak inchhawp dawt d^n pawh ngaihtuah >m >m lovin a rilrua lo l<t chawp apiang a ziak thla nawk nawk mai a ni thei bawk. Engti z^wng pawhin Philippi mite hn>na lehkha thawntu hi chu Tirhkoh Paula a ni ngei tih hi hnialna khirhkh^n tak a awm l>m lo a ni. 2. Tu tna ziah nge? Paulan rawngb^wlna hmun t<r emaw lehkhathawn t<r khua emaw a thlan r>ng r>ng hi ama t^wka hmun pawimawh tak ni mai lovin, hmun laili, khaw dangin an chhim rawn theih tr a ni \hn. Philippi pawh hi chutiang khaw pawimawh leh laili a nih d^n lo en ila (1) Philippi daiah hian rangkachak leh tangkaraw khur a awm \hn a. Paula hun lai hian awm tawh lo mah se, a khua chu sumd^wnna hmun laili tak a lo nih phah a ni. (2) Philippi khua hian a dintu Alexander Ropuia pa Philipa hming a pu ta z>l a. Krenides khawpui ram tawh hmuna din thar a ni a. A hming hmasa awmzia chu tuichhunchhuah emaw tuinung (tui hna nei) emaw a ni. Europe ramah a aia kh^n \ha z^wk a
115
awm loh v^ngin BC 368-ah Philipa hian he khua hi a din ta niin sawi a ni. Europe leh Asia, khawthlang leh khawchhak daidangtu tl^ng dung zui mai chu Philippi khuaah tak hian a d^m duk a. Chuv^ngin, Europe a\anga Asia kalna kawngpui zawng zawng chuan Philippi khawpui an kal tlang vek tih theih a ni. Khawv>l chanchina indona ropui tak tak pawh he hmunah hian a thleng fo va; pakhat chu, Rom ram awm z>l d^n tr hril tham indonaah Antony-an Brutus-a (Brutas-a) leh Cassius-a (Keisias-a) a hnehna hmun kha a ni. (3) Din a nih hnu lawkah Roman Colony dinhmun zahawm tak a chang zui a. Colony te hi sipai duty dahna mai ni lovin, Rom sipai phanchang tak tak an nupui-fanaute n>n a hlawpin sawrkarin a dah a. A hun laia an chhuan >m >m, Rom khua leh tui nihna p>k an ni a. Rom lalram pum puia lamlian pawimawh leh khawpui pawimawhte r^lmuang taka vawn leh enkawl a nih theih n^n Colony te chu sawrkarin nasa takin a thuam a. Philippia Paula leh Sila te thusawi an dod^l deuh tlat chhan pawh, Rom mite kan ni si a (Tirh 16:20, 21) tiin an kalphung kalh tr nia an hriat kha chu an ngais^ng lo tawp mai niin a lang. Heti taka khua leh tui nihna an ngaihhlut av^ng hian Paulan, V^n khua leh tui tia Kristiante a vuah kha an t^n awmzia a nei hle a ni. 3. Eng tika ziah nge? Philippi mite hn>na lehkhathawn hi Paulan t^n in a\anga a ziah a ni tih chu a chiang viau va (1:12-26; 2:17). Khawi t^n in a\anga ziah nge tih thu-ah erawh chuan ngaih d^n a inang tl^ng lo. Kum tam tak chu Ephesi, Kolossa leh Philemon-a hn>na Paula lehkhathawnte hian Rom t^n in a\anga ziah niin sawi leh pawm a ni \hn. Tlai khawhnu deuhvah Kaisari emaw Ephesi khua emawa a t^n laiin a ziak nia rinna a lo chhuak ve a. Ch<ng ngaih d^nte chu lo zir zau deuh ila.4 Kaisari khua a\anga ziah a niang tih ngaih d^n hi puitu a tl>m a, hnialna a tam. T^n inah a t^ng ngei a. Mahse, Kaisari
116
t^n ina a t^n lai chuan Festa hova lal Agrippa te nupa hmaa a inlan te, Juda hotuten amah h>kna chiang tak an neih loh thu leh Kaisara hn>na a thubuai thlen a tum thu te a langsar a (Tirh 25:1-27). Philippi lehkhathawna a dinhmun a ziah, tihhlum emaw chhuahtr emaw hmab^k m>k anga a insawi dinhmunah chuan a la ding lo (1:20-22). Kaisari t^n ina Paula dinhmun leh Philippi mite lehkhathawna a dinhmun a t^r lan hi a inhmeh lo va. Chuv^ngin, Kaisari t^n ina a awm laia a ziah niin a rinawm chiah lo a ni. Ephesi khua a\anga ziah a ni ang tih ngaih d^n ve thung hi chuan \an chhan a nei ve hle a. Adolf Deissmann-an kum 1897-a he ngaih d^n a rawn vawrh chhuah hnu chuan Philippi lehkhathawn hi Rom khua a\anga thawn nia lo rin \hin d^n chu a rawn tiderth^wng viau a ni. Ephesi khuaah hian t^n ina a t^n thu ziah a ni lo va. Mahse, Tirh 20:18f; 1 Kor 4:9-13; 15:31f; 2 Kor 1:8-10; 4:8-12; 6:4-10; 11:23-27 ten Ephesia dod^lna a tawh an sawi hi t^n ina hruai luha, tihhluma vauna hial tham niin a lang. Ephesi khua a\anga ziah a nih rin chhan hrang hrangte lo t^r lang ila (1) Philippi lehkhathawn hian Philippi leh Paula t^nna khaw ink^ra vei tawn \um l zet awmin a sawi a. A hmasa ber chu a dinhmun hriattrna a ni a, Philippi a\anga Epaphroditan Paula a tlawh thu a awm leh a, Epaphrodita dam loh hrilhna thu thawn a awm leh a, Philippi miten an ngaihtuahzia thu thawnna a awm leh a ni. Ephesi leh Philippi khaw k^r kawng chu ni sarih a\anga ni 10 v>l kal a ni a. Rom leh Philippi khaw k^r kawng chu a hlat nasat z^wk >m av^ngin hun rei vak lo chh<nga a chunga vei tawn \um l ang te khi chu a awm har hlein a rinawm. (2) Tirh 19:22 Timothea chu Ephesi a\anga Makedoniaa tirh a nih thu a sawi a. Hei hi Phil 2:19-22-a a sawi lo thleng ta ni maiin a lang thei viau a ni.
117
(3) A chunga sawi angin Ephesi khuaah hian Paulan tihhluma vau chu a t^wk ngei a. Chutiang taka vau chu Rom t^n inah a tawh leh tawh loh a chiang lo. (4) Rom-a a t^n hnu kha chuan Paula kh^n khawthlang lam hlr a tinz^wn tawh a, khaw chhak lam tlawh leh beiseina a nei tawh lo (Tirh 20:25; Rom 15:18-29). Rom a\anga ziah ni sela chuan 2:24 hi chu a tel a rinawm lo. Ephesi-a a awm lai kh^n Paula kh^n Makedonia leh Grik ramte tlawh ngei a beisei ang takin a tlawh. (5) Philippi lehkhathawn hian Paula lehkhathawn hnuhn<ngte ai chuan a hmasate n>n inanna a ngah z^wk a; a bk takin Juda Kristian, an d^n pawm zl tra ngai (Judaizers)ten harsatna an siam chu a buaipui ber a la niin a lang. (6) Philippi-a chanchin \ha hril kha thil thleng hnaivai t> angin a la thlr a ni (1:30; 4:15f). Rom a\anga ziah a nih chuan kum 11 emaw 12 emaw hn<a thlr l>tna ang v>lin a thlr tr a ni ang. Philippi mite hn>na lehkhathawn hi Ephesi a\anga ziah a nih chuan AD 54-55 v>la ziah a ni ang. Rom khua a\anga thawn a nih rinna chhante lo zir zui ve thung ila (1) |um li zet chanchin thlena vei tawn awm chungch^ngah Rom leh Philippi k^r kawng chu a hla z^wk ngei a. Mahse, chawlhk^r sarih emaw riat emaw aia tam chu a duh bk lo vang. (2) Tirh 28:30f-in Rom t^n ina a zal>n d^n a sawi hi nasa takin a inthl^k ang a; chuv^ngin, t^n in chuan thihna hial a hruai thleng thei tih Paula chu a hmuh tlangtr niin a rinawm. (3) Rom t^n ina a awm chinah Paulan khawthlang lam chauh a tinz^wn tawha sawi a ni a. Mahse, rim taka rawng a lo
118
b^wl tawhna khawchhak lama a kohhran phunhote a veizia leh Spain lam a ngaihtuahna pawh khawchhak lam thlrnain a thl^k leh z^wk tih lan theihna te a awm. Chuv^ngin, Philippi rawn tlawh leh beiseina a sawi hian Rom-a a t^n lai a nih theih d^n a sawh sawn chuang l>m lo. (4) Juda d^n sawh nghettute (Judaizer) dona leh v>nna a ziah thuah Paula lehkhathawn hmasate n>n inanna chu a nei a. Mahse, a lehkhathawn hnuhn<ng, rawngb^wltu lehkhathawn (pastoral epistle) a ziah lai pawhin Juda zirtrna chuan a la chiahpiah reng av^ngin a v>nna thu ngai a la ziak z>l a ni. (5) Philippi mite \anpuina a thl^khlelh d^n en hian a t^nna hmun hi \hian tam tak a lo neih tawhna hmun Ephesi ai chuan \hian siamna hun remch^ng pawh a la neih lohna Rom-a a t^n lai a nih hm>l z^wk. (6) Lehkhathawna a sawi lan, Praetorian sipai p^wl leh Kaisara chh<ngte a tih hi huapzo taka hman niin, Ephesi emaw Kaisari emaw a k^wk chuang lo a ni. 4. Kh^rna A bu chh<nga awm chiah lo a\angin sawi theih a la awm a. Paula Ephesi-a a awm lai kh^n Jerusalem-a Kristiante \anpuina thawhl^wm kha a buaipui hle mai a (2 Kor 8:1-5; 9:1-4). Philippi lehkhathawnah he lam hi a chuang hauh si lo va. Chuv^ngin, Ephesi a\anga thawn a nih rin ai chuan Rom a\anga thawn a nih a tirinawm. A pum pui thu ngaihtuahin Ephesi khua a\anga thawn a nih theih d^n ai chuan Rom a\anga thawn a nih theih d^n hian \anchhan a nei bulf<k deuh z^wkin a lang. Chu chu a nih chuan Philippi lehkhathawn ziah kum hi AD 63 v>l a ni ang.
119
Sawi ho t<r 1. Kan zirlai a\ang hian Philippi mite hn>na lehkhathawn kan tih mai hi tu thawn leh tute hn>na thawn nge nia kan rin? Eng vangin nge kan rin? Kristian hmasa zngah Praitorian sipai p^wl leh Kaisara chh<ngte an lo awm ve kh^n engtin nge Chanchin |ha theh darhna a \anpuiin kan rin? Endnotes
1
2.
Barclay, Philippians, p. 8. English-a a dah d^n chu, The Epistle of Excellent Things, leh The Epistle of Joy tih a ni.
2 3 4
Barclay, Philippians, p. 7. Barclay, Ephesians, p. 7.
F. Foulkes, Philippians, New Bible Commentary, edited by Donald Guthrie (Secunderabad: O.M. Books, 1997), pp. 1125. Rom khuaa a t^n d^n kimchang z^wk chu Tirhkohte Thiltih bung 28-ah ziah a ni.
120
Zirlai 18 CHIBAI BKNA LEH THUPUI LANGSRTE Chhiar tr: Philippi 1:1-2 Thuvawn: Phil 1:2
1 1 Paula leh Timothea, Krista Isua b^wihte chuan Krista Isuaa mi thianghlim, Philippi khuaa awm zawng zawngte hn>nah, kohhran hotute leh rawngb^wltute hn>nah n>n: Pathian kan Pa leh Lalpa Isua Krista hn>n ata khawngaihna leh remna in hn>nah awm rawh se.
2
Kan zir t<r hi Paulan Philippi Kohhran chibai a b<kna thu leh a lehkhathawna thupui langs^r zualte a ni a. A lehkhathawn chh<nga kan la zir t<r thlr l^wkna pawh a tih theih ang. H>ng a\ang hian Paula hian eng nge a ziah chhan, eng nge a tum, tnlai hun at^n eng nge hl^wkna awm thei tihte zir chhuah tum ila. 1. Chibai b<kna Paulan Philippi khaw kohhran lehkha a thawn hian a hun laia Hebrai leh Grik lehkhathawn ziah d^n v^ntl^ng tak a zui a. A thawntu(te) leh lehkha dawngtute a han ziak kawp phawt a. Chibai b<kna thu leh l^wm thuin a zui leh a. A thawntu thu sawi tum lamah a l<t ta \hn a ni. Paula hian ziah d^n v^ntl^ng deuh zui mah se, a thu ziah chu thu v^ntl^ng chung lam daih a ni. A hun laia lehkhathawn thu a ang lo. A tawi z^wngin, a Kristian >m >m a. A thu chu lehkhathawn dang n>na khaikhin chi pawh a ni lo. Krista nihna leh amaha nunna awm te, \awng\aina thu te, Pathian fakna thu te, kohhran a veina thute a lang a ni. 2. Paula leh a rawngb^wlpuite Paula ze ropui tak chu \hian hnai tak, rawngb^wlpui \angkai >m >m a nei thei reng hi a ni. Hetah pawh hian Rinnaa ka fa
121
tak tak (1 Tim 1:2; 2 Tim 2:1) tia a koh, Timothea hming a lam chhuak satliah mai a ni lo va, lehkhathawn a ziahpui ang hialin a dinhmun a dah s^ng a ni (2 Kor 1:1; Kol 1:1; 2 Thes 1:1). A nuna mi chi tam tak an leng hi Paula rawngb^wltu ropui a nih chhan pakhat chu a ni. Bung 1:3-na a\ang hian mi mal lehkhathawn angin lang zui mah se, Timothea leh Philippi Kohhran mite a suih zawmna chu a tin>p tawh chuang lo. Paulan Philippi khuaa thu a hril hmasak ber kh^n Timothea hian a lo zui tawh a, Philippi-a Kristiante n>n hian inhnai takin an thawk ho chhunzawm z>l a. Paula \hian \ha a nih zui z>l b^kah Philippi Kohhran enkawl tura rin kai ber a ni bawk (2:19-23). Chutiang tak chuan Paula hian hruaitu nih a tling a, hruaitu chher a thiam bawk. Amah leh Timothea nihna Paulan a sawi, Krista Isua b^wihte a tih hi a ngaihnawm hle. A awmzia tak z^wk chu sal (slave) a ni. An taksa, rilru leh thlarau chu a pumin Krista ta a ni tih an pawm a, engkimah a hn>nah an inhl^n tawp mai a ni. Lehkhathawn dawngtute Ephesi khuaa Kristiante a koh ang bawkin Philippi khuaa Kristiante pawh mi thianghlimte tiin a ko va. A awmzia pawh a thuhmun z>l a. Sawi nawn kher tawh lo mai ila. Lehkhathawn danga a telh loh, kohhran hotute leh rawngb^wltute a lam tel a. Hetiang taka hotu an lo nei tawh hian kohhran din tirh a\angin hun a liam thui tawh a, Paula hun hnuhn<ng lam a ni tawh tih a hril thei viau wm e. A lehlamah Philippi Kohhran chu hruaitu inchherna kawnga a \han chakzia a hril thei bawk ang. Thuthlung Tharah kohhran hotu (bishop) leh upa (presbyter) tih te hi mi th uhmu n sawina \awngkam hrang mai an ni a. 1 Rawngb^wltute tih hi deacon (diakonos) tih a ni a (1 Tim; 1:3:8,12f). Grik \awnga a awmzia chu chhiahhlawh (servant) emaw rawngb^wltu (minister) tihna emaw a ni. An hna sawi chianna chu Tirhkohte 6:2, rawngb^wltu pasarih thlan
3.
122
chungch^ng ziahnaah kh^n a ni. Kohhran \iak tr ni si, hruaitu puitling tak tak nei, a mipui n^wlpui pawh thilp>k lama puitling leh \hahnemngai takte hn>nah he lehkhathawn pawimawh tak hi ziah a ni. 4. Duhsakna chibai A lehkhathawn danga a tih ang bawkin Pathian khawngaihna leh remna a duhsak thu a sawi a. Pathian chu kan Pa ni t<ra Krista z^ra faa min siamtu a nihzia a sawi lang bawk a. Isua Krista chu Lalpa tih hi a hminga bei tel ang khawpin a sawi kawp z>l a. A nihna hi Kristiante t^n pawm a tinuam >m >m a ni. A duhsak khawngaihna hi mihring hlawh chhuah rual loh Pathian a\ang chauhva dawn theih a ni. Remna erawh chu Krista z^ra mihring leh Pathian inremna leh mihring leh mihring inremna a ni. Chanchin |ha sawi fiahna hming at^n hman a ni bawk. Pathian ram din z>l turin kohhran te mamawh ber chu remna a ni. Mahse, Remna Chanchin |ha theh darhnaah kohhrante an inbeih chur chur si chuan Pathian ram chu a zau hauh lo vang. Chuv^ngin, Paulan Philippi Kohhran t^n remna a duhsak hi t<nlai khawv>l kohhran zawng zawng te t^n mawlh hian a pawimawh hle a ni. 5. Lehkha thawn chhan Paulan Philippi mite hn>na lehkha a thawn chhan2 chu a tl^ngpuiin a ziaka lang ang hi a ni (1) Philippi Kohhrante thilp>k av^nga a l^wm thu sawi hi a uar hle (4:10, 14-18). H>ng lai chauh chhiar phei chuan hei ber hi a thawn chhan emaw tih a awl rum rum. L^wm thu sawi hi a ngai pawimawh >m >m tih a lang chiang hle a ni. (2) Philippi Kohhranhote kh^n Paula t^n ina a t^ng tlat mai kha Chanchin |ha tihhminghliauna leh tih\han\hutna nasa tak niin an hria a. An rilru n^ te hn>m t<rin Paula hian a dinhmun
123
sawi fiah a duh hle tih a lang. An hn>na Timothea tirh a tum thu leh a hnuah amah ngei pawh kal a tum thu hrilh hi \<l a ti bawk a ni (2:19-24). (3) Philippi mite chuan Epaphrodita chu Paula rawngb^wlsak t<rin a hn>nah ch^m rih se an ti a. Mahse, Paula kh^n an hn>nah a thawn kr ta hlauh si a. A tih chhan sawi fiah a duh viau niin a lang (2:25-30). (4) Philippi khuaa Kristiante zngah intihhranna leh p^wl hrang inepna a awm niin Paulan a lo hria a. Chuv^ng chuan inpumkhata an nuna, rawng an inb^wl tawna, thu hretu an nih ho theih n^n fuih a duh bawk a ni (1:27; 2:1-11; 4:2f). (5) Judaizer (Juda Kristian) \henkhatin Philippi Kohhrante an chm hneh viau mai niin a hria a. D^na chhandam nih tumna chu Chanchin |ha zirtrna n>n a inkhing tlat a ni tih hrilh nawn leh a duh a ni (3:3-11). A lehlamah zirtrna him lo, thianghlim famkim nih inzirtrna laka inv>n d^n tur hrilh a duh bawk a ni (3:12-16). (6) Paula hian Philippi Kristiante chu huaisen tak leh rilru sakhat taka harsatna tuar thei tura fuih a duh a. Engkimah, harsatna tinr>ng hnuaiah pawh Lalpaa an nunna hl^n tlat t<rin a fuih duh a ni (1:27-30; 2:12-18; 3:17-21; 4:4-9). 6. Thupui langs^r zualte Paula lehkhathawnah hian thupui pakhat chauh awm lo mah se, a thupui khaikh^wmtu eng emaw chu a awm deuh z>l a. Philippi mite hn>na a lehkhathawnah pawh hian a vei zual leh a thu tuipui bk a thur chhuah theih nual wm e (1) L^wmna: He lehkhathawn thupui pakhat chu l^wmna a nih thu kan sawi nual tawh a. L^wmna tih emaw l^wm tih emaw hi \um sawmparuk lai a lang a ni. Tirhkoh hian Chanchin
124
|ha hril darhnaa an tel ve av^nga a l^wm thu te (1:4), Chanchin |ha chu engti kawng emaw tala hril a nih av^nga a l^wm thu te (1:18), an \awng\aisakna av^nga a l^wm thu te (1:19), thih huama tuar peihna chunga a l^wm thu te (2:17) kan hmu a ni. A lehkha chhiartute chu Lalpaa l^wm t<rin a fuih mawlh mawlh a (3:1; 4:4). L^wmna t<r hrang hrang a hrilh zngah rinnaa l^wm te (1:25),3 inp^wlhonaa l^wm te (2:28), amah anga fiahna leh tuarnaah pawh l^wm (1:29) te a sawi tel a ni. (2) Inpawl hona (Fellowship): He lehkhathawn thupui dang chu inpawl hona a ni. Rilru, thlarau leh taksaa inpawhna, inzawmna, inthl^khlelhna leh induhsakna te a huap a. An inzawm \hat av^ngin Philippi Kohhran thilp>k pawh a dawng a, a ngaihhlutzia hrilh a ch^k >m >m a ni. A tr t> a\angin Chanchin |ha puannaa an thawh ho theihna pawh an inpawh tawnna v^ng a ni (1:5-7). Paula tum tak pakhat chu kohhrana mahni hmasialna, chapona leh p^wl intihhranna hriin an inpawh tawnna leh thawh hona a tihchhiat phal hauh lo tura fuih a ni (2:1-4). (3) Chanchin |ha: Thupui ropui tak dang leh chu Chanchin |ha a ni. Paula hlim >m >mna chu Philippi mite n>n Kristaa inzawmna \ha an neih chu a ni mai lo va, Chanchin |haa an thawh hona chu a ni bawk (1:5, 7; cf. 2:22; 4:3). Paula chuan Chanchin |ha hrilna leh Krista hming puan chhuahna a nih d^wn phawt chuan hm>lma kuta tuar mai ni lovin, a Kristianpuite kuta tuar pawh a la huam z>l a ni. A lehkhathawn chhiartute chu Chanchin |ha rinna beih pui at^n a s^wm z>l bawk (1:27). Thurin leh rawngb^wlnaa chona awm r>ng r>ng chu Chanchin |ha behchhanin a chh^ng z>l a ni. (4) Thlarau lama \hahnemngaihna: He lehkhathawn aia Paula \hahnemngaihna nasatzia tilang z^wktu lehkhathawn dang a awm chuang lo. Isua Krista hn>na a intuk luhna famkimzia te, Amah hre tur leh hriattr tura a rilru sakhatzia te a lang nasa hle. A inp>kna th<kzia chu 3:7-14 hian a t^r lang chiang ber
125
mai: Nimahsela, ka t^na hl^wkna t<r apiangte chu ch<ng chu Krista av^ngin ch^nnaah ka ruat ta a ni a ti tawl mai. Hemi rual hian khawsak nawmna leh ropuina b^kah a nunna ngei a ch^n pawhin Krista chu chawimawia a awm a beisei tlat thu a la sawi cheu va: nunna av^ngin emaw thihna av^ngin emaw, ka taksaah Krista chawimawiin a awm z^wk d^wn tih ka beiseina leh ka ch^kna ang z>l hian (1:20b) a ti fak fak mai. Krista hn>na chakna a dawn angin Krista tihropuina tur a nih phawt chuan eng dinhmunah pawh, eng ch^nnaah pawh, eng harsatnaah pawh lungawi theihna mak tak a neih pawh hi a thupui langs^r tak a ni bawk (4:11,13).
Sawi ho t<r 1. Thuthlung Thar kohhran inr>lb^wlna hian vawiina kohhran pawl hrang hrang (denomination) kan tih zngah hian anpui neiin kan hria em? Sawi fiah ni se. Paula thupui vei hovah hian t<nlaia kan kohhran mamawh zual bk nia kan hriatte sawi ni se.
2.
Endnotes D. Guthrie, New Bible Commentary, p. 1129 D. Guthrie, New Bible Commentary, p. 1126. 3 Rinnaa l^wm thu hi Mizo \awng Bible-ah chuan a lang chiang lo deuh va; Revised Standard Version leh Version dang \henkhatah chuan rinnaa l^wm (joy in faith) hi a chiang viau a ni.
1 2
126
Zirlai 19 SAWISLBO NI TRIN Chhiar tr: Philippi 1:3-11
Thuvawn: Phil 1:10-11

1 3-5Ni hmasa ber a\ang kh^n t<n thlengin Chanchin |ha puan darhnaa in tel ve \hin av^ngin, ka hriat chhuah apiang che uin ka Pathian hn>nah l^wm thu ka hril \hn, nangmahni zawng zawng ka \awng\aisakna che u apiangah hlim taka dl fovin. 6Nangmahnia thil \ha ti \antu kh^n Isua Krista ni thlengin a tifamkim z>l d^wn, chu ngei chu ka ring tlat si a. Nangmahni zawng zawng lamah chutiang rilru put chu kei at^n chuan a ^wm r>ng a ni, ka thinlungah ka vawn che u av^ngin; ka kawl bunnaah te, Chanchin |ha thiamna thu ka sawinaah leh ka tihnghehnaahte pawh, in zain khawngaihna chu mi \^wmpuitute in ni si a. Krista Isua lainatna chuan in zavaiin ka ngaihzia mai che u chu, Pathian mi hriatpuitu a ni asin le. Tin, in hmangaihnain hriat famkimna leh bengv^rna tinr>ng a ngah lehzual n^n ka \awng\ai \hn; 10 11 chutichuan, Pathian ropuina leh fakna t<ra Isua Krista z^ra felna rah awm chuan lo khatin, Krista ni at^n chuan a tak tak leh sawisl bo in nih theihna t<rin, thil \ha bkte chu \ha in ti thei ang.
9
He thu hl^wmah hian Paulan Philippi Kohhran a hmuh d^n leh beisei d^n a ziak a. Chanchin |ha an dawn a\anga lehkha a thawn thlenga an rawngb^wlna te a ngaihhlutzia a sawi a. Amah an \anpui av^nga a l^wm thu sawi pahin rinna kalkawnga an hmab^k kawng thui tak at^n a \awng\aisak thu te kan zir d^wn a ni.
127
1.
Ni hmasa ber a\ang kh^n Philippi-ah hian Ludi leh a chhungten Isua ringin baptisma an chang a. Ramhuai aien thiam z^wl nulain Isua ringin Paula te a zui bawk a; chumi kal z>lah chuan Paula leh Sila te chu man an ni a, t^n inah an khung ta a ni. Chuta an t^n lai chuan zan laiah an \awng\ai a, hla an sa a. Lr nasa takin t^n in lungph<m te a tinghng ta chiam a. Kawngkh^r a inhawng a, kawl bunte a inphelh a, hei hi Fakna thiltihtheihna tiin an sawi \hn. T^n in v>ngtute chh<ngkua chuan Isua an ring a, baptisma an chang bawk (Tirh 16:13-40). Chu ni hmasa ber chu Paula t^n chuan ni chhinchhiah tl^k, hriat rengna hlimawm a ni kumkhua ta a. Philippi Kohhran t^n lah an pian champhaph^k chhiar \anna, engkim bul in\anna m>l lung pawimawh tak a ni bawk. Paula hian ni bk leh thil thleng pawimawhte hlutna a hre thiamin a chhinchhiah \ha hle a. Philippi Kohhranho pawh an chanchin in\anna ni a hriat thartr hian anmahniah thu tam tak a sawi ngei ang. 2. L^wm thu (1:3-5) Sawi tawh angin Paulan Philippi mite lehkha a thawn duh chhan langs^r tak chu l^wm thu sawi a duh a ni. A l^wm thu sawi chhan erawh chu a inphan deuh \iakin a lang. Chiang deuhva lang mai chu Chanchin |ha puan darhnaa in tel ve \hin av^ngin a tih hi a ni. Tel ve1 tih hi Grik-a koinonia, s^p \awnga fellowship tih te a ni a. Kristian inpawhna th<k leh ril tak, Chanchin |ha hriltu apiangte lam \anga pawm theihna leh an rawngb^wlnaa intelh vena rilru thianghlim tak chu a ni. Thil phalna tiin a sawi theih bawk (Rom 15:26; 2 Kor 8:7). Philippi mite a rawngb^wlnaa an tel ve d^n hi hetah hian lam chhuak fak lo mah se, sum leh pai an p>k chu a rawngb^wlnaa an tel vena angin a pawm tih a chiang a. L^wm thu pawh ren lo takin a sawi a ni. Awmhmuna Philippi Kohhran a lo nung >m >m chu Paula thlirna a\ang chuan Chanchin |ha puan darhna a tling ve r>ng r>ng bawk a ni.
128
Paula hian thu hi a uar thiam \hn hle. Ka hriat chhuah apiang che uin tiin, eng lai pawha hre reng ang chuan a insawi lo! Mihring famkim lo a nihzia a sawi hreh lo. Paula chakna thur<k chu l^wm thu a ngah hi a ni: Pathian hn>nah l^wm thu ka hril \hn, hlim taka dl fovin, ka thinlungah ka vawn che u av^ngin, a ti a. An inpawh tawnna nun hi thu mai piah lam a ni tih a chiang hle. Rev. J. Fawcett-a hla te hian Paula leh Philippi Kohhran hote inpawhna leh induhsakna nun a hril chhuak \ha hle wm e (KHB 569) Lungngaihna kan in\^wm, Rit phurh inchh^wk tawnin; Chutin Lalpa d^n kan lo z^wm, Thlarau mals^wm changin. 3. Beiseina Paula zirtrna tinung >m >m \hntu chu beiseina nung tak a zep tel \hn hi a ni. Pathian ram awmzia a hre chiang a. An\am chi ang maia t> ni mah se, z^r nei thamin a la \hang d^wn tih hriatna leh beiseina hi a dah langs^r >m >m a. Nangmahnia thil \ha ti \antu kh^n Isua Krista ni thlengin a tifamkim z>l d^wn a ti kalh mai a. Beiseina aia lei nun tinuamtu a awm thei lo. Chu chu Paula thupui hlimna siamtu tak pawh a ni. Beiseina innghahna, thil \ha ti \antu a tih hi Pathian, a bul tumtu, khawngaihna chanchin \ha hmanga kohhran dintu a sawina a ni. Anmahnia thil \ha a tih \an chu Isua Krista ni thlengin a tifamkim z>l d^wn a ti a. Isua Krista ni a tih hi hun hnuhn<nga Isua lo kal lehna a sawina a ni; chu beiseina nung tak chu Paula hian ama hun laia Krista rin av^nga harsatna tam tak tuartute hnem n^n a hmang z>l a. Pathian tlanna leh siamtharna chu Krista n-ah chuan a famkimin a lo lang d^wn a ti a ni. Chu beiseina ropui tak chu Kristiante fuih n^n F.J. Crossby-i chuan
129
Lungngaite u, l^wm ru, In t^n ropuina ni chu a hnai ta e; L^wmin i zai ang u, Kan Lalber kan nghah chu a lo kal d^wn e, tiin hlaah a lo siam a. Krista beiseina neitute chuan an khawv>l nun an uluk a, \henawm khawv>ng nun honaah \hatna chi an tuh a, tuar khawpin Isua nun an zir a, Krista lo kal lehna hun ruattu hmuh theih loh Pathian mitmei an v>ng ber \hn. 4. Huapzo duhsakna Paulan a duhsakna a sawi lannaah hian a huapzo \hn hle, nangmahni zawng zawng, in zavaiin tihte hi remch^ng takin a hmang zui a. A zirtrnaah hian kohhrana mi mal leh mipui inzawmzia a tichiang hle a. A inb<k t^wkin a dah reng \hn. Kristian mal nunin huho nun a nghawng angin huho nunin mi mal nun a nghawngin a kaihruai tih a hria a. Duhsak bk leh hleih bk neih loh hr^m a tum tih a \awngkam a\angin a lang. Tihfamkima awm t<rin kohhran mi tinte a duhsak a. Hei hian Paula rilru leh zirtrnaah kohhran chu huap zo a nihzia a tilang. Kohhranho a veizia chu t^n ina a awm chungin a thinlungah Philippi mite chu an thi thei lo va, Krista Isua lainatnain a lainat reng a ni. Hei hi rawngb^wltu ropui zia niin a lang. Philippi mite a hriat rengna leh an duhsakna a dawn chu a t^n chakna a tling a. T^n inah pawh dod^lna leh sawi hn^wmna k^rah Chanchin |ha thiamna thu a sawiin a tinghet a. Chanchin |ha chu a \anin a hum tlat a ni. Sawisl bo ni t<rin Paulan Philippi mite chu a t^wp thlenga a tak tak leh sawisl bo ni t<rin a duhsak a, a \awng\aisak a ni. A tak tak tih hi Grik \awng eilikrineis tih lehlinna a ni. Ni >ng tih \awngkam a\anga lo kal a ni a. Ni >nga fiah emaw thlei fai tihna emaw a ni thei. Chutianga fiah hnua a tak tak, lem lo, chawhpawlh loh, langtlang sawina a ni.2 Sawisl bo tih n>n hian a inz<l hle a ni.
5.
130
|hatna zawng zawng bul chu hmangaihna a ni tih a ring a. Philippi mite hmangaihna ngahzia a fak m>k laiin, hmangaihna chu kawng tinr>ngin \hang t<r a nih thu a sawi. Paula hi hmangaihna thua thiam bkna nei (specialist) a tih theih hial ang. Hmangaihna hla mawi tak a siam 1 Korinth 13 te ang hi chu a anpui awm thei lo khawpa chungchuang a ni. Hmangaihna hi d^n zawh famkimna tia a dah s^n hle laiin (Rom 13:8), a verv>k thei tih a sawi bawk (Rom 12:9). Philippi mite a \awng\aisakna hian hmangaihna chu a m^wl thei tih a tilang. An hmangaihnain hriat famkimna leh bengv^rna tinr>ng a ngah lehzual n^n a \awng\aisak tlat. Hmangaihna chu hriatna leh bengv^rna tinr>ng n>na a thawh chuan, thil \ha bikte chu \ha an ti thei d^wn a ti a. Thil \ha thliar sn theihna, hmasa z^wk t<r hriat theihna neiin sawisl bo an lo ni d^wn a ni. Chutiang hmangaihna fing an neih chuan, Isua Krista z^ra felna rahin an lo khat d^wn a ti. Kawng hnihin han sawi fiah ila. Kawng khatah chuan Krista z^ra mihringin felna a chan, rinna av^nga thiamchantrna a sawina a ni. Pathian thinurna awih lo fate chunga thleng m>k leh ni hnuhn<nga ror>lna la awm t<r laka chhandamna, Krista z^ra felna rah chu a ni phawt a. Kawng lehlamah chuan mihringin Krista a rinna z^ra felna rah lo chhuak, lang theia Kristiante chhinchhiahna a ni bawk a. Nakina rah lo lang t<r beiseina chauh ni lovin, t<na an chan chawp t<r a sawina a ni bawk. Felna rah tih hi Bible hmun danga Krista rinna rah emaw Thlarau rah emaw a sawi te hi niin a lang (1:10-11; Gal 5:22; Eph 5:9). Kawng hniha Krista z^ra felna rah lo chhuak chu Paula chuan, Pathian ropuina leh fakna a ni d^wn a ti. A rah neitute t^n chauh ni lovin, a rah hmutute t^n pawh a sawi k>p a ni. Chutichuan, in thil tih \hatte an hmu ang a, in Pa vana mi an chawimawi thei ang tih ang kh^n (Mt 5:16b). Krista z^ra felna rah neitute chu an fel v^nga mi dangte t^na tl<kna leh harsatna siamtu an nih theih laiin, mi dangte t^na kawng sialtu ni t<rin bengv^rna an neih t<r thu a sawi bawk a ni.
131
Sawi ho t<r 1. Paula kh^n hunbi leh thil thleng chhinchhiah a ngai pawimawh hlein a lang a. A \angkaina sawi ni se. 2. Sawisl bo ni t<ra Kristiante fuihna hi a taka chan theih t<r niin kan ngai em? Engtin nge ni ang? Endnotes Chanchin |ha puan darhnaa in tel ve a tih hi Grik \awngin koinnia eis to euangelion a ti a. S^p \awngin, for your fellowship in the gospel (KJV), because of your sharing in the Gospel (RSV), because you have been in partnership with me for the furtherance of the gospel (NEB) ti tea lehlin a ni. Fellowship, sharing, partnership tih te hi inp^wlna, chan hona leh thawh hona sawina a ni. Thuthlung Thar kohhranin Jerusalem-ah, hm>lma k^rah, ni tina inp^wlin, \awng\ai hova an awm \hin d^n sawina kha a ni. Chanchin |ha av^ng liau liauvin, tu mn eng mah ka ta an ti lo va. Mi tin mamawh t^wk ang z>lin an neih an insem a. Chutianga Kristian inpawh tawnna thinlung dik leh ril tak av^nga an neih sum te ui hauh lova an pe chu Paula l^wmna chu a ni.
1 2
Ralph P. Martin, Philippians: An Introduction and Commentary, Tyndale New Testament Commentaries (London: Inter-Varsity Press), 1974, p. 66. Martin, Philippians, tia ziah z>l a ni tawh ang.
132
Zirlai 20
HNEH THEIH LOH - NUN KRISTA Chhiar tr: Philippi 1:12-26 Thuvawn: Phil 1:21
1 12Tin, unaute u, ka chunga thil lo thlengte kha Chanchin |ha tihdarhna t<r a lo ni ta hlauh z^wk tih in hriat ka duh a ni; 13chutichuan, ka kawlbunnate hi Praitorian sipai p^wl zawng zawng zngah leh mi dang zawng zawng hn>nah chuan Krista av^ng a ni tih a lang chhuak ta: 14Lalpaa unau tam z^wkte pawh chuan ka kawlbunte av^nga lo ring tlatin hlau lovin Pathian thu hril kawngah an huai nasa lehzual a ni. 15|henkhat chuan tskna leh elrelna av^ngin Krista thu chu an hril \hn a, a \hen erawh chuan rilru \ha tak puin an hril \hn a; 16ch<ngte chuan Chanchin |ha \an t<rin Pathianin hna min pe a ni tih hriain hmangaihna av^ngin an hril \hn. 17Mi \henkhat zawngin an ti tak tak lo, elrelna av^ng chauhvin, kawl ka bun chungch^ngah hian lungngaihna mi belhchhahsak t<ra ti an ni. 18Eng nge a pawina? A derin emaw, a takin emaw Krista Thu chu hrilh a ni ta r>ng r>ng a, chu chuan mi til^wm tho ve. A ni, ka l^wm z>l ang. 19Chu chu in mi \awng\aisakna av^ng leh Isua Krista Thlarau mi p>k av^ngin ka chhandamna a lo ni d^wn tih ka hre si a, 20engah mah tihmualphovin ka awm d^wn lo va, huai taka ka awm p^ngngai ang fovin, t<nah pawh nunna av^ngin emaw, thihna av^ngin emaw, ka taksaah Krista chawimawiin a awm z^wk d^wn tih ka beiseina leh ka ch^kna ang z>l hian. 21Keia t^n zawng nun hi Krista a ni si a, thih pawh hl^wkna a ni. 22Nimahsela, tsaa nun hi ka chan ni sela - chu chu ka hnathawh rah ni ang sela, chutichuan a eng nge ka thlan z^wk d^wn zawng ka hre lo. 23A lai laklawhah hian a ngaihna hre lovin ka awm mai a ni; kal chhuaha Krista hn>na awm ch^kna ka neih av^ngin, chu chu a \ha z^wk >m >m si a. 24Nimahsela
133
nangmahni av^ngin tisaa awm reng hi a \<l z^wk a ni. 25Tin, chu chu ka rin tlat av^ngin ka awm reng d^wn tih ka hria, a ni, rinnaah chuan in lo \han lenna t<rin in zaa hn>nah ka awm reng d^wn tih ka hria. 26Chutichuan, in hn>na ka awm leh d^wn av^ngin, in mi chhuanna chu Krista Isuaa a nasat lehzual theihna t<rin.
Kan zir trah hian Chanchin |ha av^nga Paula tuarna leh a hmab^k chiang lo tak a langs^r ber a. A rawngb^wlna a\angin Asia ram khawpui pawimawh tak takah kohhran a lo piang z>l a. Tum leh hmab^k tam tak a la chhawp m>k laiin, Jerusalemah ama Juda-puite ngeiin an h>k a, Rom mite hn>nah an t^ntr a (Tirh 28:17). Rom mi ang taka ro r>lsak a duh av^ngin Kaisara hn>nah a thubuai a thlen a. Chuti ni lo se, Lal Agrippan Festa hn>na a sawi d^nin, a chhuak thei mai t<r niin a lang (Tirh 26:32). Mahse, Rom khawpuia a t^n kha Chanchin |ha theh darh n^n a \angkai z>l d^wn a lo ni a. Rom-ah ror>lsak t<ra hruai a ni ta a. Luka te n>n kal hovin, tuipui r^pthl^k taka thlipui nuai, thlasik khawv^wt hmeh, r<l chuk, lawng keh chhiat, chaw nghei te an t^wk ho nawk nawk a. Rom an thlen tirh lamah chuan v>ngtu sipai hn>nah a awm a (Tirh 28:16). A hnuah mahnia in luahin, zal>n takin amah tlawhtute a lo k^wm a (Tirh 28:30). Tu ma dpd^l lohvin Pathian ram leh Lal Isua Krista thu a hril ta a. Chuti chung chuan a chungah eng ang ror>lna nge thleng d^wn tih hriat a ni rih lo. Chanchin |ha hril z>l t<rin chhuah zal>n a ni thei a, a rinna leh thu hril av^ngin tihhlum a ni thei bawk. A eng z^wk nge a hmab^k tih hre lovin a ngh^k m>k a. Chutiang dinhmuna ding chung chuan Pathian fakna leh chawimawina thu a sawi chhuak reng a. Dam leh thih in\hial k^rah kohhrante fuihna thuchah ropui tak tak a puang chhuak a ni. 1. Tuarna manhla - Chanchin |ha tihdarhna Paula nun chu Krista a nih av^ngin engkim hi a \hain, a hl^wk vek mai a ni. A thil tawn thlr thiamna mit a nei. Ka
134
chunga thil lo thlengte a tih hi a chunga sawi lan te leh t^n ina khung te, vauna leh rkr^pna te niin a lang. Mahse, Chanchin |ha tihdarhna a ti daih mai. An phuarna chuan Chanchin |ha d^lna bang a \hiat ta hlauh a ni. Tihdarhna a tih hi Grik prokop a ni a, lo \hiat l^wk tihna a ni a. Sipai rual hmas^wnna kawng d^ltu thing leh hrui hnawkte lo s^m veng l^wk sawina a ni. Paula kha Chanchin |ha hril lo t<rin t^n inah kh^n khung beh ni mah se, a rawngb^wlna kh^rkhip ahn>kin mahni thua sut hawn nach^ng a hriat hauh loh t<r, tih t<r leh rawngb^wlna kawng hawnna a lo ni ta z^wk a ni. Rom khua leh tui ten an tih \hin angin Paula chuan Rom-a t^ntr leh ror>lsak a dl a. A dl angin Rom-ah v>ngtu sipai bulah amah chauhvin awmtr a ni a (Tirh 28:16). Chutih lai chuan Juda hotute kha uluk takin a kawm a. Chumi hnuah mahniin in a luah a, a duh apiangin an tlawh a. Zal>n takin Chanchin |ha a hril ta z^wk a ni (Tirh 28:30). Ka kawlbunnate hi Praitorian sipai p^wl zawng zawng zingah leh mi dang zawng zawng hn>nah chuan Krista av^ng a ni tih a lang chhuak ta, tiin a chhuang ta z^wk mah a. H>ng thu a sawi te hian Paula dam chhan ber chu Chanchin |ha hril a ni tih a tichiang hle ^wm e. Praitorian sipai p^wl tih hi hmun emaw sipai p^wl ho (mihring) emaw sawi n^n hman a ni. Hmun sawi n^na hman a nih chuan, sipai General awmna puan in emaw, Lalber (Emperor) in emaw, mi hausa/thiltithei in lian emaw sawina a ni thei. Hetah hi chuan a khawi hmun mah sawina niin a lang lo. A chhan chu Paula kha mahni in luahah a awm tih a chiang a. Chuv^ngin, Praitorian a sawi hi V>ngtu sipai rual (mihring) niin a lang.1 Lal In v>ngtu sawi n^n hman l^r a ni. Sipai v^ntl^ng chung lam ni t<ra ngaih an ni. Paula kha Praitorian hotupa (captain) hn>nah hlan a ni a. A t^n tirh a\angin Krista Chanchin |ha hrilin, mihring nun a \ha lama inlehtr hna a thawk ngh^l ta chawt a ni ber.
135
A ni lo berah Paula kha kum hnih chh<ng chu a t^ng a (Tirh 28:30). D^n p^ngngaiin ni tin v>ngtu sipai inchh^wkin an v>ng t<r a ni a. V>ngtu sipai b^n leh Paula b^n chu thr khaidiat t^wi t> (Gk. halusis)-in an thlun zawm \hn t<r a ni. Chu chu Paula chuan Chanchin |ha hrilna remch^ngah a hmang ta hlauh va. Tam tak chu Krista ringtu an lo ni ta a ni. Chutiang th^wm chuan Lalpaa unau tam z^wkte ringtu lo ni tawhte chu a tichak a. Pathian thu huai takin an hril theih phah a ni. Chuv^ngin, a t^n thu chu chhuang takin a sawi \hn (1:7,13-14 cf. Kol 4:3,18). Isua Krista v^nga mi t^ng (Eph 3:1), Krista Isuaa mi t^ng (Philm 9) ti tein a invuah a. A kawl bun chu Chanchin |ha khaidiat a vuah hial (Philm. 13). Paula t^ng chu ringlote ringtua siamna, ring tawhte Chanchin |ha huai taka hriltrtu a lo ni ta a. Chu aia tuarna manhla chu a awm chuang ^wm lo ve. 2. L^wm z>l nun Paula nun leh dinhmun kha a thim z^wnga thlr chuan a hahthl^k a, a pik hle. Chanchin |ha hril a duh a, hril thei lo t<rin t^n ina khung a ni. A aiawha lo hril zui t<r \henkhat chuan, Itsikna leh elrelna av^ngin Krista thu an hril tihte a lo hre ta z>l si. An m^wl v^ng ni lovin, ama chunga harsatna belhchhah t<ra hril an ni lehngh^l tih a sawi bawk a. Tute nge tskna leh elrelna av^ngin Krista thu chu hril tih hi sawi fiah a har deuh. Paula \hian hlui Juda sakhaw hotute, Juda hnam zia chhawmtr tum tlat Juda Kristiante leh Paula do p^wl Kristiante an awm a (1 Kor 1:12; 3:4). D^na chhandamna thu te, Juda hnam nun (serh tan leh an ze dangte) chhawm lo Jentail Kristianna chu tling lo leh n>p deuh anga zirtrna te a awm a. (S^p nun, zia leh ngaih d^n dah lal lova a tl^kna leilung/hnam - entir n^n, Mizo zia phawk chhuak Kristianna ang chi dah n>p deuh tlat ang te hi a ni ang). Krista leh Kristianna thu hril siin Paula Chanchin |ha hril \hin kalh z^wnga sawi te an awm niin a lang. Ralph Martina chuan, Paula t^n ina khungtute tithinur khawpa anmahni demna
136
thu, Krista thu hril paha sawi chiamte an awm niin a ring a. Ch<ngte chuan a kawlbunin a b^n a n^wt n^ ang maiin a tuarna a belhchhah niin a sawi. Paula hian \henkhat chu mahni hmasial v^ngin a dera thu hril an ni a ti a. A thu hman, Gk. eritheia hi a bul takah chuan hlawh hmuh n^na hna thawk tihna a ni a. Mahni inhaiv<r n^n leh mahni invulh len n^na thawk a sawina a ni. Chu b^kah dinhmun chuh n^na mahni inpho chhuak (canvassing) tihna a ni ta z>l bawk.2 Hmanraw thianghlim leh bawlhhlawh pawh thliar lova mahni invulh z^wnga thu hril te sawina niin a lang. T^n ina a awm chu remch^nga lain a chunga harsatna belhchhah z^wngin theiht^wpin thu an lo hril tihna a ni ber mai. Ch<ng hun harsa leh pikna zawng zawng chungah chuan, A ni, ka l^wm z>l ang (1:18c) a la ti fan a ni. A hmuh hmaih miah loh chu, A \hen erawh chuan rilru \ha tak puin an hril thung tih hi a ni. Chanchin |ha hril hna chu Pathianin Paula hn>na a p>k a ni tih an hria a. Chu hna pawimawh tak chu hmangaihna av^ngin \hahnem ngai takin an lo chhunzawm ta a ni. Mihring nuna harsatna leh pikna a lo thlenin mi zawng zawng hmuh mawh leh dem mai te, phunnawina hlra khah mai te a awl \hn. Paula chuan thawpikna k^rah l^wm z>lna t<r chhan a hmu thei z>l a ni. A derin emaw a takin emaw Krista thu hrilha a awm hrim hrim chu a l^wmna a ni. Ch<ng av^ng chuan tu pawhin fakna leh chawimawina lo khum se a thk lo. |henkhat chu Philippi Kohhran dintu nih chuhtu an awm niin a rin theih. Chutiang mi chuan kohhran an tibuai duh hle. Paula chuan Krista thu hrilha a awm chu t^wk a ti a. Tih d^nah a buai lova, kalphung pawh a lungkham ber lo. Krista thu hrilin a awm em tih chu a vei hmasak ber a ni. Paula nun thupui leh kohhran a duhsak ber chu Krista thu hril a ni tih a tichiang hle.
137
Ka chhandamna a lo ni d^wn tih thu te a sawi kai ta hial a. Chhandamna (Gk. soteria) tih a hman d^n hi - t^n in a\anga chhuah thu a sawina emaw, v^n kaina t<ra chhandamna a sawina emaw ni thei mah se, a dinhmun tawn m>kah hris>lna leh chakna \ha tak a neih chu a sawina ni berin a lang.3 Dinhmun harsa taka a awm chu Pathian ruat a ni tih pawmin, a t<n hun at^n leh chatuan hun at^n a \ha tih a pawm a. Hlim taka a dinhmun paltlangtr theitu pahnih a sawi a. Pakhatna chu Philippi mite \awng\aisakna a ni. Paula hian kohhranho \awng\aina hlutzia a hria a. Himna leh chakna chu kohhranho \awng\aisakna av^ngin a chang thei tih hriain \awng\ai t<rin a ng>n taima hle a ni (Rom 15:30-32, 2 Kor 1:11; 1 Thes 5:25; 2 Thes 3:1-2). Pahnihna chu amah awmchilhtu Isua Krista Thlarau a ni. Chu chu Isua thutiam hlawhtlinna a ni tih a hria a. Chu chuan a hum thei tih hriain beiseina chiang tak a pe a. Dawihzep v^ngin emaw, rah chhuah theih loh hlauh v^ngin emaw tihbeidawnin a awm d^wn lo tih a beisei tlat a ni. Aman min ti mualpho lo vang, ka beisei thl^wn lo vang, tih hi hmehbel a rem hle a ni. Nun Krista thih hl^wkna Paula hian a hmab^k chian lohzia a hre chiang hle. Ror>lna thuchhuak av^ngin chhuah a nih loh chuan tihhlum (martar) a hmab^k a ni. A enga pawh chu lo thleng d^wn ni se, huai tak leh ngh^khlel takin a thlr (Gk. apo-kara-dokia) tih a sawi. A nunna av^ngin emaw, thihna av^ngin emaw a taksaah Krista chawimawiin a awm d^wn tih a beisei tlat a. A chhan chu, Kei at^n zawng nun hi Krista a ni si a, thih pawh hl^wkna a ni, a ti ngam a. An inzawm hnai hle mai. Paula chuan a dam chuan Krista a dam, a ch>t v>lna apiangah Krista a che v>l, a tih chu Krista tih ang hialin a sawi a ni ber. Krista chu a nunna hn^r, rawngb^wl hna petu, a chakna leh a l^wmman a ni a. A sawina dangah, Kan nun chuan Lalpa t^n kan nung a, kan thih pawhin Lalpa t^n kan thi a ni si, a ti (Rom 14:8). Krista t^na nung lo
3.
138
t^n chuan thih hi a hl^wk thei lo va, Krista t^na nungte t^n erawh thih hi a hl^wk lo thei lo thung. Paula chuan kal chhuah (thih) leh awm (dam) k^r a b<k a. Ama t^n chuan kal chhuah chu thlanawm z^wkin a hria. Thi chu muhil a ti mai a (1 Kor 15:51-52; 1 Thes 4:14,16); Krista hnaih chilh z^wkna hmuna luhna kawngka a ni tih hriain, Kal chhuaha Krista hn>na awm a ti. Kal chhuak (Gk. ana-luen) tih hi puan in sawn tihna a ni. Indonaa British Royal Air Force pilot thite chu chawlh hmun (station) danga sawn tiin an lo sawi \hn. Paula chu a kal chhuah ruala Krista hn>na insawn hnai mai t<r a nih a chiang hle. Mahse, thih mai han thlan chu mahni hmasialna niin a hria a. A lehlamah Philippi mite leh kohhranho, ch^wl lova a vei rengte t^na dam chu a la \<l hlein a hre si a. In hn>nah ka awm reng d^wn ti tein a \awng thlamuan bawk a. Awm reng tih hi Grik \awnga para-menein tih lehlin a ni; a \<l hun apianga \anpui t<ra ch>n chilh tihna a ni. Duhthlanna pahnih k^r ch>p takah chuan a ngaihna hre lovin a awm a. Pathian ror>l a ngaich^ng mai a ni. Paula nun hausakna chu a chungah eng pawh lo thleng se a inpeih reng mai hi a ni.
Sawi ho t<r 1. Paulan a dera Chanchin |ha hriltu a tih ang hi kan ramah hian an awm ve thei ang em? Engtin nge kan hriat theih ang? Nun Krista tih hi eng nge a awmzia nia kan hriat?
2.
139
Endnotes Kaisar Augustus-a hunah Praitorian sipai hi Rom leh a chheh v>l khawpuiah s^ngkhat rual an awm nia sawi a ni. Tiberiusan Rom khaw chh<ngah an t^n uluk bk taka sak leh kulhah te a dah ta a. Vitelliusan an tam lam s^ngkhat zarukah a tis^ng a. An thawh hun chh<ng pawh kum s^wmpahnih a\angin kum s^wmparukah a tisei a ni. An chawlh (pension) d^wnah Rom khua leh tui nihna p>k an nih b^kah 250 p>k tel an ni bawk. Eng emaw hnuah phei chuan Lal V>ngtu (bodyguard) ang deuh mai an ni ta a; an buaipuiawm ta hle a ni.
1 2 3
Barclay, Ephesians, p. 23 Barclay, Ephesians, p. 23
140
Zirlai 21
RINNA LEH TUARNA Chhiar tr: Philippi 1:27-30 Thuvawn: Phil 1:29
1 27-28 Eng pawh ni sela, in awm d^n chu Krista Chanchin |ha n>n inmawi phawt rawh se; chutichuan, nangmahni rawn kan che u mah ila, in hn>nah awm lo mah ila, thlarau hmun khata ding nghetin, rilru hmun khata Chanchin |ha rinna thu \ana bei tl^ngin, dotute eng kawngah mah hlau lovin in awm tih in chanchin ka hre thei ang; chu chu anmahni t^n boral t<r an nih hriattrna fiah tak a ni, nangni t^n erawh chuan chhandam t<r in nih hriattrna fiah tak a ni z^wk e, chu pawh chu Pathian laka mi a ni. 29Krista av^nga amah in rin chauh ni lovin, amah av^nga in tuar pawh phal a ni si a; 30indona, keimaha in hmuh \hin, t<nah pawh keimahah a awm tih in hriat, chumi ngei chu in neih ve t^k hi.
Vawiina kan zir t<r thu hl^wm hi ziaktu \henkhat chuan 2:18 thleng hian zirtrna hl^wm khat ang deuhvin an ngai a.1 A dik theih d^n pawh a awm mai thei. Amaherawhchu, kan zirlai zir \hin d^n tl^ngpui ngaihtuahin, kan zir theih t^wk ^wm chin kan hl^wm hrang mai d^wn a. A \<l angin kan sawi nawnin kan zir zawm z>l t<rah ngai ila. Paula chuan t^n ina a dinhmun te, a hmab^k nia a hriat te, Krista n>na an inpawh tawnna nun te, Philippi mite a ngaihtuahzia te, an \awng\aisak a mamawhzia te a sawi zo va. He thu hl^wmah hian Philippi khuaa kohhranhote dinhmun, awm d^n t<r leh hmab^kte a chhawp chhuak a, amah ngeiin a tawn hriat tawh, Krista rinnain a ken tel tuarna chu an pumpelh loh t<r thu hrilhin, fuihna thu tlang tak a ziak a ni.
141
1.
Krista Chanchin |ha nena inmawiin Paula chu eng dinhmunah pawh lo ding se, Philippi Kohhranhote chu rinnaah nghet taka an din tlat a duhsak a. A sawi tum khaikh^wmna ni ^wm takin, \hahnem ngai takin, Eng pawh ni sela, in awm d^n chu Krista Chanchin |ha n>n inmawi phawt rawh se, a han ti phawng mai a. Eng pawh ni sela tih hi, Tibuaitu an awm emaw awm lo emaw, tiduhdahtu an awm emaw awm lo emaw, hun harsa a ni emaw hun lwmawm a ni emaw, miten an fak emaw fak lo emaw, a dampui emaw a thihsan emaw, eng dinhmunah pawh, a tihna niin a lang. Krista Chanchin |ha tih hian a huap zo thei hle ^wm e. Isua Krista nun, zirtrna leh a thiltih zawng zawng, chumi z^ra mihringten malsawmna leh ham\hatna an chan te a huap vek mai. E.M. Price-an, I awmziaa thil bul zawng zawng, nangmah timawitu che kha (KHB 447) a tih ang kha a ni ^wm e. Eng pawh ni sela, phawt rawh se, a tih hian Krista nun, zirtrna leh a tih d^n ang apiang nun chhuahpui ve chu an tih t<r hmasa leh chungnung ber a ni tih hi a sawi tum a ni a. In awm d^n tih hi s^p \awng lehlin hluiah chuan in \awng/inbiak d^n tia lehlin a ni.2 Mahse, Latin \awng conversari lehlinna a ni a. Chu chu, in nunphung emaw, in awm d^n emaw tihna a ni a. Inbiak d^n chu a huap >m >m laiin mihring nun pum pui sawina a tling a ni. Lehlin \henkhatah chuan, Krista Chanchin |ha n>n tih b^kah hian Pathian ram khua leh tui nihna n>n inmawiin tih hi belh a ni a. Hei hi a \awng bul lamin a awmzia a ken tel av^nga belh theih niin a lang. Paulan awm d^n tih sawi n^na a hman ber Grik peripatein chu ch>t v>l d^n sawina a ni. Heta a thu hman hi chu hmun danga a hman zen zen loh polite-u-esthai a ni a, khua leh tui nihna sawina a ni. Mi t^ng ni si, Rom khuaa mahni in luaha a awm theih chhan kha Rom khua leh tui a nih v^ng a ni. Philippi khua kha Rom awp ram
142
(colony) a ni a. A mi ch>ng tam ber kha Rom khua leh tui nihna nei, Latin \awng hmang, Latin thuamhnawa inchei, an ror>ltute Latin hming vuahte an ni a. An khua chu Rom a\angin eng anga hla pawh ni se, khua leh tui ham\hatna zawng zawng changtu niin Rom mi dik tak anga nun chu an bat a ni tih an hre chiang a. Khawv>l lal ram mi an nihna anga nung t<r an nih ang bawkin Pathian ram khua leh tui nihna n>na inmawia nun chu an bat a ni tih a hrilh a ni. 2. Mihring v^ng ni lovin Paula hian ringtute chu mihring mit rawngb^wl lova, Pathian rawngb^wl t<rin a fuih uar hle. Chuv^ngin, Philippi Kohhrante chu an znga a awm leh awm loh danglam lovin Krista ringtu an nih anga nung t<rin a chah mawlh mawlh a ni. Chutichuan nangmahni rawn kan che u mah ila, in hn>nah awm lo mah ila Kohhrana ringtu leh piangthar \henkhat hi chu rawngb^wltu tute emawin an rawn tlawh leh kan ch^ng chauhva tui leh rawngb^wlna nun chhawm nung a awm theih ^wm e. Chhuanlam \ha leh dik tak an nei a ni mai thei. An ei loh z^wng tak rawngb^wltute pawhin an tichak lo niin an inngai a ni mai thei. Paulan Philippi mite a fuihna hi a pawimawh hle. Rawngb^wltu duhthlanin an tlawh emaw tlawh lo emaw, Pathian ram mi an nih av^ng z^wkin Krista Chanchin |ha nun chhuahpui chu an ba hrim hrim a ni tiin a chah mawlh mawlh a ni. Tu pawh tam tak an p>ka hn>nah chuan tam tak an ph<t ang; tu pawh tam tak an kawltira hn>nah chuan tam deuh an ph<t ang (Lk 12:48) tih ang kh^n. Mahni kea ding ringtu leh rawngb^wltu duhthlan nih kan tum \heuh a ngai a ni. 3. Inpumkhatin Paula Chanchin |ha hriat d^n hi inpumkhatna tih hian a khaikh^wm hlein a lang. Philippi Kohhran chungch^nga hriat a ch^k >m >m chu an ding nghet tih hi a ni. Chuv^ngin, thlarau hmun khata ding nghetin, tiin a fuih a. An din ngheh theih d^n t<r
143
pawh a sawi ngh^l a: thlarau hmun khatin rilru hmun khatin a ti. Kristiante t^n \an rual hi chakna a ni tih hi a zirtr mawlh mawlh reng a ni. Ringlo tlimpui k^rah Chanchin |ha n>na inmawia nung t<r chuan thlarau leh rilru hmun khata awmin an inpumkhat a pawimawh a. Chu chu an r^lthuam \ha, an chakna bul t<r a ni. Kohhran hi do nei tih a ni. A chh<nga ringtute chu r^l do sipaite an ni. Indona chu tharum leh hriamhrei hmanga indona ni lovin, thlarau leh rilru lama indona a ni. Chuv^ngin, thlarau leh rilru hmun khata an beih tl^n chuan dotute eng kawngah mah hlau lovin an awm thei d^wn tih a hrilh a. Dotute tih hian a k^wk tam thei hle. Chanchin |ha bua Isua hm>lma te (Lk 13:17), Ephesi khuaa Paula dotute (1 Kor 16:9), Krista dod^ltute (2 Thes 2:4) leh Pathian leh mihring dor^l Setana (1 Tim 5:14-15) leh a dangte an ni. Chuv^ngin, Bible-ah hian, hlau suh tih hi a tam hle a ni.3 Hlauhna khawv>lah hian thuchah pawimawh leh langs^r ber te znga mi a ni. Hlau lovin tih hi tihhlauhva awm lovin emaw, rkr^pa awm lovin tihna emaw a ni. A Grik \awng plu-ro-menoi chu sakawr hel, sawizawi loh rual insual leh inchl n<lh n<lh ang maia rkr^pna a ni. Chutiang taka dotute tih\haihna k^rah, Dotute eng kawngah mah hlau lovin a tih hi, Hlauva awm leh t<rin bawih nihna thlarau in hmu a ni si lo va; fa nihna thlarau in hmu a ni z^wk e, tia Rom mite a fuihna n>n hian a inmil hle (Rom 8:15). Chanchin |ha theh darh hna chu a hranga bei lovin, a huhovin beih tl^n t<r a ni a ti. Huaisenna thlarau n>n an beih ho phawt chuan hnehna chu an chang z>l d^wn tih Paula hian a beisei tlut mai a. An hnehna chu Krista hm>lma t^n boral t<r an nih hriattrna, ringtute t^n chhandam an nih tr hriattrna fiah tak niin a sawi. Hriattrna chu mihring tih ni lovin Pathian p>k a nih thu sawiin, Chu pawh chu Pathian laka mi a ni a la ti z>l a ni. An chunga tuarna lo thleng te, an hmachhawn theihna t<ra huaisenna te leh chumi hnua an chhandamna lo lang t<r te n>n Pathian a\anga chhuak a ni tiin Benoit-a (Benua-a)4 chuan a hrilhfiah a ni.
144
4.
Tuar z>lin Paulan Isua zirtr d^n a chhawm nun \hat >m >m chu ringtute nihna leh dinhmun t<r lang tlang r^nga a sawi \hin hi a ni. Isua kh^n amah zuitute chu mahni hrehawm pawisa lova zui t<rin a ph<t ngh^l tawp mai a (Mt 10:37-39; Lk 9:23-24; 14:27). A ken tel tr ham\hatna tinr>ng leh chatuana nunna pawh a sawi hmaih chuang lo. Mahse, an chan chawpa tuarna leh indona an hmachhawn ngh^l t<r chu a dah langs^r >m >m a ni. Paula hian Philippi Kohhranhote lehkha a thawn hian Isua zirtr d^n zuiin, Krista av^nga amah in rin chauh ni lovin, amah av^nga in tuar pawh phal a ni si a; indona keimaha in hmuh \hinchu mi ngei chu in neih ve t^k hi tiin Kristian nun a hrilhfiah a ni. Krista rin av^nga thiamchanna leh ringtu tuarna chu \hen hran theih loh, tangka khing lehlam lehlam inzawm ang tlat a nih thu a sawi a. Philippi mite Kristian an nih \an laia amah ngeiin indona a hmachhawn d^n te an hmuh kha a hriattr thar a. Vuak a tawrh lai leh t^ntr a nih laite chu an mit ngeiin an hmu a (Tirh 16:19). T^n ina t^ng m>k a nih d^n te an hre hle bawk a. Mahse, sipai hotu chuan tih tr hautak ber ber at^n a sipai \ha berte a thlang \hn angin, Krista t^na tawrh chu chawimawina s^ng tak niin a sawi. Indona chu a kal m>k a, Krista t^na tuar chu an hna pawimawh tak a ni tih a hrilh a ni. Sawi ho t<r 1. 2. Krista Chanchin |ha n>na inmawi nun hi eng ang nge? T<nlaia kan Kristian nun tl^ngpui en hian tuar t<ra ringtu nge tam ang hl^wk tuma ringtu? Engtin nge a hriat theih ang?
145
Endnotes
1 2
Martin, Philippians, p. 82
S^p \awnga Bible lehlin hi chi hrang a tam tawh hle a. Heta lehlin hlui han tih hi Grik leh Latin a\anga S^p \awnga lehlin hmasak ber Authorised Version a ni a. Chu chuan Latin \awnga conversari chu conversation tiin a letling a ni. Hlau suh tih hi Bible-ah \um 365 awmin sawi a ni a. Hlau suh tih thuchah hi ni tin vawi khat z>l hmang ila, kum khat chh<ng a daih ang. A z^t chiah hi a dik loh hret pawhin thuchah pawimawhzia a tilang hle. Mahse, a lehlin d^n leh a letlingtu athuin a thumal awm z^t chu a danglam thei ngei ang.
3
Benoit hi a chanchin kan hre thui l>m lo. Thuthlung thar thiam, hrilhfiahna ziaktu ni ngei chuan a lang. A hrilhfiahna hi a ngaihnawmin a pawmawm a. A thiamna la chh^wngtu Thuthlung Thar thiam dang chu J. Foster a ni. J. Foster, Then and Now, 1945, p. 83. Chu chu Martin, Philippians, p.88-ah l^k chh^wn ve leh a ni.
4
146
Zirlai 22
INPUMKHATNA RILRU - TLWMNA Chhiar tr: Philippi 2:1-13 Thuvawn: Phil 2:8
2 Chutichuan, Kristaah \anpuina r>ng r>ng te, hmangaih thlamuanna r>ng r>ng te, Thlarau p^wlna r>ng r>ng te, lainatna leh khawngaihna r>ng r>ng te a awm chuan, 2rilru hmun khata awmin, hmangaihna hmun khat neiin, inthuruala rilru hmun khata awmin, ka l^wmna tifamkim rawh u. 3Elrel leh inngaihhlut av^nga eng mah ti lovin, mi tinin inngaitl^wm takin mahni aiin mi dang \ha z^wkah ruat \heuh rawh se; 4 mahni ta ta mai en lovin, mi dang ta pawh en \heuh z^wk rawh u. He rilru, Krista Isua pawha awm bawk kha, nangmahniah awm rawh se; 6ani zawngin Pathian anga awma, Pathian tluka awm chu thil thl^khlelh hleih theihah a ruat lo va, 7 mihringte anga lo piangin b^wih angah a insiam a, amah leh amah a intitl^wm ta z^wk a. 8Tin, mihring anga lo awmin, a inngaitl^wm a, thi khawp hiala thu z^wmin a lo awm ta a, kraws-a thihna ngei chu. 9-10 Chumi av^ng chuan Isua hmingin mi tin v^na mi te, leia mi te, lei hnuaia mite n>n an \hing\hit n^n leh Pa Pathian tihropuina t<rin, Isua Krista chu Lal a ni, tiin lei tinr>ngin a puan n^n, Pathianin ani chu nasa takin a chawimawi ve ta thung a, hming zawng zawnga hming chungnung ber chu a pe ta a.
5
Kan zirlai thupui hi inpumkhatna thu a ni a. Paula hmuh d^nin Philippi Kohhranho chuan tibuaitu pakhat a nei a, chu chu in\henna rilru a ni. Hei hi kohhran nung takte ei chhetu a ni. Philippi Kohhran pawh an hlim lai, Chanchin |ha rawngb^wlnaa an chak lai tak a ni a. Paula pawh an tihlim hle.
147
Mahse, tirhkoh chuan an znga in\henna rilru awm chu a hmuh tlangsak tlat mai. Ringtute an tui >m >m a, an rinnain an nun a kaihhruai vung lai hi kohhrana in\henna a awm hlauhawm lai tak a ni duh. Chutiang dinhmuna ding mk Philippi Kohhran chu Isua zia sawina hla \ha chungchuang hmangin a fuih a ni. Hei hi keimahni inen fiah nan hmang ila. 1. In\henna chhan Barclay-an Philippi bung hniha Paula thu a\angin kohhran in\henna awmtrtu thil pathum a sawi chu: mahni t^na dinhmun chuhna, mahni intihl^r tumna leh mahni hma chauh ngaihtuahna a ni.1 Mahni tih hi in\henna awmtrtu khaikh^wmna chu a ni mai ^wm e. Kristian mi v^ntl^ng rilru hi a inang lo thei hle a. R^wngb^wltute rilru pawh a inang lo hle bawk. Kohhran hmasa hruaitute znga ropui tak, lehkhathiam s^ng tak bawk Ambrose chu Liguria leh Aemilia rama Roman governor a ni a. An bialtu bishop a thih thut av^ngin a aiawhtu t<rin Ambrose chu thlan a ni a. A pha hul \hak a. Mahse, Rom lalber (emperor)-in a nawr luih av^ngin Milan bishop hna chu a chelh ta hr^m a ni. Rawngb^wltu ropui kal tate kha mahni insit tak chunga rawngbawl an lo ni fo mai. Kohhran Siam\hatna (Reformation) thlen d^wn lai v>la Pope Julius II chu, Rawngb^wltu aiin politician a ang z^wk a, Biak Inah aiin indonaah a thla a ngam z^wk tia sawi a ni a; Leo X chuan Pope-a thlan tlin a nih \umin, Khai le! Pope nihna chu kan chang ta e. L^wm ila, i ch>n ang u, a ti hep mai!2 Mawhphurhna aia nihna dah pawimawhtu rawngbawlna chu kohhranin a hnawl ngam tur a ni. Rawngbawlna aia mahni indah pawimawh an ni. Paulan chutiang rilru chu Philippi Kohhran ti\hentu a ni tih hriain inv>ng t<rin a chah uluk hle a ni. 2. Impumkhatna atana pawimawh Paula rilru tihrehawm \hintu chu kohhrana in\henna awm \hin chu a ni (1 Kor 1:10-12). In\henna rah kohhran buaina leh
148
chak lohna chuan kohhran nun pawh a khawih pawi ngei ngei \hn. Chuv^ngin, Paulan Philippi Kohhranhote chu inpumkhata awma a l^wmna chu tifamkim t<rin a ngn a, a kawng a kawhhmuh a ni. (1) Kristaa \anpuina a ni: Ringtu chu Kristaa awm a ni a. Kristaa awm ve bawk a ringtupui n>n chuan thisen hmun khata hrin an ni sa phawt a. Kristian nun kawngpui pakhat zawh tl^ng an ni. Inen hran chi a ni lo. Kristian nun \ha tehna pawimawh chu a Kristianpui n>n eng angin nge an inlaichn tih hi a ni. (2) Hmangaih thlamuanna: Inpumkhatna lungph<m pawimawh a ni. Kristian hmangaihna chu mi dangte \hatna duhsakna hlang, eng mahin a tihdal theih loh a ni. Kh^kna tel lovin mi dang \hatna t<r chauh a zawng \hn. Mahni ngainat z^wngte chauh ni lovin dotu leh hm>lma te thlenga hmangaihna a ni. (3) Thlarau p^wlna a ni: Thlarau Thianghlim hi Pathian leh mihring, mihring leh mihringte thlun zawmtu a ni. Mahni mihringpuite n>na inzawmna nun hi Thlarau Thianghlim p>k a ni a, chutiang nei lo chuan Thlarau thilp>k a nei lo tihna a ni. (4) Lainatna a ni: Mihring inlainatna a awm chuan inl^k hranna leh in\henna a bo \hn. Grik philosopher ropui Aristotlea chuan, Mihringte hi sihal anga inngur tawn t<r kan ni lo, inp^wlhova nung za t<r kan ni, a ti. (5) Khawngaihna a ni: Khawngaihna hian hriatthiamna leh ngaihdamna a keng tel a. Chumi tel lo chuan in\henna a tihdam theih loh a ni. (6) Mahni aiin mi dang \ha z^wka ruat: He rilru put hi a harsa hle mai. A chhan ber chu mi dang aiin mahni \ha z^wka kan inruat \heuh v^ng a ni. Inpumkhatna tichak t<r chuan mi dang \hatna leh hlutna hmuh len a ngai a ni.
149
3.
Krista rilru put Mi thiam tam takin Philippi 2:5-11 hi Paulan Isua chanchin a sawi zawng zawnga ropui ber leh thinlung khawih ber niin an ngai. He thu khaikh^wmna ni ^wm tak chu Paula thovin Korinth mite hn>na, Kan Lalpa Isua Krista khawngaihna chu, a retheihna av^nga in lo hausak theihna t<rin hausa mah sela nangmahni av^ng ngeiin a lo retheih t^k kha in hre si a (2 Kor 8:9) a tih hi a ni. He thu Philippi lehkhathawna kimchang zawka sawina hi Krista fakna hla tih a ni a. A tlukpui a vng hle. He hla hi Paula ziah nia pawm d^n tluangtlam tak a awm a. Zirna \hang z>lah hla thu awm sa, Paulan a thuchah nemngheh n^na a hman mai nia ngaihna a lian ta hle a. Chutianga ngaitute chuan Paula thu hman \han vak loh thumal a awm nual thu te, Isua chungch^ng a sawi d^n pawh hmun danga a ziah d^n tl^ngpui a an loh thu te an sawi a. Thuthlung Thar thiam Lohmeyer-a chuan kohhran hmasa Thurin Puan chhuah niin a sawi.3 Chu chu Aramaic-a ziah, Palestina Kohhranten Lalpa Zanriah Sakramen-a an chham emaw an sak emaw \hin niin a ring a. Paulan Philippi Kohhranhote an inrem theih n^n Krista rilru pu t<ra a hrilh hian, a thuchah nemnghehna at^n he hla awm sa hi a hmang ta niin a sawi. Ch^ng ruk hla, ch^ng tina tlar thum \heuh angin a entr a.4 A lehlamah chuan Paula hian thu leh hla hman \han loh leh thiam loh z^wng pawh a nei mang lo niin zir chhuah m>k a ni bawk a. A ziahna hun leh hmun leh, a dawngtu t<rte azirin Paula hian a lehkhathawn a ziak mai \hn a. Krista Fakna Hla pawh hi Philippi mite lehkhathawn a ziah paha a phuah emaw, a hmaa a lo phuah sa a phawrh chhuah emaw nia rinna chak tak a awm bawk. Philippi Kohhrana in\henna tihrehna \ha ber t<r nia a hriat sawiin, Krista rilru ang hi in mihringpuite laka in rilru put dn pawh ni rawh se, a ti a ni.
150
Krista inngaihtlawmna Isuan a thl^khlelh hleih theih loh chu, Pathian ang, Pathian tluk tih hi a ni. Ang leh tluk tih hi nihna tak sawina a ni.5 Grik \awngin, morph (morfe) leh schma (skema) tia sawi a ni a. Morph chu thil r>ng r>ng a nihna dik tak nihtrtu sawina a ni. Entr n^n, tui hi amahah tui nihtrtu a awm av^nga tui a ni a; a rawng emaw, a awmna emaw, a tam lam emaw a inthl^k av^ngin tui a nihna a hloh lo. Chutiangin mei hi amaha mei nihtrtu, mihring hi mihring nihtrtu a awm \heuh a. An lan d^n a inthl^k av^ngin an nihna lairil a inthl^k lo. Schma erawh chu nihna lang thei sawina a ni a. A danglam thei. Mihring p^ngngai hi a naupan lai, tleir^wl lai, v^nglai leh tar hunin a nih d^n a danglam \hn. Mahse, a hun laia a nihna z>l chu a schma chu a nihna tak a ni tho. Isua mihrinna kha a schma a ni a, a nih reng d^n chu a ni lo. A nihna ril z^wk morph erawh chu a ngai reng. Chu a nihna danglam thei lo chu Pathian a ni tih Paula hian a sawi a. A ni ngei tih sawi n^n Grik huparkein a hmang a. Mihring anga a lo awm pawh hi docetic gnostic (dawsetik nawstik)-ho ngaih d^na lem chang ni lovin, mihring nihtrtu nihna chu a rawn ni tak tak ngei (huparkein) a ni. Inngaitl^wm a, a Pa thu zawma kraws-a a thi pawh kha a thi tak zet a ni. Chuv^ngin, Isua Krista chu, Pathian tak leh mihring tak a ni. He thurin hi Rok<nga chuan, Amah chu mihring leh Pathian a ni, Lal leh Chhandamtu nih a f^wm tiin Mizote t^n a lo nemnghet a. Pathian rama ropui tehna danglam d^n a lo lang a. Isuaah hian mihring ropuite chhinchhiahna r>ng r>ng a awm lo. Pathian ni si, mihring nihna lo chang, pian d^n tl^wm bera piang, b^wih anga insiam, rethei tluan chhuak, in leh lo nei lo, thih d^n tl^wm bera thi a ni. |awng bul lamah chuan 2:7 in\anna hi, Amah a intiruak a, tih a ni. B<r chh<nga thil awm bun ruak sawina a ni. Amah a inhl^n ral tihna a ni. Amah leh amah a intitl^wm tih hi a hrilhfiahna a tih theih
4.
151
bawk ang. Chutiang taka tl^wm chu mihring chuan a ngain>p a; mahse, Pathian ngaihah a ropui a ni. Isuan, Remna siamtute chu an eng a th^wl e, Pathian faa vuahin an la awm d^wn si a tiin a lo zirtr a (Mt 5:9). Amah ngei chu, Pathianin nasa takin a chawimawi ve ta thung a, hming zawng zawnga hming chungnung ber chu a pe ta a. Hming chungnung ber chu eng nge ni? Lal emaw Lalpa (Gk. Kurios) a ni - Isua Krista chu Lal a ni a ti a. He hming hman d^n emaw hrilhfiahna emaw inthl^k d^n hi ngaihnawm tak a ni: (1) a trah hotu emaw neitu emaw a ni; (2) Rom lalber, emperor hming at^n hman a ni leh a; (3) ringlote pathian hming at^n hman a ni ta bawk a; (4) Hebrai Bible Grik \awnga lehlinah Hebraite Pathian, Jehovah hming at^n hman a lo ni ta z>l a. Isua hming at^na hman a nih hian Isua chu nunna zawng zawng Hotu leh Neitu, lalberte Lalber, pathiante Pathian a ni tihna a ni. Engtik niah emaw chuan mi tin v^na mi te, leia mi te, lei hnuaia mite (hremhmuna mite) a hmaah an la \hing\hi d^wn a ni. Paula hian Philippi mite chu Isua entawn a, tlwmna hmanga inremna nei turin a fuih a ni.
Sawi ho t<r 1. 2. Kan rama kohhranten inpumkhatna thua harsatna kan neihte sawi ni se. Engtia tihdam t<r nge ni ang? Isua tl^wmna entawn tura inzirtir a \ulzia sawi ni se.
152
Endnotes Barclay, Philippians, p. 31-2 M.E. Gibbs, From Jerusalem to New Delhi, CLS, 1978, p. 3 Lohmeyer, Kyrios Jesus , Heidelberg, 1928 Martin, Philippians, p. 106. 4 Mizo \awngin Lohmeyer-a rem d^n han dah chhuah a ni 1. Pathian anga awm \hn kh^n, Pathian tluka awm chu Thil thl^khlelh hleih theihah a ngai ta lo. 2. Amah leh amah intiruak vekin, Bwih angah a insiam a, Mihring angin a lo awm ta a ni. 3. Leiah hringmi nun lo changin, Mahni a intitl^wm ral vek a, Thi khawp hiala thu zawmin a awm ta (kraws-a thihna ngei chu) 4. Pathianin ani chu nasa takin a chawimawi ve ta thung a, Chawimawina hming thar a pe a, Hming zawng zawnga hming chungnung ber chu 5. Isua hming av^ngin kh<p tinr>ng, Mi tin v^na mi te, leia mite leh leihnuaia mite An zaa an \hing\hit ngei n^n 6. Isua Krista chu Lal a ni Tiin lei tinr>ngin a puan n^n, Pa Pathian tihropuina t<rin. 5 S^p\awng, Authorised Version-in form tia a dah hi nihna sawina a ni ngei mai a. Mahse, nihna tak ni chiah lo, ang ve tak si emaw nihna chiah lo anga lang sawi n^n a hman theih tho av^ngin duhthu a s^m t^wk lo deuhva ngaih a ni a. Mi thiamten Grik \awng a\anga an lo chhui d^n te hi, kim chang lo deuh mah se, \angkaina a awm beiseiin t^r lan ve leh \hin a ni e.
1 2
153
Zirlai 23
CHHANDAMNA THAWH CHHUAHPUI Chhiar tr: Philippi 2:12-18 Thuvawn: Phil 2:12
2 12Chutichuan, ka duh takte u, thu in zawm fo ang kh^n, ka awm chauhva thawk lovin, t<na ka awm loh hl^n hian thawk z^wk mahin, hlau leh kh<r chungin nangmahni chhandamna thawk chhuak rawh u; 13 ama l^wm z^wng at^na tih tum t<r leh bei t<ra nangmahnia thawktu chu Pathian a ni si a.
14-16
Chhuan bengtlalo leh tihmawhte znga sual nei lo leh nun tlang, Pathian fa sawis>l bote in nih theihna t<rin phunnawina leh inhnialnate awm lovin engkim ti rawh u, (ch<ngho zngah chuan nunna thu hl^nin khawv>lah hian ti>ngtu angin in lang \hn) chutichuan, a thl^wna tl^n ka nih lohva, a thl^wna thawk rim ka nih hek loh av^ngin Krista niah chuan chhuan t<r ka nei thei ang.
17
A ni, in rinna inthawina leh rawngb^wlna chungah chuan leih buakin awm d^wn mah ila ka l^wm a ni, in zain ka l^wmpui bawk a che u. 18Chutiang bawkin nangni pawh l^wm ulangin, mi l^wmpui ve rawh u.
Kan thu zir tur hl^wmah hian Paulan Philippi Kohhran chu an chhandamna chan chu nun chhuahpui t<rin a fuih a. Anmahnia thawktu chu Pathian a ni tih hriattrin, an hnena a awm ve loh lai pawha nasa taka thawk trin a fuih a ni. 1. Chhandamna leh rawngb^wlna Hetah hian Paulan chhandamna leh rawngbawlna inzawm dan chiang takin a sawi a. Entawn atn Isua thu wihna thi
154
khawp hiala thu zwmin tih chu thlangin, mi dang hmuh lai chauh ni lovin inngaitlwm taka rawngbwl hna thawk trin a fuih a ni. Hlau leh khr chungin tih hi pute hlau dp dpa awm sawina a ni lo.1 Pathian zawn chhuahtrtu hlauhna, hmangaih vanga \ha thei ang bera thawh tumna thu sawina a ni (2 Kor 7:15; Eph 6:5). Barclay-a chuan, Kristianin a hlauh ber chu Krista khenbeh nawn a ni, a ti.2 Nangmahni chhandamna thawk chhuak rawh u tih thu hi Ralph Martin-a chuan mi mal chhandamna ni lovin huho chhandamna niin a ngai a. Inrem lohna hneh tra chhandamnain khawtlnga inremna a siam thu sawinaah a ngai.3 Muller-a chuan, Pathianin keimahnia min thawhsak chu kan thawk chhuak tr a ni, tiin a hrilhfiah a.4 Heinzelman-a chuan, Thuthlung Tharah hian he thu hlwm aia Pathian thuneihna chungnung leh mihring zalnna inbk dn thu khirh tak sawi fiahna \ha zwk a awm lo vang, a ti. He mite pahnih hian mi mal chhandamna an sawi a. Hng hi la kawpin kan chhandamna hi kan khawtlng nuna lang chhuak tra thawh chhuah tr a ni tiin a ngaih theih ang. 2. A thawktu Pathian Paula hian thawk tra a fuih rualin nangmahnia thawktu chu Pathian a ni a ti leh si a. He thuah hian Pathian thu thiamte ngaih dn a thuhmun bk lo. John Calvin-a chuan mihring lam chak lohzia te, Pathian khawngaihna pawimawhzia te, rawngbawlna thuah mihring lam tak inchhuanna tr a awm lohzia sawinaah a ngai.5 Chhandamnaa Pathian chanvo leh mihring chanvo Paula zirtrna Calvin-a sawi chh^wn d^n han en leh ila. Thiltih r>ng r>ngah hian d^n pahnih, duhthlanna leh tihpuitlin theihna a inkawp z>l a. Paula hian ch<ng thil pahnih chu Pathian chanah a dah pumhl<m tawp mai a. Duhthlanna chu a lungph<m a ni a, a
155
hnathawh puitlin chu a chunga in sak chu a ni. Sophists (Sofis Zirthiam mi) ho chuan duhthlanna hi chi hnihin an thliar a. Mihringin Pathian khawngaihna lo thawhpui emaw lo thl^wp t<rin emaw duhthlanna zal>n a nei tih an zirtr a. Duh thlanna zal>n (free choice) chu Pathianin mihring hman t<ra a dah niin an sawi a. Ch<ng an thliar sn zawng zawng n>n chuan, duhthlanna \ha leh duhna \ha chu Pathian hnathawh vek a ni tih hi Paula zirtr d^n a ni a ti. Khawngaihna av^ng chauh lo chuan mihringin thil \ha r>ng a nei lo, tia kan zirtr av^ngin mihringte hi lung ang chauhva ngaiah min puh hi an zak lo hle, tiin Calvin-a chu a \ang a. Pianpui duhthlanna kan nei tih kan pawm a; mahse, sualin a tihkhawloh tawh av^ngin a sual a, Pathianin a siam thar tikah a \ha \an leh chauh a ni. Miin thil \ha a tih hian duhthlanna hmang lovin a ti mai a ni kan ti lo, a duhthlanna Pathian Thlarauvin a thunun kan ti z^wk a ni. Duhthlanna leh a thiltih pum pui chu Pathiana mi a ni kan ti a. Sophist-ten Pathianin a khawngaihna chu min hl^nin, kan zngah a dah reng a, kan duh chuan kan thlang thei reng a ni an tih hi chu a inkhuallem thu deuh a ni. Pathianin thil \ha tih duhtr khawpa hna a thawh loh chuan keimahniah duhthlanna \ha a siam tih theih a ni lo vang. Keimahnia Pathian ngainatnate chu a d^k mai mai loh n^n a tifamkim a. Ezekiela hn>nah, Ka d^n siamte an zawm a, ka thuruatte an vawn a, an tih theih n^n, tia a lo tiam ang kh^n (Eze 11:20). He thu behchhan bawk hian tuar tluan chhuah theihna pawh hi Pathian thilp>k liau liau a ni kan ti tiin Calvin-a chuan a sawi. Barclay-a sawi fiah d^n han en leh ila. Chhandamna chu Pathiana mi a ni.6 Keimahnia chhandam nih duhna siamtu pawh Pathian a ni. Amaha kan chawlh hma chuan kan thinlungte hi a ch^wl thei lo va, Amn min zawn chhuah phawt loh chuan amah kan zawng \an thei lo. Mihringin chhandamna a neih d^n
156
pawh hi Pathianin bul a \an v^ng a ni. Pathian chhandamna thl^khlelhna pawh hi mihring ph<rna a\anga lo awm ni lovin Pathianin a duhna a tihnun v^ng a ni. Chhandamna inchhunzawm z>l pawh Pathiana innghat a ni. A tel lo chuan sual hnehin a awm lo va, \ha tihin a awm lo. Chhandamna vawrt^wp pawh Pathian bawk a ni. Tichuan, chhandamna hna hi Pathiana in\an, inchhunzawm leh t^wp a ni a ti. Hemi chinah chuan Calvin-a n>n an inthl^wp reng mai. Mahse, Nangmahni chhandamna thawk chhuak rawh u, tih a sawi fiah d^n hi a dang hret a. Thawk chhuak tihna Grik katergazes-thai a hman hi a famkim thlenga hlen chhuak sawina a ni. Chuv^ngin, Nangmahnia chhandamna hnathawh chu a puitlin hma chuan kal z>l ula, kawng chanveah t^wp mai suh u, tihna niin a ngai. Chu b^kah mihringin a thawhpui loh chuan Pathianin eng mah a ti thei lo. Chhandamna chu mihringa chhuak a ni a ti.7 A sawi fiah zui d^n chuan, damlo hi doctor-in damdawi \ha pe mah sela, damlo chuan a l^ka, a ei a ngai. Pathianin chhandamna a thl^wna a p>k hi mihringin rinnain a dawn a ngai. Pathian khawngaihna leh mihring duhthlanna inzawm d^n hi a makin a ropui a. Kristiante znga inhnialna chhuahna bul a ni reng. Thuthlung Thar huna Paulan d^n thiltih av^ng ni lovin rinna av^ng z^wkin miin thiam a chan thu a zirtr a (Rom 3:28; 4:5). Jakoban rinna av^ng mai ni lovin thiltih av^ngin miin thiam a chan thu (Jak 2:24) a zirtr a nih kha. AD 410 v>l a\angin British puithiam Pelagius-a (Pe-la-jias) leh Hippo bishop Augustine-a ten mihring chhandamnaa Pathian chan leh mihring chan thua an inhnialna chuan he thupui hi theology zirnaah pawh a tipawimawh hle a. Augustine-an mihringin thlahtu bul Adama sualna a chhawm av^ngin a duhthlanna pawh sual a lo ni a, \ha lam thlan theihna a neih loh av^ngin Pathian khawngaihna chauh lo chuan a chhandam thei lo niin a zirtr a.8 Pelagius-a chuan mi tin hi mahni nihna bil nei vek kan ni a, Adama sual kan chhawm
157
lo va, mahni tumruhnaa Pathian duh d^n thl^wpin chhandamna kan chang thei tiin a zirtr thung a.9 John Cassianus-an (Ka-sianas) chalrem a tum a; tl<knaah mihring duhthlanna chu tihchak loh a ni ngei a; mahse, tihchhiat fai vek chu a ni lo va, \ha duhna \hen az^r chu hnutchhiah a ni a, chumi hmang chuan chhandamnaah mihringin Pathian a thl^wp thei a ni tiin a zirtr bawk. He thupui bawk hi kum zabi 16-na her chhuah laia Kohhran Siam\hatute buaipui laipui tak pawh a ni z>l, vawiin thlengin. Chhandamna hi Pathian leh mihring k^ra inzawmna a nih av^ngin Pathian leh mihring an inkawp tlat a ni tih pawm tlat hi a pawimawh hle a ni. Ama Thlarau leh kei kan inrem a, Lal Isua hmangaih min hriattr fo va. 3. Ti>ngtu Chhandamna changtute chu chhuan bengtla lo leh tihmawh te znga ti>ngtu an nih \hin thu a sawi hi a ropui hle. Anmahni chhinchhiahna a sawi te han zir zui ila (1) Kristian chuan ni tinin a chhandamna a thawk chhuak \hn a, a famkim deuh deuh a ni. Kristian tak chuan hma a s^wn reng a ni. (2) Kristian nihna, hlau leh kh<r chungin tih chu Pathian laka biru tra hlauhna ni lovin, Pathian pan t<ra hlauhna a ni z^wk. Pathian hmangaihnaah chuan amah tihl^wm loh hlauhna a lian \hn. (3) Kristian chhinchhiahna dang leh chu thianghlimna a ni. Mizo \awnga sawi d^n chi thum chu sual nei lo, nun tlang, leh sawisl bo tih a ni. Kristian nun thianghlimna chu mi zawng zawng hmuh theih a ni t<r a ni. Nun tlang tihna (Gk. ake-raios) chawhpawlh loh, pawlh dal loh tihna a ni. Sawisl bo tih hi Pathian maich^ma thil hlan thianghlimna sawina \awngkam l^r tak a ni.
158
(4) Kristian nun chu missionary nun a ni. Mi zawng zawng hn>nah nunna thu chu thuin a hril a, nunin a entr bawk. ng a sawi hi khawv>l siam thua ti>ngtu (n leh thla) a sawina, Grik phs-t-res a ni a. Pathianin lei chunga >ng pe t<ra v^ns^nga a dah kha a ni (Gen 1:14-18). Chu ang chuan Kristian chu khawv>l thim takah hian a >ng \hn. 5. Intl^nsiak nun Paula hian entrna hmanga Kristian nun sawi hi a chng hle. Tl^n tih a sawi hian infiam mite a mitthlaah an awm ngei ang. Grik khawpui tina infiamna in, taksa, rilru leh thlarau sawizawina hmun gymnasium (jim-na-siam) te, Korinth khuaa Isthmian Games leh Ephesi khuaa Pan-Ionian Games b^kah kum li dana Olympic Games te chu Paula hian a hre bel hle ang. Ch<nga tl^n chakte (3:14), inhnek mite (1 Kor 9:26), endiktute (2 Tim 4:8) chu a hmu fo \hn ngei ang a. Ch<nga infiam mi hlawhtling hmangin heng thu hi a sawi a ni. A thawhrimna chu a thl^wn lo tih nemnghettu at^n Philippi Kohhranhote chu khawv>lah ti>ngtu angin an lang \hn a. Chuv^ngin, Paula chuan Krista niah chhuan t<r a nei thei d^wn tih a inhria a ni. Leih buak nun Paula chu Philippi Kohhranhote rawngbawlna chu inthawina anga hmehbelin leih buaka awm tih a hmang a. Ringlo miten an inthawinaah uain an leih baw \hn a, Mizo khua tlai nen a inang hle wm e.10 Leih buaka awm tih hi Philippi mite rawngbawlna a fakna leh ama nun, martara thi thei mai a nih thu sawina a ni kawp thei ang. Sawi ho t<r 1. Chhandamnaah hian Pathian chan leh mihring chan hi fel fai takin a thliar hran theih ang em? Engtin nge? 2. Engtin nge mi dangte t^n mals^wmna kan nih theih ang?
6.
159
Endnotes
1 2 3 4
Barclay, Philippians, p. 42. Barclay, Philippians, p. 43 Martin, Philippians, p. 110-1
Mulleran S^p \awng ngialngana a sawi d^n, work in leh work out tih letlingin, thawk l<t leh thawk chhuak tia dah mai a ni a. Pathianin mihring chh<nga a dah sa chu hmang chhuakin mihringin a thawk tr a ni tih lam hawi a ni. Calvin, Philippians, pp. 253-4. John Calvin-a zirtrna hi Presbyterian zirtrna innghahna ber a ni a. A hrilhfiahna \hen chauh t^r lana, a \hen t^r lan hmaih chu a \ha t^wk lo va. A zirtrna kimchang chu t^r lan s>n ni lo mah se, kan zirlai n>na inkaihhnawih a zirtrna te erawh chu a theih ang chin t^r lan z>l tum a ni a. A dik famkima rin v^ng ni lovin, kan pawmpui loh leh tuipui l>m loh te pawh a lo zirtr a nih chuan sawi chhuah t<r a ni ang a. Inhnialna a chhuah phah deuh a nih pawhin, inhnialna thianghlim leh \angkai a nih ngei beisei a ni.
5 6 7 8
Barclay, Philippians, p. 41 Barclay, Philippians, p. 42
Earl E. Cairns, Christianity Through The Centuries, p. 1489. Augustine-a leh Pelagius-a inhnialna hi kohhran chanchina inhnialna l^r berte znga mi a ni a. Ziah s>n pawh a ni meuh lo. A thu hian rilru lam leh thlarau lam thil a f^wmk>m hnem av^ngin a khirhkh^n thei viau va. Tui taka inhnial theih reng a ni. John Cassianus-a, thu lai l^k tuma a \anna hi a fuh viauvin a lang a. Mahse, AD 529-a Synod of Orange chuan a paihthl^ksak a. Pelagius-a pawh A.D. 418-ah Rom a\anga hnawh chhuah a ni a. Cairns-a sawi d^n chuan Pelagius-a \anna hi t<nlai mi thiamten an tuipui leh m>k a; kohhran mi n^wlpui erawh chuan Augustinea ngaih d^n hi an la thl^wp a ni. Augustine-a chuan tu mahin Adama sual rochun hi an pumpelh thei lo tih hi a vuan nghet bur
160
a, mihring duhthlanna chu sualin a phuar beh tlat avangin a chhandamna thuah tih theih a nei lo va, Pathian khawngaihna av^nga Kristaa mi thlante hn>nah chauh chhandamna p>k a ni a, a thilp>k khawngaihna pawm tr pawhin Pathianin mihring duhna a tihchak a \<l a ni a ti. Robin Boyd, Khristadvaita, p. 94-5. Boyd-a sawi d^nin, Pelagius-a ngaih d^n hi a t^wpkh^wkah chuan, Pathian khawngaihna tel lovin, mihringin ama duhthua d^n z^wmin chhandamna kawng hi a zawh thei tihna a ni. Marcus Ward chuan, Pelagius-a zirtirna hi a nihna takah chuan mihring hi amah Chhandamtu a ni tihna a nih v^ngin zirtrna dik lo r^pthl^k tak a ni, a ti.
9
Mizo pipute chuan ramhnuaia chaw an ei d^wn apiangin khuatlai tiin chaw tl>m Khuanu hn>nah an hl^n \hn a. A thil hlanah erawh mihring an hl^n ngai lo.
10
161
Zirlai 24
KRISTIANTE THAWH HONA Chhiar tr: Philippi 2:19-30
Thuvawn: Phil 2:25

2 19 Nimahsela, in chanchin ka hriata, ka thlamuan ve theihna t<rin, rei lo t> chinah Timothea hi in hn>na rawn tirh Lalpa Isuaah chuan ka beisei a ni. 20Hetiang rilru pu, in awmzia tihtakzeta ngaihtuahsaktu t<r che u tu mah ka nei si lo. 21An zain Isua Krista t^n zawng lovin, mahni t^n an zawng si \hn. 22 Nimahsela, ani hi chu fiaha a awm tawhzia in hria, fain a pa rawng a b^wl angin, Chanchin |ha tihdarh kawngah rawng mi b^wlpui \hin kha. 23 Chutichuan, ka chanchin t<r hriat veleh ani hi rawn tr ngh^l ila ka ti a ni. Nimahsela, keimah ngei pawh rei lo t> china lo kal Lalpaah chuan ka inring tlat a ni. 25 Nimahsela, Epaphrodita, ka unaupa ka hnathawhpui, ka sipaipui leh in tirhkoh, ka thil tl^kchhama mi chhawmd^wltu hi in hn>na rawn tirh \<lin ka hria. 26Ani chuan in zain a ngai >m >m si che u a, a n^ tih in lo hriat av^ngin nasa takin a lungngai bawk a. 27 Thi chh^wnga n^ zawng a ni ngei tak a; nimahsela, Pathianin ani chu a khawngaih a; tin, ani chang ni lovin, lungngaih chunga lungngaih lehzualna ka neih loh n^n kei mi khawngaih a ni f^wm bawk e. Chutichuan, ani hi in hmuh leh huna in l^wm theihna t<r leh, kei ka lungngaih a \hathnem theihna t<rin ka rawn tr hmanhmawh deuh a ni. 29Chutichuan, ani hi hlim takin Lalpaah chuan lo l^wm ulangin, hetiang mi hi ngaihlu rawh u; 30in mi chhawmd^wlna tlin b^k chu chhunzawm n^n thih d^wn lova beiin, Krista hna thawhna av^ngin thichh^wngin a lo awm ta si a.
24
162
T<nlai khawv>la Kristiante hmal^kna langs^r tak chu thawh hona (partnership/cooperation) a ni. Kan thu zir t<rah hian Paula ze ropui tak, mi dangte thawhtr d^n leh thawh hopui d^n thiam a nihzia kan hmu. Vawiinah pawh Timothea leh Epaphrodita, a rawngb^wlpuite n>n an thawh ho thu te, an chanchin ngaihnawm taka a ziahte kan zir ho d^wn a ni. 1. Paula leh Timothea Paula leh Philippi-a kohhrante chu k^r hla takah, chanchin inhre tawn si lovin an awm a. Paula lah chuan kohhranah innghirnghona a awm nia a hriat av^ngin a enghelh >m >m a. Chuv^ngin, an chanchin chianga a hriat theihna t<rin lamkal tirh a tum ta a. An chanchin \ha lam hriata a thlamuan phah ngei a beisei thu a sawi a. Anni pawhin a ngaihtuahzia leh a chanchin chiang z^wk an lo hriat chu an s^wtpui ve ngei a beisei pah niin a lang. Ka thlamuan ve theihna t<rin tih hi Gk. eupsuchein (e-up-su-chein) a ni a. Thuthlung Thara hmanna awm chhun a ni; Thuthlung Hlui Grik \awnga lehlin, Septuagint-ah pawh a awm lo. Thlan lung leh thihna chunga thlamuanna thu ziak/sawi n^n erawh chuan an hmang l^r hle. Paula hian a t^nnaah pawh \hian \ha tak tak a kh^wm a (4:21-22). Mahse, Timothea ang tluka Philippi Kohhranhote veipuitu an awm lo niin a sawi. Tu mah ka nei si lo tih a sawina hi \awngkam v^ng tak, hman zen zen loh a ni a. A.S. Way-a chuan, Amah anga ka thinlung leh thlarau nun min \^wmpuitu tu mah an awm lo, tihna a ni a ti.1 Ka sangawiz^wnpui dik tak a ni, a ti a. Ani aia \hian bul z^wk a nei lo. Hei hi Timothea t^n chawimawina hlu tak a ni. Mi dang chu Krista t^n zawng lova, mahni t^na zawng an nih \hup thu a t^r lang bawk a. Timothea tih loh chu, an zain a ti hial a. Hei hian t<nlai kohhranah eng chen nge awmzia a neih ang le? Timothea chanchin hi ziahna a tam lo. Derbe emaw Lustra emaw khaw chhuak niin a lang a. A nu Euniki chu Juda niin a pi
163
chu Loisi a ni a. A pa chu Grik a ni a; chuv^ngin, amah pawh serh tan loh a ni. Grik zirna sikula zir chhuak a nih a rinawm (Tirh 16:1; 2 Tim 1:5). Eng hun lai leh engtin nge Kristian a lo nih hriatna a awm chiah lo. Paulan a missionary zin vawi hnihnaah a tawng a, Isua Krista rawng b^wlpui theih mi tak niin a hmu a ni. Chuta \ang chuan Paula leh Timothea chu an inkawp ta chawt a ni wm e. Timothea chu Paula rawngb^wlna hmun pawimawh tam berah kh^n a tel ve z>l a ni: Philippi-ah (Tirh 16); Thessalonika leh Beroia-ah (Tirh 17:1-4); Korinth leh Ephesi-ah (Tirh 18:5; 19:21-22); Rom khaw t^n inah (Kol 1:1; Phil 1:1). Paula lehkhathawn panga aia tl>m lo hi chu an ziak dun ni ngeiin a lang: 1 & 2 Thessalonika, 2 Korinth, Kolossa, Philippi leh Rom te hi. Timothea \angkai >m >mna chu Paula aiawha kohhranhote tlawhtu a nihna hi a ni. Chutiang tak chuan Timothea chu Thessalonika khuaah te (1 Thes 3:6), Korinth khuaah te (1 Kor 4:17; 16:10-11) leh Philippi khuaah te tirh a ni. Amah ngei pawh a t^wpah Krista v^nga mi t^ng a lo ni ve ta a (Heb 13:23). Timothea hlutna chu, khawikipah pawh kal d^wn se a inpeih reng a ni. A thuchah ken lah a vawng him tlat a. A sawi chhuah lamah pawh Paula ang tlukin a rin tl^k a. Mi \henkhat chu ni se mahni sahmm ham puarna remch^ngah an hmang maiin a rin theih. Th^wm nei lo leh lungawi taka pahnihna dinhmun luah thiam mi thianghlimte zngah a hmahruaitu a ni hial wm e. Chutiang mi chu rawng an b^wl theih phawt chuan an l^wm mai \hn a ni. 2. Epaphrodita leh Paula Paula leh Philippi Kohhranho leh Epaphrodita thawh ho d^n hi a ropui hle. Philippi miten Paula t^n thu an lo hriatin an rilru a khawih a, a t^na an tihsak theih t<r an ngaihtuah ngh^l a. Epaphrodita kutah thilp>k an thawn ta a, Rom-a ch^m vea, Paula mamawh phuhr<ktu leh a tirhkah ni t<rin an tr a ni. Chhan
164
khirh tak av^nga mi t^ng, ror>lna ngh^k m>k \awi^wmtu nih chu, mi t^ng puhna sual ang awrh ve mai thei dinhmunah a ding reng a. Paula rawng a b^wlsak ringawt kh^n a nun a th^p a ni sa dr a ni. Rom-ah hian Epaphrodita chu thichh^wngin a damlo ta a. Philippi-a miten an lo hria tih a hriatin, an ngaihtuah d^n tur hriain pawi a ti >m >m a ni. Pathianin zahngaiin a nunna a zuah a. Paulan buai zakhuana a pumpelh bawk a. Mahse, Philippi khaw lama tirh kr leh a hun niin a ngai a. He lehkhathawn hi a kentr ta ni ngeiin a rinawm. Harsatna awm thei erawh v>nsak n^n Epaphrodita chanchin (testimonial) \ha tak Paulan a ziahsak a. Ngaih \ha taka an lo pawm theih nan a \awngkam pawh a uluk hle a ni. Epaphrodita chu a unaupa, a hnathawhpui leh a sipaipui a nih thu sawiin bula \an a. Lightfoot-a chuan, Epaphrodita chu Paula n>n khawngaihnaah pumkhat, hnathawhah pumkhat, hlauhawmah pumkhat niin, indona hmun khat beiin thutakah an ding d<n a ni, a ti.2 Paula chuan, In tirhkoh, mi chhawmd^wltu tiin a \angkaizia uar takin a sawi a ni. Paula hian tirhkoh sawi n^n hian Gk. apostolos tih a hmang a. Tih tr pual neia tirh r>ng r>ng sawina a ni mai a. Mahse, Kristianten apostol tih chu hming serh at^n leh nihna ropui bk at^n an hmang ta a. Mi tl>m t> chauh an ni. Ch<ng zngah chuan Paula hian Epaphrodita hi a chhiar tel ve a ni. Paulan mi chhawmd^wltu a tih hi Gk. leitourgos a ni. Grik-ho znga pa tl^wmngai, mahni bengv^r thila ins>ngsova khawtl^ng rawngb^wltu sawina a ni wm e. Ram aiawh palai tirh n^n te, thu leh hla thiam ziah sa drama chan n^n te, ram aiawh t<r infiam mi chher n^n te, indo lawng siam n^n leh lawng sipai din n^n te an neih sum an s>ng mai \hn. Epaphrodita chu apostol leh chhawmd^wltu (leitourgos) nihna hming ropui tak pein Paula chuan, Ani hi
165
hlim takin Lalpaah chuan lo l^wm ulangin, hetiang mi hi ngaihlu rawh u, tiin Philippi mite hn>nah a fak a ni. Paulan Epaphrodita inp>kna a sawina, Thih d^wn lovin tih hi Krista rawng a b^wlnaah kh>k nei lovin a nunna hial a th^p a ni tihna a ni. AD 252-ah kh^n Carthage khawpuiah hripui a l>ng a; ringlo mite chuan an mitthi ruangte chu khawlaia paih chhuakin, hlauhlawpin an tl^n bo va. Kristiante chuan bishop Cyprian-a (Sai-prian-a) hovin ruangte chu kh^wmin an ph<m a, khawpui chh<nga hripui tuarte chu an enkawl a. Anmahni nun th^pin khawpui chu an chhanhim ta a ni. Mizorama kan tawnhriat ve pakhat chu, kum 1966-a Mizo sipai leh India sipai an la inkah m>k laiin, Rev. Alwyn Roberts, Welsh missionary hovin Kristian \halai rualten Mizo tlangv^l ruang, Aizawl khawpui tuallaia \awih ral mai mai t<rte an hl^wm a, an ph<m a ni. Mahni nun th^pa Krista rawngb^wltute z^rah khawv>l dam lo hi tihdam a lo ni \hn. Paula ropuizia a lo lang tel a. Rorelna thuchhuak azira martara thi thei mai a nih inhre chungin Epaphrodita tn zak lova a awm nn leh lawm taka an lo pawm theih nn amah fakna thu mawi tak a ziahsak a ni. Krista mi ropui tak takte hi chu mahni chanchin aia rawngb^wlpuite chanchin mi dang hn>na sawi mawi thiam z^wk an ni \hn. Sawi ho t<r 1. 2. Timothea leh Epaphrodita te nun a\angin Kristiante thawhhona at^na ze pawimawh kan zir theihte sawi ni se. Paula nuna hruaitu ropui zia kan zir theih te engte nge? Endnotes
1 2
Martin, Philippians, p. 20 Barclay, Philippians, p. 49.

166
Zirlai 25
KRISTA VNGA CHN NGAM Chhiar tr: Philippi 3:1-11
Thuvawn: Phil 3:7

3 A twp berah chuan ka unaute u, Lalpaah l^wm rawh u. Thu p^ngngaite in hn>na ziah nawn leh hi keia t^n zawng ninawm a ni lo ve, nangni t^n a s^wt bawk si a. 2Ui lakahte chuan fmkhur rawh u, thil \ha lo titute lakah chuan fmkhur rawh u. Innghaisaho lakah chuan fmkhur rawh u. 3Keini, Pathian Thlarau z^ra Pathian bia leh, Krista Isua chhuang leh, tsa chunga rinna r>ng nghat lotute hi Serh tanho kan ni z^wk si a. 4 Duh phei ila, kei pawh tisa chunga rinna nghat thei ka ni asin. Mi dang r>ng r>ngin tisa chunga rinna nghahchhan neia an inruat chuan, kei ka inruat lehzual a ni; 5 ni riat nia serh tan, Israela thlaha mi, Benjamin chia mi, Hebraite laka Hebrai-a piang ka ni a; D^n lamah chuan Pharisai ka ni a; 6\hahnemngaih lamah chuan kohhranho tiduhdahtu ka ni a; Dn thua felna lamah chuan sawis>l bo ka ni. 7Nimahsela ka t^na hl^wkna tr apiangte chu ch<ng chu Krista av^ngin ch^nnaah ka ruat ta a ni. 8A ni takmeuh mai, ka Lalpa Krista Isua hriatna ropui bkzia av^ngin thil engkim pawh ch^nnaah ka ruat a ni; amah av^ngin thil zawng zawng ka ch^n ta vek a, ch<ng chu hn^wmhneah lek ka ngai a, Krista ka hmuh theihna tr leh, 9mahni felna (D^na felna chu) nei lovin, Krista rin av^nga felna (rin av^nga Pathian laka felna chu) nei z^wkin, amaha awm ka lo nih theihna t<rin; 10a thihna anpuia thiin, amah n>n, a thawhlehna thiltihtheihna n>n, a tuarnate \^wmpuina n>n ka hriat theih n^n; 11mitthi zng ata thawhlehna chu ka chang thei hr^m mahna, tiin.
167
Paula hun laia ringtute tn hian hlauh tr leh fmkhurna tr a tam hle. Pwn lam a\anga beihna ai mahin kohhran chhnga zirtrna danglam tichhuaktute laka inven a \l mah zwk niin a lang. Chutiang mite chu mahni hmakhaw ngaihtuah niin Paulan a sawi a. Amah ngeiin a tna hlawkna ni thei a chn vekzia thlengin a sawi a ni. 1. L^wm chungin V>npuina leh vaukh^nna thu sawi a tum nachungin, he lehkhathawn thupui, Lalpaah chuan l^wm rawh u, tih chu a han nawn leh phawt a ni. Ralph P. Martin-a chuan Thuthlung Hluia Hallelujah! Lalpa chu fak rawh u tih, Sam bua tam tak kan hmuh ang hi a nih thu a sawi.1 Rev. Dr. Lals^wma chuan, Mizote hian Halleluia! tih te hi kan la urhs<n lutuk mah mah a; awlsam t>a tih mai z>l tr asin mawle! a ti.2 Halleluia ti t<r hian nawrna hranpa a ngai lo a tihna a ni ang. Eng dinhmunah pawh Lalpaa l^wm a pawimawh a, L^wm chungin Lalpa rawng b^wl ula, tih ang kh^n (Sam 100:2). Thu pangngai sawi nawn leh tih hian Paulan Philippi-ah vawi khat aia tam lehkha a thawn rinna a nemnghet a. AD 48 leh 64 inkra a lehkhathawnte chu kan hre kim thei lo vang. Thu pngngai sawi nawn \hin chu ama tna nuam, a dawngtute tna swtpui tr niin a hria. Kan taksa tna kan chawpui ber hi a pngngai reng a ni a; mahse, kan \hatpui reng a ni. Rinna hmanga inchwmna chawpui pawh hi ni tin kan mamawh a ni. 2. Fmkhur rawh u Paula hian ch^ng 2-na a\ang hian thu thar, fmkhurna thu a chah ta daih a. Philippi Kohhran hi Juda Kristianten an tibuai hle a. Paula chuan khawngaihna chauhvin chhandam kan ni, chhandamna chu Pathian thilthlawnp>k a ni a, kan hlawh chhuak thei lo, Pathian min p>k sa chu inngaitl^wm leh zah takin kan lo pawm mai a ni tiin, chhandamna chu hnam tin t^n a ni tih a zirtr
168
a. Juda-ho erawh chuan Paula kalhin, miin chhandam nih a duh chuan Pathian mithmuhah d^n a z^wm famkim t<r a ni a; tin, chu chhandamna chu Juda-te t^n chauh a ni a; serh tan an ni ngei tr a ni tiin an zirtr a. Ch<ng mite chu: (1) Ui, (2) thil sual titute leh (3) innghaisahote, tiin a vuah a ni. (1) Ui: Heta ui a sawi te hi ui vulh duhawm tak an ni lo. Khawlaia uicho v^k mai mai an ni. A ch^ng chuan a rualin bawlhhlawh b^wm dapin an v^k a, mihring an pelh apiang seh leh ngurin an tibuai a, an insual bawk \hn. Bible-in ui a sawi r>ng r>ngin thil \ha lo tak sawi n^n a hmang z>l. Entir n^n, Israel-te d^nah chuan ui man leh nawhchizawrh man chu Pathian hn>na thawhl^wm at^n hman phal a ni lo (Deut 23:18; Mt 7:6; Lk 16:21; Thup 22:15 te en bawk la). Juda Rabbi te chuan Jentail-te chu Ui an vuah. Chu tak chu Paula chuan anmahni vuak l>t n^n a hmang ta a ni. (2) Thil sual titute: Juda-hote chuan D^n zawm chu felna kawng awm chhunah an ngai a ni. Mahse, Paula chuan felna awm chhun chu Pathian khawngaihnaa innghah thlawpnaah chauh a ni a ti. Juda-hote chuan Pathian hn>n a\angin mite an hn<k hla deuh deuh a ni tiin a dem a ni. (3) Innghaisaho: Juda-ho chuan Pathian leh anmahni ink^ra thuthlung chhinchhiahna leh nemnghehna chu serh tan niin an hria a. Paula chuan serh tan chu mahni innghaisakna lo thl^wn mai angin a sawi a. Serh tan dik tak chu, Keini, Pathian Thlarau z^ra Pathian bia leh, Krista Isua chhuang leh, tsa chunga rinna r>ng nghat lotute hi serh tanho kan ni z^wk si a, a ti (Gal 6:15). Tsaa serh tan ringawt tawk lohzia hi zawlneite pawhin an lo sawi ve tho a ni (Lev 26:41; Deut 10:16; 30:6). 3. Krista v^nga a ch^nte Paula nuna ch^nna a nasat chhan chu nihna leh neih a lo ngah >m a ni. Abrahama hn>na Pathian thuthlun ang thlapa ni
169
riat nia serh tan a ni. Israel hnam nih hi chhuan tham a ni sa reng a, Pathian a buan hneh hnua Jakoba hming thar a ni (Gen 32:28). D^n lama Pharisai a nihna hi Paula chhuan p^wl tak a ni ang (Tirh 22:3; 23:6; 26:5). Pharisai hi s^ng ruk v>l b^k an awm ngai lo. Serhhran an nihna hian zah a kaitr hle a ni. Benjamina chi a nihna ngawt pawh a bkna han sawi den den ila Ramtiama piang awm chhun (Gen 35:17-18), Israel lal hmasa ber thlahtu (1 Sam 9:1-2), Paula hming hmasa Saula pawh lal Saula hming chawia sak, hnam thlan in\hen hnua Juda hnama awm zui chhun (1 Lal 12:21), Salt^ng kr hnua hnam din tharah a bulpui (Ezr 4:1), Israel-te indonaa hmingchh^l (Ro 5:14; Hos 5:8), Estheri bua chhan chhuaktu pawimawh Mordekaia, Benjamin chi tih te hian Paula hi Israel hnama chi \ha chh<ngkuaa mi a nihzia a tichiang hle. Paula hian pian tirh a\anga Pathian \ih leh D^n z^wmtu Juda niin a inchh^l a. Hebrai nu leh pa laka Hebrai fapa, Juda darhho Grik \awng hmang ta mai znga mi ni ve lo, Hebrai \awng hmang ngat, Jerusalem-a Gamaliela ke bula zira seilian (Tirh 22:3), kohhranhote tiduhdah khawpa Juda sakhaw humhalhtu (Tirh 22:2-21; 26:423; 1 Kor 15:8-10; Gal 1:13 cf. Sam 69:9), D^n lama Pharisai, D^na felnaa sawisl bo a ni.3 Paula hi ngawlvei piangthar thut ang vela ngai an awm wm e. Mahse, chutiang a ni lo. Paula pianthar d^n leh Timothea pianthar d^n te hi inpersan daih anga sawi chi a ni l>m lo. Timothea hi a naupan t>t ata Pathian lehkha thute hre tawh a ni a, Paula chu a pian tirh ata Juda sakhua leh Pathian thua ch^wm len a ni. Chutiang tak chu an piangthar ve ve tih hi a dik t^wk mai ^wm e. Krista inl^rna av^ngin a sakhawmina, serh tanna, thianghlimna, felna, hming\hatna, chawimawina a lo hlawh tawhte chu hn^wmhneah lek a ngai ta a (ch. 8c). Amah chu a hun lova piang ang leh tirhkoh znga t> ber (1 Kor 15:8-9) ang hialin a inhmu tl^wm a ni.
170
A sakhawmina leh a thil tih \hatte chu a dem l>m lo. Mahse, Rev. Lalchhuanlianan, P^wn lam a\angin Juda sakhua a dem emaw, a hn^wl emaw ni lovin amah ngei hi Juda dik tak nihna a\angin Juda D^nin chhandamna a ph<t zawng zawngte hi a lo dik lo a ni tih a sawi chhuak ta z^wk a ni, a ti a.4 Paula chuan Kristian a nih kher d^n a sawina chu, Krista ... av^ngin thil zawng zawng ka ch^n ta vek a, a tih hi a ni ^wm e. A sakhuana leh a nun laipui ber Krista a nihna hi a piantharna niin a lang.5 Chu sakhuana chuan Krista z^ra thil \ha tih tinr>ng a huap zo vek a ni. Krista vanga a hlwkna lam Khawv>l tehnaa a hl^wkna zawng zawng a ch^n ngamna chhan chu, Krista hriatna ropui bk v^ng a ti a. Chu chu a hl>p chu a ni phawt a. Heta hriatna a tih hi, a nuna hriatna, nun inzawmna a ni. |awng bula Adaman Evi a hria a tih chu a p^wl a, tiin Mizo \awnga lehlin a ni (Gen 4:1). Kaina a pai ta a. Paulan Krista a hriatna hi mi mal nuna an inzawmna chu a ni. Chumi z^ra a hl>p tel chu sawi s>n a ni lo: Krista rin av^nga felna (Gk. dikai--sun>) Pathian n>na inremna, in\hianna leh inp^wlna, Krista thihna leh thawhlehna \^wmpuina sual thihsana felnaa piantharna, mitthi zng ata thawhlehna beiseina te a ni. A sawi chhiat \hin Isua chu a Lal leh Pathian a lo ni a, a tihduhdah \hin Kristiante chu Krista z^ra unau leh \hiante an lo ni ta bawk. Isua hmu chiangtute chuan N ai pawha >ng ropui z^wk chu, Ka thinlungah a >ng; Khawv>l >ng aia >ng z^wk chu, Isua ka >ng a ni... ...Ka thinlunga l^wmna r chu, |hatnain a p^r chhuak an lo ti \hn. Krista v^nga ch^n hi hl^wkna, thawhrim hi
4.
171
chawlhna, hloh hi v^n hl>pna a ni tih an hria; a puma Krista an neih hma chuan ni tin mahni inbun ruakin hma lam an pan \^lh \^lh \hn. Sawi ho tr 1. 2. Paula tibuaitu Juda Kristiante zirtrna ang chi hi t<nlai huna a lan chhuah theih d^n sawi ni se. Piangthar tih awmzia sawi ho ni se. Piangthar kher lova kohhran mi nih emaw, Biak In p^wn lama Kristian \ha nih emaw a t^wk mai em? Endnotes Martin, Philippians, p. 134. H.L. Ellisona, Moorlands Bible College-a Senior Tutor chuan Hebrai Pathian biakna \awngkam, hallel-yh tih a lo sawi fiah nual a. S^p \awnga, Praise ye Yah tia an lehlin chu Mizo \awngin, Lalpa chu fak rawh u tihna a ni a. Halleluiah tih \awngkam ngialngan hmanna chu Sam-ah hian \um 24 a awm. A anpui \awngkam hrang hrangin Sam bu pum pui hi a \ial chhuak tih theih a ni. Sam bul \anna emaw a t^wpah emaw a awm \hn [104-105 (a t^wpah), 106 (a bul leh t^wpah), 111-113 (a bulah), 115117 (a t^wpah), 135 (a bul leh twpah), 146-150 (a bul leh twpah)]. Salt^n hnu Temple Pathian Biak inkh^wmah chuan Pathian fak tra s^wmnaa \an chu tih d^n phungah an nei tawh a. Chuti a nih chuan Inkh^wm hruaituin, halleluiah tiin bul a \an \hn niin a lang.
1
Halleluiah Sam te hi Synagogue-ah hman l^r an ni. An hman hun: 113-118: Aigupta Hallel! Kalhl>n K<t, Pentecost, B^wkt>, Inhlanna etc. K<tah 113-114 hi ruai kl hmain,
172
135-136 hi Sabbath-ah 146-150 (Hallel Ropui) leh 145 te t<k tin Inkh^wmah. Thuthlung Thar huna Pathian biak inkh^wm \an n^n hman zui a ni. Thupuan 19:1, 3-4, 6. [New Bible Dictionary, Indian Edition 1997, p. 450]. He zirlaibu ziaktu Phullen Biala Pro-Pastor a nih laia a tlawh \umin a sawi a ni.
2
J.B. Lightfoot-a chuan a Grik \awng amemptos hi tih loh sual sawina \awngkam a ni a. Paula hian D^nin a ph<t ang chu tih loh a neih loh thu a sawina niin a hrilhfiah a ni (Barclay, Philippians , p. 60).
3
Lalchhuanliana, Philippi, MTLC Thuthlung Thar Hrilhfiahna, vol. III, 2005, p. 200.
4
S^p \awngin Krista dah laipui Kristianna hi Christocentric Christianity tiin a dah theih ^wm e. Chumi khingtu Mihring (Lei nun leh mihring khawsakhona) dah laipui Kristianna chu Grik leh S^p \awng pawlh deuhvin, Anthropocentric Christianity tih a ni. Thlarau leh taksa \hen hran theih loh ang deuh an nih laiin, Isuan, Zawng hmasa z^wk rawh u, a tih \hin angin, dah hmasak z^wk t<r thlan fuh leh dah rem a ngai \hn a ni.
5
173
Zirlai 26
PUITLING RILRU Chhiar tr: Philippi 3:12-16
Thuvawn: Phil 3:15

3 12Hmu tawh reng inti ka ni lo va, famkim tawh reng inti pawh ka ni hek lo; Krista mi man chhan chu ka man thei dah law maw, tiin, a <min ka <m z^wk a ni. 13Unaute u, manah ka inngai lo. Amaherawhchu, he thil pakhat hi ka ti \hn hnung lama thil awmte chu theihnghilha, hma lama thil awmte chu banin, 14Krista Isuaa Pathian chung lam koh chhan l^wmman hmu t<rin, tiam chin lam chu ka pan \^lh \^lh a ni. 15Chutichuan, puitling apiang chutiang rilru puin i awm ang u; tin, eng kawngah pawh rilru danglam pu in lo nih chuan, chu pawh chu Pathianin a la hriattr ang che u. 16Eng pawh ni sela, kan thlen chin a\ang kh^n hma i s^wn z>l ang u.
Tn \uma kan zir t<r hi Paulan Kristian puitling rilru put d^n a zirtrna a ni a. A zirtr d^n hian mihring nunphung p^ngngaia puitling rilru put hmang chu a ang chiah lo. Pathian ram chu Lalram linglet, a nunphung pawh lei lalram nunphung n>na inlet hlauhva sawi \hin a ni a. Mihring pianpui rilru chu a chapo thuai a. Hlawhtlinna leh thil hriat bk eng emaw hlek av^ngin mi dangte a hmusit mai \hn. Puitling t^wk leh \ha t^wkah a inngai mai \hn. Chutiang ze pu zngah chuan thianghlim famkima inchh^l, \han lenna lam pan tum lo an lo chhuak a ni wm e. Chutiang mi chu Paula chuan rilru danglam pu a vuah a. Pathian khawngaihna av^ngin ringtu chu Krista z^rah thiamchang, thianghlima chhiar a ni. Chumi z^rah chuan famkimna kawng a zawh \an thei a. Mahse, Paula meuh pawhin
174
a famkim lohzia a inpuang a. Ringtu nun chu famkimna kawng zawha ni tin hma lam pan z>l t<r niin a zirtr a ni. 1. Krista rin t^wkna Paulan puitling rilru a sawi dan hi zir tham tak a ni. Hmu tawh reng inti ka ni lo va, a han ti phawt mai a. A dinhmun ngaihtuahin hetianga a sawi hi a mak ang reng hle. Isuan, Inngaihlu apiang an tlwm ang a, inngaitlwm chu chawimawiin an awm ang, a ti a. Chu chu Kristian puitling rilru tia Paulan sawi a tum hi a ni ang. Tnlaia rilru zir miten mahni inrin tawkna an zirtr a, Paula chuan Krista rin tawkna a zirtr thung a ni. 2. Induhthawh nun Puitling rilru hi mahni induhthawh nun tiin a sawi theih bawk. Grik \awngin puitling chu te-lei-os a ni. S^p \awng Bible, RSV angin ch^ng 12 hi famkim ch^ng 15 puitling tia lehlin a ni. Hmu tawh reng tih n>n a inz<l. |hang lai ni tawh lo \han kin tawh sawina a ni. Pathian hn>na thilhlan a nih chuan sawisl bo; zirna lamah zir zo vek tawh, zirtrtu ni tawh sawina a ni. Baptisma chang tawh kohhran member puitling sawi n^n pawh an hmang.1 Kohhran hmasaah chuan martar hi, khandaiha tihfamkim an ti \hn. A thih ni chu tihfamkima a awm ni an ti. Paulan famkim a tih hi eng tak nge tih chu a sawi lo va. Mahse, Isuan ni t<r leh ti t<ra a duh ang nih famkim leh tihfamkim a ni ber ang. Kristian famkimna la thleng lo niin a inngai a. Chuv^ngin, tiamchin lam a pan \^lh \^lh thu a sawi a. Chu chu puitling rilru puthmang t<r a nihzia sawiin, Puitling apiang chutiang rilru puin i awm ang u, a ti a ni. 3. Krista koh chhan Kristan a man chhan chu a buaipui ber a ni. Chung lam koh chhan l^wmman hi eng nge ni ang? Rinnain Kristaa zawm a nih kh^n thil pahnih chan ngh^l a nei: Pathian ramah a l<t ta; v^nram chu beiseinain a chanvo chiang sa a ni ta (Eph 2:6). Thil dang pathum - v^n nun famkim ch>n t<ra Pathian kohna (thihna), felna
175
lallukhum (Jak 1:12) leh Krista (3:8) te a ni theiin a lang bawk. John Calvin-a chuan, Krista hre famkim t<r leh a thawhlehna thiltihtheihna chang famkim t<ra Krista tuarna \^wmpuina famkim chan chu a tum ber a ni a. Krista hriatna famkim neih hi a tum tlat t^n pawh a harsa >m >m a ni tih ama tawnhriat ngei hmangin zirtr a tum a ni, a ti.2 Damaska daia Isua n>n an intawh ni a\ang kh^n Paula nunah thil engkim a inthlak hlawk a ni ber mai. A ngaihsn zwng te, tih a tum te a inthlk vek a ni. A chan hriat thar (testimony) chu, Tsa lamah Krista chu lo hre tawh mah ila, t<nah zawng kan hre leh tawh lo ve. Chumi av^ng chuan tu pawh Kristaa a awm chuan thil siam thar a lo ni a; thil hluite chu a ral ta a; ngai teh u, a lo thar ta, tiin a sawi chhuak a (2 Kor 5:16-17). A tihduhdah \hin Isua chu a Pathian leh a dam chhan niin, Juda sakhaw hruaitu \hn chu Kristian sakhaw zuitu a lo ni ta a ni. Amah mantu leh kotu Krista chuan tih chhan a nei tih a hria a, chumi chu tihhlawhtlin tumin, A <min ka <m z^wk a ni, a ti. m (Gk. di--k) hi pasal\hain sa hnu a chhui sawina \awngkam emaw intl^nsiak \awngkam emaw a ni a. Krista koh chhan tifamkim t<ra <m chu Paula nun thupui ber a ni ta a ni. Unaute u, manah ka inngai lo, a tih hi Kristan a man chhan chu, tifamkim tawhah ka inngai lo, emaw, man kim tawhah ka inngai lo, a tihna niin a lang. 4. Hnung lama thil awm theihnghilh Paulan thil pakhat ti \hna a insawi hian dam chhan pakhat chauh a neihzia a tilang ^wm e. A nun thar zia sawi n^n, Hnung lama thil awm te chu theihnghilhin, a ti a. Juda mi a nih v^nga a dinhmun \ha zawng zawng (ch^ng 7-9) te, Kristian a nih v^nga a hlawhtlinna leh hlawhchhamna zawng zawngte theihnghilh chu a awm d^n kawng khat chu a ni. Ch<ngte chu a t^n thl>mna a ni thei tih a hria a.
176
Hnung lama thil awm r>ng r>ng theihnghilh fai vek hrim hrim hi Paula sawi tum ber ni chuan a lang lo.3 Chak loh phahna leh chapo phahna a nih loh chuan hnu lam hriat rengna hi hman thiam chuan hma lam panna at^n a \angkai thei tih hriat tel reng a pawimawh ^wm e. 5. Hmab^k m nun A hun kal tawh lam theihnghilh mai chu a la t^wk lo; a hma lama thil awm, a la dai loh leh thlen rih loh lam chu a pan z>l a ni. Hei hian Kristian puitling nun chu intl^nsiak nun a nihzia a tilang. Kea intl^nsiak emaw, a hun laia sakawr tawlailra intl^nsiak emaw a ni thei ang.4 A chunga sawi fiah tawh angin hmab^k nun chu a <min a <m char char a. Harsatnain tiamchin lam a panna a d^l lo mai ni lovin, hma lam pan z>lna rahbi at^n a hmang z^wk \hn. 6. Thlen chin b^k s^wn Paulan puitling rilru a khaikh^wmna ber chu, Eng pawh ni sela, kan thlen chin a\ang kh^n hma i s^wn z>l ang u, tih hi a ni. Lehlin hluiah chuan, Kan thlen chinah hian nghet takin i ding ang u, tih a ni. Hei hi chuan engti kawng maha hnung tawlh lo t<ra fuihna lam a k^wk ^wm e. Rinna kawngah hian mi tinin thlen chin an nei a, hmab^k pawh an nei \heuh bawk tih a t^r lang a. Tu mah famkima inchh^l theih a ni lo va, mi tinin kan thlen chin b^k s^wn z>l t<r kan nei vek a. Krista n>na inp^wl hnaih z>lna, a thu hriat kim deuh deuhna, a rawngb^wlna at^na hriat leh thiam belh t<r zir z>lna, mi dangte t^na mals^wmna nihna kawnga \han zelna hi Paulan puitling nun a tih chu niin a lang. Sawi ho tr 1. Kan ram Kristiante hian puitling rilru kan pu t^wkin kan hria em? A chhan sawi ni se. 2. Puitlinna t<ra kan hmab^k nia kan hriatte sawi ni se.
177
Endnotes
1 2 3 4
Barclay, Philippians, p. 65 Calvin, Philippians, p. 277. Calvin, Philippians, p. 278. Foulkes, Philippians, NBC, p. 1136.
178
Zirlai 27
VAN KHUA LEH TUI Chhiar tr: Philippi 3:17-21
Thuvawn: Phil 3:20

3 17Unaute u, ka awm d^n zirtute lo ni hlawm rawh u; tin, entawn t<r keini min nei a, chumi ang z>la awmte chu en \ha rawh u. 18Mi tam tak an kal a, chu mite chu Krista kraws hm>lma an ni tih an chanchin ka hrilh fo che u kha, t<nah pawh \ap chungin ka hrilh che u hi; 19 ch<ngho t^wpna chu boralna a ni, an pathian chu an pum a ni, an ropuina pawh chu an mualphona a ni, khawv>l thil an duh \hn a ni. 20Keini zawng v^n khua leh tui kan ni si a, v^n a\anga min chhandamtu Lal Isua Krista lo kal t<r chu ngh^khlel takin kan thlr a ni. 21 Ani chuan a thawhin, engkim pawh ama thu thuin a awmtr thei, chumi thawhzia ang z>lin, kan tl^wm lai taksa hi ama taksa ropui anga awm t<rin a siam \ha leh ang.
Paulan ringtute nihna a sawi langsr tak chu vn khua leh tui tih hi a ni a, hming duhawm tak a ni. Nun dn leh awm dn lam ngaihtuah si lova vn mi lo invuah ve ngawt chu a remchng lo vang. Paula vn khua leh tui theology hi Mizo pialral theology1 an tih nn hmehbel a rem hlein a lang a. Hei hi sawi pum chiah si lovin, mipui tih\haih twk vlin sawi a ni \hn. Vn khua leh tui tih hi Mizo pialral theology an tih sawi kaina remchngah hmang ila. Endnotes nen \ang kawpin Tualrem Theology buatsaih kawnga a \angkai theih beisei ila. 1. Paula theology leh Mizo pialr^l Paula hian Philippi mite hn>na lehkha a thawnah hian Mizo Pialr^l theology rem tak mai, Kristian Pialr^l theology a lo ph<m
179
a. Keini zawng v^n khua leh tui kan ni si a, v^n a\anga min chhandamtu Lal Isua Krista lo kal t<r chu ngh^khlel takin kan thlr a ni, tiin amah leh ringtu dangte chu v^n khua leh tui a ti a. He Kristian thurin bul leh ropui tak mai hi, Mizo Pialr^l theology an lo tih, khawv>l hi pialr^l at^na inbuatsaihna hmun a nih pawmna theology a tih theih ang. Mitthi khua mai ni lo, pialr^l ngei chan tumna leh thl^khlelhna a keng tel a. Chu theology pawmtu nunah chuan khawv>l leh pialr^l a inzawm tlat a. Pialral chang trin in lam emaw, ram lamah emaw thangchhuah tumin an bei a. Khawtlngah in\henawm khawvnna thilah \hat an chhuah a, mi rethei leh mipui hrai an tum \hn. Chu chu Kristian dik takte awm dn tr pawh a ni. Mizo pialr^l theology tlin lohna lai erawh chu mahni theihna hmanga hlawh chhuah tra zirtrna hi a ni ang. Chutih laiin Krista ringtute chan tr leh pialrl nun chu tehkhin theih tak a ni. Philippi mite hi Rom khua leh tui an ni a. Sipaia kum 21 \ang chin phei chuan Rom khua leh tui nihna pumhlum an nei. Rom \awnga \awngin Rom mi ni wm rngin an khawsa a. Vn khua leh tui Philippi Kristiante chu an nihna rema nung trin Paula hian a fuih a ni. Tirhkoh awm d^n zirtute V^n khua leh tuite awm d^n t<r a t^r lan hmasak chu tirhkohte (apostolte) awm d^n zir a ni. Awm d^n tih hi Hebrai \awng halkhh tih awmzia Thuthlung Thara l^k kai a ni ^wm e. Rilru leh lang lo lama awm d^n ni lovin, hmuh theih leh a lang changa awm d^n sawina a ni.2 Paula hian apostol a nih hi a inhre chiang a. Ringtu dangte entawn t<rin a insiam \hn a. Chapo leh mahni fel intih vng ni lovin, Krista entawna nung a nih avngin a awm dn zir trin a ngn a. A sawi dn ni lovin a awm dn zir trin a cho ngam a ni (1 Kor 11:1). Krista entawntu Paula nun dn ze \ha tinrng ngaihtuah thiam a harsa lo vang.
2.
180
T<nah pawh \ap chungin ka hrilh che u hi a tih pawh hi zir tham a ni. A \ah chhan chu kohhrana in\henna awm \hn leh Krista kraws ngaihnpa awm \hn chu a ni. Paula \ap hi laina ruang chunga \ah ang mai a ni lo. Sual veia nun dik an lo neih duh vang a ni. |ah hi mihring pwnlng so liam ni lovin, mihring chhngril khawihtu vng a ni. Jacob Paulan, I mittui snna hi i nun lairil ber khawihtu a ni,3 a tih hi a dik a ni. 3. Krista kraws hm>lmate laka fihlm Paula hian ringtute chu Krista kraws hm>lmate laka fmkhur t<rin a fuih a ni. H>ng mi a sawite hi Kristian lote niin a lang chiah lo. Krista kraws hm>lmate a tih hi Kristian chi hnih angin a \hen theih ^wm e. Pakhatna chu a hma lama sawi tawh, Juda Kristian (Judaizer) ho, Mosia d^n chu chhandamna kawngpui ber nia \antute an ni a. Juda serh leh s^ng, a bk takin serh tan chu Kristiante pawhin tih ngei ngei t<rin an ph<t tlat a ni. Mahse, an ropuina nia an ngaih serh tan chu, an mualphona a tihsak ve thung a; saruaka inlantr a sawina a ni wm e (Gen 2:25; 3:7,10-11; Eze 16:8; Thup 3:18). Ei thiang leh thiang lo thuahte an puithu >m av^ngin, An pathian chu an pum a ni tih pawh a inhmeh hle (Tirh 15:1ff; Rom 14:1ff; 16:1ff; 1 Kor 8-9; Kol 2:16). Pahnihnaah chuan Jentail Kristian \henkhat, rilru d^n leh inkaihhruaina d^n r>ng r>ng maus^mtute an awm niin a lang. Awm d^n mawi te an hnualsuat a. Rilru tihv^ra an awm tawhna leh thlarau chhandam an nih tawhna chhuangin taksa leh awm d^n \ha ngaihn>p an zirtr a. An taksaa sualna chuan an chhandamna a khawih pawi lo niin an sawi a. Paula chuan khawngaihna thurin chu sual phalraina at^n hmang lo t<rin a zilh a ni (Rom 6:1ff; 1 Kor 6:9ff; 8:1ff). Mi dang hriat ve loh, hriatna eng emaw tak neia inchh^l, p^wl bka insiam pawh an awm a. Hriatna leh thiamna chhuanga tu mah pawisa lo, Pathian leh mihring pawisak nei lo, mahni ngaih d^na t^l tawp pawh an awm ve niin a lang. Ch<ngte chu hl^wm kh^wmin Paula hian Krista kraws hm>lma tiin a vuah a. An lakah fmkhur t<rin a fuih a ni.
181
Kan hlauh z^wk t<r erawh chu kan n>l leh viau si a! An pum pathian-a hmang, John Bunyanan Khawv>lthilafinga a lo vuah ang chite chu kan hlauh tlawn z^wk mah a. Paula chuan ch<ng khawv>l mite chu, Krista kraws hm>lma... an t^wpna chu boralna... an ropuina chu an mualphona tiin, Khawv>l thil an duh \hn a ti kalh kalh a ni. 4. Krista lo kal tr ngh^khleltu Paula hian miin mahni khaw lam an ngai \hn angin v^n khua leh tuite chuan v^n lam an ngai \hn tih a sawi a. Pathian ram tna an chan \an chu a famkima chan chkin nghkhlel takin kan thlr a ti a ni. Chu rilru chu C. Wesley-a chuan, Lo kal thuai rawh, kan l^wm hle ang lo kal la, tiin hlaah a lo dah a ni. Paula theology lairil tak, v^n thlahlel theology hi Mizo Pialr^l Theology n>n hian a inthl^wp thui hle a ni. Bible leh Paula theology hi khawv>l pum changk^nna (civilisation) innghahna lungph<m ni mah se, khawvel thilah a tawp mai lo va, vn famkimna nun n>n a thlun zawm z>l a ni. He Paula v^n thlahlel theology hi Mizo Kristiante hian kan lo hre thiam hle a. Mizo Kristian hlaah te hian a langs^r zual a. S^p ho hn>n a\anga kan zir chh^wn mah ni se,4 Mizo vnram ngaih hla hi chuan min zirtrtute hla hi a kh<m deuh mah \hn. Entrna tl>m han t^r lang ila, h>ng aia \ha dap chhuah hi a huphurhawm hle ang (1) Damlai tuipui f^wn piah lamah chuanin; (2) Kan ngh^k reng che kan Lalber; (3) Ni ropui a lo thleng d^wn ta; (4) Ka hmaah luir^l khaw mawi chu a awm; (5) Ka va ngai >m Lalram ropui; (6) Ni tla ngai lo Zion khawpui tih te hi. V^n khua leh tuite chuan v^nram leh lo kal leh t<r Krista hi an ngh^khlel lo thei lo a ni. 5. Taksa thar ngh^ktu V^n khua leh tuite chu tholeh Krista taksa anga tihdanglamna ngh^ktute an ni. Isua leh Paula te chuan thihna hi
182
kan nun pindan pakhat a\anga pindan danga insawnna rahbi angin an zirtr a. Chatuan khawv^rah chuan kan tl^wm lai taksa hi Krista taksa anga ropuiin tihdanglamin a awm d^wn tih hi kohhranho t^na beiseina thurin an hnutchhiah chu a ni. S^p \awng (Authorised Version)-a tl^wm lai taksa tih vile body tia lehlin hi Barclay-a chuan sual tlang ang mai leh thil r^pthl^k anga ngaih theih a nih av^ngin a \ha t^wk lo a ti.5 Taksa hi eng mah ni lo tihna lam a ni lo va. Hun leh natna leh thihnain a tihchhiat \hin a nih av^ngin a tl^wmzia leh a hlutna n>pzia a sawina a ni. Mahse, v^n khua leh tuite taksa tl^wm tak chu tholeh Krista taksa anga siam thara a awm huna a ropuizia tr a sawi a ni. Sawi ho tr 1. 2. Khawvla vn khua leh tuite nun dn tr han sawi teh u. Vn khua leh tui intite zngah vnram lam aia khawvl lama rilru dah lian zwk a awm theih ang em? Endnotes Mizo Pialr^l theology hi Faisa ring theology emaw, \huthluang theology emaw tia sawi \hin a niin a lang. Isua tih zawh sa ringa v^n kai tum, mihring lam tih t<r leh chanpual sawi bona, Jakoba sawi ang thiltih nei lo rinna sawi n^n hman a ni \hn. Gnostic zirtrna anga taksa thil leh khawv>l nun ngaihn>pna leh v^n kai ringawt tumna theology anga sawi a ni a. Mizo Kristian hla, v^nram lam hawi, khawhar hnemna hla kan ngah viau chhan nia puh a ni bawk. Mizo Pialr^l theology sawi fiah \hin d^n hi a la beitham deuh va. Kristian theology at^na hman theih law law tra sawi fiah zktluak hi a pawimawhin a hmanhmawhthl^k tawh hle mai. A bu chh<nga kan sawi fiah d^n hi sawi hm^wr hawnna chauh a ni a. Hun leh hmunin a daih loh av^ngin kan sawi kim lo hle a ni tih hria ila. Mahse, a hawi z^wng dik lama Mizo Pialr^l theology herpui
1
183
t<rin thlrna tukverh thar a hawn ngei erawh beisei ila. Mi thiamten an la ziak famkim z>l ang chu.
2 3
Martin, Philippians, p. 157
Rev. Jacob Paul-a hi Yavatmal-a Union Biblical Seminary-a Christian Ministry zirtrtu \hn, Leonard Theological College-a rei tak Principal ni zui ta a ni a. Mittui theology (theology of tears) tih a sermon fo \hn a. Mi dang t^n leh mipuite v^nga mittui s>ng ngai lo chuan mahni t^n mittui an s>ng \hn a, Isua Kristan a tuarsakna av^nga mittui s>ng ngai loten mahni tuarna s<nin mittui an s>ng tho \hn a ti a, a dik viau wm e. Mizo Kristiante hi pialr^l theology av^nga khawv>la mihring changk^nna, nun hona leh hmas^wnna ngaihthah tlat niin kan inpuh \hn. A nemngheh n^n, Kan hla te pawh v^n ngaih hla hlr a ni, an lo ti \hn. He mahni inpuhna dik lo tak hi b^nsan a hun tawh hle mai. V^n ngaih hla hi chu min hringtu s^pho a\anga kan zir a ni a. Hla \ha raih lova kan ngai a nih chuan min zirtrtu s^pho dem t<r a ni ang. Kristian Hlabu (KHB)-a Zorem hla (Mizo hla siam) seng luh f> a nih hnu, kum 2005-a chhutah pawh v^n ngaih hla, Thihna leh Nakin Hun tia vuah 52 (no. 453-504) znga 10 chauh Mizo siam a ni a, pakhat s^p thl<k kh^rchh^wn a ni lehngh^l a. KHB-a s^p hla lehlin hovah hian v^n lam k^wk miah lo hla zawng ila, a v^ng khawp mai. Lei nun hr<ta r^ldo hla an siamte pawh, An dor^l an hneh hun chuanin, chawlhna hlu an chang tawh ang, ti talin an kh^r z>l a. Chu beiseina nung a pai v^ng chauh chuan v^n khua leh tuite chuan an sa tui \hn a ni z^wk. Mahse, pialr^l ngaih hlate chuan khawv>la ei-b^r zawnna, hmas^wnna, changk^nna leh nun d^n \ha tl^wmna, rinawmna, dikna, taihm^kna, thianghlimna a maus^m lo mai ni lovin, lei nun \ha leh v^n nun a suih zawm z^wk a. V^n khua leh tui te chu khawv>l khua leh tui \ha ni t<rin a fuih \ang \hn z^wk a ni. 5 Barclay, Philippians, p. 69.
4
184
Zirlai 28
LALPAAH DING NGHET RAWH U Chhiar tr: Philippi 4:1-3 Thuvawn: Phil 4:1
4 1Chuv^ngin, ka unau duh tak leh ngaih tak, ka l^wmna leh ka lallukhumte u, chutiang chuan Lalpaah ding nghet tlat rawh u, ka duh takte u. Lalpaah chuan rilru hmun khat pu t<rin Euodii ka ng>n a, Suntuki pawh ka ng>n bawk a ni. 3A ni, nang pawh, ka ngh^wngkawl bahpui tak tak, ka s^wm bawk a che; kh^ng hmeichhiate kha \anpui rawh. Chanchin |haah chuan mi beihpui si \hn a, Klemena n>n, ka thawhpui dang Nunna Bua hming chuangte n>n kh^n.
2
Paulan, Chuv^ngin tia a han \an hi a hma lam thu tlawh chhan leh a tlipna thu hmwr hawnna a ni mai thei a. Lohmeyera chuan a thupui sawi hmabk sawi hawnnaah a ngai. Helai thu hlwmah hian mi mal hming te sawi chhuakin, rilru hmun khat pua ding trin a fuih a ni. 1. Lalpaah ding nghet rawh u Paula hian Philippi-a Kristiante chu ka unau duh tak, ka ngaih tak, ka lwmna, ka lallukhum tiin hnai takin a ko va. Khauh deuhva zilh pahin a fuih a ni. Ka ngaih tak (Gk. epipo-th-toi) anmahni hmuh a chk thu a sawi tawh kha a nemnghet a. Ka lwmna tih hi inngainatna \awngkam thlum tak a ni a, lallukhum tih hi chi hnih a awm - Lalber khum tr (diadem) leh intihsiaknaa ti\hate khum \hin hnaha siam (stephanos). Chutianga hnai taka ko chuan nghng lova ding nghet trin a fuih a ni.
185
Hei hian Paulan a beramte nun a veizia leh an \hatna tak tak a duhzia, Pastor ze dik kan hmu. Kohhran \iak tr t Philippia ringtute chu ringlo miten an hual khup tih a hria a, Lalpaa ding nghet tlat trin a fuih a ni. Lalpaah a tih hi Kristaah tih ang a ni a. Paula theology chu Krista dah laipui berna Christocentric theology, Kristaa in\an, Kristaa chhunzawm leh Kristaa zial mm a ni. 2. Rilru hmun khat puin Kohhran ngheh nn rilru hmun khat put a pawimawh. Philippi Kohhranah hian in\henna a awm nia a lan thu kan hmu tawh a; chnga a bul tumtu ni wm tak Euodii leh Suntuki te hming a lam chhuak nghe nghe a ni. Jentail hming niin a lang, hmeichhe hruaitu an ni mai thei. An pahnih inkra harsatna nge kohhran pum nghawng thil tih sawi lan a ni lo. Kohhrana in\henna a awm hian a bul chu mi pahnih khat vng a ni duh hle a. In\henna a lo awm tawh chuan a siam \hat hna chu a harsa hle \hn. Intitlwma inngaihdam tawna Kristaa intuk luh a \l \hn. Chumi atn Pathian Thlarau hnathawh a ngai \hn a ni. Mi mal ink^r a ni emaw, kohhran pum puia in\henna a ni emaw, Paula hian hmeichhe pahnih a lam chhuahte hi tih tak zetin, Lalpaah chuan rilru hmun khat pu t<rin a ng>n a ni. He lehkhathawna Paula thunawn l^r tak chu, ngaihtuah (Gk. phronein) tih a ni (1:7; 2:2,5; 3:15-16,19; 4:2,10 etc.). J.H. Michael-a, Thuthlung Thar mi thiam chuan, Ngaihtuahna kal v>l leh sawizawi d^n sawina mai a ni lo va, lainat taka vei leh ngaihsak, thinlung leh thluakin a hrilh ang thiltiha lan chhuahtr sawina a ni, a ti. A. Richardson-a chuan, He lehkhathawna rilru ngaihtuahna tih hi chuan mi dangte tuina ber tuipui theihna hi a sawi ber chu a ni a ti bawk.1 Chutiang ngaihtuahna hmang t<r chuan Lalpaah a ti leh ta a. Calvin-a chuan, Eng inpumkhatna pawh hi Lalpa tel
186
lo a nih chuan nchhedawng a ni tho \hn a; Kristaah chuan in\henna r>ng r>ng zawmin a awm leh \hn, a ti.2 Mihring awm kh^wmna r>ng r>ngah hruaitu ropui laka intuk luhna av^ngin inpumkhatna a awm a, chutiang hruaitu chu l^k bo a nihin in\henna leh indona a awm \hn. In\hen darhna ^nchhe laka kan him theihna leh rilru hmun khat kan put theihna kawng ber chu Lal Isuaa intuk luh \heuh hi a ni. Krista, Kohhran t^n kan ding, Rilrua inzawmin, Kan aw amah fak n^n, Kan kut chak lo puih n^n; V^k bote zawng z>lin, Krista, Kohhran t^n (KHB 360). 3. Puih ngai hmeichhiate \anpui Bible hi chh<ngkua, sakhua leh khawtl^ng ror>lnaa mipa lalna (patriarchy) tung nungtu Juda-te lehkhabu a ni a. Chuv^ngin, hmeichhe l^r leh langs^r chanchin a tam vak lo. A ziaktu znga hnamchawm, sal, hmeichhia leh hnehchhiah tuarte ngaihsak deuh bertu Paula pawh hi, a zirtrnaah hmeichhe chan a dah s^ng vak lova hretu Hmeichhe hmangai theologian (Feminist Theologian) \henkhat chuan an dem hle tho mai. Mahse, a rem phawt chuan Paula hian hmeichhe dinhmun siam \hat a ngaihtuahna chu a tilang leh \hn. Mi pakhat, a ngh^wngkawl bahpui tak tak chu \anpui t<rin ngawrh takin a s^wm a ni. He mi hi tu nge tih thuah ngaih d^n hrang a awm nual. Clement-a leh Ignatius-a te chuan Paula nupui niin an ring tih thu mi \henkhatten an sawi chu Calvin-a chuan a pawm chiah loh thu sei tak a ziak a ni. Erasmus-a chuan hmeichhiate hming n>na a sawi zawm av^ngin hmeichhia a nih ve ngei a ring. Calvin-a erawh chuan Klemena, mipa hming a lam tel ve tho av^ng hian Erasmus-a ngaih d^n innghahna hi a chak lo a ti a.3 Mi dang rin kai thei nia sawi te chu: Euodii pasal, Suntuki pasal, Ludii, Sila, Timothea, Epaphrodita, leh Philippi Kohhran hotu znga pakhat te an ni. Mahse, ch<ngte chu an
187
hming lam chhuah loh chhan t<r awmin a lang lo. Barclay-a chuan Epaphrodita a ring deuh ber a; mahse, ama lehkhathawn ken ngeia amah ngenna thu han ziah leh rih chu a ^wm chiah lo. Klemena hi Rom bishop pakhat nia ngaih d^n a awm a. Mahse heta Paula lam chhuah hi chu a hun lai enin a ni theiin a lang lo. Paulan Ngh^wngkawl bahpui tak tak, a tih hi gi-ne-sie sun-zu-ge (Gk. gn>sie sunzuge) tih lehlin a ni a. Lohmeyer-a chuan, Tuarnaa unaupa tiin a hrilhfiah a.4 |hian inkoh fiamna tl^ngl^wn sunzugos (synzygos) thawhpui-pa/nu tih a\anga chher chhuah a ni mai thei. Hei hi mi thiam \henkhat chuan mi mal hming at^na hman theih t<rah an ngai. Eng pawh ni se, Paula ngeiin kohhrana hmeichhiate mipa ang bawka a thawhpuite an nihzia te, an harsatna a veizia te, \anpui a duhzia te a sawi lang chiang a. Chutiang chu rawngb^wltute rilru put hmang t<rin a duh tih leh kohhran din ngheh z>l n^n a ngai pawimawh tih a lang a ni. 4. Ka thawhpui dangte Paula hian kohhran member dang, an hming sawi lova ka thawhpui dangte a tih te an la awm a. Hming lam chhuah loh, t<na chhiartute t^na hriat mai theih lohte an ni. Mahse, Nunna Bu-a hming chuangte tiin hming duhawm tak a pe a. Chu Nunna Bu-ah chuan Thuthlung Hlui leh Thara Pathian mi thlan ringtute hming chu a chuang niin Ralph Martin-a chuan a sawi (cf. Ex 32:32; Sam 69:28; 139:16; Lk 10:20; Thup 3:5; 13:8; 17:8; 20:12,15; 21:27; 22:19). Kristian hnathawh \ha chu leiah chhinchhiah ni lo mah se, Pathianin a chhinchhiah a, a t^wpah a la lang tho d^wn a ni (1 Kor 4:5). Paula hun lai hian khaw khata mihring hming ziahna lehkhabu (register) an nei \hn a, a thi apiang hming chu an thai chhe \hn. Nunna Bu tih pawh an hriatthiam z^wng tak a ni ang. Calvin-a chuan, Nunna Bu chu nunna chang t<ra Mosia anga Pathian ruat l^wkte hming ziahna bu a ni a, Pathian ^ngchh<ngah a awm a,
188
a chatuan remruatna, ama ir-^wm chhuak a chuang a ni, a ti (Ex 32:32).5 Paula hian an hming a ziah lan lohte pawh, Ka thawhpui dangte a ti a. Kohhran enkawl hnaah mi zawng zawng thawhpui thei huapzo rilru hi kohhran din ngheh z>lna at^n a pawimawh tak meuh a ni.
Sawi ho tr 1. 2. Kohhrana inpumkhat lohna thlen theih d^n kawng hrang hrang leh a pumpelh d^n kawngte sawi ni se. Kan kohhranah hian hmeichhe dinhmun hi a \ha t^wkin kan hria em? Hmas^wnna t<r kawngte sawi ni se.
Endnotes A. Richardson, A Theological Word Book of the Bible, London, 1950, p. 257f.
1 2 3 4
Calvin, Philippians, p. 285. Calvin, Philippians, p. 286.
Lohmeyer hian Paulan Tuarnaa unaupa a tih hi Epaphrodita a nih a ring nghe nghe a. Mahse, Phil 2:25 hian a ngaih d^n hi a \hiat bawk si a ni. Cf. Martin, Philippians, p. 166.
5
Calvin, Philippians, p. 286.
189
Zirlai 29
THLAMUANNA LAMLIAN Chhiar tr: Philippi 4:4-9 Thuvawn: Phil 4:6 4 4Lalpaah chuan l^wm fo rawh u; ka ti leh pek \hn ang, l^wm rawh u. 5In dawhtheihzia mi zawng zawng hriat ni rawh se. Lalpa chu a hnai e. 6Engah mah mangang suh u; engkimah \awng\ai leh dlin, l^wm thu hril tel z>lin, in duhnate chu Pathian hn>nah hriattrin awm z^wk rawh se. 7Tichuan, Pathian thlamuanna, rilru r>ng r>nga hriat s>n loh kh^n, in thinlung leh in ngaihtuahnate chu Krista Isuaah chuan a v>nsak ang che u. A t^wp berah chuan unaute u, a dik apiang te, a zahawm apiang te, a fel apiang te, a thianghlim apiang te, a duhawm apiang te, a thang mawi apiang te - \hatna r>ng a awma, fakna r>ng a awm phawt chuan ch<ng chu ngaihtuah rawh u. 9In thil zir te, in thil pawm te, in thil hriat te, keimaha in thil hmuh te pawh kha, kh^ng ang kha ti \hn ang che u; tichuan, Thlamuanna Pathian chuan a awmpui ang che u.
8
Kan zir t<r hl^wmah hian thlamuanna tih \awngkam hi a langs^r ber ^wm e. Chuv^ngin a thupui hi Thlamuanna Lamlian tih a ni. Rilru zir mi (psychologist) te chuan hlauhna hi mihring hm>lma lian tak angin an ngai a. Chu thlrna a\ang chuan mihringin kan tih zawng zawng deuhthaw hi hlauh v^nga tih ni hiala chh<tte pawh an awm. Khawv>l hi tharum leh rilru indonain a khah av^ngin mihring nun a thlab^rin a r^lmuang lo va. Remna leh muanna a mamawh a. Paula khawv>lah ngei pawh kh^n Philippi Kohhran kh^n thlamuanna a mamawh hle. Chuv^ngin Paula thu thawn a\angin khawv>l mamawh Thlamuanna Lamlian kan zir d^wn a ni.
190
1.
L^wmna
Thlamuanna lamlian pawimawh tak chu l^wmna lamlian a ni. He lehkhathawn thupui pawh a ni bawk a. A \awng bul enin Paula fuihna hi, Lalpaah chuan l^wm reng rawh u, tia lehlin a inhmeh z^wk mah a. Vawi khat mai pawh sawi lovin, vawi hnih ngawt l^wm rawh u tiin Philippi Kohhranho a fuih a. A \awng bul lamah chuan inthlahna \awngkam, dam takin tihna a ni ^wm e.1 Thil vei ulh leh enghelh tlat nei lo t<ra duhsakna a ni thei ang. Mahse, l^wm rawh u tih hi lehlinna tl^ngl^wn tak a ni a; a dik tho mai pawh ni lovin, he lehkhathawn thuchah laipui tak a nih av^ngin a inhmeh z^wk deuh ^wm e. Paula chu t^n inah rorelsak ngh^kin a awm a; Philippi Kohhran \iak tr chu ringlo khawv>lin a hual khup a, hun thim, hlauhawm tam tak leh tihduhdahnain a hmuak ve ngh^l tih a hria a. Mahse, Ka thu sawiah hian ka chiang a. Thil thleng thei zawng zawng ka ngaihtuah kh^wl vek a. Chuti chung chuan l^wm rawh u ka la ti cheu a ni, a ti a ni ber. Mihring hlimna chu khawv>l thila innghat a ni a. A innghahna a awm chh<ng chuan hlimna leh muanna chu eng emaw chen a pe ve a. Mahse, a daih rei lo, nguinain a zui leh mai \hn. L^wm lo nun chu a buai a, mahni leh mi dang tihchhiat duhna te a pai a. Indona chi hrang hrang a hring \hn. Hlauhna leh muan lohna a keng tel tlat a ni. Kristian l^wmna chu thil lo awm, ral leh mai \hna innghat a ni lo va. Krista awmpuinaa innghat a ni a. Chu chu a reh thei lo. Kristian chuan Krista chu a thlah d^wn loh av^ng leh, Isuan a thutiam, Kei, kumkhuain, khawv>l t^wp thleng pawhin in hn>nah ka awm z>l ang, a tih chu a hlen d^wn av^ngin, a l^wmna leh thlamuanna chu a reh d^wn lo a ni. Lalpaa l^wm chu thlamuanna lamlian a ni.
191
2.
Dawhtheihna Paulan, In dawhtheihzia mi zawng zawng hriat ni rawh se, a tih hi thlamuanna lamlian dang leh chu a ni ^wm e. Dawhthei tih hi Grik epi-ei-keia tih lehlin a ni. Bible letlingtu leh hrilhfiahtu hrang hrangin kawng dang dangin an letling a.2 Dawhtheihna, nunn>mna, dawngzo rilru, ngilneihna, tuar theihna thlarau, tuarchhelna ti tein lehlin a ni. Barclay-a chuan Grik-hovin anmahni \awng epi-ei-keia tih hi dikna tih leh a aia \ha z^wka sawi fiah d^n an nei a ti.3 Dikna fr tak hi engkima lekkawh tum av^nga a lo dik t^wk loh hun a awmin epieikeia hi rawlh a ngai \hn. D^n dik famkim thlap hi a hmanna azira dik t^wk loh tlat hun emaw, intluk tl^nna a tlin loh hun emaw a awm a. Epi-ei-keia hmang thiam chuan lehkhaa ziak d^n fr tak hman loh hun, dikna thlah dul leh khawngaihna rawlh hun a hria an ti a. Entrna a p>k chu zirlai pahnih exam bei a ni. Pakhatin zaa sawmriat a hmu a, pakhatin zaa sawmnga. Mahse, han bih chian chuan sawmriat hmutu chuan a zirna pui t<r lehkhabu, hun ^wl, zirna hmun \ha, chh<ngkaw muanawm tak a nei a. Sawmnga hmutu erawh chu chh<ngkaw rethei, lehkhabu nei fumf> lo, zirna pindan nei lo, tl>m laia dam lohna, thihna leh harsatna khirhkh^n tak mai lo t^wk a ni a. Dikna fr tak a\ang chuan sawmnga chu a phu t^wk a ni; mahse, epi-eikeia chuan a pe s^ng z^wk hle ang a ti. Paula chuan, Kristian chuan dikna ph>nah thil \ha z^wk eng emaw hmuh a nei \hn, a ti niin Barclay-a chuan a sawi. Hmeichhia a uire lai tak an man kha, Isua kh^n d^n thup>k hmangin a den hlumtr thei reng a; mahse, d^n p>lin a kal ta tlat kha entr n^n a hmang a ni. Diknaa teh ni ta se, kan zaa phu t^wk chu Pathian thiamlohchantrna a ni; mahse, dikna p>lin thui tak a kal niin a sawi.4 Paula chuan mi dangte n>na inlaichnna thuah Kristian chuan dikna lek khawng tlat loh hun a hria a, dikna piah lama thil \ha z^wk awm chu a hre reng \hn a ti.
192
Calvin-a chuan kawng hnihin chhui d^n a nei ve thung a: Paula hian Philippi mite hi tawrhhlelhawm leh khermei tak anga an lan loh n^n a \<l hunah chuan an dikna chanvo (right) pawh tl^wmsan mai t<rin a fuih a ni a ti. A sawi fiah duh d^n z^wk tak erawh chu, ngawi renga engkim tuar thei t<rin a fuih a ni tih hi a ni. Grik to epi-ei-kes tih hi thlarau zaidam, hliamnain a tihnat mai theih loh, v^nduainain a chawh buai mai theih loh t<ra invawn theihna a sawina niin a ngai a. Cicero-an, Ka rilru hi a r^lmuang a, engkim hi a \hatna lai a en \hn a tih ang r^lmuanna hi dawhtheihna nun a ni, a ti.5 Philippi mite chu an hun tawn z>lah mi zawng zawng hmuh theih khawpa dawhtheihna lantr t<rin a fuih niin a sawi. Dawh thei taka an awm chhan t<r chu, Lalpa chu a hnai e, a ti. Ringtu chuan Pathian beiseina nung a vawng reng a. Mihring pianpui rilru chuan, Chinghne zngah chuan kan < ve ang chu, hm>lma leh mi sualte kawlhsenna tudai t<rin an hmanrua ang z>lin tharum pawhin kan chh^ng l>t ve ang chu, a ti mai a. Mahse, Paula zirtr d^n a ni lo. Khawv>l t^wp thleng pawha awmpui tiamtu chu engkim hnehna neitu a ni a. A \<l chuan amahin phuba min l^ksak mai a. A thu kan zawm chuan a tiam angin kan hn>nah a awm reng a ni. Calvin-a chuan, Lalpa chu a hnai e tih hi kawng hnihin a sawi fiah theih a ti - a ror>lna chuan min hnaih reng tih leh, min pui t<rin a hnai reng, tiin. Krista hnehna lo thleng t<r kan hriat reng chuan beiseina leh l^wmna kan hloh thei ngai lo. Nun hi a tawi tih kan hriat chuan mihring ti\hen \hntu dikna fr tak chu kan hmang lui lo vang. Pathianin min d^wr d^n t<ra kan beisei angin kan mihringpuite kan d^wr ngei ang. Thlamuanna lamlian dawhtheihna hi Lalpa a hnai reng tih hretute chanvo at^n Pathian p>k a ni. 3. Engkima \awng\ai Thlamuanna lamlian dang a sawi leh chu engkima \awng\ai a ni. Philippi mite chuan dam chh<ng khawsak buaina mai b^kah
193
Kristian an nih av^nga lungkham t<r an ngah hle. Ch<ng lungkham tihrehna ber t<r chu Paula chuan \awng\ai a ni a ti. |awng\aina thiltihtheihna hre rengin, Engah mah mangang suh u a ti tawp mai. M.R. Vincent chuan, Rinnaa \awng\ai rah chu thlamuanna a ni, a ti a. Pathian thiltihtheihna hmaah chuan lian lua a awm lo va, Pa anga a v>nhimna hnuaiah chuan t> lua a awm hek lo. Naupangin engkim - a l^wmna leh lungngaihna, a hlawhtlinna leh hlawhchhamna, a nawmsam lohna - lian lua leh t> lua thliar lova a nu leh pa hn>na a thlen ang hian, engkim hi Pathian hn>nah thlen t<rin Paula hian a fuih a ni. |awng\ai kalhmang pawh a t^r lang \ha hle. |awng\ai, dl leh l^wm thu sawi te hi \awng\ai p>ngpui deuh angin a sawi a. |awng\ai tih mai hi kawng liin a la \hen sawm theih a: Pathian k^wm, Pathian fak, thuphachawi leh dl tiin. |hian \ha leh rin z^wngte k^wm a, ttpui angin \awng\ai hi Pathian n>na inkawmna, inbiak pawhna, vei z^wng sawi chhuahna a ni. Paulan \awng\ai rah a sawi hi mi tam tak ngaih d^n a ni lo mai thei. Engkima \awng\ai t<r ti siin, Engkim in dl leh duh d^nin in hmu ang a ti leh si lo va. Isua sawi d^n n>n a dang deuh em; nge, a sawi rem theih? Tichuan, Pathian thlamuanna, rilru r>ng r>nga hriat s>n loh kh^n, in thinlung leh in ngaihtuahnate chu Krista Isuaah chuan a v>nsak ang che u, a ti daih a. |awng\aituin a dl tak leh a duh d^n ang diak diak chu Pathianin a pe l>m lo. Mahse, a p>k ngei ngei chu Pathian thlamuanna a ni a. V>nsak (Gk. phro-u-rein) tih hi v>ngtu sipai duty sawina a ni. |awng\aitu chu Pathian thlamuannain v>ngin a din chilh reng d^wn a. A ngaihtuahna chu Krista Isuaah a ch^mtr tlat ang a. Harsat leh mangan v^nga ngaihtuahna sual lo chhuak \hn lakah a v>n himsak d^wn a ni. |awng\aia keimahni leh kan hmangaihte Pathian ^ngchh<nga hlan tawp hi thlamuanna lamlian a ni.
194
4.
A \ha apiang pawm Heta a t^wp berah chuan tih hi a kh^rna ni hran lovin, Kan sawi t^kte khaikh^wm n^n chuan, a tihna a ni thei ang. Thlamuanna kawngpui pawimawh tak chu A \ha apiang ngaihtuah a ti. Ringtuten an rilrua thil \ha an ngaihtuah leh vawn reng t<r pariat a sawi a. Ch<ngte chu: a dik, a zahawm, a fel, a thianghlim, a duhawm, a thangmawi, \hatna awm leh fakna awm te a ni. Paulan ngaihtuah t<ra a chhawpte hi ngaihtuah zui hlek ila. A dik apiang - thil dik anga lang tam tak chu bumna, ngaihruatna dik lo, a tiam ang hlimna leh muanna thlen thei si lo a ni. Thudik tak ngaihtuah a pawimawh. A zahawm apiang tih hi a rinawm apiang tihna pawh a ni ^wm e. Thusawi leh thiltiha rin tl^ka awm hi zahawmna a ni. A fel tih hi dik tih n>n a inang a. Tih t<r tl^k fel tihna a keng tel. Ringtu chu Pathian leh mihring laka a tih t<r hlentu a nih a ngai. A thianghlim apiang tih hian ringtu chu Pathian leh mihring mithmuhah a thianghlim t<r a ni a; khawv>l khawi hmunah pawh awm se Pathian Biak In kal thei angin a thianghlim t<r a ni tih a sawina niin a lang. A duhawm apiang tih chu nun ngaihawm, mi l>m thei nun sawina a ni. Kristian \henkhat rilru chu mi dangte demna leh phuba l^k duhna tein a luah tlat laiin, \henkhat chu ngilneihna, lainatna leh chhelnain a luah khat ve thung. A thangmawi tih hi a ngialngan tak chuan \awng mawi tihna a ni a. |awng chhia, dik lo leh bawlhhlawhin khawv>l hi a khat emaw tih mai t<r a ni a. Kristiante chuan Pathian benga hriat tl^k thu an sawi chu an than mawipui t<r a ni. |hatna r>ng (Gk. aret) tih hi Moffatt-a chuan \ha chungchuang sawina a ni a ti.6 He \awngkam hi Paulan a hmanna awm chhun a ni. Krista ringtu \hatna chuan ringlote \hatna a kh<m \hin tih sawina niin a lang. Fakna awm tih hi fak hlawh, fak phu, fakawm tihna te a ni. Kristian chuan fak hlawh hi a tum ni lo mah se, a nun chu fak hlawh tl^k a ni \hn. Kan thu zirte hi a rk d^n leh hriat d^n
195
tl^ngl^wn ang mai pawhin z^wm vek ila, chh<ngkua, kohhran, khawtl^ng, ram pum leh khawv>l pum hlimna leh thlamuanna khawp a tling a ni. 5. Thil zir, pawm leh hriat a taka chantr Paula hian kohhranhote chu thil tam tak a zirtr a. A pawimawh ber chu an hriat tam aiin a taka an nunpui ngei a nihzia a hrilh a ni (3:17; 1 Thes 1:6; 2 Thes 3:7,9; 1 Kor 4:16). An thil zir leh hriatte a taka an chantr chuan Pathian thlamuanna chuan a awmpui z>l d^wn a ni. Sawi ho tr 1. Dikna kan hriat d^n leh hman d^n t<r sawi ni se. 2. |awng\ai hlawhtling tih hi eng nge a awmzia?
Endnotes R. Chhuanliana (Rev. Dr.), Philippi Hrilhfiahna, MTLC Thuthlung Thar Hrilhfiahna, vol. viii: Galatia, Ephesi, Philippi, Kolossa & 1&2 Thessalonika (Aizawl: Mizo Theological Literature Committee, 2005), p. 217. A ziaktu hian a lehkhabu r^wn a sawi lang lo.
1
Barclay-an (p. 75) Bible letlingtu leh version hrang hrang a lam chhuah ngawt pawh - Wycliffe, Tyndale, Cranmer, Moffat, Weymouth, C. Kingsley Williams, Geneva Bible, Rheims Bible, Revised Version, the New English Bible, te a ni.
2
Grik epi-ei-keia, Mizo \awnga dikna kan tih hi s^p \awngin justice emaw right emaw a ni a. Mahni lam inen l>k lova mi dang teh n^n hman sual a awl hle tih hi hrilhfiahtute sawi d^n a ni. Dik t^wk lo ngaihzam lam ni lovin, mi dik lo dikna kawng zawhtr t<ra thil hlu leh \angkai tak dawhtheihna leh ngaihdamna
3
196
a keng tel a ni.

4 5 6
Barclay, Philippians, p. 76 Calvin, Philippians, p. 288
English chuan excellence a ni a. Leilet a ni emaw, hmanrua emaw, ranvulh emaw, sipai emaw, nungchang a ni emaw, a nihna anpui znga \ha filawr leh chungchuang bk sawina a ni.
197
Zirlai 30
RAWNGBWLTU HAUSAKNA Chhiar tr: Philippi 4:10-23
Thuvawn: Phil 4:11-12

4 10Nimahsela, in mi ngaihtuahzia t<n hnua in rawn tihthar leh t^k av^ng hian, Lalpaah chuan ka l^wm hle a ni; chutiang kawng chu ngaihtuah kha zawng in ngaihtuah teh meuh va, remch^ng erawh chu in hmu lo mai a ni. 11Ka tl^kchham thu sawi zawng ka ni lo ve; kei zawng eng ang pawhin awm mah ila, lungawi z>l ka ching tawh si a. 12 Tl^wm taka awm d^n ka thiam a, hausaa awm d^n pawh ka thiam bawk a; thil tinr>ngah leh thil zawng zawngah tlai leh ril\^ma awm d^n, hausa leh tlachhama awm d^n thur<k chu ka hre chhuak tawh. 13Mi tichaktuah chuan engkim ka ti thei a ni. 14 Nimahsela, ka mangannaahte hian mi lo manganpui hi in ti\ha e. 15Tin, nangni Philippi-a mite u, Chanchin |ha thlen tirh laia Makedonia ram a\anga ka kal chhuah lai kh^n, nangni chauh lo chuan, kohhran p^wl pakhat mahin thilp>k leh dawn kawngah chuan mi \anpui lo tih nangni ngeiin in hre bawk a; 16Thessalonika khuaa ka awm lai pawh kh^n, ka tl^kchhamna phuhr<k t<rin, vawi khat chang ni lovin, vawi hnih lai in rawn thawn kha. 17 Thilp>k chu ka zawng a ni lo va; rah, nangmahni lama pung t<r chu zawng ka ni z^wk e. 18Nimahsela, engkim ka nei a, ka ngah a ni; Epaphrodita kuta in thil mi thawnte chu ka lo hmu a, ka phuisui ta. Ch<ng chu englo rimtui rim, inthawina chh^n tl^k, Pathian l^wm z^wng a ni. 19Tin, ka Pathian chuan Krista Isuaa a ropuina ngahzia ang z>lin, in tl^kchhamna tinr>ng pawh a phuhr<ksak ang che u. Tin, kan Pathian leh kan Pa hn>nah chuan chatuanin ropuina chu awm rawh se. Amen.
20

21
198
Krista Isuaa mi thianghlim tinr>ng chibai mi b<ksak ang che u. Ka hn>na unau awmte hian chibai an b<k a che u. 22 Mi thianghlim zawng zawngten chibai an b<k che u a, Kaisara chh<ngte znga mi hian an b<k deuh ber a che u. Lalpa Isua Krista khawngaihna chu in thlarau hn>nah awm rawh se.
23
Kan thupui zir tr hi Rawngb^wltu Hausakna tih a ni a. Paulan chu hausakna nun a tawnhriat d^n a puan chhuahna kan zir d^wn a ni. Chu nun hausakna chu thil hrang hrang infin kh^wm a\angin a lo awm \hn a. Kan thu zir t<r hl^wmah pawh hian rawngb^wltu te, rawngb^wltu chhawmd^wltu kohhran te, chhawmd^wlna hna tipuitlingtu te, mals^wmtu Pathian te t^r lan a ni a. An inzawm d^n leh thawh ho d^n ngaihnawm tak kan hmu a. Kohhranin rawngb^wltu chhawmd^wlna p>k a duh >m >m, k^r hlat av^nga a tih mai theih si loh, Kristian \halai fel tak, Epaphrodita av^nga tihhlawhtlin a nih t^k d^n te t^r lan a ni a. Chutianga kohhran p>ng hrang hrang thawh ho z^ra Krista rawngb^wltu hausakna chu chiang taka t^r lan a ni. 1. Kohhran leh thilp>k Pathian ram ti-Pathian ramtu ber chu thilp>k a ni. Kohhran hi Pathian ram hmuh theih langs^r ber znga chhiar a ni a, Pathianin a Fapa mal neih chhun a p>k az^ra awm a ni. P>k hi Pathian ze pui tak a ni a. Chu Pathian zia chu kohhran nung leh chak chuan a chhawm z>l a ni. Philippi Kohhran ziaah pawh thilp>k hi a langs^r hle a. Paula pawhin a fak leh chhuan viau chhan pawh niin a lang. Sawi lan tawh angin Philippi mite hn>na lehkhathawn pawh hi a thawn chhan ber chu an thilp>k chunga l^wm thu sawi a duh v^ng a ni. Philippi leh Rom khaw k^r chu hla tak, inkal pawh zung zung theih loh a ni. Chuti chung chuan Philippi mite chuan an ngaihsakzia lantrin an thilp>k chu an thawn vang vang a ni. A
199
hmain Makedonia a chhuahsan lai te, Thessalonika khuaa a awm lai pawhin, kohhran dangten eng mah an p>k loh laiin, Philippi Kohhran hi chuan thilp>k an lo p>k tawh thu a sawi a. Mizo \awngin, Vawi khat chang ni lovin, vawi hnih lai in rawn thawn kha tiin dah a ni a. Grik \awng chuan a vawi z^t dah lovin \um khat aia tam (kai hapax kai dis) tiin a dah a. Hei hian Philippi Kohhran chu thilp>k chng tak an nihzia a tilang chiang hle. Rom t^n ina a awm laia an thilp>k hi eng nge ni tih ziah lan a ni lo va. T^n in chh<nga Paula rawngb^wlna tichak leh pui theitu thil \angkai tak chu a nih ngei a rinawm. Paula hi a lo khawhar hman deuh niin a lang. In mi ngaihsakna t<n hnua in rawn tihthar leh t^k av^ng hian, a ti a. Philippi mite hi eng emaw chen an reh deuh a niang. Mahse, dem ahn>kin an harsatna a hre thiam a, Chutiang kawng chu ngaihtuah kha zawng in ngaihtuah teh meuh va, remch^ng erawh chu in hmu lo mai a ni, tiin an thiamthu a sawisak z^wk a ni. A thilp>k dawn chungah a l^wm thiam hle a; a mihringpuite thilp>k a ni tih hre reng mah se, a p>ktrtu chu Pathian a ni tih a pawm a, Lalpaah chuan ka l^wm hle a ni, a ti. Paula hian an thilp>k chu mamawh inti chiah lo mah se, a petu lama hl^wkna awm tur chu a thlrpui ber a. An hl^wkna t<r sawi n^n pawh sumd^wng \awngkam a hmang a. In sum b^wm (account - logos)-ah, rah (interest -karpos), pung (abound, ple-o-na-zonta), tih te hi. Harsa tak chung pawha kohhran thilp>k chuan rah nasa tak a chhuah \hn a. T<na kan zir m>k Philippi mite hn>na Paula lehkhathawn pawh hi chutiang thilp>k rah chu a ni. 2. Kristian hausakna - lungawi z>l Paula nunah hian Krista rawngb^wltu hausakna thur<k a lang chiang hle a. Chu hausakna chu lang thei lamah ni lovin chh<ngril nun lungawinaah a ni. Philippi Kohhran thilp>k a dawng chu a l^wm >m >m a; mahse, an thilp>k chu a mamawh lo tih hriattr tel a duh tlat a ni. An thilp>k chu a \angkai ngei a; mahse, chumi tel lo chuan amah intodelhin rawng a b^wl thei a; thilp>k
200
dl lek phei chu a tum lohzia a hriattr a ni. Ka tl^kchham thu sawi zawng ka ni lo ve a ti. Thilp>k hnar kher chu tum lo mah se, a dl lohzia leh a dl v^nga pe an nih lohzia a t^r lang a. Hausakna hi sum leh pai neih tamah ni lovin chh<ngril lam nun lungawinaah a innghat a. Neih tam ai chuan nun tam hi hausakna hausa z^wk a ni tih a hria. Mihring rinchhan lova Pathiana innghat a nihzia chu a sawi tum a ni. Paulan lungawina a sawi hi Grik-ho nunphung \ha inzirtrna \awngkam, au-tar-keia tih a ni a. Mahni intodelh emaw mahni kea ding emaw sawina a ni. Chu chu Stoic-hote chuan an tum s^ng ber a ni. A awmzia chu eng dang mah leh tu dang mah rinchhan lova mahni liau liauva lungawi famkim theihna rilru put a ni. Paula hian Stoic-ho \awng kauchheh hi a hmanpui n^ a, a sawi tum chu anni sawi n>n chuan a inang diak diak lo deuhvin a lang. Stoic-ho chuan ch^kna leh duhna zawng zawng tihbo fai \hak hi an tum a. Neih tam aiin duh tl>m hi lungawinaah an ngai a. Chu lungawina nei t<r chuan thil thleng eng pawh Khuar>l a ni tia pawm t<ra mahni rilru leh duhna sawizawi ngar ngar mai t<rah an ngai a ni ber. Paula zirtrna leh Stoic-ho zirtrna hi thui tak a inthl^wp tih a lang thei. An inan lohna thur<k pawh a lang ngh^l thei bawk. Stoic chuan, Keima tumruhnain lungawi ka zir d^wn, a ti a. Paula chuan, Chakna mi petu Krista z^rah engkim ka ti thei a ni, a ti thung. Stoic t^n chuan lungawina chu mihring hlawh chhuah a ni a, Paula t^n chuan Pathian thilp>k a ni. Stoic chu mahni a intodelh a, Paula chuan Pathian intodelhna a rinchhan thung. Stoic thurin chuan mihring nihphung a kalh av^ngin a hlawhtling lo va, Kristian thurin erawh chu Pathiana zungkai a nih av^ngin a hlawhtling a ni. T.R. Glover-a chuan, Stoic chuan thinlung hi thlalerah a siam a, thlamuanna a vuah mai a ni, a ti. Kristian chuan Krista a neih av^ngin eng dinhmun pawh a hmachhawn thei.
201
Kristian hausakna chu thil neih tamah a innghat lo va, neih chhuna lungawinaah a innghat z^wk a. Chu hausakna neitu chu rethei t> pawh ni se, mi dang sem t<r a nei \hn. 3. Thilp>k rimtui Paula tl^wmngaihna hi a ril hle. A rawngb^wlnaa a thawhrim av^ngin hlawh hmu tl^k tih chu a inhre reng. Philippi mite hian thilp>k an p>k belh z>l theih n^n mamawh sawi t<r a ngah ngawt ang. Sawi duh se a sawi thiam hle bawk ang. Mahse a mamawh sawi belh ahn>kin an thilp>k rawn thawn \^ng \^ng pawh chu a mamawh l>m lohzia a sawi z^wk a. Paula chuan a thilp>k dawn chu, Ka mamawh hran lo ve, a ti mai. A hlawh aiin a hna a ngai pawimawh z^wk. Chuti chung erawh chuan Philippi mite thilp>k chu anmahni leh Pathian ink^r at^n a hlutzia a sawi a: Ch<ng chu englo rimtui, inthawina chh^n tl^k, Pathian l^wm z^wng a ni tiin a faksak a ni. Thuthlung Hluia Pathian pawm theih inthawina sawina \awngkam a hmang a. An inthawina thilp>k chu Pathian hn^rah rimtui a tling a tihna a ni. 4. Kohhran mamawh - \halai tl^wmngai Sawi lan tawh ang kh^n kohhranho ch>t v>lna tihlawhtling \hntu pawimawh tak chu \halaite an ni. Philippi Kohhrante thilp>k hlu tak chu a hun lai chuan thawn mai d^n a v^ng >m >m a. An tum a hlawhtlin theihna chu \halai tl^wmngai, Epaphrodita a ni. Mahni \<l kalsanin Paula hn>na kohhran thilp>k hl^n t<rin ni tam kalin Rom-ah a kal \auh \auh va. A \<l anga Paula rawng b^wlsak t<rin a la ni lehngh^l a. He tlangv^l inp>kna nasatzia hi Paulan, In mi chhawmd^wlna tlin b^k chu chhunzawm n^n thih d^wn lova beiin, Krista hnathawhna av^ngin thi chh^wngin a lo awm ta si a, (2:30) tiin a fak hial a ni. Hlawh lovin tlangv^lin kohhran tih theih b^k Paula rawngb^wlna a chhawmd^wl a, Krista hnaa ngaiin thih huamin a bei a; thih ngamin a dam lo ta hial mai a ni.
202
Kohhran vawng nung z>l t<rin \halai tl^wmngai an pawimawh kumkhua d^wn. Tl^wmngaihna theology sawi sei vak a rem lo va. Mahse, kohhran hian \halaite nunah tl^wmna leh tl^wmngaihna chi a tuh hneh loh chuan kohhran chuan a hna pui a thawk thei lo ngh^l ang a; hna thawk \ha thei lo kohhran chu a nung tak tak ngai bawk lo vang. Chuv^ngin, \halaite zngah Epaphrodita te ang mi tl^wmngai siam chhuak z^wng leh an tha tichak z^wnga kohhranin hma a l^k z>l a \<l hle a ni. 5. Chibai b<kna hnuhn<ng A tih d^n p^ngngaiin Paula hian chibai b<kna uluk takin a lehkhathawn hi a kh^r a ni. A huapzo thei ang berin chibai a b<kte hming pawh, Krista Isuaa mi thianghlim tinr>ng tiin a lam a. Hmaih palh neih a hlau hle a ni. Chutiang bawkin chibai b<kpuitute pawh, Ka hn>na unau awmte hian... Mi thianghlim zawng zawngten chibai an b<k che u, tiin a fawm kh^wm a ni. A ruala chibai b<kpuitute zngah, Kaisara chh<ngte tih a sawi lang a. H>ng mite hi Kaisara thisen zawmpui vua leh v^ng tihna ni lovin Kaisara ror>lna hnuaia hna thawk, mipui v^ntl^ng d^wrtute sawina a ni. A hun lai khawv>l pumah member an z^r pharh a. Lal ina officer te, secretary te, lal chhiah khawntu te, lalram ror>lna ni tina enkawltute zawng zawng leh inr>lb^wlna chh<nga b^wih leh hna hnuaihnung thawk zawng zawngte a huap a ni.1 A tr t> a\angin Kristianna hian Rom lalram ror>lnaa dinhmun s^ng ber thlengin a luhchilh a ni tih Paula chibai b<kna hian a tilang chiang a. T^ng chunga a rawngb^wlna z^rah Kaisara chh<ngte znga mi tam tak chu Krista zuitu an lo ni tawh tih a t^r lang bawk. Rom ram sakhua ni t<rin Kristianna chuan kum zathum lai a nghah rih \<l mah se, Isua an khenbeh chuan khawv>l lalram ropui ber ror>ltute thinlungah ro a lo r>l \an reng tawh a ni.
203
Sawi ho tr 1. Kohhran a tl^k chhiat loh n^n engtin nge kohhran mite hn>nah thilphalna leh thilp>k chungch^ng kan zirtr ang? 2. Kohhrana \halaite tichak t<rin engtia hma l^k t<r nge ni ang? Endnote Thuthlung Thar hrilhfiahtu Michaelis leh E.G. Scott chuan Kaisara chh<ngte (hoi ek ts Kaisaros oikias) tih hian Rom lung ina Paula t^n laia ziah a nihzia nemnghettu niin an ngai a ni (Martin, Philippians, p. 185).
1
204
|HEN III KOLOSSA KHUAA MITE HNNA TIRHKOH PAULA LEHKHA THAWN
Zirlai 31
KOLOSSA THUHMAHRUAI Chhiar tr: Kolossa 1:6-8
Thuvawn: Kol 1:7b-8 1 6-7Chumi Chanchin |ha chu khawv>l zawng zawngah rahin a pung z>l ang bawk hian, in hn>na a thlen kha. Chutiang bawkin Epaphra, kan b^wihpui duh tak laka in zir angin, tihtakzeta Pathian khawngaihna chu in ngaihthl^ka in hriat ni achinah kh^n, nangmahniah pawh rahin a pung z>l \hn a ni. (7b)Epaphra hi kan ai awhin Krista rawngb^wltu rinawm tak a ni a, 8ani hian thlarauva in hmangaihna chu min hrilh bawk a. Kolossa hi Ephesi a\anga m>l za v>l, Lycus (Lukas) phaia khaw pawimawh pathum znga pakhat a ni \hn.1 A khaw \henawm te chu Laodikei leh Hierapoli a ni. An pahnih hian Lycus lui kam tuakah m>l ruk v>la inhlatin an inep at a. An chhak lam m>l sawm pahnih v>lah Kolossa khua a awm bawk a. Phrugia (Frugia) rama khawpui a ni \hn a, Paula hunah chuan Rom ram chh<ng a lo ni tawh. Lirnghng leh tl^ngk^ng tamna hmun a nih av^ngin a leilung pianhmang chu a danglam fo \hn. Lrnghng chuan hriat rengna lung leh in ropui tak takte delh betin, lui chhuatte khawmualah a chantr a, lung intiang leh pianhmang mak pui pui te a chhuah deuh reng mai a. Lucus
205
lui leh a p>ngte chu chalk (ch^wk) rawng puin an paw ph<t vek mai a ni. A kam phaiz^wl, tl^ngk^ng chirhin a luan \hin chu thlai chn n^n duhthus^min a \ha a. Chalk rawng kai lo chin ram chu ran tlatna at^na \ha fahran, ph<l hmun nuam tak a ni thung. Chalk rawng tui chu rawng dum n^n a \ha hle. Loadikei chu rawng dum leh thawmhnaw siam lamah a hmingthan phah nasa a ni. Kolossa pawh rawng dumah a l^r a. Rawng chi khat phei chu a khaw hming chawiin Kolossa rawng an ti hial a ni. A khaw pawimawhzia sawi n^n, Lal ropui pahnih Xerxes-a (Zarzesa) leh Kura te pawhin an indo mi sipaite chawlhpui n^n an lo hmang tawh tih sawi a ni \hn. Mahse, eng v^ng tak nge hriat lohvin Paula hun lai chuan a lo tla chhe tawh hle a. A anpui \hin Loadikei leh Hierapoli te lak chuan a n>p nasa tawh a. Thuthlung Thar thiam Lightfoot-a (Lait-fut-a) chuan, Paulan lehkha a thawnte znga khaw n>p ber a ti hial a ni.2 A khua chu n>p mah se, a lehkhathawn thuchah hi chu a ropui a. He khaw pilril taka thuchah hi Asia rama zirtrna hrisel lo tam tak laka Kristianna v>nhimna pawimawh tak a lo ni a. Krista hausakna chhui chhuah rual loh vawn himna lehkhabu a tling a ni. 1. Tu ziah nge? (1) Paula ziah a nih rin loh chhan lian tak pathum leh a chh^nna te tawi t> t>in lo zir ila (a) Paula lehkhathawn danga awm lo thumal leh \awng hmang tam tak a awm tih a ni. A dik a; mahse, miin a lehkhathawn apiangah a thumal leh \awng hmang p^ngngai a hmang reng tr a ni tih d^n a awm lo va. Paula hian Kolossa mite hn>nah hian mi dang hn>na a sawi l>m loh sawi leh hriattr duh a neiin, sawi d^n thar pawh a hmang a nih a rinawm. (b) Kolossa-a Gnostic (Nawstik) zirtrna ni ^wm tak lo lang hi Paula thih hnua lo chhuak nia rin a ni. Ziaka Gnostic
206
zirtrna duan chhuah chu kum zabi 2-na, Paula thih hnu chu a ni ngei a. Mahse, khawv>l pahnih zirtrna te, thil hmuh theih - khawih theih - tem theih (matter) r>ng r>ng sual a nihzia Gnostic zirtrna ang hi chuan Juda leh Grik zirtrna pawh a zem \uak reng tawh a.3 Kolossa-a zirtrna dik lo t^r lante hi Paula hun hmaa Gnostic zirtrna awm m>k tawh aia dangdai tak a awmin a lang lo va. Chuv^ngin, Kolossa-a Gnostic zirtrna beihna a awm av^ng hian Paula hun laia ziah a nih theih lohna a awm chuang lo. (c) Kolossa-a Krista chungch^ng zirtr d^n (Christology) hi Paula lehkhathawn danga thlr d^n aiin a t<nlai/ hmas^wn (advance) hle mai a. Paula ziah a ni thei lova rin a ni. A hmas^wn tih chu a dik a. Mahse, Paula ziah a ni thei lo tihna a ni chuang lo. Hmun danga a hmuh leh tawn loh thil Kolossa-ah hian a hmu a. Chu chuan Krista hausakna chu chhui chhuah rual a nih lohzia lam a uartr a, Krista nihna thlr d^n thar a hring chhuak ta a ni. A thlrna a inthl^k hret anga puh a nih pawhin Paula thil hmuh leh hriat d^n kha a p^ngngai tlut reng bk lo va, a ngaihtuahnain hma a s^wn reng tihna a ni z^wk ang. Kolossaa Paulan Krista nihna a zirtr d^n hi chi ang deuhvin 1Korinth 8:6-ah a awm ve tawh hrim hrim a. Chu chi chu a boruak tawnin a zir av^ngin a lo chawr duah ta a ni a tih theih ang. (2) Paula ziah ngei a nih rinna chhante, a chungah sawi a awm nual tawh n^ a, tawi t>in han sawi leh ila.4 (a) A bu chh<ngah hian a ziaktu hi Paula ngei a ni tih chiang takin t^r lan a ni (1:1, 23; 4:18).5 (b) A lehkhathawn pum puiah hian Paula rilru leh zia a lang tluan chhuak parh a ni.
207
(c) Paula lehkhathawn l^k kh^wm hmasak ber a\angin, Marcion-a l^k kh^wm tiamin, Kolossa hi a tel z>l a ni. (d) Kolossa leh Philemona hn>na lehkhathawn te inzawm hnaihzia en hian mi pakhat kutchhuak ngei niin a lang. Paula \hian \hahnem tak hming an t^r chhuahte a inang hle (Kol 4:7-17; Philm 2,23-24). Kolossa 4:9-ah Philemona lehkhathawna a changtu ber Onesima chu Nangmahni znga mi tiin a sawi. Hei hian lehkhathawn pahnihte hi ziaktu thuhmun leh hun khata thawn an nih ngei a tirinawm hle a ni. Philemona lehkhathawn hi hnial rual lohva Paula ziaka pawm a ni a. Chuvangin, Kolossa mite hn>na lehkhathawn hi Paula ziah ngei a nih a rinawm. Tu tna ziah nge? Lehkhathawn dawngtute hi tute nge an niha, eng ang mi nge an nih han zir leh hlek ila. Kolossa khuaa mi thianghlimte hn>na thawn a ni tih hi hnialna khirh tak a awm l>m lo (Kol 1:2). Chutih laiin Kolossa Kohhran hi Paula phun niin a lang lo va, tlawh pawh a tlawh lo niin a lang (Kol 1:4; 2:1). Ephesi khuaa Paula rawngb^wlna \ai darh z^ra lo piang niin a rinawm. Tirhkohte 19:10 chuan, chutichuan, Asia rama awm zawng zawng Juda-te leh Grikte pawhin Lalpa thu chu an hre ta hial a tiin a sawi. Kolossa 1:6 n>n pawh a inz<l hle: Chumi Chanchin |ha chu khawv>l zawng zawngah rahin a pung z>l ang bawk hian in hn>n a lo thlen kha. Kolossa Kohhran dintu nia rin, Epaphra hian Ephesi-a Paula rawngb^wlnaah Chanchin |ha a lo pawm ve niin rin a ni.6 Kolossa khaw mi a ni a (Kol 4:12), Paula chuan amah leh a rawngb^wlpuite aiawh niin a sawi (Kol 1:7). T<nlai \awngin an team member a ni. Kolossa mite hi Jentail Kristian an nih av^ng hrim hrim pawhin Paula, Jentailte t^na Pathian b>l ruat chuan a intineitu hle a ni.
2.
208
Kolossa Kohhran mi n^wlpui hi Jentail an ni a. An thlarau lam dinhmun chu Juda-te thlirna behchhanin Paula hian a hriattr a. Ama laka \hena awm leh In rilruah a hm>lma tiin a vuah a (Kol 1:21). Hetiang hian Kolossa mite chu Jentail, hnam thlan Juda-te Pathian thuthlunga tel ve lo, p^wn lam mi an nihna a sawi fiah a. An nun hlui sualna chi hrang hrang a sawi pawh hian Jentail an nihzia a hril bawk a ni (Kol 3:5-7). Chuv^ngin, Krista av^nga an nihna leh chanvo thar ropuizia a hrilh mawlh mawlh a. Chu nihna thar chu Krista hausakna chhui chhuah rual loh v^ng niin a sawi. Kolossa khaw kohhran chanchin hi a chh<ng thu a\angin kan la zir chiang z>l ang. Eng huna ziah nge? A bu chh<ngah hian a ziah hun lai Paulan a t^r lang lo va. Mahse, zir mite chuan a thu ken a\ang hian a hun tawn engin nge ziahtr tih chu a hriat theih hlein an ngai a ni.7 Paulan Kolossa mite hn>na lehkha a thawn hi Rom khaw t^n ina a t^n laia Epaphran Kolossa Kohhran chanchin a hrilh \uma a ziah niin rin a ni. Krista an rinzia leh mi thianghlimte an hmangaihzia te (1:4), Kristian nun rah duhawm tak an rah chhuahzia te (1:6), Thlarauva an hmangaihna te (1:8), an felzia leh rinnaa an nghehzia (2:5) te a hriatin l^wm thu a sawi a. Chutih laiin Kolossa Kohhran chu tibuaitu awm \an niin a hre bawk a. Chu tibuaitu chuan hripui ang tak chuan a la nuai lo va; chi tuh angin a inmun m>k a, tihdamna aiin v>n l^wkna p>k a \ha tih hriain nasa taka \an lain he lehkha hi a ziak ta a ni. Chuv^ngin, AD 60 v>la ziah ni ngeiin rin a ni.8 3.
209
Sawi ho tr 1. Krista avnga Kolossa khuaa ringtute dinhmun thar ropuizia hriattrna a\ang hian Krista avnga mi mal, chhngkua, khawtlng leh ramin dinhmun \ha kan chante sawi ni se. Bible-a lehkhabu mal mal hrilhfiahnaa a ziaktu leh ziah a nih hun pawm dn tlngpui awm sa kalh zwnga chhuina ziah \hin hi kohhran mi nwl pui tan a pawi theihna leh \angkaina lai sawi ni se. Endnotes Barclay, Colossians, p. 91. Lycus hi Lycia ti pawhin an sawi ve bawk. Asia Minor Chhimlam tuipui kama awm a ni a, Xanthus lui an tih pawh a huam wm e.
1 2 3 4
2.
Barclay, Colossians, p. 92 Barclay, Ephesians, p. 100.
D. Guthrie, Colossians, New Bible Commentary, edited by Donald Guthrie (Secunderabad: O.M. Books, 1997), pp. 1139-1153. D. Guthrie, Colossians, New Bible Commentary, edited by Donald Guthrie (Secunderabad: O.M. Books, 1997), pp. 1139-1153.
5
Donald Guthrie, NBC, p. 1139 & Barclay, Colossians, p. 94. Epaphra hi kohhran dintu a nih chiah loh pawhin, a enkawltu Pastor chu a ni ngeiin a lang.
6 7 8
Donald Guthrie, NBC, p. 1139. JD Douglas, NBD, p. 221.
210
Zirlai 32
KOLOSSA KHUA LEH PAULA Chhiar tr: Kolossa 4:12-13,18 Thuvawn: Kol 4:18
4 12Epaphra, nangmahni znga mi, Krista Isua b^wihpa hian chibai a b<k a che u, ani chuan Pathian duh z^wng apianga puitling leh rin tlatna neia in din theihna t<rin, a \awng\ainaahte chuan nangmahni t^n a bei fo \hn a ni. 13 Nangmahni t^n te, Laodikei khuaa awmho t^n te, Hierapoli khuaa awmho t^n te \hahnem a ngai >m >m tih ka hriatpui asin. Kei Paulan keima kut ngeia chibai ka b<kna che u a nih hi. Ka kawl bunte hi hre reng rawh u. Khawngaihna in hn>nah awm rawh se.
18
Kolossa khaw chanchin kan zir nual tawh a. Mahse, an kohhran chanchin hriat chian lehzual n^n chipchiar deuh z^wka zir belh kan tum ang a. A mi ch>ngte leh an nunphungte pawh a theih chen chen chhui kan tum d^wn a ni. Lehkhathawna a ziah a\ang leh thu l^kna dang a\angin Kolossa Kohhran leh Paula te hi eng ang takin nge an inzawm tih leh Paula lehkhathawn hian eng nge a tum laipui deuh tih pawh zir chhuah kan tum d^wn a ni. 1. Khaw biru Zirlai danga sawi tawh ang kh^n Kolossa hi Rom lalrama Asia bial chh<nga Phrugia khawpui a ni \hn a. Lucus (Lukas) phaiz^wla khaw ropui pathumte znga mi a lo ni pha tawh a. Thuthlung Thar hunah erawh chuan a chhan hriat chian vak lohvin a pawimawh \hinna a hloh nasa tawh hle a. A tin>p lehzualtu chu AD 60-a lrnghng na takin a sawi chhiat vak v^ng a ni.1
211
Chuv^ngin Paula hun lai chuan khaw kilkh^wr leh biru tak a lo ni hman tawh a ni. Lycus phaiz^wla a tiatpui thuak thuak \hin khawpuite, Hierapoli leh Loadikei te chu an v^nglai a ni hial wm e. Hierapoli chu sumd^wnna hmun ropui leh damdawi hmun pawimawh tak a ni a. Tl^ngk^ng hn<hmaa khur awm chekchuk a\anga lo chhuak tuihu leh tuitîte chuan natna tihdamna an pai av^ngin an l^r hle a; ch<ng tuite in t<r leh inbual t<rin mipui s^ng t>lin Hierapoli chu an rawn pan \hn a ni. Laodikei l^r chhan ber chu puanth^n \ha ber ber siam chhuahna a nih v^ng a ni. Chu sumd^wnna tichak t<rin puan dumna hmunpui a ni ngh^l bawk a. Eng emaw laiin Kolossa khawpui hian a \henawm khawpuite hi lo tiatpui tawh mah se, a lo n>p t^k bkzia tilangtu pakhat a awm a. Vawiin thleng hian Laodikei leh Hierapoli te chu in ropui tak tak dinna hn<hma la hmuh theih a\angin an lo awm \hinna hmun a la hriat theih hle a. Kolossa erawh chu a lo awm \hinna nia rin theihna chhan t<r lung pakhat pawh hmuh t<r a awm tawh lo an ti hial a ni. Chuv^ngin, Paula hunah pawh hian Kolossa chu khaw n>p leh biru tak a ni tih a hriat theih a. A hun laia rawngb^wltu ropui Paula lehkhathawn dawngtu a nih ve mai nachhan t<r hi hriat thiam a har hial a. Z^wlneiin, Aw, nang Bethlehem, Judai rama mi, Judai khawpuite zngah i t> ber tawp lo ve, (Mt 2:6) a tih leh, Tin, khawv>l thil chhia leh thil hmuhsitawm te, thil awm lote n>n lam Pathianin a thlang a, thil awmte chu eng mah lova a siam theihna t<rin, (1 Kor 1:28) tihte hi Kolossa khuaa bel ve mai hi a kawng deuh ber mai ^wm e. 2. Juda hual v>l Jentail khawpui Khawpui pathumte hi Juda tam tak awmna Phrugia biala awm an ni a. Mahse, Kolossa khua hi Jentail tamna hmun a ni bk ^wm e. Kum zahnih v>l liam tawhah Antiochus-a (An-taiaw-khas) Ropuia chuan Babulon leh Mesopotamia ram a\angin
212
Juda chh<ngkaw s^nghnih zet mai Lydia leh Phrugia bialah hian a lo thawn l<t a.2 Ch<ng Juda-te chu an lo neinung tawlh tawlh a. An mi leh sate an z^r zo t<rin an rawn p>m ve z>l a. Nasa takin Juda-ho chu an lo pung ta a. Palestinaa Juda pa fr deuhte chuan Phrugia ram uain leh tuite tl^n t<ra Juda chh<ngkaw tam tak an p>m mai chu an s<n hial a ni. Laodikei-a Rom governor Flaccus-an BC 62-a Juda hovin Jerusalem Temple at^na rangkachak an thawn chhuah a\anga chhiah lo l<t z^t chh<tin a bialah mai pawh chhiah chawitu mi 11,000 v>l awmin a hria a. Hemi a\ang hian Juda mipui tam lam chu 50,000 aia tl>m lo ni t<rin a chh<t a.3 Ch<ngte chu Chanchin |ha rawn thlentu t<r Messia thu hrilh l^wka khawv>l lo buatsaihtute kha an ni a. Kolossa tak erawh hi chu Jentail tamna niin, kohhran lo ding pawh Jentail kohhran ni berin a lang. Chanchin |ha dawng t<ra buatsaihtu at^n erawh anmahni hual v>ltu Juda-te chu Pathianin a hmang tih a rin ngh^l theih mai ^wm e. 3. Kolossa Kohhran Paula leh Kolossa Kohhran hi eng nge an inlaichin d^n tih hi sawi fiah fak a har deuh. He kohhran hi Paula din a ni lo tih chu a chiang a. Lehkhathawn a ziah lai thleng hi chuan Kolossa khua hi tlawh pawh a la tlawh lo a ni (1:4; 7-9; 2:1). A zin vawi hnihnaah Lycus phai hm^r lam hr<tin a kal p>l a (Tirh 16:6-8). A zin vawi thumnaah Ephesi khuaah kum thum a ch^m a (Tirh 19:1-20; 20:31). Hemi \um hian Ephesi khua hi a rawngb^wlna hmunpui at^n a hmang a. Chuta \ang chuan Chanchin |ha chu Ephesi chheh v>l khuaah te a darh a, kohhrante an lo ding hlawm a ni. Hetih lai v>l hian Kolossa khaw mipuiten an khaw mi Epaphra kaltlangin Chanchin |ha an lo dawng ve ta ni ngeiin a lang (1:7; 4:12). Chuta Kristian tam berte chu Jentail mi an ni (1:27; 2:13).
213
4.
Lehkhathawn ziah chhan Paulan Kolossa mite hn>na lehkha a thawn chhan hi kawng thumin a sawi theih ^wm e. Pakhatnaah chuan Epaphran Paula hn>nah Kolossa Kohhran chanchin ngaihnawm tak a hrilh v^ng a ni (1:4-8). Paula hi Kolossa Kohhran dintu ni lo mah se, Jentail-te t^na tirhkoh niin a inchh^l a, mawh phur bkin a inhria a ni. Pahnihnaah chuan lehkhathawn kengtu t<r remch^nna av^ngin. A t^n pui b^wih tl^n bo, Onesima, Kolossa khaw mi, t^n ina Kristiana inlet ta chu a pu Philemona hn>nah kr leh t<rin a fuih a. A haw t<r chu remch^nga lain Kolossa Kohhran pum pui hn>na lehkha thawn a kentr a. H>ng mi mal \hian hming kan lam rk - Epaphra, Onesima, Philemona (a nupui Aphi leh an fapa Arkippa) - te v^ng ringawt pawh hian Kolossa Kohhran hi a vei a ni. Pathumnaah chuan kohhranho tibuaitu zirtrna dik lo awm m>ka hriatna a nei bawk a ni. Han bih chiang deuh ila (1) Mihring finna: Mihring finna ril leh thu thiamna (philosophy) hmanga hruai bona awm thei a sawi a (2:4,8,18). Hriatna ( gnsis leh epi-gnsis ), finna ( sophia ), hriatthiamna (synesis) leh thur<k (mystrion)4 tih te, Grik finna zirtrnaa hman l^r deuh deuhte Paula hian zir chian leh chh^n \<l a tih av^ngin a hmang nasa. Chapona leh intihveina hnawksak a keng tel \hn a ni. (2) P^wn lam chhinchhiahna uar: Krista nun zawm v^ng ni si lova lang thei thil ei leh in, k<t ni serh, ni leh thla thar hman, chawlhni serh leh serh tan thu v>la duhtui vak te (2:11,16f.) a sawi a. T<nlai \awng chuan, piangthar mang si lova Kristian nun d^n \ha khirhkh^n uar a, ch<ng thila duhtui viau sawina a ni wm e. (3) V^ntirhkoh biak : Hei hian Krista aia thlarau khawv>la v^ntirhkohte chu thuneihna leh thiltihtheihna sawi uar z^wk thu a ni thei wm e. Bung 2:18-ah v^ntirhkohte pawh biak t<r, tia inl^rna danglam bk hmua insawi te chungch^ng a
214
sawi. Chutiang zirtrtute chu eng mah ni si lova chapohote tiin a dem a ni. Thuthlung Thar thiam zngah Hort-a leh Peake-a chuan h>ng zirtrna hnawksakte hi Juda zirtrnaa awm sa vek niin an ngai a.5 A dik thawkhat viau wm e. Lightfoot-a (Lait-fut-a) chuan Juda Kristian znga Essene-hote zirtrna niin a ring a.6 Anni hi thluak fm tak hman thiam bkna nei leh Gnostic ngaih ruatna thui tak \^wmpuitute an ni a. An rin d^n chu apostolte hun lai a\angin Asia Minor hmun \henkhatah lo pawm m>k tawh niin, a innghahna chu Juda Gnostic-ho zirtrna nia rin a ni. Mi thiam \henkhat erawh chuan AD zabi hnihnaa ziaktuten an sawi l^r t^k viau Gnostic zirtrna kha niin an ring a. Chuv^ngin, Kolossa lehkhathawn hi Paula ziah a ni lova rin n^n an hmang. Paulan zirtrna hnawksak a t^r lante theh darhtu hi p^wl pakhat mai a ni lo mai thei. Foulkes-a chuan, a hun laia sakhaw zirtrna leh mihring thuril (fi-law-sawfi) sawi pawlh sawp chungch^ng sawina niin a ring. Mi dang ang deuhvin Gnostic zirtrna Judaten an chhawm nun tia sawi a remch^ng berin a ring a ni. Eng pawh ni se, Kolossa mite hn>na lehkhathawnah hian Paula chuan a chunga zirtrna hnawksak leh him lote t^r lana, zirtrna dik leh him p>k a tum a ni. Chuv^ngin, Krista chu thim thuneihna hnehtu a nih thu te, amahah Pathian famkimna tinr>ng a awm thu te (1:16; 2:9), mahni inhneh tuma beih vak aiin mahni nuna Krista laltr a hl^wk thu te (2:20ff; 3:1), finna tak chu mihringa chhuak ni lovin (2:8), Kristaa Pathian thur<k puan chhuah a nih thute a zirtr a ni. Sawi ho t<r Kolossa mite hn>na Paula lehkhathawn chhante kan zir a. H>ngah hian kan kohhran hmehbel theih thilte a awm vein kan hria em?
215
Endnotes
1 2 3 4
J.D. Douglas (ed.), New Bible Dictionary, p. 221. JD Douglas, NBC, p. 221. Barclay, Colossians, p. 93
Grik thumal lam d^n: gnsis (naw-sis), epignsis (epi-nawsis), sophia (saw-fia), synesis (su-ne-sis), mystrion (mus-te-rion)
5 6
F. Foulkes, Epistle to the Colossians, NBC, p. 222.
J.B. Lightfoot, The Epistle of Paul to the Galatians. 2nd American reprint edition (Gran Rapids, MI: Zondervan, 1957, pp. 71-111, 347-417.
216
Zirlai 33
CHIBAI BKNA LEH KOLOSSA KOHHRAN NIHNA Chhiar tr: Kolossa 1:1-8 Thuvawn: Kol 1:6-7
1 1Paula, Pathian duh z^wnga Krista Isua tirhkoh leh kan unau Timothea chuan, Kolossa khuaa Kristaa mi thianghlimte leh unau rinawmte hn>nah chuan:
2
Pathian kan Pa hn>n ata khawngaihna leh remna in hn>nah awm rawh se.
3-5
V^nah in t^n beiseina an dahsak che u av^ngin, Krista Isua in rinzia leh mi thianghlim zawng zawngte chunga hmangaihna in neihzia kan lo hriat achin in t^na \awng\ai fovin, Pathian, kan Lal Isua Krista Pa hn>nah chuan l^wm thu kan hril \hn a. Chumi beiseina chanchin chu, hm^nah Chanchin |ha thutak thu-ah kh^n in hre tawh. 6-7Chumi Chanchin |ha chu khawv>l zawng zawngah rahin a pung z>l ang bawk hian, in hn>na a thlen kha. Chutiang bawkin Epaphra, kan b^wihpui duh tak laka in zir angin, tihtakzeta Pathian khawngaihna chu in ngaihthl^ka in hriat ni achinah kh^n, nangmahniah pawh rahin a pung z>l \hn a ni. Epaphra hi kan aiawhin Krista rawngb^wltu rinawm tak a ni a, 8ani hian thlarauva in hmangaihna chu min hrilh bawk a.
Tn \uma kan zir t<r hi Kolossa Kohhran nihna tl^ngpui tiin dah a ni a. Paula kh^n he kohhran leh a chh<nga mite kha hmuhna remch^ng a nei lo tih kan hria a. Chutiang ni si, anmahni hmu leh hria ang taka an nihna leh mamawh chena a sawi thei
217
mai hi a mak a. Kawng khatah chuan an chanchin hrilhtu Epaphra hian an chanchin hi a vei tak zetin, a ngaihven hle tih a rin theih. Kawng dang lehah chuan Paula kha khawpui hrang hranga kohhran \hahnem tak dintu a ni a. A tawnhriat a\ang ringawt pawhin kohhran ningkh^wng a hre >m >m a. Kolossa Kohhran chanchin kha tl>m t> chauh hria pawh ni se, thui tak chu an nih d^n ngaihruat thiamna a nei sa ngei t<r a ni. Epaphran a hrilh thiam leh z>l bawk si a. Chuv^ngin, an nihna leh dinhmun te chu hmu lo pawhin a hriatsak thui hle niin a lang. An nihna tl^ngpui a sawite hi a hmutu Epaphra pawhin a pawmpui tih a chiang a. Kohhran nun zir tham tak a ni. Vawiina kan zirlai hian a f<n tam a. Kohhran nun leh thurin tam tak zir chhuak t<rin inkau rilru ila a \ha ang. 1. Chibai b<kna Kolossa khuaa kohhran chu Paula chuan, Kristaa mi thianghlimte leh unau rinawmte tiin a ko va. A lehkha thawn hmasa lamah chuan a hmun/khaw hming sawiin Kohhran tiin a ko \hn. 1 & 2 Thessalonika te, 1 & 2 Korinth leh Galatia mite hn>na lehkha a thawnah chuan, Kohhran tiin Kristiante chu a ko \hn a. Mahse, Rom, Ephesi, Philippi leh Kolossa mite hn>na a lehkhathawnah erawh hi chuan Kohhran ti lovin mihring a lam chhuak a. A upat lamah Paula hian ringtu mi mal pawimawhna a tilang zual a ni. Kohhran hi hming ringawt ni lovin, mi mal pung kh^wm a nihzia a lantr a ni. Ephesi lehkhathawn leh Kolossa lehkhathawn inan bkzia kan sawi tawh a. Paulan kohhran mite a koh d^n a\ang mai pawh hian an inang hle. Ephesi Kohhranhote chu, Mi thianghlim Ephesi khuaa awm tia a koh laiin Kolossa Kohhran mite chu, Kolossa khuaa Kristaa mi thianghlimte tiin a ko va. Hei hi chu Philippi Kohhran mite koh n^n pawh a hmang ve a. A danglam deuh erawh chu, Ephesi mite chu, Krista Isuaa mi rinawmte tih hming vuahin, Kolossa mite chu, Unau rinawmte tih hming
218
a vuah a. Kristiante t^n chuan hming thlanawm ber a ni ang. Ephesi lehkhathawn zirnaa thianghlim tih leh rinawm tih kan zir tawh kha a rin ngh^l theih tawh mai ^wm e. Paula hian Kolossa khuaa kohhran chanchin hi Epaphra hn>n a\ang chauh lo pawhin tl^ngkama hriatna chu a nei ang tih a rin theih a. A khua tlawh lo leh a mite hmu l>m lova hming duhawm tak a pe mai hian a thu dawnte chu a ring t^wk a ni tih a tilang a. Kristiante znga inrin tawnna \ha tak awm reng hian, sakhuaa an rinna takna leh chumi z^ra an rinawmnate n>n a inzawm tlat \hn a ni. Krista thisen hmun khata hrin an nih av^ngin unaute tiin an inko thei z>l bawk a ni. 2. Chanchin |ha darh z^r zotute A tr t> a\anga Isua Krista Chanchin |ha lo darh z>l d^n hi thil mak tak chu a ni. A nihphung r>ngah pung leh darh z>l t<r a ni ve r>ng r>ng mai. Chanchin |ha chu Isua Krista a ni tih hi a dik viau mai. Pathianin Chhandamtu (Messiah) a tiam chu Isua Kristaah a thleng famkim a; a ring apiang amah av^nga an dam theih n^n mi zawng zawng tlan n^n a thi a; mi zawng zawng thawhlehna hmahruaitu a nih theih n^n kumkhuaa nung t<rin thihna hnehin a tho leh a; amah chu Chanchin |ha chi nung niin, a ring apiangin a nunna an \^wm ve z>l a; pung lo thei leh darh zau lo thei a ni lo a ni. Paula ngei pawhin Chanchin |ha darh z>l t<r dan tumin nasa takin a bei a. Mahse, dan beh ahn>kin amah ngei chu a theh darhtuah a \ang ta a. Rawngb^wla a zin \um thumnaah Ephesi khuaah kum thum lai ch^min kohhrante a din a. Chumi \uma a rawng b^wlnaah Kolossa khaw mi Epaphra chuan Isua a lo ring ve ta a. A hn>n a\angin Kolossa mite chuan Krista chanchin an lo hria a, an ring a, kohhran a lo ding ve ta niin a lang. Chuv^ngin Paulan, Chu mi Chanchin |ha chu khawv>l zawng zawngah rahin a pung z>l ang bawk hian in hn>na a thlen kha, tiin Chanchin |ha z^r zotute an lo ni ve ta tih a sawi a. Zawi zawia Chanchin
219
|ha khaw tina a pung hret hret chu khawv>l huapa a darh zau z>lzia hriltu a ni. Pathian khawngaihna dawngtute Paula Chanchin |ha laipui chu Pathian khawngaihna a ni. Kolossa mite nihna chu, Tih tak zeta Pathian khawngaihna chu in ngaihthl^ka in hriat ni achinah kh^n, nangmahniah pawh rahin a pung z>l \hn a ni a ti a. J.H. Stringer-a chuan khawngaihna (grace) tih hrilhfiahna a ziakah a z^wlpuiah duhsakna (favour) a dah a.1 |awngkam hausa tak a nih av^ngin sawi fiah kim t^wk a har. Tl>m tal chuan han <m zui ila. Thuthlung Hluia khawngaihna sawina Hebrai hesed2 hi RSV chuan hmangaihna nghet ( steadfast love ) tiin emaw rinawmna (loyalty) tiin emaw a letling tl^ngpui a. AV chuan zahngaihna (\um 149), ngilneihna (38), hmangaih ngilneihna (30) leh \hatna (12) ti tein a letling bawk. Pathian leh mihring ink^ra inremna thuthlunga rinawmna sawi n^n hman a ni deuh ber a. Pathian hesed chu |ah Hla 3:22-23-ah leh mihring chan hesed chu Hosea 6:6-ah te kan hmu. Hebrai v>ka khawngaihna sawina dang chu hn phu loh duhsakna a ni. Hei hi chu ind^wr tawnna thuthlung \awngkam a ni ve lo. Pathian leh mihring chungch^ng pawh ni se, a chungnung z^wk leh ropui z^wkin a hnuaihnung leh n>p z^wk a duhsakna sawina a ni (Gen 33:10,15,18; 39:4; Ruthi 2:2,10; Jer 31:2). Hetah hi chuan mihring lam chan a awm ve lo. Tu mahin Pathian hi a phu loh duhsakna a hl^n thei lo, hlan t<r pawh a nei lo a ni. Thuthlung Tharah Pathian khawngaihna chu a lang chiang zual a. A sawina at^n Grik charis (kharis)3 hi hman a ni. Hebrai hn lehlinna a ni ber. A hman d^n azirin ngaihdamna sawina a ni thei (Kol 2:13; 3:13; Eph. 4:32). Khawngaihna hi zahngaihna aia thlanawm z^wka ngaih a nih chhan chu, nun \ha nung chhuak t<ra mihring tichaktu Pathian thiltihtheihna a keng tel nia ngaih a ni. Isua kaah kh^n khawngaihna tih hi a chhuak ngai lo a ni wm e. Mahse, a thusawi leh thiltih erawh chu khawngaihnain a
3.
220
khat si a ni. Entr n^n, gr>p huana hnathawk tehkhin thu (Mt 20:1-16) te, z^n ruai ropui tehkhin thu (Lk 14:16-24) te, fapa tl^n bo tehkhin thu (Lk 15:2-24) te leh a dangte an awm. Damlo a tihdam, ph^r a khawih thianghlim, mitthi a kaihthawh zawng zawng te kha khawngaihna hnathawh a ni. Paula lehkhathawnah khawngaihna hi a langs^r hle a. A lehkhathawn bul \anna leh tawp nan a sawi tel ziah a. Khawngaihna a zirtrna innghahna ber chu Rom 1:16-3:20 hi a tih theih mai wm e. Mihring chu bawhchhetu a ni a; mahse, khawngaihnaa thiam chantr a ni (Rom 3:21-4:25). Mihring chu thiam loh chang ni mah sela, Pathianin sual ngai lo ang maiin khawngaihnain a dawngsawng a.4 Mihringin Pathian khawngaihna a chh^nna chu rinna a ni (Rom 5:2; 10:9; Eph 2:8). Hei hian D^n thiltihah chhandamna a awm lo tih a sawi fiah a. Mahse, rinna hian \hatna d^n a pai sa ve z^wk av^ngin \hatna d^n palz<tna chu a ni lo. Rinna chu hmangaihna av^nga awm a ni (Gal 5:6). Rinna a lo nun rualin \hatna d^na harhna a lo piang ve ngh^l \hn a ni. Khawngaihnaa mihring dinhmun hi Pathian duh z^wng emaw remruatna emaw a\ang chauhvin teh fel theih a ni. Pathian ruat l^wk (thlan) thurin hian thil ken pawimawh tak tak pahnih a nei a. Mahni inl^k hranna leh mahni felna rin t^wkna a hn^wl a, khawngaihna chantr thu chu Pathian thu liau liau a ni tih a lantr (Eph 1:1-6; 2 Tim 1:9; Tit 3:5). Kristian nun kawng tinrng hi khawngaihnaa innghat a ni (Gal 1:15 kohna, 2 Tim 2:5 simna, Eph 2:8 rinna). Nun \ha kawng zawh n^n thu awihna hi a thl^kna a awm thei lo (Rom 1:5; 6:17). Paula chuan kohna a\anga ropuinaa chhandamte an luh thlengin Pathian khawngaihna a \angkai thu a zirtr (Rom 8:28-30). 4. Rawngb^wltu hmangaihtute Paulan Kolossa mite a fakna chu Krista an rin av^ng leh mi thianghlimte an hmangaih v^ng ni berin a lang. Krista Isua
221
in rinzia leh mi thianghlim zawng zawngte chunga hmangaihna in neihzia kan lo hriat achin in t^na \awng\ai fovin, a ti. Hei hi Kristian nun khing hnih chu a ni. Khing khatah chuan rinna a nei t<r a ni a, a rin chu a hre bawk t<r a ni. Lehlamah chuan mihring hmangaihna a nei t<r a ni a, a rinna chu a takin a lan chhuahtr t<r a ni. Rinna ngawt hi a t^wk lo, puith<na kh<nkh^n tak mihringpuite hmangaihna pai si lo a awm thei tlat. Mihringpuite rawngb^wlsak ngawt a t^wk lo thei, Krista rinna tel lo lainatna a awm thei. Chutiang thiltih chuan chapona a hring thei. Hmangaihna tak awm lovin taksa k^ng t<r hial pawhin a inp>k theih tih Paulan a sawi a ni (1 Kor 13:3). Rinna leh a taka nun chhuahpui hi Kristian nun khing hnih, \hen hran theih miah loh an ni a. Hemi kawngah hian Kolossa mite hi Paulan a fak a ni. Paula leh tirhkoh dangte chuan hmangaihna hi Pathian khawngaihna rah hlu ber niin an ngai a (1 Kor 13:13; Kol 3:14; 1 Joh 3:14; 4:8; 1 Pet 4:8). Thlarau Thianghlim ch>n chilhna z^rah thlarau nuna hmangaihna te, mihring khawsak mamawh phuhr<ksak t<ra hmangaihna te a lo piang \hn a ni. Sawi ho tr 1. Kan zirna >ngah hian Chanchin |ha kan hriat d^n sawi ni se. 2. Pathian khawngaihna hi sawi uar lutuk leh sawi n>p lutuk a awm thei em?
Endnotes J.H. Stringer, NBD-a Grace, Favour, p. 442. J.H. Stringer hi M.A., B.D. degree nei, London Bible College-ah Tutor hna thawk \hn a ni. 2 hesed tih hi Mizo \awnga he-set tia lam mai theih ni mah se he tih sawi lai tak hian k^ a\anga thaw chhuak kh^n dang
1
222
chung lam a hr<t hrawih ang a, kh^k chhuah d^wna kh tih ang deuhvin a ri ang a. Dang chung lam hr<t t^ka khe tih tur a ni. 3 Grik charis pawh hi Mizo \awnga kharis ti tluangtlam mai lo deuhvin, Hebrew hesed lam d^n sawi anga kh lai hi dang kh^wk hraiha lam t<r a ni. 4 J.H. Stringer, NBD-a Grace, Favour, p. 443.
223
Zirlai 34
THLARAU LAM FINNA Chhiar tr: Kolossa 1:9-14
Thuvawn: Kol 1:9

1 9Chumi av^ng chuan thlarau lam finna leh hriat theihna zawng zawng kawngah ama duh z^wng hriat famkimnaah chuan in lo khah theih n^n, kan hriat ni achin chu keini pawhin \awng\ai leh dlsak che u kan b^ng lo. 1012 Chutichuan, hnathawh rinr>nga lo rahin, Pathian hriat famkimna kawnga lo s^wt deuh deuhvin, hlim taka chhelna leh dawhtheihna tinr>ng nei tra a ropuina chakzia ang zla chakna tinrnga lo chakin, Pa, >nga mi thianghlimhote ro chu \^wm ve tl^ka min rawn siamtu hn>nah chuan l^wm thu hrilin, kawng tinr>nga amah tilungawi t<rin Lalpa zui tl^kin in awm thei ang. 13Ani chuan thim thuneihna laka min chhanchhuakin, a Fapa hmangaih taka ramah chuan min kaitr ta a; 14amahah chuan kan tlanna kan hmu a ni kan sualte ngaihdamna chu.
Kan zir t<r hi tirhkoh Paula, mi thianghlim, Kolossa Kohhran t^na a \awng\aina leh, Pathian remruat leh hnathawh puan chhuahna a ni ber a. A thu ken a tam a, ch^ng mal t> t> hrilhfiah chuan, hawi lam nei vak lovin zirlai sei tak a ni d^wn a. Chuv^ngin, a khaikh^wm thei ang bera zir kan tum z>l ang a. A thu ken pawimawh erawh hmaih loh hr^m kan tum bawk d^wn a ni. 1. Thlarau lam finna Ch^ng 3-6 leh 9-12 hl^wmte hi a inang hle a, a sawi uar duh a hriat. Paula, Pastor leh tirhkoh (evangelist) chuan, kohhran \iak tr chanchin a hriat phata a tih chawt chu an t^na \awng\aisak
224
a ni: Thlarau lam finna leh hriat theihna zawng zawng kawngah ama duh z^wng hriat famkimnaah chuan in lo khah theih n^n, kan hriat ni achin chu keini pawhin \awng\ai leh dilsak che u kan b^ng lo, a ti. Mahni maia \awng\ai lovin, a kianga ringtupuite n>n an \awng\ai tih hriat n^n, kan tih hi a hmang a. Paula nun ze ken ropui tak, \hiante k>p a lo lang leh ta. C.F.D. Moulea chuan Paula \awng\aina hian thil dl ropui tak pahnih a nei a: Pathian duh z^wng hriatthiamna leh a duh z^wng tipuitling t<ra chakna, a ti a.1 R.W. Wall-a chuan, Paula chu Kolossa Kohhran nun a lo hriatin a rilru a hneh hle laiin, a \awng\aisakna hian thlarau lam thil pawimawh hriat hmaih an nei deuh nia a hriatna a tilang a, Pathianin an hriatna tipung t<r leh thlarau finna leh hriatthiamna pe t<rin a dlsak ta niin a sawi.2 Mihring zir thiamna a\anga zir chhuah theih piah lama finna leh hriatthiamna Pathian p>k (Gk. plrthte) chu dawng t<rin a dilsak a ni.3 Dave Hagelberg-a chuan, Thlarau finna leh hriatthiamnaa khah chu Kristaa \han puitlin z>lna a ni a,... \awng\aina hriaka h^l alh hriatthiamna chu thlarau nun \han n^n a \<l t^wpkh^wk a ni a ti.4 T<nlai computer huna \awngka l^r deuh, |um khata thil ti kawp \<n5 tih ang deuhvin, Paula chu zirtr chungin a \awng\ai a, thuhril chungin a \awng\ai a, puan in siam chungin a \awng\ai a, b^ng lovin a \awng\ai tak zet a ni. Kolossa mite a dlsak chu, Pathian duh z^wng hriat famkimnaa khah a ni. He \awng\aina hian \awng\aina hi Pathian duh z^wng hriat z>l ch^kna leh tihfamkim duhnain a in\an tih min zirtr. A tum chu Pathian inngaihthl^ktr aiin Pathian ngaihthl^k, kan duh z^wng ti t<ra Pathian kar aiin a duh z^wng zawn chhuah, I thu thl^k thleng ni se tih aiin I thu ni se tih z>l a ni. Thu inhnaih tak tak - hriatna, finna, hriatthiamna te hi Thuthlung Hlui >nga zirtrna niin ngaih a ni. R.P. Martin-a chuan an hran d^n hetiangin a sawi6 - Hriatna (Gk. epignosis) chu Pathian duh z^wng n>n a inzawm a, a taka thu awihna a keng tel.
225
Gnostic zirtrnaah chuan hriatna (Gk. gnosis) chuan ngaihruatna leh a thua hriatna a k^wk ber a ni. Finna (Gk. sophia) chu a taka nun d^n n>n a inzawm. Finna chuan Kristian chu a kalna kawng t<r leh a tih t<r ruahman d^n a kawhhmuh \hn. Hriatthiamna (Gk. sunesis) pawh a taka nun n>n a inzawm a. A hun azir leh a \<l ang z>la thutl<kna siam tura hriat dik theihna a ni. Thil pathum kan sawi t^kte hi Kristaah an awm a (2:2f.), Thlarau thilp>k a ni. Barclay-a sawi d^nin ni tin khawsaknaa tih t<r harsa leh duhthlanna siam n^n hman t<r a ni. Theology thiam tak, ni tin nuna hlawhchham (fail) tlat si, chatuan thil ziah leh sawi thiam tak, ni tin nuna hmang thiam si lo a awm theih.7 Tih t<r hriat aiin tih t<r tihhlawhtlin hi a pawimawh z^wk a ni. 2. Lalpa zui tl^k Ch^ng 10-12-a Paulan a duhsak >m >m leh \awng\aia a dlsak thilte hi Kolossa ringtute nih t<ra Pathianin a ruat leh beisei te a ni. Lalpa zuitu ni tl^ka an awm theihna t<r niin a sawi. Ch<ngte chu, Hnathawh tinr>nga lo rahin mi mal, chh<ngkua, kohhran, ram leh hnam, thilsiam zawng zawng t^na chhenf^kawm hna \haa inhman; Pathian hriat famkimna kawnga lo s^wt deuh deuhvin Phil 3:13-a tiam chin lam pan a sawi angin, ringtu chu Krista leh Pathian hriat famkimna kawnga \hang z>l t<r an nihzia a t^r lang; kawng tinr>nga amah tilungawi t<rin Thuthlung Tharah tilungawi tihna Gk. areskeia hi \um khat chiah hi a awm a; \awng tuall>ngah chuan mahni hl>p t<r emaw mahni \^nghma hai r^na thiltih, thamna hmang tih lam a k^wk thei a; hetah hi chuan, Pathian tihl^wm d^n kawng tinr>ng zawng tih n^n hman a ni.8 Kristian nun hi indona hahthl^k tak a ni ngawt lo va, hlim taka harsatna paltlang z>l nun a ni - hlim taka chhelna leh dawhtheihna tinr>ng nei t<rin a ti. C.F.D. Moule-a chuan, Hlimna hi tuarna leia zungkai a nih loh chuan a lû \hn, a ti.9 Chhelna (Gk. makrothumia) hi mihringpuite ngaih theihna; mi ngeiawm, phunchiar leh r^wng takte laka dawhtheihna a ni.
226
Ringtu chhel chu mi nunchhia nun chhiatna te, an m^wlna te, an huatthlal^knaten a tibuai lo va, a tithinur lo va, a tibeidawng lo a ni. Dawhtheihna (Gk. hupomon) hi mi \ha loten an sawi chhiat leh tihnawmnah tuar theihna chu a ni teh meuh va, p^wng tuar daih ngawt chu a ni lo. Chutiang thil \ha lo chu rah \ha chhuah khawpa her danglam t<ra dawhtheihna a ni a; thiltihtheihna a pai \hn. Pa >nga mi thianghlimhote ro chu \^wm ve tl^ka min rawn siamtu a ti a. Pa >nga tih hi ng lalramah tiin dah a ni bawk. A hnua A Fapa hmangaih taka ramah tih n>n a inang. Mi thianghlimte ro tih hian khawv>l leh v^nrama Pathian mite chanvo a sawina a ni. Chumi \^wm ve chu nasa taka l^wm thu hril chhan t<r niin a sawi a. A theih ang em? Mihringin mahni hun \heuhvah hlutna tehna kan nei z>l a. T<nlai chang a ni lo, eng lai mahin mihring hlutna tehnaah Pathian ram thilte leh mi thianghlimte ro hi a b<k a rit ngai lo. Isuan Pathian rama hlutna tehna khaikh^wmin, Mahni hrehawm pawisa lo va, ni tin kraws pua zui (Lk 9:23) a ti a. A entr d^n chu, Sihalten kua an nei a, savaten bu an nei a, Mihring Fapa erawh hi chuan lu nghahna a nei lo, a ti. Paula chan d^n chu, Thil engkim ch^nnaa ruat tih a ni (Phil 3:8). Mi thianghlimte ro hi khawv>l mihring hlutna tehnaah chuan a ho va, a tl^wm a, a ^tthl^k bawk a, \henawmte ken (kian) mai a awl khawp! Mi thianghlimte rochana bei ve, He damchh<ng la la pawha a l>t za hmuh t<r erawh inchuh a awl viau thung. Mahse, eng hmun mah hi a panna lamliana kal loh chuan a thlen theih hauh si loh a ni. Mi thianghlimte rochan chu mihringin a duha \^wm ve mai theih a ni lo va, \^wm ve tl^ka min rawn siamtu a awm a, chu chu l^wm thu hrilh t<r a ni. Mi thianghlimte rochan \^wm ve t<ra siam t<r chuan mahni inchhan chhuak thei tawh lo, thim thuneihna hnuaia thihna ^nchhe khuma k<n reng tawh chu, Pathianin a rawn chhan chhuah thu a sawi zui a: Ani chuan thim thuneihna laka min chhan chhuakin,
227
a Fapa hmangaih taka ramah chuan min kaitr ta a. M.J. Harrisa chuan chhan chhuak leh kai tr tih hi hmasa z^wk leh hnuhn<ng z^wk awm lovin an inzawm niin a ngai.10 A thu hrilhfiahtu tam ber sawi d^n nia Moo-an a ngaih chu - Pathianin Aigupta ram a\anga a mite a chhan chhuah tehkhinna a ni tih hi a ni (Ex 6:6-8).11 Aigupta lalram a\anga ramtiama hruai chhuah angin thim thuneihna ram ata Pathian ramah kaitr an nih thu sawina fiah tak a ni. Kaitr (Gk. methistmi)-in a kawh chu hnehtu lalramin a hneh lalram chu mihring leh an neih thil t> ber thlenga an rama an seng l<t \hn tehkhinna a ni. Babylon leh Assyria-ten Israel fate an hneh a, sala an h^wn ang kh^n.12 Pathianin ama rama a mi tlante a seng luh hian a sawn nar^n a ni lo va, a chhan chhuak a ni z^wk.13 Kaitr tih sawi fiahna \awngkam dangte chu, chhan chhuak, tlan leh ro chantr te a ni. A sawi tum khaikh^wm n^n chuan thim at^ >ngah, sal nihna at^ zal>nnaah, thiam loh chantrna at^ ngaihdamnaah, Setana kut ata Pathian kutah.
Sawi ho tr 1. 2. Paulan Kolossa mite a \awng\aisakna >ngah hian kan \awng\ai \hin d^n en fiah ngaite sawi ni se. Lalpa zui tl^ka awm theih d^n t<r Paulan a sawi te hi kan nei hlawmin kan hria em?
Endnotes
1 2 3
Barclay, Colossians, p. 108. Robert W. Wall, Colossians & Philemon, p. 50f. Douglas J. Moo, The Letters to the Colossians and to Philemon,
228
p. 93. Dave Hagelberg, A Commentary on Colossians: the Proclamation of Christ that Leads to Spiritual Maturity, p. 39.
4
Computer hunah hi chuan \um khatah miin puan su chunga ei rawng b^wlin v>ng lehlama \hian n>n a tt mawlh mawlh thei a. Chu chu \um khata thil ti kawp \<n (multi-tasking) an tih chu a ni wm e.
5
Ralph P. Martin, Colossians and Philemon, The New Century Bible Commentary, reprint, (London: Marshall Morgan& Scott, 1992), p.51. Martin, Colossians and Philemon, tiin kan dah tawh ang.
6 7 8 9
Barclay, Colossians, p. 108-9. Martin, Colossians and Philemon, p.52. Barclay, Colossians, p. 110.
Murray J. Harris, Colossians & Philemon, Exegetical Guide to the Greek New Testament (Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1991), p. 36
10
Douglas J. Moo, The Letters to the Colossians and to Philemon, p. 103

11
Dave Hagelberg, A Commentary on Colossians: the Proclamation of Christ that Leads to Spiritual Maturity, p. 44.
12 13
Barclay, Colossians, p. 111.
229
Zirlai 35
KRISTA FAKNA HLA Chhiar tr: Kolossa 1:15-20
Thuvawn: Kol 1:15-16

1 15Ani chu hmuh theih loh Pathian anpui, thil siam zawng zawnga piang hmasa ber chu a ni a; 16amahah chuan engkim siam a ni a, v^na awmte, leia awmte n>n, hmuh theihte, hmuh theih lohte n>n, lal\hutphahte pawh, ror>lnate pawh, lalnate pawh, thuneihnate pawh; engkim ama siam a ni, ama ta t<r bawka siam a ni; 17tin, ani hi chu engkim awm hmain a awm r>ng a ni, amahah chuan engkim a ding ho bawk a ni. 18Ani chu taksa (chu chu kohhranho) l a ni a; engkimah chungnung ber a lo nih theih n^n, a bulpui, mitthi zng ata piang hmasa bera chu a ni. 19-20Famkimna tinr>ng chu amaha awm reng leh a kraws thisen chuan remna lo siamin, amahah chuan engkim amah n>na inremtr hi Pa lungnih z^wng tak a ni si; amah ngeiah chuan leia thil awmte pawh, v^na thil awmte pawh amah n>n a inremtr hi.
Larry Hurtado-a chuan, Kolossa thupui ber chu sakhuaa Isua laipuina leh chungnun berna a ni, a ti.1 Vawiina kan zir t<r hian a tichiang mai wm e. Moo-a chuan Kolossa 1:15-20 hi Krista fakna hla l^r ber, Paulan Krista chu thilsiamah leh thilsiam thara a laipui ber a nihna a nemnghehna a ni a ti.2 Barclay-a chuan he thupui hi thupui harsa tak mai, pawimawh >m >m si a nih av^ngin tawi t>a zir theih a nih lohzia a sawi uar hle.3 He thu hl^wm hi a ngaih pawimawh v^ng ni ^wm takin India mi Lay theologian, M.M. Thomas-a chuan Kolossa leh Philemona hrilhfiahna bu a ziah chu, Thilsiam zawng zawnga piang hmasa ber a vuah hial a ni.4 Vawiin kan thu zir hi tl>ma a ulh deuh pawhin a thu hl^wmin a zir v^ng a ni ber wm e.
230
1.
Zirtrna him lo Thuhmaruai lama sawi tawh angin Kolossa mite hn>na Paulan lehkha a thawn chhan zngah zirtrna hnawksak zirtrtute an awm thu sawi a ni a. Ch<ngte chu Gnostic (Nawstik) an vuah a. Mi fing, thluak finna neite (philosopher) an ni. Kristianna laimu hi m^wl an ti a, an duh khawp lo va. Barclay-a chuan Kristianna hi an hun laia finna ril (philosophy) zia puttr an duh a, chutiang deuhva Kristian thurin pawh cheib^wl an duh niin a sawi.5 Gnostic chi hrang hrang an awm a. Zir kim mai s>n an ni lo vang. An ngaih d^n inang tl^ngpui deuh, Kristian thurin khawih ph^k site zir han tum ila. Thil (khawih, hmuh leh hriat theih r>ng r>ng) leh thlarau (rauthla) an thliar hrang hlawk a. Thil r>ng r>ng chu sual vek, thlarau r>ng r>ng chu \ha vek niin an ngai tlut a. Khawv>l hi thil (sual) a\anga siam niin an ngai a; Kristiante erawh chuan khawv>l hi eng mah lo a\anga siam niin an ring. Gnostic ngaih d^n chuan Pathian chu thlarau khawv>l chu thil a ni a; inzawmna an nei thei lo va; Pathian chu khawv>l siamtu a ni thei lo. Mahse, thil (khawv>l) siamtu chu awma rinna an nei bawk si a. Hetiang hian ngaih d^n maksak deuh tak an duang chhuak a - Pathian a\angin eng emaw s^wr chhuak (emanation), amaha inthlah chh^wng z>l a awm a; Pathian a hlat tawlh tawlh a, a t^wpah thil n>na inhne leh inzawm thei a lo chhuak a; chu chuan thilsiam khawv>l hi a siam ta a ni. Chutia pathian inthlah chh^wng chu a kal thui z>l chuan Pathian a hre lo deuh deuh va, a t^wpah Pathian hm>lma de-mi-urge an tih chu a lo chhuak a. Khawv>l siamtu meuh tawh chu Pathian hre lo mai ni lovin, a hm>lm^ktu a ni tawh hialin an chh<t a. Chu chu tam tak chuan Thuthlung Hlui Pathian niin an puh nghe nghe a ni. Gnostic zirtrna leh a zawmpui khawv>l finna \hang z>l chuan Paula huna Kristian thurin p>ng hrang hrang a khawih a. Khawv>l siamtu, Isua danglam bkna, pathian-mihring nihna, Pathian hriat theihna, chhandam t<r te, taksa vawn thianghlim
231
thu te leh a kaihhnawih thil tam tak Paula hian chh^n fiah a tum niin a lang. Krista fakna hla (Christological Hymn) Philippi 2:6-11 kan zir tawh ang deuh kh^n kan thu zir t<r hl^wm hi hla thu awm sa nia rin a ni. Paula hun lai hian sak/ hman bel tawh a ni nge, amahin a phuah sa a thur chhuak nge, lehkhathawn a ziah pah hian he hla hi a phuah tih zawhna a awm tih hre ta mai ila. Chhui fiah vek kher lovin hla thu a nih angin, thuziak p^ngngai ang diak diak a nih loh d^n leh a hlut d^n zir kan tum mai d^wn a ni. Gnostic-ho zirtrna him lo chh^n l>t n^n Paula hian Krista nihna puan chhuahna hla hi \an chhanah a hmang a. Kristian hmasate thurin puan chhuahna pawimawh tak a ni. A hla rem v>l d^nah ngaih d^n a inang lo nual. Dave Hagelberg-a chuan Gnostic hla Paulan a siam danglam (modify) a nih ring an awm nual a ti.6 N.T. Wright-a chuan hl^wm (section) 4-ah a \hen a.7 R.P. Martin-a chuan E. Schweizeran ch^ng thuma a lo \hen d^n chu pawm a hahdamthl^k berin a ngai a.8 Han bih chiang deuh ila. Ch^ng khatna at^n 1:15-16 hi tlar thumah a chhep a; Huapzo Krista chu thilsiamte Lalpa, lei leh v^n leh thilsiam pum pui (universe) siamtu, amah chu a nunna leh awmna, a tum ram lam pana hruaitu a nihna sawina a ni. Ch^ng hnihna at^n 1:17-18a hi a hl^wm hrang leh a. Thilsiam awm hmaa a awm thu t^r lan pahin, Krista chu thilsiam pum pui khaikh^wmna thuthlung niin, a l< ber a nih bawk thu a sawi a ni. Ch^ng thumna at^n 1:18b-20 hi a hl^wm kh^wm a. Thilsiam pum pui Lalpa chu Pathian nihna pumhl<m neitu a nih v^nga a hnehna lawmna hla a ni. Pathian remruatna nghet chu amah kaltlangin tihfamkim a ni a. A thawh leh av^ngin khawv>l chanchin chuan bul \anna thar a lo nei a. Thilsiam chu Pathian thil tum n>na kal remtr t<ra inremna palai a lo ni ta a ni.
2.
232
Krista famkimna Hla thu hrilhfiahna ang lo deuhvin, Paulan Isua Krista nihna a sawi te hi han zir zui belh hlek ila. Ani chu hmuh theih loh Pathian anpui a ti a. Mi thiam tam berin anpui (Gk. eikon, Lat. Imago) tih hi Hellenistic khawv>l, Grik ngaihtuahna kaihhruai mipui thlrna a\anga sawi niin an ngai.9 Mitthlaah Pathian chi hrang hrang lim an hmu ngh^lin a rinawm. Plato-a zirtr d^n chuan thil siam pum pui (cosmos/universe) hi hmuh theih loh Pathian anpui emaw hlimthla emaw a ni a; thilsiam awmphung hian Pathian nihphung kan suangtuah d^n a kaihruai a ni.10 H>ng siamtu anpui te hian Pathian ai an awhin Pathian an hmuhtr mai a ni lo va, amah kan hriata, kan p^wl theih n^n Pathiana a nihna inph<m chu a taka hriat leh khawih theihin a pho chhuak bawk a ni. Lightfoot-a chuan, anpui tih chuan awmzia pahnih a nei a ti a: aiawh leh lang chhuak te a ni.11 Paula chuan Isua chu a famkima Pathian lan chhuahna a ni a ti. Pathian hi eng ang nge a nih hre t<r chuan Isua en mai tr a ni.12 Isua nihna ropui tak dang chu thil siam zawng zawnga piang hmasa ber tih hi a ni. Piang hmasa ber tih hi a awmzia zir chiang deuh ila. Zabi 2-naah Sabellius-a chuan Trinity thurin chu Pathian pakhat aia tam nei anga lan theihna nia a hriat av^ngin Unitarian thurin a lo zam tawh a.13 Chutiang deuh bawk chuan zabi 4-naah kh^n Arius-a chuan Kristiante chu Pathian pakhat chauh nei an nihzia nemngheh n^n Isua hi Pathian ni lovin thil siam, awm \an ni nei a ni tih zirtr n^n kan thu zir lai m>k hi a lo hmang a.14 Kohhranah buaina a nasat t^k av^ngin Nicaea Inkhawmpui (325) koh a ni a. Kohhran Inkhawmpui chuan Arius-a zirtrna chu hn^wlin, Nicaea Thurin a lo piang a; Isua chu thil siam ni lo, Pathian hrin, Pathian n>na nihna thuhmun, chatuan mi a ni tih a nemnghet a ni.15 Mihring chh<ngkua hrin khat znga upa ber sawi n^n piang hmasa ber tih chu hman a ni \hn ngei a. Isua chungch^nga Paulan a hman d^n erawh hi chu mi bk a nihna, a zahawmna
3.
233
leh a chungchuan bkna sawina a ni. A tifiah t<rin thil pahnih han t^r lang ila. Piang hmasa ber tih chu zahna hming (title), hming zahawm a ni; Israel hnam chu Pathian fa tr (piang hmasa ber) vuah a ni (Ex 4:22). Pahnihnaah chuan, fa tr chu Messia kohna a ni (Sam 89:27). Isua chu thil siam zawng zawng hmaa awm/hrin a ni. Engkim siamtu Lei leh v^n siamnaa Krista hnathawh chungnunzia a sawi z>l hian fa tr a nihna a nemnghet a ni. Amahah chuan engkim siam a ni tih a ni tawp mai. N.T. Wright-a chuan Pathian thilsiam leh tlannaah Krista chu a dah laipui hle a ni. Amahin a siam tih ai pawhin amahah siam a ni tih hian a sawi tum a tichiang z^wk niin a ngai.16 A trah Kristaa siam chu hl^wm khat angin a sawi a. A han \heh darh chuan, V^na awm te, leia awm te n>n, hmuh theih te, hmuh theih lohte n>n, lal\hutphahte pawh, ror>lnate pawh, lalnate pawh, thuneihnate pawh; engkim ama siam a ni, ama ta t<r bawka siam a ni; Tin, ani hi chu engkim awm hmain a awm r>ng a ni, amahah chuan engkim a ding ho bawk a ni, a ti. Zos^ptharan, Engkim a zain aman a siam, A siam loh a awm lo khawv>lah17 a lo tih hi a fuh hle a. A aia uarin, ...khawv>l leh v^nah pawh lo ti se a la dik kim zual mah wm e. Paula chuan Gnostic-hovin v^ntirhkoh leh angelte an ngais^ng a, Isua Krista pawh anni znga pakhat ang leka an ngai chu a dik lohzia hriattrin, ama siam vek an nihzia a hrilh a ni. Engkim ama t^n, a duh anga awm t<r te, amah timawi t<r te leh a hman at^n an awm a ni. 5. Engkim inrem kh^wmna Krista chawimawina hla kh^rna at^n engkim inrem kh^wmna a nih thu Paulan a sawi hi a inhmeh hle (1:17-20). Engkim awm hmaa awm a nih thu sawi nawn lehin, Amahah chuan engkim a ding ho bawk a ni, a ti a. He thu hi a sawi nawn mawlh mawlh a Ani chu taksa (chu chu kohhranho) lu
4.
234
a ni, A kraws thisen chuan remna lo siamin, Engkim amah n>na inremtr hi, Leia thil awmte pawh, v^na thil awmte pawh amah n>na inremtr hi, ti tein. Lei leh v^na thil awm zawng zawng fel taka thlun kh^wm leh kalphung neia rem vek an nih thu kan hria a. Chutia rem kh^wma an awmna chu a Siamtu Kristaah a nih thu a sawi a ni. Sawi ho tur 1. Mihringte khawsak ho dan leh khawvel thil kal phung siam \hatna ngaihsak lova thlarau mina chawi san pawi theih dan sawi ni se. 2. Leia thil awm leh vana thil awmte Kristaa inremtir a nih dan sawi ni se. Endnotes Larry Hurtado, Lord Jesus Christ: Devotion to Jesus in Earliest Christianity (Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 2003), p. 505 as quoted in Douglas J. Moo, The Letters to the Colossians and to Philemon, p. 61
1
Douglas J. Moo, The Letters to the Colossians and to Philemon, p. 61

2 3 4
M.M. Thomas, The First-Born of All Creation, trans. T.M. Philip (Tiruvalla: CSS Books, 2004). A lehkhabu hming at^n Kolossa 1:15 thu hi a hmang a ni.
5 6 7 8
Barclay, Colossians, p. 114. Dave Hagelberg, Colossians, p. 47 N.T. Wright, Colossians and Philemon, p. 65. Martin, Colossians and Philemon, p. 55.

9
235
10
Robert W. Wall, Colossians & Philemon, p. 66. Eduard Lohse, Colossians and Philemon, Hermeneia Series 1971, p.47, quoted in Robrt W. Wall, Colossians & Philemon, p. 66. 11 Martin, Colossians and Philemon , p. 57. Lightfoot-an English-a a dah d^n representation leh manifestation chu aiawh tih leh lang chhuak tiin han dah ila. A hmasa hi eng thil pawh a tak nihna tilang thei a anpui deuh tawh phawt chu a ni thei a; a hnuhn<ng hi chu a tak tak nihna keng ngei sawina a ni. 12 Barclay, Colossians, p. 116. 13 Earl E. Cairns, Christianity Through the Centuries, p. 112. Sabellius-a hian AD 200 v>l daih tawhah kh^n Trinity thurin sawi fiah n^n, Pathian pakhatah mi nung pathum an awm thu sawina ni lovin, Pathian pakhat chu hun hrang hrangah Pa, Fapa leh Thlarau Thianghlim angin a inl^r mai niin a lo sawi a. He zirtrna him lo hi Sabellianism emaw Modal Monarchianism tia vuah a ni. 14 Earl E. Cairns, Christianity Through the Centuries, p. 1415. Arius-a hi Alexandria-ah bishop Alexander-a hnuaia pastor (prestyrer) pakhat niin, AD 318 v>la an bishop-in Trinity thurin a sermon chu a hnial a. Isua chu thilsiam, awm \an ni nei tih a zirtrna (Arianism) chuan kohhran a tibuai nasa hle. Kohhran Siam\hatna hun lai v>lin Servetus-a, Trinity thurin kalhtu (1553a tihhlum) leh Lelio Sozzni (Socinus,1525-1562) ten Unitarian thurin chu an rawn tharthawh leh a, Socinianism tih a ni. Vawiin thlengin Unitarian thurin hi a lo awm ve ta z>l a ni. 15 Douglas J. Moo, The Letters to the Colossians and to Philemon, p.
16 17
N.T. Wright, Colossians and Philemon, p. 71. KHB No. 5.
236
Zirlai 36 THURK PUANNA Chhiar tr: Kolossa 1:21-29
Thuvawn: Kol 1:26

121-22Tin, nangni hm^na in thiltih sualnaah kh^n ama lakah \henin in lo awm a, in rilruah chuan a hm>lma in lo nih bawk kha; nimahsela, t<nah zawng, a hmaah chuan thianghlim tak leh, hm>lhem lo leh, sawis>l bova a dintrna t<r che uin, a thihnain a tisa taksaah chuan amah n>n a inremtr tawh che u a ni; 23nghahchhan neia nghet taka awma, Chanchin |ha in hriata beiseina a\anga sawn bo \hn lova, rinnaah hian in awm reng phawt chuan; Chanchin |ha chu v^n hnuaia thil siam zawng zawngte znga tl^ngaupui a nih kha; kei Paula hi chumi rawngb^wltua siam ka ni. T<na ka tuarsakna che uah hian ka l^wm a, Krista hrehawm tuar b^k chu a taksa av^ngin ka tisaah hian ka chhunzawm z>l a ni; a taksa chu kohhranho hi an ni. 25 Pathian thu hril kim t<ra enkawlna hna Pathianin in t^n mi p>k ang z>lin, ch<ngho rawngb^wltua siam ka ni. 26Chu Pathian thu chu kumkhua leh chhuan zawng zawng laka thurk inthup kha a ni a; tnah erawh chuan a mi thianghlimte hnnah lantrin a awm ta. 27Ch<ng mite hn>nah chuan hnam tin t^na a thur<k ropui leh hlu tak chu Pathianin hriattr a duh r>ng a ni; chu thur<k chu Krista, nangmahnia awm ropuina beisei chhan chu a ni; 28mi tin Kristaah chuan \ha famkima kan dintr theihna t<rin, mi tin zilhin, mi tin finna tinr>nga zirtrin, a chanchin kan hril \hin hi; 29chumi ti thei t<r chuan Krista chakna nasa tak keimaha thawk \hn chu hmangin ka bei \lh \lh a, rim takin ka thawk \hn a ni.
24
237
Kan zirlai hi Pathian thur<k puanna a ni. Thur<k puanna z^ra Kolossa mite, Pathian laka \hen tawh leh a hm>lma lo ni tawhte amah n>n an inrem lehna thuin a in\an a. Ch^ng 26 leh 27-naah, Mi zawng zawng laka a lo thup kumkhua \hin, ama mite hn>na a puan t^k thur<k kha... hnam tin t^na a thur<k ropui leh hlu tak ...; chu thur<k chu, Krista nangmahnia awm ropuina beisei chhan chu a ni; tiin Chanchin |ha chu thur<k inthup \hin puan chhuah t^k niin a sawi. Kolossa Kohhran mite nuna a thawh d^n kan hmu. Krista inhlanna z^rah Pathian thur<k chu puanz^r a lo ni a. Chu Chanchin |ha rawngb^wltu Paula \hahnemngaihna leh tuarna te sawi chhuah a ni a. An hriatna chhuanga mi dangte hriat ve loh thur<k hre bka inchh^l \hn Gnostic-te zirtrna chu Pathian thu ni lovin mihring thu a ni z^wk tih a t^r lang a. An hriat ph^k ngei t<rin Chanchin |ha, chhandamna thu chu mi tin t^n a nihzia a zirtr a ni. 1. Dinhmun hlui leh thar Paulan Krista Chanchin |ha chu hnam tin leh thilsiam zawng zawng huap zo a nihzia a sawi fiah hnuah mi mal nun a luhchilh d^n a sawi zui a. Kraws tin z^wn zirtrna (theology) a pe ber a. Ch^ng 21 & 22-ah hian Kolossa khuaa ringtute dinhmun hmasa leh an dinhmun thar khaikhin a ni. (1) Dinhmun hlui: Martin-a chuan, nangni a tih hian Kolossa mite chu v^ntl^ng taka ko lovin, mihring mi mal an nih ang takin a ko va. An dinhmun hmasa chu thiltih sualnaah ... \hena awm leh rilrua a hm>lma an ni. Paula zirtrnaah hian thiltih sual hi a l^r hle a, mi zawng zawngin thil an tisual tawh a ti a (Rom 3:22b-23). Kolossa mite pawh - Nangni hm^na in thiltih sualnaah kh^n ama lakah \henin in lo awm a, a ti a. Pathian laka mihring \hena a awm chhan leh a hm>lma a nih chhan chu sual a ni tih chu pawm tl^n a ni. Mahse, mihring sual a nih d^n thuah ngaih d^n chi hnih, nih sual (original sin) leh tih sual (actual sin) a awm a. Mihring hi a tih loh t<r tih av^nga sual emaw, a tih t<r
238
tih loh v^nga sual emaw, tih leh tih loh v^nga sual (sin of commission/omission) a nih hi chu mi tin leh sakhua zawng zawng pawm sa a ni. Nihna sual emaw sual inrochun (original sin/ inherited sin) erawh chu Kristian thurin bk a ni thung a, khawv>l hriatna leh thiamna \hang z>lah hnialkalh leh hn^wl a hlawh tial tial a ni. He thua inhnialna langs^r leh \angkai tak bul \antute chu Augustine-a leh Pelagius-a an ni. 1 A khaikh^wm z^wngin an dinhmun han zir hlek ila Augustine-a zirtr d^n: Chhandamna thuah Pathian a dah pawimawh hle. Mihring hi a tr takah chuan Pathian anpuia siam a ni a, \ha leh \ha lo thlang thei t<rin a zal>n a. Mahse, suala tl<kna kh^n mihring duhthlanna chu a pumin a tikhawlo va, mihring pum pui chu tihchak lohvin a awm a, chhandamna lam thu ngaihtuah t<rin a duhthlanna a hmang thei ta lo a ni. Mi zawng zawngin Adama sualna chu an chhawm a, sual ^nchhia an pumpelh thei lo. Chhandamna chu Kristaa Pathian khawngaihna z^ra thlante chauhvin an nei thei a ni. A khawngaihna chhawp sa dawng tr pawhin Pathianin mihring duhthlanna a tihchak a ngai a ni. Pelagius-a zirtr d^n: Chhandamnaah mihring duhthlanna a dah pawimawh hle. Mi tin hi Adama anga zal>na siam an ni a, \ha leh sual thlan theihna an nei \heuh va. Mi tin thlarau hi a hrana Pathian siam \heuh a nih av^ngin Adama sualnain a khawih pawi lo. Khawv>la sual a huais^r >m >m chhan chu pianpui sualin mihring duhthlanna a tihkhawloh v^ng ni lovin mihring tisa chak loh v^ng a ni z^wk. Chhuan hmasain chhandamna thuah mi mal duhthlanna hmanga Pathian an thawhpui \hat loh av^ngin chhuan kal z>la mite chu tisa takin a tichak lo a ni mai a. Mihringin thlahtu bul a\angin pianpui sual an chhawm tihna a ni lo. Thianghlimna nei t<rin mihring duhthlanna chu Pathian thawhpui t<rin a zal>n a; a puitu at^n khawngaihna hmanrua Bible, chhia leh \ha hriatna, leh Krista nun d^n entawn tl^k (example) - te a hmang thei bawk a ni. Mihring hi a duh phawt
239
chuan sual nei lovin (sinless) a awm thei. Sual inthlah chh^wn a awm loh av^ngin naus>n baptisma pawh a \<l lo.2 Augustine-a leh Pelagius-a inhnialna hian kohhran rilru a chawk nung \ha hle a. Ephesi Council (AD 431)-in Pelagiusa ngaih d^n hi a hn^wl a. Marcus Ward-a chuan, A t^wpkh^wkah Pelagius-a zirtrna chu, mihring hi amah Chhandamtu a ni thei tih sawi mawina a ni a, zirtrna dik lo r^pthl^k tak a ni, a ti.3 Mahse, Khawthlang Kohhran leh Khawchhak Kohhrante chuan Augustine-a zirtrna chu a hl^wm hlawk chuan an pawm bk lo. Thu lai l^k tumtu John Cassianus-a zirtrna, mihringa duhthlanna chhe b^ng la awm chuan chhandamna chang t<rin Pathian a thawhpui thei, tih chu Orange Council (AD 529)-in hn^wlin, Augustine-a zirtrna kaihn>m (moderate) chu a pawm ta a ni. Paula zirtrna pum pui bih chian chuan tih sual chu mihring pianken leh nihna sual v^ng niin a lang. Kolossa mite pawh anmahni inhre mang si lovin, an rilruah Pathian hm>lma an lo ni reng tih a hrilh a. Rilru (Gk. dianoia) hi Hebrai \awngin leb a ni a, thinlung ti pawhin sawi a ni \hin a, mihring thlarau nun pum pui sawi n^n hman a ni.4 Chiang lehzualin hmun dangah a sawi thinurna faa piang r>ng an nih v^ng (Eph 2:3b) leh tisaa hrin nih v^nga D^n ^nchhe hnuaia piang (Gal 4:21ff; cf. Sam 51:5), Juda leh Grik-te chu sual bwiha awm vek an nih av^ngin, tu mah mi fel tak r>ng... thil \ha ti r>ng an awm lo... a ni (Rom 3:9-13; Sam 14:1-3; 53:1-3). Mi pakhat Adama av^ngin sual leh a ^nchhia thihnain mi zawng zawng a fan chhuak (Rom 5:12ff). Kolossa mite chu an pianken leh nihna av^ngin an thiltih sualnaah Pathian laka \henin an lo awm a. Chu nihna dik tak chu Chanchin |ha >ngah chauh an hre thei a ni. (2) Dinhmun thar: Paulan Kolossa mite dinhmun thar chu, amah n>n a inremtr tawh che u a ni tiin a hrilh a. Pathian leh mihring inrem tih hian, (a) hm>lma \hiana insiam te, (b) ngaih d^n
240
leh thlr d^n inhmu rem te, (c) \hat inl^wm te, (d) intuarsak te, (e) mahni aia inrempuite \hatna duhsak z^wk te a k^wk a ni. An inremna nghahchhan leh lungph<m chu Krista thihna niin, a tisa taksaah a ti kher a ni. Mihring n>n an inrem theih n^n an nihna chanpuiin Pathian chuan mihring taksa a rawn pu ve tak tak tiin Gnostic ngaih d^n a rawn let thla a. Hun kal tawha Krista thihna hriatrengna mai ni lovin, ringtuin a t<n hun hman m>ka Krista nun a zawmzia sawi lan a tum a ni.5 Mihring leh Pathian lo inhm>lm^k tawh hnu Krista thisen z^ra an inrem leh hi piangthar tia sawi \hin a ni a. Chu chu Kolossa Kohhran mite dinhmun thar chu a ni. Kraws-a thi Kristaah chuan Pathian thianghlim leh mihring bawlhhlawh chu inremtr an ni. Ralph Martin-a chuan, Krista kraws thu a sawi hian v^ntl^ng chhandamna mai ni lovin, mihring mi mal chhandamna a sawi a ni, a ti.6 Pathian leh mihring mithmuha thianghlim, hm>lhem lo leh sawis>l bova a dintr theih n^n a ni. H>ng \awngkamte hi a hmaa zir tawh angin Pathian hn>na thilhlan t<r serh hran sawina a ni a. A serh hrangtu (dintrtu) chu Pathian a ni. Serhhran nun chu ni tin nun leh thiltihah a lang \hin a. An dinhmun thar chuan mihring leh mihring inlaichnna \ha te, mihring leh thilsiam dang inlaichnna hris>lte a huap vek a ni - huapzo Chanchin |ha chu v^n hnuaia thil siam zawng zawngte zinga tl^ngaupui a nih thu a sawi. Dinhmun thara dingte t^n nun nghet a \<l thu a sawi zui a nghet taka awma..., sawn bo \hin lova..., rinnaah hian in awm reng phawt chuan..., ti tein a fuih a ni. Robert Wall-a chuan, Piantharna chu Pathian nihna thlrna dikah a in\an a, Pathian nihna thlrna dik chu Krista thihna leh thawhlehna pawimawh t^wpkh^wkzia hriatnaah a in\an a; Krista thihna leh thawhlehna pawimawhzia hriatna chuan, mi p^ngngaiah chuan, Kristaa Pathian khawngaihna chauhva innghahna a hring \hn, a ti.7 Hei hi Pathian laka Kolossa mite dinhmun thar a t^r lan d^n chi khat a ni wm e.
241
2.
Krista hrehawm tuar b^k Paulan, Chu mi rawngb^wltua siam ka ni, a tih hian a kotu leh a ruattu-ah a chiang hle tih a lang. Rawngb^wltu (Gk. diakonos) tih hi apostol tih aia huapzo z^wkin, rinna kawnga \anpuitu tih ang deuhvin a hmang a (1 Kor 3:5; Kol 1:1). A rawngb^wlpui dang Apollova, Epaphra leh Tukika te a sawi k>p duh v^ng niin a lang.8 Rawngb^wltu a nih v^nga a chanvo chu tuarna niin a sawi zui - T<na ka tuarsakna che uah hian ka l^wm a, tiin. A tuar m>k, t^n ina khung leh a ken tel thilte chu, kohhranho v^nga a tuarna niin a ngai (cf. Eph 3:1,13). Krista hrehawm tuar b^k chu a taksa av^ngin ka tisaah hian ka chhunzawm z>l a ni, a tih hi kawng hrang hrangin hrilhfiah a ni. Hrehawm tuar (Gk. pathma/pathmasin) hi sual ngaihtuahna tih leh ch^kna tia lehlin ve zeuh (Gal 5:24; Rom 7:5) tih lovah chuan tuarna sawi n^n hman a ni ber (Rom 8:18; 2 Kor 1:5-7; Phil 3:10; Kol 1:24; 2 Tim 3:11; Heb 2:910; 10:32; 1 Pet 1:11; 4:13; 5:1-9). (1) Windisch-a chuan, Paula tuarna hi Kristan chhandamna hna a thawh kim loh tihkimna niin a ngai a.9 Hei hi mi thiam tam takin an pawmpui tawh lo. Krista thihna leh thawhlehna chu sual zawng zawng tl>ng fai tr leh ngaihdamna famkim a tiam chu a t^wk zawhzia a sawina dang n>n a inmil lo a ni (1:14; 2:13f). (2) Kum zabi 17-na leh 18-naa Protestant hrilhfiahna l^r tak chu Krista v^nga tuarna tih a ni (2 Kor 4:10-11; cf. Tirh 9:16). Hei hian hrilhfiah harsatna a su kaw deuh duakin a lang a. Mahse, Krista tuar b^k chu eng chiah nge, tih leh, engtin nge Paula chuan a kim lo lai a phuhr<k tihte chu chh^n a harsa leh tho mai. (3) Hrilhfiahtu hmasate chuan Paula tuarnate chu Krista tuarna n>n a inang tihna a ni tiin an lo hrilhfiah a. Grik mi thiam Photiusa leh Theodoret-a te leh Pelagius-a pawhin an pawm a. Kum
242
zabi 19-na lamah tuai thar leh a ni.10 Hetah pawh hian Krista tuarnaa la kim lo tak chu eng nge ni ang tih zawhna bawk chu sawi fiah a la ni lo. (4) Deissmann-a leh Schmid-a chuan Paula hian thlarauva Krista a zawm av^ngin a tuarna a chhunzawm thu sawina a ni a; mi dang huap lovin ama chan bk a sawi niin an ngai a. Schneidera leh Dibelius-a erawh chuan kohhran pum pui nun sawina niin an ngai.11 (5) Peter T. OBrien-a chuan Juda-te leh Thuthlung Hlui zirtrnaten Messiah lo kal d^wna tuarna thleng t<r an lo hrilhl^wkna n>n eng emaw chen inzawmna neiin a ngai a.12 Juda-te chuan Messia a lo kal chuan hun hlui leh hun thar chu th^wk lehkhata inthl^k hlawk t<rin an ngai a. Thuthlung Tharin Messia (Krista)-a Pathian ram lo thleng a sawi d^n chu a dang ta a. Hun hlui (t<n hun) chu la kal z>lin hun thar (Messia hun) chu a ken tel Pathian ram n>n a lo thleng tawh a. A famkima thleng t<rin a \hang z>l a. Messia chu tu nge tih chiang lo ruai ni lovin, thur<k inpuanna Krista (1:27b), thia tho leh ta chu a ni a. A thihna leh thawhlehnain hun lo thleng t<r chu a rawn hawng tawh a. Hun hlui leh hun thar inthuahthp m>kah Paula leh ringtu dangte chuan Krista leh a kohhran t^n an tuar ta z>l a ni tih hi a sawi chu niin a lang. 3. Hnam tin t^n Chanchin |ha chu kum khua leh chhuan zawng zawng laka thur<k inthup \hn Kristaa puan chhuah t^k a ni a. Paula chu Pathian ruat anga a rawngb^wltu a ni. Krista taksa, kohhranho t^n a tuar thu kan hmu. Gnostic-hovin sakhua leh chhandamna chu hriatna ril bk gnosis (nawsis) nei mi tl>m t> t^n chauh nia an sawi chu a rawn \hiat a. Chhandamna Chanchin |ha chu mi thianghlimte hn>nah lantrin a awm ta a, hnam tin t^n a nih thu kan hmu bawk. Hei hi Suaklianan hlaa phuahin, Aw, hnam zawng zawng leh chi tin \awng tin hi, V^nlal nau ang a \ahna Kalvariah, An dang chuang lo ve a ti a ni. Chanchin
243
|hain mi tin a huap avangin Paula chuan, Mi tin Kristaah chuan \ha famkima kan dintr theihna t<rin, mi tin zilhin, mi tin finna tinr>nga zirtrin, a chanchin kan hril \hin hi, a ti. Chutiang tih theihtrtu chu, Krista chakna nasa tak keimaha thawk \hin, tiin a sawi a, chu chakna hmanga rim taka a beih \^lh \^lh \hin thu kan hmu a ni. Sawi ho tur 1. Nih sual leh tih sual pawm dn chungchngah tnlai hian zirtrna him twk lo a la awmin kan hria em? 2. Kristiante tn tn thlenga Isua Krista tuarna chhunzawm zl tr engte nge ni ang? Endnotes Earl E. Cairns, Christianity Through the Centuries, pp. 14750, 156-61. Augustine (AD 354-430) - Hippo bishop, philosopher-theologian; Roman Catholic leh Protestant ten an ngaihs^n rawn leh an thu l^knaa an ngaih ve ve, Kohhran chhantu chak, ror>l thiam, thuhriltu \ha, theologian ropui, vawiin thlenga hman Kristian history ziah d^n (philosophy) duangtu a ni. Khaw danga lehkha zira a awm laiin tleir^wl sual pawh a lo tem ve a. Nun hlimna leh thlamuanna a zawnna lamah Manichean leh Neoplatonic zirtrna te a lo b>l ve tawh a ni. Tagaste leh Carthage-ah Rhetoric (thu leh hl^) zirtrtu a ni \hin. Nun beidawng taka a awm laiin Rom 13:13 hi a pianthar phah ta hlawl a. Pelagius-a (AD 360-420) - British puithiam (monk) leh theologian; ze dai raih, tleir^wl sual nei lo, mahni inthunun thei tak chu AD 400 v>lah mihring chhandam nih d^n hrilin Rom-ah a kal a. AD 410 v>lah Augustine-a n>n an intawng a. Mihring sualna leh chhandamna thu-ah an ngaih d^n a inan loh av^ngin nasa takin an inhnial ta a. AD 418-ah Rom a\angin hnawh chhuah a ni ta a. An inhnialna hi khawv>l huapa inhnial fung l^r tak a ni a. Kum zabi 16-na, Kohhran Siam\hatna (Reformation)
1
244
hun laia Calvin-a leh Arminius-a te zirtrna (theology)-ah te lo lang z>lin, vawiin thlenga inhnialna nung leh \angkai a ni reng. 2 Boyd-an Pelagius (P-a) leh Augustine (A-a) a khaikhin d^n: P-a chuan mihring \hatna (virtue) a ring a, A-a chuan Pathian khawngaihna chauh a ring; P-a chuan nun d^n \ha (morality) leh thil \ha tih (good works) a ring a, A-a chuan rinna (faith) a ring; P-a chuan mihring theihna (ability) a ring a, A-a chuan Pathian chakna (power) a ring. Robin Boyd, Khristadvaita, p. 95. 3 Robin Boyd, Khristadvaita, p. 95. Boyd-a chuan Augustinean Adama \h^lb> a\angin suala piang kan ni tih a \an chhan chu Sam 52:5 leh Rom 5:12 leh h>ng \anpuitu Bible ch^ng dang tam tak niin a sawi. 4 Peter T. OBrien, Colossians, Philemon, p. 66. Grik \awnga Thuthlung Hlui lehlin, Septuagint (LXX)-ah Hebrai \awnga thinlung tihna leb chu Grik \awng tuall>ng tak rilru tihna, dianoia tia lehlin a ni a (Gen 8:21; 17:17; 24:45; 27:41; Ex 35:22). Grik \awnga thinlung tihna kardia n>n hman dun a ni. Rilru no (emotion) sawi n^n te (Lev 19:17; Is 35:4), duhthlanna hmanga thiltih (acts of will) sawi n^n te (Ex 52:22,26; Deut 29:17) leh mihring thlarau nun pum pui sawi n^n te hman a ni (Gen 8:21; Deut 4:39). 5 R.B. Gaffin, The Centrality of the Resurrection. A Study in Pauls Soteriology, pp. 41-4, l^k chh^wnna, Peter T. OBrien, Colossians, Philemon, p. 67. 6 Martin, Colossians and Philemon, p. 66. 7 Robert W. Wall, Colossians and Philemon, p.79 8 Martin, Colossians and Philemon, p. 68-9. 9 H.Windisch-a chu German theologian-in kum 1934-a chhut, Paul und Christus, (Tbingen)-a a sawi Martin-an a l^k chh^wn a ni. Martin, Colossians and Philemon, p. 69. 10 Peter T. OBrien, Colossians, Philemon, p. 76. Photius-a (AD c.810 c.895) hi Hun Laihawl an tih laia mi thiam, Khawchhak Kohhran hotu, Patriarch ni bawk a ni a, lehkhabu
245
pawimawh tak Bibliotheca leh a dang tam tak a ziak. Orthodox Kohhranin mi thianghlimah an puang nghe nghe. Theodoret-a (AD c.393 c.457) hi Pathian thu thiam, mi hneh taka thu ziak \hin a ni a, Cyrrhus Bishop a ni bawk. A hun laia Kohhran thurin leh kalhmang lama thu buai chin fel kawnga mi \angkai tak a ni. 11 Peter T. OBrien, Colossians, Philemon, p. 78. 12 Peter T. OBrien, Colossians, Philemon, p. 78-9.
246
Zirlai 37
FMKHUR TRA FUIHNA Chhiar tr: Kolossa 2:1-8 Thuvawn: Kol 2:4-5
2 Nangmahni leh Laodikei khuaa awmte leh, tisaa ka hm>l hmu lo apiangte t^n, engti kauva nasain nge ka beihsak \^lh \^lh che u hi in hriat ka duh si a; 2-3chutichuan, Pathian thur<k (finna leh hriatna ro zawng zawng thuhr<kna Krista chu) an hriat theih n^n, hriata rin tlatna lukh^wng zawng zawng chu dawng t<ra hmangaihnaa insuih kh^wmin, an thinlungte chu thlamuangin a awm thei ang. 4 Tu man \awngkam thiamin an bum loh n^n che u, ch<ng chu ka ti a ni, 5Tisain in hn>nah awm mah suh ila, l^wm taka awmin, in felzia leh Krista in rin nghehzia enin, thlarauvah chuan in hn>nah ka awm si a. Chuv^ngin, Krista Isua, Lalpa chu in l^wm ang kh^n, amaha zung kai leh rem chhoh deuh deuhva awmin, an zirtr che u ang kh^n in rinnaah chuan nghet taka awmin, l^wm thu sawi lo uarin, amahah chuan awm rawh u.
6-7
Fmkhur rawh u; chuti lo chuan, tu pawhin Krista thu ang ni lovin, mihring thurochhiah leh khawv>l a aw b ang z^wkin, an thufing leh bumna mai maiin r^ll^kin an la dah ang che u.
8
Kan zir t<r Kolossa 2:1-8 hi Pathian thu thiam rualkhat chuan bung hmasa lam chhunzawmna niin an ngai a. Chuv^ngin 1:24-2:5 hi thu tum hl^wm khat angin an lo dah a ni.1 A \henin 1:23-2:3 hi Paulan a rawngb^wlna a humna angin an dah.2 A
247
\henin 2:1-5 hi a hranin an dah ve bawk a.3 A hnuhn<ng ber N.T. Wright-a \hen d^n hi kan zui tl^ngpui ang a. Kan hriat t<r erawhchu 2:1-5 hi 1:24-29 n>n thupui inz^wn tak a ni a. Chuv^ngin, a hmaa kan zir tawh sawi fiah zuina ang deuhvin a ngaih theih hial ang. 1. Paulan kohhranho a tuarsakna Thu pawimawh tak a sawi d^wn av^ngin Kolossa mite thinlung hawn n^n Paula hian a tuar m>kna chu anmahni t^n a nihzia an hrilh phawt a. A tuarsak kohhrante chu, Nangmahni leh Laodikei khuaa awmte leh, tisaa ka hm>l hmu lo apiangte t^n, a ti a. Lukas phaia Kolossa leh Laodikei Kohhrante a lam chhuak a. Tisaa ka hm>l hmu lo apiangte a tih zngah hian a khaw hriat l^r tak Hierapoli4 kohhran hi a tel ngei a rinawm. Lukas phaia kohhrante hi Epaphra phun an nih rin a ni. Paula phei chuan lehkha a thawn lai thleng hi chuan a la hmu lo va. Chuti chung erawh chuan nam>n lova a beihsak thu sawiin, Engti kauva nasain nge ka beihsak \^lh \^lh che u hi, a ti. Beihsak \^lh Grik agn (Eng. agony) hi 1:29-a a thu hman agnidzomai n>n thu bul inang a ni. OBrien-a chuan Martar tih n>n a inhnaih hle, a ti.5 Barclay-a chuan \awng\aia theiht^wpa a beih thu a sawi tel ni ngeiin a ring.6 T^n ina a awm av^ngin Kolossa-a zirtrtu suakte hmai chhana hnial t<r leh an mi hruai bote hruai kr t<rin tih theih dang a nei lo va; a \awng\aisak chu a tuarsak dan chi khatah a sawi theih. Chu b^kah a t^ng chu khawv>l huap kohhran t^n a ni. Rei lo t>ah thi t<ra r>lsakna thuchhuak hriat mai a inring a. Lukas phaia kohhran \iak tr t chu a ngaihtuah hle. Isua Krista phata zal>n mai chu a t^n thl>mna a ni ve ang. Mahse, chutiang chu amah hotu leh pa anga entu kohhranhote av^ngin ngaihtuah pawh a ngaihtuah chhin lo a ni. A chh<ngril indona chu a nasa \hin hlein a rinawm.7 Kristian chu eng
248
dinhmunah pawh hnai taka thlrtu an awm av^ngin indo leh bei hr^m nun a ni reng An chhinchhiah bk che, I ch>tzia an thlr, i sawi apiang an ngaithla; Chhandamtu chu nangmahah >n chhuahtr la, A thu thuin ni tinin awm rawh8 tih angin. Thlamuang t<rin a fuih Him taka Kristian nun kaltir theitu chu thlamuanna a ni. Paulan Kolossa mite a duhsak chu thlamuanga an awm a ni. A thu hman Grik paraklein hi parakale tih a\anga lo kal a ni a. A hun lai khawv>lah awmze hrang hrang a nei a: ko mahni lam pan t<ra ko, ng>n dl (\awng\ai) fuih thlamuan missionary thuchah (2 Kor 5:20; cf. 2 Thes 2:3) tih n^n te. A ch^ng chuan thlamuan tih aia nasain tichak tih n^n hman a ni.9 A thumal awmze hrang hrang ph>nah hian eng dinhmun pawh thlamuang leh huaisen taka hmachhawn theihna a awm a ni.10 Chu thlamuanna nei tr chuan Pathian thur<k an dap chhuaha, an hriat a ngai a. Thur<k tih n^n Paulan Grik \awng apokruphos tih a hmang a mi v^ntl^ng laka thup tihna a ni. Apokruphos hi Gnostic-hovin chhandamna at^na ph<t, mi v^ntl^ng hriat ve rual loh thur<k inthup an ziahna lehkhabu hming a ni a. Chu \awngkam chu thur<k sawi fiah n^n a hmang ta hlauh va. Mahse, thur<k chu Krista finna leh hriatna ro zawng zawng thuhr<kna a ti thung a ni. Hriatna (Gk. gnosis) hi mita hmuh leh benga hriat a\anga thutak hriat fiah theihna a ni a. Finna (Gk. sofia) chu hnialkh^n fing tak hmanga thutak sawi mawia nemngheh theihna a ni. Thuhr<k tih hi hmuh theih lohva thup bo ni lovin, Kristaah dah kh^wl a ni tihna emaw, Krista chu finna leh hriatna zawng zawng inf^wk kh^wmna a ni tihna emaw a ni. Amah ni lo finna hn^r dang zawn chu thil lo thl^wn mai a ni.11 Juda-ho thupuan ziakah chuan finna dik tak zawng t<ra mi tin
2.
249
fuih n^n ro thuhr<k tehkhin thu an lo hmang \hn.12 Thur<k hriatna leh rinna az^ra malsawmna dawng t<r chuan hmangaihnaa insuih kh^wmin an awm t<r a ni. Insuih kh^wm (Gk. symbibaz) tih chu \hui kh^wm tihna a ni a;13 thinlung inpawh, iner \hm \h>m lo, hmangaihna inl^wm tawnin a \hui zawm niin a sawi. A duhsak tak thlamuanna nei t<rin insuih kh^wm hi a kawng pumpelh theih loh a ni. Ding nghet t<rin a fuih Ch^ng 4 & 5 hi zirtrtu suakte zirtrna him lo laka fmkhur t<ra fuihna a ni. G.R. Osborne-a chuan Kolossa 2:4-15 hi Paulan Krista tel lo theology a hnialna tiin a thupui a dah hial a.14 Hei hi Kolossa mite lehkha a thawn chhan deuh ber pakhat a nih thu kan sawi tawh kha. Kohhran chuan thutak hawisan t<ra \awngkam thiama bumtute an hriat theih a ngai a. |awngkam thiama (Gk. pithanologia) bumtu tih hi ror>lna court \awngkam a ni a. D^n hre miin tualthat pawh mi dik anga chhuah thei hial khawpa a \awngkam thiamna leh fin kherekna sawina a ni.15 Zirtrtu suakte chuan chutiang hmui themthiamna chu an nei tih a hriattr. An hn>nah taksain awm thei lo mah sela, an felzia leh Krista an rin nghehzia a hriat av^ngin thlarauvin an hn>nah a awm tih a hrilh a. An felzia leh rin nghehzia sawi n^n hian sipai \awngkam a hmang. Paula hian zilh leh fuih an ngaihzia hre reng chunga a la fak pah hi rawngb^wltu a tlinna tak a ni wm e. An din nghehna t<r chu Krista a ni tih a nemnghet leh a: Krista Isua, Lalpa chu in lwm ang kh^n, tiin. Krista Isua chu Lalpa angin an lo pawmin an lo l^wm tawh a; thutak an hriat tawh leh rinna an lo \han hnan tawh chu vuan tlat t<rin a hrilh a ni. Chu chu puithna vrting, thil thar ngaihtuahna leh dapna r>ng r>ng kal sualna nia ngai tlat z>l puith<na chu a ni lo.16 Paula hian kohhranho tehkhin n^n thingk<ng, zung kaia lo chawr chhuak, \hang z>l angin, Isuan Pathian ram tehkhin n^n an\am
3.
250
chi a hmang ang deuhvin a hmang ve \hn. A zung kaihna, a \obul, a inphunna chu Krista a ti. Thlai chn lam (horticulture) \awng, zung kai tih hr<lah in sak lam (architecture) \awngkam, rem chhoh a hmang bawk a. Zung kai hi chu a nih tr ang ni fel tawh sawina a ni a. Rem chhoh (Gk. epoiko-domou-menoi) tih chu, ni m>k leh ni z>l t<r sawina a ni.17 Kolossa mite hn>nah hian Krista chungch^ng zirtrna \hang z>l leh inthl^k hlek hlek chu a awm z>l d^wn tih hrilh chungin, an din nghehna t<r chu thutak danglam lo leh thl^kthleng theih loh, Isua Krista chu Lal a ni tih hi a nih thu a nemnghet a ni. L^wm thu sawi ngah t<r leh Kristaa awm t<ra a chahna hi a pawimawh hle - ...l^wm thu sawi lo ngahin, amahan chuan awm rawh u. Epictetus-a, b^wih upa lam, kebai lehnghl chuan, Kei tar kebai hian Pathian fakna hla sak mai loh chu eng nge tih theih ka neih? Kltheihrawk emaw, vat^wk emaw chu ni ila, hr^m t<ra min siam angin ka hr^m mai mai ang. Mahse, chhia leh \ha hriatna nei mihring ka nih miau av^ngin Pathian fakna hla ka sa t<r a ni. Chu chu ka tih t<r a ni... fakna hla hi min sakpui ve ta che u,18 a ti. Fakna thiltihtheihna hi Paula hian Philippi t^n inah kh^n chiang takin a lo hre tawh a. Eng dinhmun pawha Pathian faktu chu setanan beih ngaihna a hriat loh ber a ni. H>ng fuihna thu a sawi hnu hian fmkhur t<rin a chah nawn uluk hle. Fimkhur rawh u, chutilochuan tu pawhin Krista thu ang ni lovin, mihring thu rochhiah leh khawv>l A AW B ang z^wkin an thu fing leh bumna mai maiin r^l l^kin an la dah ang che u, a ti a ni. Zirtrna dik lo zia leh hmanrua pahnih a sawi chhuak a (1) Krista thu aia mihring thu rochhiah dah pawimawh z^wk, hnam tinte thu \ha leh nun d^n \ha inzirtrna (sakhaw lehkhabu tiamin) Pathian thu tluk leh a aia chungnung z^wka dah te; (2) Khawv>l finnain a ken, a chpa-kaia chhui thiamna hmanga mi fing leh m^wlte rilru hneh chhuh tumna te hi a ni. R^l l^ka la (Gk. sulaggein) tih hi r<n (despoil)19 ru bo (kidnap)20 thang
251
hmanga ^wk21 b^wih at^na hruai22 tih n^n te hman a ni a. A titu nunr^wn d^n a sawi fiah ngh^l. Kolossa mite chu hm>lma nunr^wng laka fmkhur t<rin a chah a ni. Sawi ho t<r 1. 2. T<nlai kohhrante kan fmkhurna t<r kawng hrang hrang sawi ni se. Kristiante t^n thur<k inthup hi eng nge nia kan hriat? Endnotes Eduard Lohse, Colossians and Philemon, (1968) 1971, pp. 68-91; Martin, Colossians and Philemon, (1972) 1992, pp. 69-77; Douglas J. Moo, The Letters to the Colossians and to Philemon, 2008 pp. 147-175; Dave Hagelberg, Colossians, 2011, pp. 62-76.
1 2
Grant R. Osborne, Colossians and Philemon, 1993, pp. 8398.

3
N.T. Wright, Colossians and Philemon, (1986) 1994, pp. 94-96. Hierapoli kohhran hming hi a lam chhuah loh chhan a chiang lo va. Ama phun a nih loh v^ng leh, Kolossa leh Laodikei-a kohhran \iak tr anga a chak ve loh deuh v^ng a ni mai thei (Douglas Moo, The Letters to the Colossians and to Philemon, p. 164). Eng emaw hnuah kohhran chak tak a lo ni ve tho va. Kolossa 4:13-16-ah pawh a lam chhuak a ni.
4 5 6 7
Peter T. OBrien, Colossians, Philemon, p. 92. Barclay, Colossians, p. 128. Barclay, Colossians, p. 128.

8
252
Shillonga A Hmangaihna Faktute sak at^na Upa Dr. L.N. Tluanga lehlin a ni.
9
Peter T. OBrien, Colossians, Philipians, p. 92-3. Barclay, Colossians, p. 129. Peter T. OBrien, Colossians, Philipians, p. 95. Eduard Lohse, Colossians and Philemon, p. 82. Grant R. Osborne, Colossians Philemon, p. 96. Grant R. Osborne, Colossians Philemon, p. 98.
10 11 12 13 14 15
Barclay, Colossians, p. 131. Tualthat kher lo pawh, ram d^n kalh sualna lian tham titute a huap. Fin kherekna tih hi ka belh a ni. Vertherna tihna a ni ang. Barclay, Colossians, p. 132. Puith<na v<rting tih hi Englishin frozen orthodoxy (puithuna vawt khal) a ti. Thil thar ngaihtuahna (adventure of thought) a d^l tlat \hn. Puith<na v<rting chuan t<nlaia a tl^kna leilung rem (tualrem)-a Pathian thu sawi fiahna (contextualization/indigenization) at^n te hmun a kian thiam lo. Isua Kristaa zung kai t<ra infuihna lam a hawi l>m lo.
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Martin, Colossians and Philemon, p. 78. Epictetus, Discourses 1.16.21 hi Barclay-an a l^k chhuah a ni. Peter T. OBrien, Colossians, Philemon, p. 109. Martin, Colossians and Philemon, p. 79 Eduard Lohse, Colossians and Philemon, p. 94
Barclay, Colossians , p. 136, Martin, Colossians and Philemon, p. 79.

253
Zirlai 38
KRISTA LEH RINGTU INZAWM DN Chhiar tr: Kolossa 2:9-15
Thuvawn: Kol 2:13-14

2 9Amahah chuan Pathian famkimna tinr>ng chu taksa neiin a awm reng si a. 10Amahah chuan in famkim ta bawk a; ani chu lalna leh thuneihna zawng zawng l a ni. 11Krista serh tannaah chuan tisa taksa hlp vekin, amah v>kah chuan kuta serh tan ni lova serh tan in nih kha; 12baptismaah chuan a hn>na ph<m in lo ni ve tawh si a, chumi v>kah chuan mitthi zng ata amah kaithotu Pathian hnathawh rin av^nga a hn>na kaihthawh in nih ve kha. 13Tin, nangni in bawhchhiatnate leh in tisaa serh tan lohna av^ngin thi in lo ni a, nangmahni ngei chu amah n>n a tinung che u a nih kha; kan bawhchhiatna zawng zawngte min ngaidama, 14 batna lehkha thup>ka ziak, kan chunga awm, min dod^l \hna chu a thai bo tawh si a: chu ngei chu kraws-a kh>ng betin a la kiang ta a; 15tin, lalna leh thuneihnate chu hlp thlain, chu kraws-ah chuan ch<ngte chu hnehin, a langin hriattr n^n a hmang ta a.
Kan zir t<rah hian Isua Krista chu Pathian a nihna leh ama z^ra kohhran chanvo leh nihna duhawm tak kan zir d^wn a. Pathian famkim chu mihring famkim a nih thozia a lo lang a. Chuv^ngin, a ringtu mihringte chu amah n>n nun inzawmin an awm thei a. Krista tuarna leh a thawhlehna an \^wmpui thei a ni. Mihring tih tel si lovin, mihring chuan Pathian laka a bat tl^ksakna famkim chu a chang thei. Chu chu Krista kraws-ah chin fel a ni a. Sual leh thuneihna hnehna chu Isuan a rawn puang ta a ni.
254
1.
Krista famkimna Paula zirtrna laipui tak chu, Isua chu Pathian famkim a ni tih hi a ni. Hei hi Gnostic zirtrna hnialna a ni ber. An zirtr d^nin mihring Isua chu Pathian a ni thei lo va, Pathian a nih chuan mihring a ni thei lo. Paula chuan, Amahah chuan Pathian famkimna tinr>ng chu taksa neiin a awm reng si a, a ti kauh thung. Amahah tih hian boruaka thuneihna leh thlarauvah ni lovin, mihring Isua Kristaah tihna a ni. Famkimna tih hi Pathian p>ng \henkhat ni mai lo, Pathian pumhl<m sawina a ni. Taksa neiin tih hi ngaihruat mai ni lo, a tak takin tihna a ni. Pathian famkim chu a takin Isuaah chuan a awm reng a ni. Gnostic-ho rin d^n chuan thengrenga thlarau awm (angel, v^ntirhkoh leh rauthla chi hrang hrang)-te chu Pathian a\anga lo chhuak, Pathian chungnungber leh mihring khawv>l ink^ra palai an ni.1 Hei hi Pathian thu zirna \hang z>lin a ken tel, pluralistic ngaih d^n,2 Kristiante Isua chauh hi chhandamtu awm chhun Krista ni bk lovin, sakhaw dang pathiante pawh Krista (Chhandamtu) an ni ve vek a ni, tih zirtrna \obul a ni mai thei wm e. Paula chuan chu rin d^n chu a dik lohzia lantr n^n Pathian nihna laipui chu a pumin mihring Isua Kristaah chuan a awm a, v^ntirhkoh leh thlarau dang ang a ni lo tiin a \ang a. Isua chu Pathian hlimthla leh a entrna a ni mai lo va, a mihrinnaah kh^n Pathian nihna chu a famkimin a awm ngh^l a ni.3 Isua Krista chu Chhandamtu chungnung leh danglam bk mai ni lovin, a awm chhun a ni tih hi Paula zirtrna a ni. 2. Famkimna \^wmtu Kristaa Pathian famkimna a awm thu a sawina >ngah ringtuten Kristaah chuan an nun famkimna an chan thu a sawi zui a. Ralph Martin-a chuan, Paula hian famkimna tih hawrawppuia hmangin nun famkimna mihringin Kristaa a chan chu Pathian famkimna Kristaa a chan n>n a inzawm niin a ngai
255
a; taksain tih pawh Krista leh a ringtu te, kohhranho inzawmna sawina niin a ngai bawk.4 Krista chuan Pathian famkimna (Gk. pl>rma) amaha a vawng angin chu famkimnaah chuan a taksa, ringtute leh kohhran chu an tel ve a ni tiin a zirtr. Lalna leh thuneihna zawng zawng l< tih hian sual thuneihna chunga thuneitu Lalpa a nihzia a tilang. Juda-te inl^rna thuziakah chuan sual thuneihna hnehna leh paih thl^kna chu nakin hun t^wpa lo la thleng t<r angin ziah a ni \hn a. Hetah hi chuan thleng tawh m>k angin puan chhuah a ni. Paulan Krista famkimna \^wmtu an nih thu sawi chian z>l n^n baptisma sacrament thianghlima serh tan an nih thu a sawi zui a. Juda-ten Jentail Kristiante chunga an hnam zia (culture), tisaa serh tan an ph<t tlat chuan an Kristianna a tihnawk hle a. Jerusalem Inkhawmpui (Council) koh ti\<ltu kha a ni bawk. Hei hian Kristianna hmanga hnam nun (culture) inr<nna leh inbwihna awm \hn a tilang. Mizo Kristiante tawnhriatah pawh hnam zia inr<nna ang deuh sawi t<r chu a lo awm ve tawh.5 Paula chuan Juda Kristianten tisaa serh tan an ph<t tlat chu dik lo tiin, Tisa taksa hlp thla vekin amah v>kah chuan kuta serh tan ni lova serh tan in nih kha, tiin a hrilhfiah. Hlp thla vekin (Gk. apekdusis) tih hi thawmhnaw duh loh hlp thla >ntrna chu a ni nain, nun hlui paih thla fai \hak a sawina a ni; bung 3:9-a mihring hlui chu a thiltihte chawpin in hlp thla tawh a, a tih angin. Ringtu nun inthl^kthleng thawk a sawina a ni a. Piangthar lo mihring nun bawlhhlawh tak chu Krista nun zia pu t<ra tihdanglam a nih thu a sawi a. Kristaa ph<ma awm (thi tawh hnu) tho leh ang hialin baptisma chanin thlarau lam nun a entr pawh a sawi fiah a ni. Hnam ziaa saphun lam thu erawh a sawi lo. Jentail-te chu Kristian an nih av^nga an hnam zia thl^k kher a \<l loh thu a sawina z^wk a ni. Hnam dang zia zui v^ng ni lovin Krista rin av^ng z^wkin Jentail-te chu serh tan an lo ni.
256
4.
Bat tl^ksak Krista lova Kolossa mite dinhmun chhiatzia sawi n^n In bawhchhiatnate leh in tisaa serh tan lohna av^ngin thi in lo ni a, a ti. Ephesi mite hn>na a sawi n>n a inang hle (Eph 2:1). Serh tan loh an nih thu a sawi hian Kolossa mite chu Jentail an ni tih a nemnghet a. Pathian lakah thi an nih d^n a thuah hnih bk an sual v^nga thi an nih b^kah Pathian hnam thlan p^wn lama mi an nih av^ngin an dinhmun a chhe tak zet a ni.6 Suala thi an nih av^ngin sual hneh t<r leh sual man pe t<rin mitthi aia thiltihtheihna an nei z^wk chuang lo a ni. Krista tlanna hna chu mitthi tawha nunna dah leh a nih av^ngin thiltihtheihna hnathawh a ni a; Pathian duhsakna beisei chhan nei miah lote t^na tihsak a nih av^ngin khawngaihna hnathawh liau liau a ni bawk. An chan hlutzia entr n^n ba tl^ksak emaw, ngaihdamsak emaw a hmang a. Kan bawhchhiatna zawng zawngte min ngaidam a, batna lehkha thup>ka ziak, kan chunga awm, min dod^l \hna chu a thai bo tawh si a: chu ngei chu kraws-a kh>ngbetin a la kiang ta a, a ti. Batna lehkha (Gk. cheirographon) hi mahni chanchin ziahna (autograph) a ni a; mahse, a hmanna tak chu ba neituin a bat z^t a dik a ni tih nemnghehna kuta a ziahna lehkha a ni.7 Chhandamna t<ra p>k; mahse, tu mahin an zawm famkim theih si loh D^n chu Pathian laka an bat a ni. D^n bu chu an t^n Ba bu a ni ta ber a. Batna lehkha tak hi mi tin sual leh a man thihna chu a ni wm e.8 Min dod^l \hna chu a tih hi min h>k rengtu ti ila a fiah zawk wm e. Khenbehte lu chungah an sualna, khenbeh an nih chhan t^r a ni \hn. Chutianga chhia leh \ha hriatna vilh rengtu leh Pathian laka h>k rengtu sualna chu a thai bo tawh si a a ti a nih chu! Thai bo (Gk. ex-alei-phein) tih hi hnuhma leh hmuh zui t<r awm miah lova hru fai, n^wt reh pak tihna a ni. Papyrus lehkha emaw, savun lehkha emawa thil an ziah \hin lai chuan pen tui reh har chi an la nei ve lo va. Pen tui chu lehkha ph>k hmaiah a
257
bei \^wk a ni. Chutiang ziak chu nawhf> d<p \ha taka tuia han nawh chuan a reh fai pak thei a ni. Chutiang tak chuan batna lehkhaa kan sual chhinchhiahte chu hn<hma leh r^ng zui awm miah lovin min thai bosak a nih chu! Hei hian Pathian zahngaihna makzia leh Krista kraws thiltihtheihzia min hriattr a ni. Hla siamtu chuan, Thisen chhuak lovin ngaihdamna r>ng a awm lo Tiin D^n thu lo thlung mah se, Pathian Ber^mno thianghlim thisen hlu z^rah Ngaihdamna famkim chu kan chang ta, a lo ti a ni.9 Krista kraws-ah chuan thiam loh min chantrna ror>lna chu khen behin a awm a. Thiam loh chantrna lehkha chu tihhlum, thil ti thei lova siam a ni ta a. Hmuh leh tawh loh t<ra l^k bo a ni ta a ni. Chutiang tak chuan lalna leh thuneihna zawng zawng chunga Krista hnehna thiltihtheihna chu krawsah chuan t^r lan a lo ni ta a ni. Sawi ho t<r 1. Isua Krista chauh hi Chhandamtu awm chhun a ni tih hi sakhaw dang betuten anmahni chungtl^kna niin an hre \hn a. Sakhaw inpawlhsawpna khawv>lah hian sawi tawh loh mai t<r em ni ang? Pathian ngaihdamna sawi fiah d^n \ha nia kan hriatte sawi ni se. Endnotes
1 2
2.
Martin, Colossians and Philemon, p. 80
Sawi kim s>ng lo mah ila pluralistic zirtrna tl^ngpui han sawi fiah thuak ila. Plural tih chu pakhat aia tam tihna a ni a. Pluralist tih chu pakhat mai ni lo tam tak a awm tih ringtu a ni. Ch<ng mite ngaih d^n chu pluralistic tia sawi a ni. An zirtr d^n tl^ngpui
258
chu, khawv>lah sakhaw hrang tam tak a awm a. Zirtrna \ha tak an nei \heuh va. Chuv^ngin, sakhaw tin hi inzah tawnsak \heuh t<r a ni. Pathian an ring \heuh bawk a. Pathian chu pakhat a nih av^ngin tu mah Pathian ring lo an awm lo. Chhandamna zirtr d^n an nei \heuh va. Chhandamtu nia an rin \heuh chu an t^n Krista a ni a. Kristiante mission rawngb^wlna chu Kristian thurin chungnun bkzia sawi mawi a, mi dang sakhua leh zirtrna sawi hn^wm ni lovin, sakhaw dang betuten an sakhuaa Krista an hmuh chhuah theih n^na \anpui hi a ni. Hei hi sakhaw hrang inbiangbiakna (interreligious dialogue) tia mission rawngb^wl d^n t<r kawng thar nia ngaih a ni. Hei hi t<nlaia Gnostic zirtrna (neo-Gnosticism) tih pawh a inhmeh viau ^wm e.
3 4 5
J. Jarvell, Imago Dei, Gttingen, 1960, pp. 223f. Martin, Colossians and Philemon, p. 80
Kum 1906-a missionary-te \hahnemngaihna nasa tak z^ra Mizorama harhna lo thleng chu a darh chak hle. Mizo ir^wm chhuak, an rl rem tak, hla te a lo chhuak a, e.g. Aw Lalpa, chungnung ber kan fak hle a che; Thisen hlu, thisen hlu tihte s^p hla thl<k kh^r chh^wn an la hmang a. Zawi zawiin Mizo hla l^r thar P<ma zai a rei deuhva tl^ngl^m zai ni ta, thl<k leh a ken tel khuang leh l^m te chu harhna kal z>l chuan Kristianna huangah a seng l<t a. Kum 1920 v>l a\anga Patea, K^mlala, C.Z. Huala leh hla phuahtu dangten Zo ir^wm chhuak (Zorem Kristian hla) an siamte chuan harhna boruak a chh>m alh nasa a. Kum tina s^wm leh za bi t> t>a Kristiana inlet \hn kha s^ng biin Kristianah an l<t ta a. Mizo irwm chhuak Kristian hla lo pung zlin missionary-te a \h^wn hle laiin Pi Zaii lo chhuakin s^p hla lehlin, tonic solfa-a sak chi a chawis^ngin a rawn tichak thar a. Tonic solfa zai leh Lngkhwm zai tih lo ni ta an insut bawp bawp lai, kum 1930 November-ah chuan Pu Menan Mizo irwm chhuak Kristian hla te chu la kh^wmin Kristian Hla Thar Bu (Hla But>) a siam a. Chuta \ang chuan
259
Mizo irwm chhuak hla tam tak chu Biak Inah sak a ni ta meuh lo. Biak Ina hmun a chan t^k lovah chuan L>ngkh^wm Zai tih a lo ni a. Hnawhchhuah hla a ang ta deuh va. Khuang, l^m leh Mizo hnam zia leh hmanrua r>ng r>ng chu Biak Ina seng luh a inthlahrunawm ta hle a. Lnekhwm zaia sak chi hla siam pawh a lo tlm ta hle a ni. H>ng hla reh hun hi kohhran t> z^wk deuhte an lo chhuah hunpui a ni. Upa Rok<ngan tonic solfa-a a harmonize tl>m leh Rev. Z.T. S^ngkh<man pahnih/khat a harmonize te chu \halai l>ngkh^wm chuan an sa ve tlang tlang \hn. Kum 1972 a\anga Shillong-a R. Vanlalz^wma te \hian d<nin \hahnem tham deuh an harmonize, A Hmangaihna Faktuten Meghalaya, Assam, Manipur leh Mizorama an sak darh t^k chiam a\angin Lngkhwm hlate chuan ngaihven an hlawh thar ve leh ta deuh va. Chutiang harmonized hla (Zos^p-rem!) ze keng, zaip^wl sak mi lo chhuak zawih zawih z^rah kum s^wm chuang f> hnuah Lngkhwm hla ngialngan te pawh Kristian Hla Bu-ah an lo her l<t ve leh hret hret a. Mizo Kristiante ch^wm nungtuah a \ang thar ve leh ta a ni.
6 7 8
Martin, Colossians and Philemon, p. 83 Barclay, Colossians, p. 141
Ralph Martin-a chuan, Thuthlung Hlui leh Juda thu leh hlaah chuan Pathianin mihring thiltihsualte chhinchhiahna bu a vawng tih ngaih d^n hi a l^r a. Chu ngaih d^n hmanga BC zabi khatnaa inl^rna bu-ah chuan, z^wlneiin a sualte chhinchhiahtu angel hn>na a sualte n^wt reh vek t<ra a ngen thu a chuang. A thil \ha tihte chhinchhiahna bu a awm bawk a. Chutiang ngaih d^n hre reng chuan a sawi tum tifiah t<rin Paula hian batna lehkha tih hi a hmang a nih a rinawm. Upa L.H. Rohmingliana hla phuah, Aw, khawv>l hian hria se, Lal Isua thisen hlu tih hla a\anga l^k chhuah a ni.
9
260
Zirlai 39
ZIRTRNA HNAWKSAK Chhiar t<r: Kolossa 2:16-23 Thuvawn: Kol 2:20-21
2 16Chutichuan, ei thu-ah emaw, in thu-ah emaw, k<t ni thu-ah emaw, thla thar thu-ah emaw, Chawlhni thu-ah emaw tu mn sawis>l che u suh se; 17ch<ng chu thil lo thleng t<rte hlim a ni, a tak erawh chu Krista ta a ni. 18Taksa hi ngaihnp tr, vntirhkohte pawh biak tr, tia inlrna danglam bk hmua insawi, eng mah ni si lova chapohote chuan thiam loh chantr che u suh se. 19Ch<nghote chuan L<, Krista chu an vuan tawh lo a ni. Ama zrah chuan taksa pum pui, bung hrang hrangin inzawm khwm chu chwmin a awm a, Pathian duh zwng ang zelin a \hang lian \hn a ni. Khawv>la zirtrna dik lote chu Kristaah in thihsan tawh si chuan, engtizia nge khawv>l dna nung ang maia, mihringte zirtrna, Tawk suh la, tem hek suh la, deh pawh dek suh, 21tih thupk lakah in intukluh leh tak mai? 22Ch<ng thilte zawng zawng chu ei zawha ral mai thil a ni. 23H>ng v^ntirhkoh biak t<r tih te, taksa ngaihn>p tih te, taksa tihhrehawm tih te hi \ha ^wm tak chuan a lang a; mahse, tisa duh zwng hneh nn a \angkai si lo.
20
Kan zir t<r thu hl^wm hi mi thiamten an vuah d^n a inang lo nual a. Barclay-a chuan, Hnungtawlhna a vuah a, Ralph Martin-a leh Masson-a ten, Kristian Zal>nna humhimna an ti a, Robert W. Wall-a chuan, Paulan Krista tel lo nun \ha zirtrna a hnialna a ti a, Douglas J. Moo-an, Zirtrna dik lo thutiam kawrawng a ti a, M.M. Thomas-an, Mihring b^wihtu khawv>l a ti bawk a. Eduard Lohse-an, Inkaihhruaina d^n
261
t^wpna tiin a vuah thung a.1 Chhan \ha tak nei \heuhva vuah an ni a, a dik ber tih bk t<r pawh a awm l>m lo. H>ng b^k pawh hi a chh<ng thu zir chian a\angin thupui dang a la vuah theih z>l bawk. A thupui vuah d^n chu buaipui lutuk lo mai ila. Kolossa Kohhran ding thar tibuai theitu zirtrna a l>ng v>l tih chu a lang chiang a. Judaizer leh Gnostic zirtrna te b^kah sakhaw dang zirtrna inpawlhsawp deuh te pawh niin a lang. Paula hian chutiang zirtrna hnawksak chu an thliar thiam theih n^n leh an buai phah loh n^n kaihhruaina a pe a. Hei hi Kolossa mite hn>na lehkha a thawn chhan ber pawh niin a lang. Ei leh in thu He thu hl^wm \anna, chutichuan tih hian ch^ng 10-15 chh<nga Kristaa khahna a sawi leh zirtrtu dik lote chungch^ng a sawi zui t<r chu a thlun zawm a. Paulan a vei chu, thlarauva an khahna chu Kristaah a ni a, thlarau lama an \hanna tisukuk thei taksa leh lang thei lam ruahmanna (program) hmanga tihbuai tumtute dod^l a ni.2 Ch^ng 16 leh 21-ah te nun inkhuahkhirh burna (asceticism) d^n a lo lang a. An zirtrnaah chuan ei leh in theih leh theih loh chungch^nga d^n chipchiar takte a awm a. Gnostic zirtrna tia puh theih a nih laiin Juda ei leh in d^na kr lehna tia sawi theih, thiang leh thiang lo d^n a awm dup mai a. Gnostic-hovin thil (thlarau ni lo) r>ng r>ng suala an ngaih v^nga ngaih d^n awm a ni thei. Hei hian kawng khatah chuan, Ei ila, in ila, hlimhlawp i b^wl ang u, nakt<kah kan thi mai d^wn si, tia inthlahdahna nun a hring a. Kawng lehlamah chuan taksa hi thil znga mi a nih av^ngin dimdawi a ngai lo; thlarau t^n in a ni mai a, a chhiat hma leh thlarau a zal>n hma a ni mai tih ngaih d^n av^ngin taksa hr>k, diriam, \^m chhuah leh hrem chu nun kawng \haa an ngaih pakhat chu a ni. Chutianga taksa hr>kna lam chu Paulan a sawis>lsak tak hi chu niin a lang. Sawi d^n dang leh chu, hm^nlai khawv>lah ei leh in nghei emaw, ins<m emaw an tih chhan chu pian nawn rinna av^ng a
1.
262
ni an ti. Mihring lo piang nawn leh chu engah pawh an lo piang nawn thei a. Chuv^ngin, sa ei chu hring-ei anga puhna a awm a ni.3 Ngaih d^n dang leh chu pathiante hn>n a\anga inl^rna dawng t<rin chaw nghei phawt a \<l nia inzirtrna a awm bawk.4 Paula chuan puith<na \<l lo leh \angkai lovah a ngai a. Sakhua hi ei leh in d^n kherkhiap tak n>n chawhpawlh leh ngaih fin chi a ni lo a ti. Ei chawpa boral leh mai an nih thu pawh a sawi (2:22). A sawi d^n hian Isua sawi d^n pawh a z<l hle (Mt 15:17; Mk 7:19). Gnostic-ho chuan ei leh in chungch^nga d^n khermei tak hi sakhuaa siam an duh a; chutiang chuan Chanchin |haa khawngaihna aia ei leh in chungch^ng d^n vei z^wk an la awm z>l a ni.5 Kristiante chu chutiang inkaihhruaina d^n chuan a tibuai ber t<r a ni lo va. Paula chuan, ...ei thu-ah emaw, in thu-ah emaw, k<t ni thu-ah emaw thla thar thu-ah emaw, chawlhni thuah emaw, tu man sawis>l che u suh se, a ti a ni. Ni leh hunpui serh dang chu tel ve mah se, Paula vei bk tak hi chu Sabbath serh thu niin a lang.6 A ngaih d^n chuan chhandamna hun tharah chuan Sabbath serh hi a serh chhan tichiang lotuah a \ang thei. A.T. Lincoln-a chuan, Heti taka Paulan Sabbath a sawi hn^wm hian Sabbath serh hi inphuartr t<ra a ngaih vak lohzia a tilang a; Kristian chawlhk^r ni hmasa ber pawh Sabbath chhunzawmna niin a ngai lo a ni, a ti. Ch<ng chu thil lo thleng t<rte hlim a ni, a tiha hlim tih hi Grik philosophy \awngkam l^r tak hlimthla sawina a ni thei ^wm e. Plato-a chuan hlimthla (shadow) leh a tak (substance) inlaichnna emaw, thudik lang chhuak (reality) leh thinlung d^n (ideals) te inzawm d^n leh an danglam d^n te a zirtr a.7 Paula chuan, n leh thla leh hunpui serh te hi chu a tak hlimthla an ni mai a, ch<ng zawng zawng v^wrt^wp chu Krista a ni tiin, A tak chu Krista a ni a ti. Sakhaw zirtrna leh thurin te, serh leh s^ng zawng zawng pawh a serhtuin a hman dik chuan \hatna an nei vek mai. Mahse, Paula hian a tak leh a hlimthla hriat hran thiam chu pawimawh a ti a. Kolossa Kohhran chuan, Krista
263
thleng lo sakhuana, nun letling lo puithuna, kraws tel lo rawngb^wlna an buaipui chiam ang tih a hlauth^wng a ni. Hei hi t<nlai kohhran inkaihhruaina leh zirtrna \hang z>l hian inen fiah n^n a hman reng a pawimawh hle mai. 2. Ni serh thu Kolossa Kohhranah hian kum tina k<t te, thla tina thla serh te, k^r tina Sabbath serh chungch^ngah te inhnialna a awm niin a lang. Ni serh thu zirtrna hi Gnostic leh Juda zirtrnaah a langs^r ve ve. Paula hian ni leh hunpui serh hrim hrim chu a demin a lang lo. Israel-ten Pathian d^n leh hnam thlan an nih v^nga Pathian thu an awihna an lantrna lam chu a dem pawh a ni lo. Sakhua leh a biakna thil serh an ngaih fin lutuk chu fel a ti lo va. Ni serh chu v^n thengrenga thuneihna lal te, ni leh thla leh arsi-a v^nneihna thlarauho biakna n>n an chawhpawlh \hin avangin a dem a. ien an ring lutuk chu a dod^l a ni. Arsiten mihring v^nneih leh v^nduai chungah nghawng an nei tih ngaih d^n hi chu ringlo mi ngaih d^n pawh lo ni se, ei leh in thua kherkhiap taka invawn te, ni leh k<t serhte hi chu Juda hnam nunah pawh tel nghet tlat a ni. Chuv^ngin, zirtrtu dik lo a dem te hi ringlo mi emaw, Kristian Gnostic emaw, Kristian Juda emaw an ni thei vekin a lang. Inkhuahkhirh bur leh intihhran chng langs^r tak chu Essene (E-sn) ho an ni a. Tuipui Thi chhehv>la khawsa \hn Kristian Juda-te an ni. Paula chuan Juda d^n khirh tak hr>ng a\anga chhuah zal>n tawh ni si, d^n hnuai bawka k<n an thlang leh chu ^tthl^k a tihsak a ni. 3. Inl^rna danglam bk Paulan zirtrtu suak a sawi te nun zia a sawi zui d^n hi a fiah sa mai lo deuh. An chapo hle tih a t^r lang a. Mi dangte rinna sawis>l leh r>lsak theitu niin an inngai a. Inl^rna danglam bk hmua insawi a tih hi kan zir tawha mi dangte hriat ve loh thur<k hria nia an insawi \hin ang kha a ni. Thlarau lam thil sawi ni ^wm taka an lan laiin an rilru chu khawv>l tak a ni, a ti.
264
Mi dangte aia an indah s^nna rilru chapo tak chu, Eng mah ni si lova intiveiho, tiin a dem phah a. Kohhranho s^wt tl^nna tak tak t<r pai mang si lo, hre bk tlata inngai niin a puh. Taksa hi ngaihn>p t<r, tih hi kawng khatah chuan Gnostic-hovin taksa an ngaihn>pna thu sawina niin a lang. Ngaih d^n dang awm ve leh chu, sakhaw thila mahni inhnuh hniamna emaw inngaihtl^wmna (Gk. tapeino-phro-sune)8 emaw sawina niin a lang. Chawnghei leh mahni inhr>k chu inngaihtl^wmna lantrna angin an ngai a. Paulan zirtrtu suakte inngaihtl^wm der thu a sawina a ni wm e. Hei hi vantirhkohte biak t<r tia an zirtrna n>n a la inhmeh z>l d^n a awm a. Juda leh Gnostic-ho chuan Pathian chu a ropui a, a chungnung a, a thianghlim >m av^ngin hmaichhana kan biak ph^k a ni lo va, v^ntirhkohte kal tlanga biak hi kan theih t^wk a ni tiin v^ntirhkoh biak an sawi mawi a.9 Mahse, Kristiannain thutak a hril ber chu, Pathian panna kawng chu mi tl^wm ber leh m^wl berte t^n hawn a ni ta tih hi a ni. Ni serh ngai pawimawha, ei leh in thiang leh thiang lo d^n z^wm kima, nawmchenna lama mahni inhr>k bur anga lang t^n chuan chapo taka mahni \ha chungchuang bka inngaih leh mi dangte hnuaichhiah mai a awl hle a ni. Kristian \ha tehnaah chuan tu pawh mahni \haa inngai chu a \ha lo va, mi dang aia mahni \ha z^wka inngai phei chu a \ha lo tawp a ni. Barclay-a chuan, Kristian zal>nna dik chu d^n leh hrai hmanga ch^kna hr>kbeh v^ng ni lovin Krista chu Kristianah a awm av^ng leh Kristian chu Kristaah a awm av^nga ch^kna sual thihna leh \ha duhna a lo awm z^wk a ni,10 a ti. Zirtrtu suak, mahni \hatna chhuangtute chuan, L<, Krista chu an vuan tawh lo a ni, a ti bawk. Chutiang mite sawis>lna thu chu eng h<-a ngai lo t<rin Kolossa mite chu a fuih a. Kohhran pum pui chu L< at^na Krista vuan tlattu a nih v^ng chauhva Pathian duh z^wng ang z>la \hang lian \hn a nih thu a nemnghet leh ta a ni.
265
4.
|haa lang buaipui Ch^ng 20-23 hi a hmaa a sawi thual nawnna a ni ber a. Ei leh in leh d^n leh hrai, mihring thil intuk chawp leh phuah chawp mai mai bwiha awm leh t<rin zirtrtu suakte chuan Kolossa mite chu an hneh m>k niin a hria a. Rin d^n hlui, thengreng thlarau leh thuneihna te n>na inzawm chuat a\ang chuan Krista chuan a zal>ntr tawh a. Kristaah in thihsan tawh tiin chutiang bwih nihna lakah chuan inthiar fihlm z>l t<rin a fuih a ni. Kawng khatah chuan Kristaa in awm tawh av^ngin rin d^n hlui chu in kalsan tawh a ti a. Kawng lehlamah chuan Kristaa in awm chuan leilung inkaihhruaina d^n leh hrai te chu in zawm sa a ni tih hi a sawi chu niin a lang. Zirtrna dik lo laka an dinna leh himna ber chu Krista a ni tih hi a thupui chu a ni. Sawi ho t<r 1. Gnostic zirtirna ang deuhva inzirtirnain tunlai thlenga ringtute a tih chi-ai theihzia sawi ni se. 2. Ei leh in thua inserh leh ni serh thu-a kan ngaih d^n sawi ni se. Endnotes Barclay p. 143, Martin p. 88, Robert W. Wall p. 120, Douglas J. Moo, p. 216, M.M. Thomas p. 84, E. Lohse p. 114 etc.
1 2
Douglas J. Moo, The Letters to the Colossians and to Philemon, p. 218 Mihring thi tawhte thlarau chu thi lovin an piang nawn leh a. Thil hrang hrang, rannung leh ramsa-ah te an lo piang leh \hn nia rinna a ni. G. Bornkamm, Theological Dictionary of the New Testament, iv, p. 67.
3
J. Behm, Theological Dictionary of the New Testament, iv, p. 926.

4

5 6
266
Douglas J. Moo, The Letters to the Colossians and to Philemon, p. 222. Thil hmuh theih leh khawih theih, hriat leh tem theihte hi a tak hmuh theih loh hlimthla an ni tiin Plato-a chuan a zirtr.
7 8
Douglas J. Moo, The Letters to the Colossians and to Philemon, p. 226.

9
Barclay, Colossians, p. 146. Barclay, Colossians, p. 146
10
267
Zirlai 40
KRISTAA THUHRK NUN Chhiar tr: Kolossa 3:1-11
Thuvawn: Kol 3:3

3 Chutichuan, Krista hn>nah kaihthawha in awm ve tawh chuan chung lam, Pathian ding lama \hu Krista awmnaa thil awmte chu zawng rawh u. 2Chung lama thil awmahte chuan in rilru nghat tlat rawh u, leia thil awmahte chuan nghat lovin. 3In thi tawh a, in nunna chu Pathianah chuan Krista hn>nah thuhr<kin a awm si a. 4Krista, kan nunna chu a lo inl^r hunah chuan, nangni pawh ama hn>nah ropui zngah in inl^r ve ang. 5 Chutichuan, in taksa p>ng leia awmte hi tihlum rawh u, inngaihna te, bawlhhlawhna te, hurna te, ch^kna sual te, duh^mna te hi (duh^mna chu milem biakna a ni si a); 6 ch<ng thil av^ng chuan a ni, Pathian thinur chu awih lo fate chunga a thlen \hin ni; 7nangni pawh hm^nah ch<ng thilahte chuan in nun lai kh^n, ch<ngahte chuan in awm \hin kha. 8T<nah erawh chuan nangni pawhin h>ng zawng zawng - tauhna te, thinurna te, huatna te, sawichhiatna te, in ka chhuak \awng zahmawh te hi tibo rawh u. 9D^wt inhrilh tawn suh u; mihring hlui chu a thiltihte chawpin in hlp thla tawh a, 10mihring thar chuan in inthuam tawh si a, chu mihring thar chu hriat famkimna nei t<rin, a siamtu anpui anga siam tharin a awm m>k a ni; 11chumiah chuan Grik mi leh Juda mi, serh tan leh tan loh, awze mite, Skuthia mi te, b^wih te, b^wih lo te pawh a awm theih loh; Krista chu engkim ni z^wkin, engkimah a awm bawk a ni.
Paulan Kristian nihna sawi n^na a hman bel tak Kristaa thuhr<k nun kan zir d^wn a. Thuhr<k tih sawi n^n thi tih
268
pawh a hmang bawk \hn. Hei hi khawv>l nun p^ngngai leh ringtu nun inan lohna sawi n^n a hmang a. Ringtu nun chu khawv>lah chuan nun biru leh pho lan vak loh a nih thu a sawi. Kristian \ha leh ropui tehna chu khawv>lin \ha leh ropui a tehfung n>n inan lohna a tam v^ng a ni ber. Ringtu \hatna, felna, finna, thiamna leh hlawhtlinna te chu khawv>lin hl^wkpui hl> mah se, khawv>l chawimawina ropui a hlawh ve fo lo va. Chu chu Paula sawi d^nin a nun Kristaah thuhr<k a nih v^ng a ni. Khawv>l tihrehawmtu sual leh thil \ha lo chi hrang hrang hneh theihna a nei a. Krista thawhlehna \^wmpuitu a nih v^ng a ni a. Kristianten an hneh \hin sual tl^ngl^wn chi hrang hrangte t^r langin, ringtute chuan tihhlum z>l t<r tiin a fuih a ni. Thi nung Paula theology langs^r tak chu Kristian/ringtu chu thi si, nung bawk si a ni. A hma lamah ringtute chu baptismain a entr angin Kristaah ph<min an awm thu a sawi a (2:12). A hn>na kaihthawhin an awm thu pawh a sawi ngh^l na a, thi an nihna lam a sawi zui tam a. Hun hlui leh nun hlui chu an hnuchhawn ta tih lam a uar a. Kristaah v>k kaihthawh an nihna lam a han uar ve leh ta deuh niin a lang. Chutichuan Krista hn>nah kaihthawhin in awm ve tawh chuan tih hi kaihthawh in nih ve tawh av^ngin tihna a ni bawk. Nun thar neiin hun thar an kai thu a sawi a. Chu nun thar chu an dikna chanvo r>ng a nih av^ngin beih vaka an neih pawh a ngai lo, an ta sa a ni.1 An rilru chung lama dah tlat t<r leh chung lama thil awmte zawng t<rin a hrilh a. Lei lam thilte zawng mai thei an nih hre rengin chung lam thil zawng t<rin a fuih a ni (3:2). Rilru thl>k z^wng leh hawi lam hian nasa takin mihring awm d^n a kaihruai a. Kristaa Pathian thil tum chu a rawngb^wltu mi dik tak siam a ni a. Chutiang mi chu a rilru leh thiltih a inrem thlap \hn. Chung lama thil awmahte tih hi Pathian ding lama Krista \hutna hmun a ni a. Krista nun leh zia chu ngaihtuah pui bera nei
1.
269
reng t<r leh chu nun chu nunpui ngei t<rin a fuih a ni. A tawi z^wngin v^n nun zepui, mahni inphata mi dang hmangaihna a sawina a ni wm e. V^nram chu khenbeh Krista ror>lna hmun, a miten khua-leh-tui dik tak nihna an neihna a ni bawk a, ngaihthah mai t<r a ni lo hrim hrim a ni. Kristaa an rilru nghat tlatte chuan leiah hian v^n nun an nung chhuak thei a ni. In thi tawh a, in nunna chu Pathianah chuan Krista hn>nah thuhr<kin a awm si a, tih hian Kristian chanvo leh dinhmun chu a khaikh^wm a. Krista n>n a thi a, a tho leh a, ropui taka Krista lo inl^r leh hunah a lo la lang ve d^wn a ni a ti. Krista n>na a thih chu hun liam m>ka a chan tawh niin, Krista n>na kaihthawh a nihna chu t<n huna a chan chawp m>k niin, a chan hnih hi inb<k t^wk takin sawi a ni.2 A pawimawh ve ve. Hun thar chu kai tawh mah se hun hlui chu a la liam zo lo va, hun hnuhn<ng lo thleng t<r Krista lo kal lehna chu a ngh^k m>k a ni. Isua Krista ringtu nun chu Pathianah Krista hn>na thuhr<k (3:3) a nih bkah a rin Kristaa innghat a ni Krista kan nunna chu tiin (3:4).3 Kristian chuan Lalpa lo kal lehna ringawt ni lovin, chumi huna ama nihna tak lantrna famkim chu a beisei a (Rom 8:18f; 1 Joh 3:1f). Chumi hunah chuan Krista rawngb^wltu hlawhchham anga lang leh hriat reng hlawh lote rinawmna, \hahnemngaihna leh chhelna te a lang chiang tawh ang. Mi t^ng Paula, Rom mite t^na mi ^, Juda-te t^na hnam phatsantu chu Krista tirhkoh, Lalber rawngb^wltu a nihna t^r lan chianin a awm tawh ang. Kolossa mi te, khawpui kilkh^wr taka ringlo mi Kristiana inlet tharte chu ropuiin an lo lang ve ang a; an Pathian rin biak tl^kzia a lo lang tawh ang. Hei hian an nun hlutzia a hril a; chu nun chu Kristian thianghlimna leh puitlinna dik taka an \hanpui a pawimawh a ni. 2. Sualna tihhlum Kristaa nun thuhr<k chuan sual a do \hn. Paula hian v^n k^wk rilru pu t<ra a zirtrna chhunzawmin chutiang rilru hliah
270
theitu nunphung chu tibo z>l t<rin a fuih a. In thi tawh a, ... Chutichuan... ti hlum rawh u, a tih hi, In nihna dik tak chu lo ni rawh u le, a tihna a ni wm e.4 Krista nun zawm av^nga khawv>l thilte thihsantu (2:20; 3:3) leh sual thiltihtheihna thihsantu (Rom 6:1-6) chuan ni tin nunah a takin sual thihsan t<r a ni. Krista nun zawmna chuan sual n>n a inhm>lm^k thartr a, sual thihsan t<rin a ph<t mai ni lovin thihsan t<rin a pui a, Thlarau Thianghlim thiltihtheihnain nun d^n dik zui t<rin a tichak \hn. Tihlum rawh u a tih awmzia chu, ringtu-ah chuan siam \hatna thiltihtheihna a awm sa a, chu chu hmanga tichakin taksa p>ngte chu tihlum trin a fuih a ni.5 Wright-a (Rait-a) chuan sual thlr d^n khingbai theihzia sawiin, Kohhran \henkhat chu mipat hmeichhiat thua sawisep chhe t> pawh ngai thei lo; mahse, inphiar r<kna, inr>lna, thinurna leh phunchiarna tea khat tlat si an ni a; kohhran \henkhat chu inremna \ha tak nei; mahse, mipat hmeichhiat hman sualna r^pthl^k takte pawisa hauh si lo an awm bawk, a ti.6 Krista n>na thia tho leh tawhte chuan an taksa p>ng leia awm te, mihring (piangthar lo) ze kente chu an tihlum t<r a ni. Mit d^ktawrte ngaimawh tak, mit chawr (gangrenous limb) an paih \hn ang hi a ni thei ang. P>ng dang a tihchhiat hmain tan thl^k vat an duh \hn. Isua zirtrna n>n pawh a inthl^wp khawp mai (Mt 5:29-30; 18:8-9). Hei hi Buddhist-ten mihring ral vekna (nirvana) emaw mihring nunphung p^ngngai bosalna emaw an zirtr ang chu a ni lo. Hun hlui nun, lei nun zia (hun thar nun v^n nun zia khingtu) thihsan thu a sawina a ni z^wk (3:1-4). Paulan Juda leh Gnostic inkhuahkhirh burna d^n dik lo a dem thu kan zir tawh a. T<nah chuan mahni inthunun \<l leh \ha a tihna lam a ziak ve leh ta a (3:5,8). Ni hnuhn<nga nun thar lo lang t<r chu t<n hun hman m>ka Kristian nunah a inl^r chhuak t<r a ni a ti.7
271
Tihhlum t<r taksa p>ng leia awm a tih chu tl^ngpui deuh takin a dah a. Inngaihna te tih chuan inneihna p^wn lama mipat hmeichhiatna hman zawng zawng a huap a. Kristian lote khawv>lah chuan nawhchizuar d^wr a k^wk bk deuh thei ang. Bawlhhlawhna tih hi awm d^n tuitang lo av^nga nun khawlo sawina a ni. Hurna tih chu tisa ch^kna chak tak sawina a ni a. Hetah hian inneihna p^wn lama d^n lova mipat hmeichhiatna hman leh leilung d^nin a dem sa, mahni laina te n>na ch^kna hman sual thleng sawi n^n a hmang a ni. Ch^kna sualte tih hi Galatia 5:16-a tisa thiltihte a tih zngah a tel. Taksa nawmna at^na \^m huamna sawina a ni. Ch^kna tih ngawt chu \ha lam leh chhe lam a ni thei. Mahse, sual tihna hmahruai a nih theih av^ngin ch^kna sualte a ti a ni. Ch^kna hmang sual t<ra thl>mna ringawt chu sual a ni lo. Mahse, ch^kna chu tihhlum ngh^l ni lo va, a tipuitling z^wnga vulh leh ch^wm len a nih chuan sual a hring \hn a. Tihhlum ngh^l z>l t<r a ni. 3. Milem biak b^n Kristaa nun thuhr<k chuan milem biak a b^n \hn. Duh^mna thunun loh hi sual dangte n>n hnai t>in a sawi zawm a. Hei hi awhna emaw rualawhna emaw a tih theih bawk. Grik pleonexia tih chu neih belh z>l duhna a ni.8 Milem biakna tia a sawi tawp mai hi han hriat phat chuan a ^wm lo deuh va. Mahse, sual dang a dem zawng zawng kha milem biakna ngialngan n>n inzawmna an lo nei vek a. Duh^mna hi Thuthlung Thar hian Pathian hriat lohna anga ngaiin a dem nasa a (Lk 12:15; Rom 1:29; 1 Kor 5:10-11; 6:10-11; Eph 5:3). A vei leh tinz^wn r>ng r>ng chu Pathian lo lam z>l a ni. A t^wpah phei chuan mahni inbiakna emaw, mahni inpathiannaah emaw a chang \hn. A tinz^wn leh a kaihhnawih thilte chu duh^mna pathian (milim) a lo ni \hn. Khawv>l huapa thil lei leh hralh, v^ntl^ng thil mi mal t^na neihsak, sum hmanga ram l^k9 hluar z>lna khawv>lah hian milem
272
biak a hluar ta. Sualna te tihlum t<ra fuihna thu pawisa lotute chuan Pathian thinurna an tawng baw \hn a. Chutianga pawisa lotute zngah chuan lo tel tawh mah sela, Kolossa Kohhran chu fing tawh t<r leh Pathian thinurna tawng baw tawh lo t<ra taksa p>ng leia awmte tihlum t<rin a fuih zui a ni. Tihbo t<r a sawi belh hi t<nah erawh chuan tiin a han hawng leh phawt a. Nun inthl^kthleng, nun hlui kalsana nun thar neite t^n a sawi tihna a ni. Hei hi Krista av^nga Pathian chhandamna hun thar an kai thu sawina a ni. 10 Pathianin kan sualte ngaidamin, sual ^nchhe lakah min tlan chhuak a (1:14), a khawngaihna z^ra inremna chuan sual leh thiam loh chantrna lakah min zal>ntr a (1:22), sual kai lo nun kan nun chhuah ve a lo \<l ta a ni. Tihhlum t<r a tihte chu a tl^ngpuiin khawtl^nga nun hona at^na pawi a ni: tauhna, thinurna, huatna, sawi chhiatna leh \awng zahmawh te. A vaia khaikh^wm chuan a lan chhuahna chu \awng emaw, thusawi emaw a ni ber wm e. Tauhna leh thinurna te hi mihring lungawi lohna puak chhuak, inpawh tawnna tichhe thei tak a ni. Huatna hian thu \ha lo sawi a hring chhuak a, mihring khawsak ho a tiharsa \hn. Sawi chhiatna tih hi Grik \awngin blasphemia a ni a; Pathian sawi chhiatna emaw ^nchhe lawhna tihna a ni ngei a, hetah hi chuan mihringpuite sawi chhiatna sawi n^n hman a ni. D^wt leh thutak chawhpawlha \henawmte sawi chhiatna hi ^nchhe bawlhhlawh, chem lova lu l^kna r^pthl^k tak a ni bawk. |awng zahmawh tih hian \awng bawlhhlawh chi tinr>ng, Pathian chawimawi lo lam chu a huap vek a ni. Mihring thar Kristaa thuhr<k nun chu Paula chuan mihring thar tiin a vuah bawk. A khingpui chu mihring hlui tiin a vuah a. John Calvin-a chuan, Mihring hlui chu nu pum chh<ng a\anga kan chhawm apiang leh kan mihring pianken te sawina a ni, a ti.11 Mihring hlui thununtu chu d^wt sawi a ni. D^wt tih hian a thu
4.
273
mai ni lo, a lema nun chan zawng zawng a huap a. Chu nun lem chu nun thara thl^k a ngai a. Krista z^ra siam tharna chuan mihring hlui chu a thiltihte chawpin a hlp thla a. Calvin-a bawkin, Mihring thar chu Krista Thlarauvin felna thu wih t<ra a siam thar chu a ni a; chu Thlarau v>k chuan a nihphung hmasa angin nun tlang tak ni t<rin a siam \ha leh a. Adama a\anga kan pian hmasak av^ngin mihring hlui a lo lang hmasa a, a hnuah Krista z^rah kan lo piangthar a ni,12 tiin mihring thar lo pian d^n a sawi fiah a. Paula chuan, Chu mihring thar chu hriat famkimna nei t<rin, a siamtu anpui anga siam tharin a awm m>k a ni, a ti a. Mihring thar chu a nih t<r ang ni m>k siin a la famkim lo va, famkim t<ra siam thar m>k a ni. Pathian anna kawnga mihring siam thara awm chuan mihring zawng zawng inunauna chu a man chhuak \hn a. Kristaa siam tharnaah chuan hnam zawng zawng leh chi tin \awng tin hi unau leh bul thuhmun an nihna a lo chiang tawh \hn a. Hnam tin inpumkhatna thu Paulan, Grik mi leh Juda mi, serh tan leh tan loh, awze mite, Skuthia mi te, b^wih te, b^wih lo te pawh a awm theih loh, (cf. Gal 3:28) a tih hi Wall-a chuan, Inpumkhatna D^npui a vuah a.13 Kristaa innghat nun hona (kohhran) chu intluktl^nga nun hona (egalitarian) a ni tiin a sawi zui. Hnam fing Grik te, Pathian hnam thlan Juda te, hnamchawm leh chi langsar lo tak Skuthia te pawh Pathian chuan a dah hrang lo va. Chanchin |ha chuan tu mah mi dang aia hlu bk emaw hlu lo bk emaw angin a dah ngai lo. Pathianin duhsak bk emaw thlauhthl^k bk emaw a nei hek lo. Min chhandam d^n leh min chhandam chhan pawh a inang vek a ni. Chanchin |ha chuan mi rethei ber leh dinhmun nei lote pawh lal chh<ngkua tluk thovah a chhiar a ni. Calvinistic kohhran, Wesleyan kohhran, Welsh harhna leh evangelical harhnate chuan Chanchin |hain mi zawng zawng inang tl^nga a pawmna hi khawv>l hmun hrang hrangah an pu darh a.14 Khawv>la hnam hrang leh chi hrang tam takte inunauna chi pawh an tuh z>l a ni.
274
Sawi ho t<r 1. 2. Mihring hlui leh mihring thar kan hriat d^n sawi ni se. Kristian loten an pathian biaknaa an tih \hin dn anga lo tih ve mai hi milem biakna chi khat a ni thei em? Milem biakna chungchng sawia, Duhamna hi milem biakna a ni tia Bible-a inziak sawi lan \hin hian milem (milim) biak tak tak pawizia a sawi npin kan hria em? Endnotes
1 2
N.T. Wright, Colossians and Philemon, p. 131
Douglas J. Moo, The Letters to the Colossians and to Philemon, p. 244. 3 N.T. Wright, Colossians and Philemon, p. 132 Douglas J. Moo, The Letters to the Colossians and to Philemon, p. 255.
4 5

6
N.T. Wright, Colossians and Philemon, p. 133.
N.T. Wright, Colossians and Philemon, p. 133. Hei hi Mizo Pialr^l theology kan tih hrilhfiahna tawi pawh a ni thei wm e.
8 9
T<nlai khawv>l tuamtu sumd^wnna boruak hi English-in liberalization, privatization, globalization tiin an sawi \hn. 10 Robert W. Wall, Colossiansa & Philemon, p. 140.
11 12 13 14
Calvin, Colossians, p. 349. Calvin, Colossians, p. 349. Robert W. Wall, Colossians & Philemon, p. 144. Robert W. Wall, Colossians & Philemon, p. 144.
275
Zirlai 41
MIHRING THAR INTHUAMNA Chhiar tr: Kolossa 3:12-17
Thuvawn: Kol 3:17

3 12Chutichuan, Pathian mi thlan, mi thianghlim leh duh t akt e angi n, l ai nat na t hi nlung te, ngi l nei hna t e, inngaihtl^wmna te, thuhnuairawlhna te, dawhtheihna te chuan inthuam rawh u, 13 tu pawhin tu chungah pawh thupawi nei ang ula, indawh tawnin inngaidam tawn ula; Lalpan a ngaidam che u ang tak kh^n ngaidam ve rawh u. 14Tin, ch<ng zawng zawng chungah chuan hmangaihna inbel rawh u, chu chu phuar famkimna a ni. 15Tin, Krista thlamuanna chuan in thinlungah ro r>l rawh se, chutiang ni t<rin taksa pumkhata koh in ni r>ng asin; l^wm nach^ng hre bawk rawh u. 16Krista thu chu finna tinr>ngin nangmahniah awm \euh rawh se; fakna hla te, Pathian hla te, thlarau lam hla tea inzirtrin inzilh tawn ula, thinlungah khawngaihna neiin Pathian chu hla saksak rawh u. 17Tin, in tih apiang chu thusawiah emaw, thiltihah emaw, ama z^rah Pa Pathian hn>na l^wm thu hril chungin Lalpa Isua hmingin ti vek rawh u.
He thu hl^wm hian a hma lama a sawi boruak a rawn thl^k d^wrh a. Sim t<r leh tihhlum t<r a\angin pawm t<r leh tih t<r lam a hawi a. Chh<m chhah tak a\anga ni >ng a lo chhuak ang deuh a ni. A thupui at^n Moo-a chuan, Mihring thar thiltiha inthuam1 a ti a, Martin-a chuan, Kristian nunphung danglam bk2 tiin a dah a; a inhmeh ve ve hle. Keinin mihring thar inthuamna tiin kan zir ve thung ang a. A thu ken chu a ngai reng a. Paula hian mihring thar an nih hre rengin, an nih t<r sawiin, ch<ngte chuan inthuam rawh u a tih zai zuiin thupui kan chher ve mai a ni. Kolossa
276
Kohhran mite chu mihring thar an nih tawh av^ngin an tihhlum t<r taksa p>ngte a hrilh zawhah, an inthuamna t<r Kristian nunphung a hrilh a. Krista rinna baptisma an chan chu a taka nun chhuahpui d^n t<r lam a fiah thei angin a hrilh zui bawk. 1. Nihna thar Paulan ringtute tih t<r a hrilh d^wn hian Kolossa mite chu eng v^nga ti t<r nge an nih a hriattr phawt a. Pathian hnam thlan Juda-te kohna bk at^na hman \hin chu Kolossa Kristiante koh n^n a hmang ta tlat mai a.3 Ch<ngte chu: Pathian mi thlan, mi thianghlim leh duh takte tih a ni. H>ng hming hlu tak, Israel te puala dah \hin hi, Paula chuan Kolossa-a Jentail Kristiante a hl^n a. An nihna thar a sawi fiah hle. Pathian hmangaihna leh khawngaihna chuan khawv>l hmun kilkh^wr ber pawh a fan chhuak a, hnam duhsak bk pawh a awm ta lo a ni. Paula hian mihring nun pum pui hi v^n lam thlrna hmanga thlr chungin he thu hi zir t<rin min s^wm a ni tiin Moo-a chuan a lo sawi a.4 Paula vei >m >m chu mihring inlaichnna leh khawsak hona at^na nun ze \ha leh \angkai a ni. 2. Mihring thar inthuamna Paula chuan mihring thar chuan thuam thar a nei \hn a ti a, ch<ngte chu: lainatna thinlung te, ngilneihna te, inngaihtl^wmna te, thuhnuairawlhna te, dawhtheihna te a ni. Lainatna thinlung tih hi, zahngaihna chh<ngril tihna a ni a; chu chu mihring thinlung sob>l,5 a bkin hmangaihna \hutphah a ni. Hmangaih taka lainat tih mai theih a ni bawk wm e (Lk 1:78; 2 Kor 6:12; 7:15; Phil 1:8; 2:1; Philm 7,12,20; 1 Jn 3:17). Mi dang t^na hman a ni ber. Ngilneihna hi Pathian \hatna leh a khawngaihna hnathawhte sawina a ni (Sam 31:19; 67:11; 119:68; Rom 2:4; 11:22; Eph 2:7; Tit 3:4). Hetah hi chuan mihring inlaichnnaa ngilneihna sawi n^n hman a ni (Rom 3:12; 2 Kor 6:6; Gal 5:22).
277
Inngaihtl^wmna tih hi \hatna rau rauvah pawh a Kristian bk a. Hm^nlai khawv>lah chuan bwih nun leh dwihzepna chhinchhiahna a ni a. Ngaihhlut a hlawh ngai lo. Mahse, Thuthlung Thar chuan inngaihtl^wmna chungchuang, Isua mihringa chan theihtrtu leh mi sualte aia kraws-a thihtrtu niin a sawi a (Phil 2:3), a lo zahawm zo ta a ni. A awmze ril leh a ken telte ngaihtuahin Mizo \awnga dah d^n t<r \ha ber chu tl^wmngaihna tih hi a niin a lang. Zirtrtu suakten ei leh ina ins<m leh mahni nun intihrehawm z^wnga inngaihtl^wmna an lantr chu demin, Paula chuan Kristiante chu mahni aia mi dang dah pawimawh leh \ha z^wka ruata, tl^wmngaihna dik tak hmanga ind^wr tawn t<rin a fuih a ni. Thuhnuairawlhna (Gk. praot>s) tih hi Grik \awng hrilhfiahna bu6 chuan, Mahni pawimawhna dah chungnun vak loh theihna nun zia, tiin a dah a. Aristotle-a chuan, Thinchhe lutuk leh zaidam lutuk ink^r, a hun taka thinur, a hun lova thinur ngai lo niin a sawi.7 He zia hi Rom-ho chakna thur<k nia sawi \hin a ni. Dawhtheihna tih hi Pa Pathian leh Isua Kristan mi sualte chunga an dawhtheihna rilru sawina a ni (Rom 2:4; 9:22; 1 Tim 1:16; 1 Pet 3:20; 2 Pet 3:15), chu chu mihringpuite laka dawhtheihna rilru t<r chu a ni. A chunga Kristian rilru put hmang t<r pasarih a t^r lante hi Paula chuan a lan chhuah d^n t<r a sawi zui a. Enga mah hmain indawh tawn phawt a \<l a; chu mai b^kah inngaihdam tawn t<r a ni tiin a hrilh. Phu lo ngaihdamna hi Pathian ze ropui, khawv>lin a dampui leh a hl^wkpui ber a tih theih ^wm e. Chu bawk chu mihring khawsak ho n^n a pawimawh a. Ch<ng zawng zawng chungah chuan hmangaihna inbel rawh u, chu chu phuar famkimna a ni, a ti. Paula thu rolum l^r tak chu \hatna zawng zawng khaikh^wmna chu hmangaihna a ni tih hi a ni (Rom 13:10b; 1 Kor 13:13). Kohhran pum pui suih kh^wmtu a ni a; \hen hran rual lova kohhran phuar kh^wmtu hrui hrual chu a ni a ti. Mihring thar inthuamna t<r ze \ha chi nga a sawi pawh hmangaihna tel lo chuan an nih t<r ang
278
an ni thei lo va; chuv^ngin, a tuam kh^wm n^n hmangaihna inbel t<rin a fuih a ni. Inpumkhatna Ch^ng 15-ah hian Paulan inpumkhatna a ngaih pawimawhzia chiang z^wkin a lo lang a: Krista thlamuanna chuan in thinlungah ro r>l rawh se, chutiang ni t<rin taksa pumkhata koh in ni r>ng asin, a ti. Inpumkhatna innghahna lungph<m pawimawh tak Krista thlamuanna a tih hi remna tihna a ni bawk a. Thuthlung Hlui z^wlneiten thil zawng zawng siamtharna lo thlen huna Messiain a rawn sin t<r remna leh muanna (Heb. shalm) an lo thlr l^wk ang chu niin a lang. Chu remna chu an thinlunga ror>ltu at^n hmang t<rin a fuih a. Heta ror>ltu tih hi inkhelhnaa thuneitu umpire tihna a ni.8 Paula thuziak leh zirtrna indawt d^n tl^ngl^wn tak chu, hmangaihna thu a sawi zawha thlamuanna emaw remna emaw a sawi zui \hn hi a ni. Kohhranho chibai a b<knaah pawh hmangaihna leh remna hi a dah kawp deuh z>l a. Remna hi Krista thisen z^ra Pathian leh mihring inremna sawina a ni a. Chu inremna chu harsatna a thlen pawhin thlamuang taka kohhran awm hotrtu ni t<rin an thinlungah ro r>ltr se a ti a ni. Taksa pumkhata koh a tih hian mi nung pumkhat a sawina a ni a; Krista taksa anga kohhran a tehkhinna ang tho niin a lang. Kohhran pumkhatna a sawi hi tualchh<ng kohhran chin inpumkhatna nge a sawi, huapzo kohhran (lei leh v^n huap) inpumkhatna tih hi zawh theih tak a ni a. Kohhran chu pakhat a nih av^ngin tualchh<ng kohhran pawh, huapzo kohhran pawh Krista taksa a nih av^ngin pumkhat a ni tih hi a uar tum chu a ni. 4. L^wm nun Mihring thar nun pum pui sawi fiahna \ha tak chu l^wm nun tih hi a ni ^wm e. Krista thlamuanna an chan chu l^wmna tham a nih av^ngin, l^wm nach^ng hre bawk rawh u a ti. Mihring hlui nun v^nduaina ber chu l^wm thei lo nun a ni hi a ni. Mihring
3.
279
thar ze pawimawh tak chu l^wm nach^ng hriat hi a ni. Chu l^wmna chuan Pathian fakna a rah chhuak \hn. An l^wmna tipungtu t<r a sawi chu, Krista thu chu finna tinr>ngin nangmahniah awm \euh rawh se, tih a ni. Krista thu hi nun kawng tinr>ngah finna a nih av^ngin mihring thar nun luah khat tlat khawpa nasaa awm chilh t<rin a duhsak a ni. Mihring thar nun, l^wmna nun, tihausa t<rin fakna hla te, Pathian hla te, thlarau lam hla tea inzirtrin inzilh tawn ula, thinlungah khawngaihna neiin Pathian chu hla saksak rawh u tiin a fuih zui a. Hei hi Ephesi 5:19-20 n>n a inz<l hle. Paula lehkhathawn ve ve an nihzia nemnghettu pawh a ni ang. A hla sawi d^n hi zir a nawm deuh n^n Martin-a chuan chi thum - Sam, Biakna Hla leh Thlarau th^wkkhum hla tiin a han thliar chhin a. Mahse, sawi pawlh hauh lova fel fai taka thliar hran theih a nih lohzia a sawi ngh^l bawk. 9 Eng pawh ni se, Sam hlate chu Kristianna pian hmaa Juda-ten an \awnga Pathian an lo fak \hinna a ni tl^ngpui a, Kristian hun hmasa lamah an lo sa (chham) \hn; Biakna hla hi Pathian emaw Krista emaw fakna hla angin a sawi a, Kristiante siam leh phuahte sawina ti ila; Thlarau lam hla a tih hi a thu leh thl<k pawh thlarau deuh raih Thlarau Thianghlim th^wkkhum nia sawi theih bk deuh te, entr n^n, Thupuan Bu-a v^n mipuite hla ang chi te hi a han sawi chhin chu a ni (Thup 5:9; 14:3; 15:3). Fakna hla thliar d^n chu kawng hrang leh chi tam tak a awm thei ang. Paulan a ngaih pawimawh chu inzirtr n^n leh inzilh n^na hla hman a ni. Pathian thu thiam leh lehkha zir miten ziak leh sawia zirtrna an p>k z>l laiin, Hebrai, Grik leh English thiam ve lote t^na sakhaw inzirtrna leh inzilhna tl^ngl^wn ber, s^wt leh hl^wk tak chu hla a ni reng d^wnin a lang. Lehkha thiam lo leh mi m^wl deuh pawhin mahnia Pathian p^wl n^n leh infuih n^n an hman ve theih ber a ni. Mi thiamte chuan Pathian biak inkh^wm kalhmang \haah chuan mipui telna (participation) a tam ngei ngei an ti leh z>l a. Roman Catholic leh anmahni anga episcopal (bishop
280
nei chi) chuan, thu chham rual chi leh thu-hla inchhiar chh^wk chi phuah sa an hmang nasa. Chuv^ngin, hla sa uar lo mah se mipui telna a tam \ha t^wk viau thei. Kohhran Siam\hatna hnua Puritan leh Non-conformist leh an h<v^nga harhna hrin kohhran lo chhuak ta z>lte erawh chuan phuah sa chham rual leh chhiar chh^wk (liturgical) aiin, lang chawp leh tla chawp (extempore) lam an uar thung a. Chutianga inkaihhruaina chuan hla sak tam leh dah pawimawhna lamah a hruai a. Hei hi Roman Catholic leh Protestant inan lohna langs^r takte znga mi a ni. Thinlunga khawngaihna neiin Pathian chu hla saksak rawh u a ti a. Fakna hla hi hmui hm^wra sak mai theih a ni tih a tilang a. Paula hian thinlung taka sa \hn t<rin a fuih a. Khawngaihna neiin a tih phei hi chu thinlung sob>l leh nun pum tiche khawpa zai t<ra a fuihna a ni. Kohhranah hian Pathian biaknaa mipui tel tam theihna ber pakhat chu fakna hla saa zai ho a ni a. Pathian faka zai ho tam hi Mizo Kristiante chakna thur<k pakhat pawh niin a lang. Thinlung taka Pathian fak ho theihna t<r hla thlan hi uluk a ngai hle. Kan zirlai thu hl^wm kh^rna Paulan a siam hi a fiah khat deuh maiin a lang. Tin, in tih apiang chu thusawiah emaw, thil tihah emaw ama z^rah Pa Pathian hn>na l^wm thu hril chungin Lalpa Isua hmingin ti vek rawh u, a ti a. Kan sawi leh tih zawng zawng hi Lalpa Isua hminga tih vek t<r a ni tiin a khaikh^wm a. Isua tel ve theih lohna chu kan sawiin kan ti t<r a ni lo. Kristian nun laipui chu l^wm chunga Pathian biak leh a rawngb^wl a ni. Sawi ho t<r 1. 2. Paulan mihring thar inthuamna a tihte zngah hian kan ngah lam leh tl^kchham lamte sawi ni se. Pathian biaknaa zai pawimawhna te, hla thlan leh inkhawm boruak inzawm dan te sawi ni se.
281
Endbnotes Douglas J. Moo, The Letters to the Colossians and to Philemon, p. 272.
1 2 3 4
Martin, Colossians and Philemon, p. 108. Barclay, Colossians, p. 156.
Douglas J. Moo, The Letters to the Colossians and to Philemon, p. 273. S^p \awng lehlin har tak emotion sawi n^n sob>l tih hi ka han hmang a.
5
W. Bauer etc., Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament, (2nd ed.).

6 7 8
Douglas J. Moo, The Letters to the Colossians and to Philemon, p. 283; Barclay, N.T. Wright, Colossians and Philemon, p. 143.
9
Martin, Colossians and Philemon, p. 115.
282
Zirlai 42
KRISTIAN CHHNGKAW NUN Chhiar tr: Kolossa 3:18-4:1 Thuvawn: Kol 3:23-24
3 18Nupuite u, Lalpaa a ^wm t^wk ang z>lin in pasalte hn>nah intul<t rawh u.
19 20
Pasalte u, in nupuite hmangaih ula, an lakah vn suh u.
Naupangte u, engkimah in nu leh in pate thu z^wm rawh u, chu chu Lalpaah chuan a l^wmawm si a. Pate u, in fate tinuar suh u; chuti lo chuan, an bei a dawng dah ang e.
21
B^wihte u, tisaa in hotute thu hi engkimah z^wm rawh u, mihring til^wmtute mai anga mit rawng b^wl lovin, thinlung sakhat vuaa Lalpa \ih d>k chungin z^wm z^wk rawh u. 23-24A rulhna ro luah t<r chu Lalpa hn>n ata in hmu d^wn tih hriain, in tih apiang chu mihring t^n anga ti lovin, Lalpa t^n anga ti z^wkin, ch^k takin ti rawh u; Lalpa Krista rawng in b^wl a nih hi. 25Thil dik lo titu chuan a thil dik lo tih man chu a hmu leh ang; mi thlei bkna r>ng a awm si lo va.
22
4 1Hotute u, nangni pawhin v^nah Hotu in nei tih hriain, in b^wihte chungah a fel leh a mawi t^wk chu ti rawh u.
A lehkhathawn a\angin Paulan Kristian chh<ngkaw \ha awm d^n t<r a veizia a lang nasa hle (Eph 5:22-6:9; 1 Tim 2:815; 6:1-2; Tit 2:1-10; 1 Pet 2:13-3:7). Mihring thar nun chu chh<ngkuaah a lo lang \an \hn. He thu hi kohhran leh khawtl^nga mihring thar nun hona a sawi a\angin a lo kai a. Mahni tl^ngn>lna ber hmuna mihring nun d^n hi a pawimawh hle a. Ngaihtuah t<r
283
pawimawh tak chu, chh<ngkua hi khawngaihna dawnna hmun a nih d^wn chuan d^n (kalphung nei)-a ror>lna hmun a ni t<r a ni. D^na inkaihhruai loh hi zal>nna a ni lo va, mahni hmasial berte nunr^wnnain a tihch>pna a ni z^wk \hn.Chutih lai chuan Paulan kum zabi khatnaa Kristian chh<ngkaw d^n a siam hi kum zabi sawmhnihnaah hian eng anga hman tl^k nge a la nih z>l tih leh Kristian inzirtrna bk a ni ngei em tih hi zawhna a la ni z>l a ni.1 Ephesi lehkhathawna Kristian chh<ngkaw zirtrna leh Kolossa-a mi hi an inang bkin an inthl^wp \ha viau mai a. Chuv^ngin, he thupui hi zir tawh sa thual nawnna ang deuh lekin zir kan tum d^wn a ni. 1. Chh<ngkaw inkaihhruaina Kristian leh khawv>l zirtirna Grik mi thiam, rilru zirmi te, a bk takin Stoic-hote chuan chh<ngkuaa mi tin mawhphurhna an lo ziak \hn a.2 Aristotle-a ziah chu a hmasa p^wl a ni. Luther-a chuan ,Chh<ngkaw inlaichnna ph>k, (Haustafeln) tiin a vuah.3 Bible-a chh<ngkaw inlaichnna ziah chhuah anpui deuh hi ring lo mi leh Juda-hote pawhin an lo nei ve reng tawh a. Mahse, Paula chuan a lo awm tawh sa rin mai chu a tum lo. N.T. Wright-a erawh chuan Kristian nun \ha zirtrna leh khawv>l zirtrna chu an danglam vek l>m lo va, khawv>l zirtrna chu hn^wl vek chi a ni lo a ti.4 Mi zawng zawng hi Pathian anpuia siam an nih angin Pathian d^n hriatna ril tak an nei vek a (Rom 1:32; 2:1-16). Chu chu anmahnia Pathian ropuina an neih lehna at^n p>k a ni a (3:10). Tl>ma ngaih d^n hran deuh neitu Hendricksen-a chuan chh<ngkaw inlaichnna lo ziah tawh dang zawng zawngte chuan Bible-a mi ph^k lohna an nei vek niin a sawi.5 Bible-a chh<ngkaw inlaichnna ziah hi chuan a chhiartute chu a sawi ang z^wm t<rin a tichak ngh^l a ni a ti. Mihring thar chuan l^wmna nun chak tak a nei a. Pathian khawngaihna l^wm taka chh^nna chuan ringtu chu h>ng chh<ngkaw inlaichnna \ha nun chhuahpui t<r hian a pui a ni.
284
2.
Paula zirtrna bih chianna Paulan chhngkuaa chanvo chi hrang hrang nei - pasal, nupui, fa, hotu leh bwihte inlaichn d^n t<r a sawina \awngkam pawimawh tak chu intul<t tih a ni. Mahse, Ephesi leh Kolossaa Kristian chh<ngkaw p>ng hrang hrang awm d^n t<r zirtrna hi a khingbai deuh. Intkluhna hi a chak lo leh hnuaihnung z^wka lang, nupui, naupang leh b^wihte tih tr bka dah hi Pathian thu tihdalna nia ngaite pawh an awm. Intukluhna leh thu wihna hi mi hnuaihnung z^wkte chauh tih t<r a nih chuan Thuthlung Thar zirtrna tihmaim^wktu niin an ngai a. Chu ngaih d^n av^ng chuan Ephesi leh Kolossa lehkhathawna he zirtrna lo lang hi Apostol dik tak ziah ni lovin, eng emawtia p^wn lam thuziak lo thun tel ve a ni ang tih ngaih d^n te a awm a. |henkhat chuan he zirtrna hian a tum chu intkluh tawn \heuhna ni mah se a tum ang a sawi fiah kim t^wk lo niin an ngai a. Nupui te, naupang te, b^wih te chu an pasal te, nu leh pa te leh an pute hn>na intul<t t<ra zirtrna hi a hun laia mite chn d^n (tradition) pawmpuina lantr tumna leh dod^lna awm lova Kristianna a \han duan z>l beiseina n>na ziah a nih ring pawh an awm. Hagelberg-a chuan a chunga sawi fel tumna te hi a tl^ngpuiin dik t^wk lovin a ngai a. Paula hian Rom leh Grikhote huatthu leh tl<kna a siam loh n^n a hun laia an chn d^n (culture) a \^wm ve ta mai a ni ang tih ngaih d^n hi chu Paula nun - nun tlang tak zahawm tak sawi bawrhb^nna niin a ngai.6 Douglas Moo-a chuan intul<t t<r bk ruatna hi Paulan Kristaa intluktl^nna a zirtrna n>n inkalh deuhvin a hria a. Galatia 3:28-ah chuan, Chutah chuan Juda mi a awm theih loh va, Grik mi pawh a awm theih hek loh; chutah chuan bawih a awm theih loh va, bawih lo pawh a awm theih hek loh; chutah chuan mipa leh hmeichhia pawh a awm theih loh; Krista Isuaah chuan in zain pumkhat in ni si a, tih kan hmu. Hei hian Rom chh<ngkuaa mite inchungnun hleih d^n bkah pa ber leh b^wih neitute thuneihna chungnung uchuak takte chu Thuthlung Thar
285
zirtrna n>n a inkalhzia a tilang. Chu chuan Kristaa taksa pumkhat nihna leh intluk tl^nna pawh a kalh niin Moo-a chuan a ngai. Amaherawhchu, t<nlaia zal>ntrna thurin (liberation theology) vei leh hriltuten Thuthlung Thar zirtrna pawm d^n hlun su h> lek lek khawpa h>ng Bible thute hrilhfiah an tumna chu a khing zui a. Zal>ntrna thurinah chuan nupui a pasal lakah, naupang a nu leh pa lakah, b^wih a pu lakah ih> lova intul<t tawp t<ra zirtrna chu mihring dikna leh chanvo (right & privilege) namn<lna leh rahbehna a ni a. Chuv^ngin, hetiang thu zirtrna hi Paula ziah a nih chuan a hun laia mipui \an hlawh n^n nupui, naupang leh bwih dinhmun an pawm d^n chu pawmpui angin a ziak ve mai a ni ang tia rin d^n a awm a. Chu b^kah Paula emaw apostol dik tak ziah ni lovin tlîkhawhnua tuten emaw an thun chawp mai a niang tih ngaih d^n a awm bawk a. Chhuina kawng khat a\ang chuan h>ng ngaih d^n hi dem ngawt chi a ni lo. Chutih laiin Ephesi, Kolossa, Tita, 1 Petera te hi Thuthlung Thar bu zitrna p>nsan anga sawi phah erawh wih a har tho mai.7 Paula lehkhathawn dang, Galatia 3:28 thuchah ang tak pawh Kolossa 3:11-ah kan hmu a ni. T<nlaia zal>ntrna theology hian zal>nna vulh len a tum luatah Thuthlung Thar zirtrnaa mihring nun chungchang a hrilhfiahnate chu a kal khatin, a inb<k t^wk lo deuh thei ve tih hriat t<r a ni. Sawi tawh angin Paula hian Kristaa inpumkhatna leh intluktl^nna hi chh<ngkuaah leh mihring nunhona hrang hrangah a pawimawh tih a uar hi dah n>p chi a ni lo. Thil siam thar nihna lungph<m pawimawh tak a ni. Hriat reng t<r erawh chu he zirtrna hian mipa leh hmeichhia, pasal leh nupui, fate leh nu leh pate inan lohna zawng zawng tihbo fai \hak chu a tum lo va.8 Pathianin ringtute chu nihna thar ropui tak a pe \heuh va. Amaherawhchu, thlarau lam chh<ngkaw thar chuan taksaa chh<ngkua nihna leh inlaichnna chu a tibo vek lo a ni tih hriat a pawimawh a ni.
286
Inlaichn d^n Pasalte laka nupuite intkluh d^n t<r sawina Grik \awngkam hypotass (hupotaso) hi Thuthlung Tharah vawi 38 awmin, chng znga 23 chu Paula ziakah a chuang a, thup>k hnuaia awm tihna a ni. Pathian hn>na mihring intul<t emaw, sipai an hotute thu hnuaia intul<t emaw, sawrkar laka a mi chhawr intul<t emaw, Pathian emaw Isua thuhnuaia duh lo chunga ramhuaite an intul<t sawina te a huam a ni (Lk 1:17, 20; 1 Pet 3:22; 1 Kor 15:27; Eph 1:22; Phil 3:21). Thuthlung Thara a hman d^n tl^ngpui chu mahni duhthlana mi dang thua awm t<ra inpe tihna a ni: entr n^n, Pathian ringtute Pathian lakah (Heb 12:9; Jak 4:7), a d^n lakah (Rom 10:3), mihring thuneitute lakah (Rom 13:1,5; Tit 3:1; 1 Pet 2:13), Kristiante an hotute lakah (1 Kor 16:16), b^wih an pute lakah (Tit 2:9; 1 Pet 2:18), tleir^wl te upa z^wkte lakah (1 Pet 5:5), naupangte an nu leh pate lakah (Lk 2:51), nupuite an pasalte lakah (Eph 5:22; Kol 3:18; Tit 2:5; 1 Pet 3:1,5; cf. Eph 5:21). Grik leh Juda-te chh<ngkaw d^n chuan nupuite an pasalte laka intul<t t<rin a ph<t a, pasalte laka ph<t a lang lo. Kristian chh<ngkaw inkaihhruaina danglamna chu pasalte chu an nupui hmangaih t<r leh vn lo t<rin a ph<t a ni. Naupangte (Gk. teknon) tih hian naupang eng rual pawh a huap a, tl>ma \halai upa deuh pawh a huap thei a ni. Kohhranho zngah a hranpaa an hming lam t<rah a ngai a, a dah pawimawh hle. Nu leh pa thu engkima wih vek t<r an ni. Ephesi lehkhathawna thutiam ang kha chu a sawi tel ve chiah lo va. Rom chh<ngkuaah chuan pa berin a fate nunna chungah thleng thu a nei tih kan zir tawh a. T<nlai khawthlang chh<ngkaw khawsak d^nah chuan harsatna a awm thei hle tawh a ni ^wm e.9 Nu leh paten an fate laka an mawhphurhna chu tihnuar loh leh tihbeidawn loh a ni. B^wih leh a pute inlaichnnaah a kai zui a. B^wih hi mi rawih an ni lo va. Hun hrang leh hmun hrang
4.
287
hrangah b^wih neih d^n hi a hrang deuh hret hret a nih pawhin inan tl^nna pakhat an nei a. Mihringin mihring v>k bungrua neih angin a nei a, a nunna chungah pawh thu a nei \hn a ni. Kolossa Kohhranho znga mawhphurhna leh chanvo nei ve pha anga b^wihte a lam chhuak hi a hun laia khawtl^ng kalphung en chuan mak tak a ni. Mizo Kristiannain harhna ropui tak h<v^nga b^wih b^nna10 a lo hring chhuak kha a ropui hle. India ram kohhran \henkhat chi inthliarna la vawng nung tlatte t^n chuan thurin enghelhawm tak a ni thung ngei ang. B^wih awm d^n t<r hi a sawi chipchiar deuh bk viau a ni. Tisaa in hotute a tih hi leia in hotute tiin a sawi theih bawk. Paula hian naupangte ang bawkin engkima an hotute thu wih t<rin hrilh a ni. An hotute n>n chuan v^nah hotu pakhat, Lalpa Isua Krista an nei ho tih hi a hrilh nawn fo bawk. Paula hian a hranpa chuan b^wih neih d^n hi \hiat emaw b^n emaw lam a sawi lo va. Mahse, b^wih neih d^n nemnghet ang deuhva puh \hin hi chu ama ziak a\ang chuan eng mah a lang lo. B^wih neih d^n awm sa tho tho chh<ngah erawh chuan b^wihte leh an pute mihring thar ni wm r>nga an inlaichn d^n t<r a sawi tluangtlam mai a ni. Mit rawngb^wltute tih mai t<r, an pute hmuh lai chauhva hna thawk \ha, an hmuh ph^k lohva zelthel leh d^wngdah mai z>l an awm tih a hriat theih hle. An hna r>ng r>ng chu Lalpa \ih d>k chungin ti rawh u tiin zilh pahin a fuih a. Mihring t^na ti ang ni lovin, Lalpa t^n an ti a ni tih hriain ch^k taka thawk t<rin a fuih a. Lalpa Krista rawng in b^wl a nih hi, tiin hna n>m leh hr^m deuh an thawh zawng zawng chu Krista rawngb^wlna a ni tih a nemnghehsak a. A rulhna roluah t<r tih \awngkam (Gk. antapodosis) hi Thuthlung Tharah hetah chauh hian a hmang a. Rom d^n hnuaiah b^wihin l^wmman leh rochan an nei ngai lo; an pute hn>n a\anga an dawn ber chu sawis>lna, demna leh hremna a ni. Kristian b^wihte Lalpa chu a danglam a, a b^wihte rinawmna hriatsak
288
lovin a liamtr lo. Fa nihna te, roluahtu nihna te, chatuan nunna te leh a ken tel thlamuanna leh thiltihtheihna te chu a b^wihte rochanah a pe a ni. Ti\ha lote chu hrem an nih t<r thu pawh a sawi. B^wih hotute pawh leia hotu an ni mai a, v^nah hotu an nei a, a duh z^wng hre rengin fel leh mawi taka awm t<rin a chah a ni. Thuthlung Tharah chuan mihring thar nihna chang zawng zawngte chu an hlutna a inang tl^ng vek a, hnam zia (culture) leh mipa hmeichhia nihna thuah inen hranna a awm lo. Chutiang inen hranna, chungnung bera inngaihna leh a ken tel hnehchhiahna zawng zawngte chu mihring hlui zia a ni (Kol 3:11; cf. Gal 3:28). Ch<ng mihring hlui ziate chu mihring thar chh<ngkuaah chuan a bo tawh t<r a ni a. Paulan an hming a lam chhuah zawng zawngte hi inzah tawn taka awm ho t<r leh a \<l anga intul<t tawna nung ho t<rin a fuih a ni. Sawi ho t<r 1. Kan zirlai a\ang hian Kristian chh<ngkua chu eng ang nge ni t<ra kan ngaih sawi ni se. 2. Kristian chh<ngkuaa harsatna bk awm thei te leh a chin fel d^n t<r sawi ni se. Endnotes N.T. Wright, Colossians and Philemon, p. 146. Douglas J. Moo, Letters to the Colossians and to Philemon, p. 293-4; Dave Hagelbert, Colossians, p. 128. 3 Douglas J. Moo, Letters to the Colossians and to Philemon, p. 293. 4 N.T. Wright, Colossians and Philemon, p. 146.
1 2

5
289
Dave Hagelbert, Colossians, p. 128. Dave Hagelberg, Colossians, p. 130. 7 Douglas J. Moo, The Letters to the Colossians and to Philemon, p. 294-5. 8 Douglas J. Moo, The Letters to the Colossians and to Philemon, p. 296. 9 Douglas J. Moo, The Letters to the Colossians and to Philemon, p. 304. 10 Bwih b^n hmasatu Sailo lal, Hr^ngvunga leh Khawv>lthanga te kha Harhna h<v^nga lo Kristian leh an b^wihte b^n ta an ni a. Lal dangte pawhin an entawn ve ta z>l a ni.
6
290
Zirlai 43
LEHKHATHAWN KHRNA: FUIHNA LEH CHIBAI BKNA Chhiar tr: Kol. 4:2-18 Thuvawn: Kol 4:6
4 2|awng\ai fan fan ula, chumiah chuan l^wm thu hril chungin ngaihven rawh u. 3Mi phuarna chhan Krista thur<k chu hril t<rin Pathianin thu at^n kawng min tihkuaksak theih n^n keini pawh min \awng\aisak rawh u, 4ka sawi t<r ang taka ka puan theihna t<rin. 5Remch^nna lei z>lin, p^wn lama mite lakah chuan fing takin awm rawh u. 6Mi tin engtia chh^n \heuh t<r nge ni tih in hriat theih n^n in \awngka chhuak chu chia al, khawngaihna tel ni fo rawh se. Lalpaa unau duh tak, rawngb^wltu rinawm, kan b^wihpui Tukika hian ka chanchin zawng zawng a hriattr ang che u. 8 Hemi av^ng ngei hian ani chu in hn>nah ka rawn tr a ni, ka chanchin in hriat theihna t<r leh in thinlung a tihthlamuan theihna t<rin; 9 Onesima, unau rinawm leh duh tak, nangmahni znga mi n>n hian. Anni chuan h>ng lama thil awmzia zawng zawng hi an hriattr ang che u.
7
Aristarka, ka t^npuipa hian chibai a b<k a che u; Marka, Barnaba tupa pawhin chibai a b<k a che u, (ama chungch^ng thu-ah thup>kte in hmuh kha; in hn>na a lo kal chuan lo l^wm rawh u); 11Isua, Justa an tiha hian chibai a b<k bawk a che u. Ch<ng chu serh tan mi an ni a; ch<ng chauh chu Pathian ram thu lamah chuan ka thawhpui, mi thlamuantute an ni.
10
Epaphra, nangmahni znga mi, Krista Isua b^wihpa hian chibai a b<k a che u, ani chuan Pathian duh z^wng apianga puitling leh rin tlatna neia in din theihna t<rin, a \awng\ainaahte chuan nangmahni t^n a bei fo \hn a ni.
12

13
291
Nangmahni t^n te, Laodikei khuaa awmho t^n te, Hierapoli khuaa awmho t^n te \hahnem a ngai >m >m tih ka hriatpui asin. Luka, d^ktawr duh tak leh Dema hian chibai an b<k a che u.
14
Laodikei khuaa unau awmte kha chibai mi b<ksak ang che u; Numphi leh a ina kohhranho chu chibai mi b<ksak bawk ang che u. 16Tin, he lehkhathawn hi in znga in chhiar hnuin Laodikei Kohhranah pawh chhiartr ve rawh u; nangni pawhin Laodikei khuaa mi kha lo chhiar ve bawk ang che u. 17Tin, Arkippa hn>nah kh^n, Rawngb^wlna Lalpaa i hmuh kha hlen t<rin fmkhur rawh, ti ang che u.
15
Kei Paulan, keima kut ngeia chibai ka b<kna che u a nih hi. Ka kawl bunte hi hre reng rawh u. Khawngaihna in hn>nah awm rawh se.
18
Paulan a lehkhathawn hi fuihna leh chibai b<kna sei takin a kh^r a. A \hian leh rawngb^wlpui hming a ziah zozaite hian Paula nuna h$pna chak tak awm chu a tifiah hle. A hun laia chhiartute t^n chuan a thu hi chiang hle hlawmin a rinawm a. T<n huna chhiartute t^n erawh chuan chiang t^wk lo, tl>ma chhui zui ngai deuh te chu a la awm ve z>l a. A d^n ngai t>in Paula hian duhsakna thu hnuhn<ng ngaihnawm leh dawnsawn nuam takin a tlip a ni. |awng\ai fan fan (4:2-4) Kohhran chh<nga mi mal malte dinhmun leh nihna t<r a hrilh hnuah, a n^wlpui t^n zirt$rna leh fuihna thu a ziah zawm leh ta a. |awng\ai fan fan ula a tih hi chhel takin \awng\ai chhunzawm z>l rawh u a tihna a ni. Chhunzawm z>l (Gk. pros-kar-terein) tih hi Thuthlung Thar \awngkam l^r, kohhran inp>kna leh biakna nun teh n^na hman \hin a ni (Tirh 1:14; 2:42,46; 6:4; Rom 12:12). |awng\ai b^nsan lo t<ra tum ruh taka thutl<kna siam (Lk 11:513) leh beidawn loh (Lk 18:1-8) te a k^wk a. Juda-hovin \awng\ai hun d^rkar bi an siam leh \awng\aina vawn bel sa an sawi \hin thl^kna a ni.1 A tlachawp leh mi mal \awng\aina chu Kristianna \iak t$rin a ch$n thar, a chakna leh nunna thahrui tak a lo ni ta a.2
1.
292
|awng\ai fan fanin a ken tel chu l^wm thu hril leh ngaihven a ni. Isuan Gethsemani huanah leh a lo kal leh t<r thu a sawi paha zirt$rte a fuihna ang kha a ni (Mk 13:32-37; 14:38; Lk 21:3436). An chanvo ropui tak av^ng chuan an thlarau nun chhinchhiahna chu l^wm thu hril lo ni z>l se a duhsak a ni. Paula chuan Kolossa Kohhranin \awng\aisak t<ra a duhte sawi pahin amah leh a rawngb^wlpuite \awng\aisak chu an bata ngai t<r leh an mamawh tinr>ng at^na d$lsak t<rin a chah bawk a ni. Remch^nna lei leh hawihh^wmna (4:5-6) Hrehawm taka a t^ng chung pawhin Kolossa Kohhrante a vei reng a. Remch^nna lei z>lin ... fing takin awm rawh u, tiin a la fuih hr^m a ni. Paula thu hman exa-gora-zomenoi hi Grik sumd^wnna \awngkam, a hl^wk leh daihzai thei ang bera hmang \angkai tihna a ni a. Pathian hun p>k (Gk. kairos), a dang awm leh tawh lo t<r, t<n hun hlu tak hi a hl^wk thei ang bera hmang t<rin a fuih a. Hun remch^ng an neih apiang chu Chanchin |ha hril n^n a hl^wk thei ang berin hmang \angkai se a duh a. P^wn lama mite Kristian lote n>na an ind^wrnaah fing taka thil ti t<rin a chah a. Fing takin awm rawh u a tih hi, mahni inen fiah r^n chunga rawngb^wlna kawnga mi dangte harsatna siam lo leh an pawi sawi lo t<ra finna niin Eduard Lohse-a chuan a sawi.3 Kristiante chuan mi dang hn>na Chanchin |ha an hrilhin hawihh^wm tak leh \awngka mawi takin an sawi chhuak \hn t<r a ni a. Mi rilru tina z^wng leh ngaihthl^k nuam lo z^wngin thu sawi lo t<rin an f$mkhur a ngai a. Sakhaw dangte neih ve loh Krista leh a chhandamna an neih av^ngin mi dangte chungtl^k t<r a ni lo va. Thuhnuairawlh leh fing takin mi dangte an d^wr a \ha a. Mi hriat ch^k leh ^wih theih z^wng taka thu hril leh sawi an tum hr^m hr^m a pawimawh a ni. Fin leh ^t lan chhuahna chu \awngkamah a ni fo. Mihring thar nihna >nga Paula fuihna pawh, Mi tin engtia chh^n \heuh
2.
293
t<r nge ni tih in hriat theih n^n in \awngka chhuak chu, chia al, khawngaihna tel ni fo rawh se tih a ni. Mizo thu ro \ha tak kan neih pawh, |awngkam \hain sial a man tih a ni. Paulan mi tin a tih hian mi sual leh \ha, mi fing leh m^wl, mi dik leh dik lo, hausa leh rethei a huap vek a. An zavaiin, |awngka chhuak ... chia al, khawngaihna tel-a chh^n \heuh t<r a ni. Chi hi thil tihthianghlimna, tihtuina leh vawn \hatna at^n hman a ni a. Chanchin |ha thuchah chuan nun a tithianghlim a, a tituiawm a, sual lakah a v>nghim \hn. |awngka chhuak sawi fiah n^na khawngaihna tel tih hman a nih hian thil pahnih a k^wk a: a thu ken, eng thu nge tih hi a pawimawh phawt a; a sawi chhuah d^n, engtia sawi nge a nih tih chu a pawimawh bawk a ni. Khawngaihna tel thu chu khawngaihna tela sawi t<r a ni tihna a ni a. |awng chaltlai tak pawhin \awng hawihh^wm tho an ngai hlu \hn. Chu chuan mi a hp \hn. |awngka hawihh^wm leh zahawm chuan mihring khawsak ho pawh a tinuam \hn a ni. 3. Chibai b<kna (4:7-15) Paulan Kolossa mite chibai b<kna hnuhn<ng a ziakah hian lehkhathawn danga a tih loh, Rom lehkhathawn chauhva a tih d^n zuiin a rawngb^wlpuite hming \hahnem tak a lam chhuak a. Chibai b<kna a ziahsak a ni. C.A.A. Scott-a, E. Lohse-a leh Thuthlung Thar mi thiam tam takin Paula hi mi dangte nun h$p thei tak leh hneh thei tak a nihna hi an fak tl^ng hle. A t^nna hmuna a \hian leh rawngb^wlpuiho ngawt pawh hi \hahnem tham tak an ni. A indawtin han zir thla den den ila. A hmasa berah Kolossa lehkhathawn kengtu t<r Tukika a lam chhuak a - Lalpaa unau duh tak, rawngb^wltu rinawm, kan b^wihpui Tukika hian ka chanchin zawng zawng a hriattr ang che u (cf. Eph 6:21). Tukika hi Asia ram Ephesi khuaa mi a ni wm e. Paulan Makedonia leh Akaia rama Chanchin |ha a puan laia a \hian \ha berte z$nga mi a ni. Makedonia leh Akaia ram Kristianten Jerusalem-a \^m tuarte t^na \anpuina an khawn Paulan
294
a p>k \uma \awi^wmtu kha a ni (Rom 15:25-26). Paulan Jerusalem a tlawh hnuhn<n ber \uma Asia ram kohhran a\anga zuitu pakhat a ni (Tirh 20:4). A hming hi hming v^ntl^ng tak a ni. Asia Minor-a lung kerah a lang tam an ti.4 Paula aiawhin ama khua Ephesi-ah tirh a ni a (2 Tim 4:12); Paula aia Kreta tirh t<rin Artema aia thlan a ni bawk (Tit 3:12). Chuv^ng chuan Paula hian Kolossa mite lehkha a kent$r a ni. Lehkhathawna thute pawh a \<l angin a belh thei ang a, a thuchah pawh a \<l chuan a hrilhfiah thei d^wn a ni. Paula chanchin pawh kimchang takin a hrilh theih ngei a rinawm bawk. Unau duh tak tih hi Kristiante chu chh<ngkua ang taka an awm av^ngin an inkoh d^n tl^ngpui a ni a; rawngb^wltu tih hi (Gk. diakonos; Eng. deacon Miz. dkon) a ni a. Kohhran hmasaa rawngb^wltute z$ngah kh^n deacon tia hminghmerh, chanvo leh mawhphurhna b$k nei chu an awm a. Tukika erawh hi chu kohhrana chanvo b$k leh tih tr b$k at^na ruat rawngb^wltu ni lovin, Paula \anpuiin \<l taka rawng a b^wl av^ngin deacon vuah ni maiin a lang. Paula thachhangdwltu leh kut ding lam, mi rin tl^k a ni. B^wihpui tih hi ka t^npui tia sawi fiah ve \hin ni mah se, a nih loh theih d^n chu a t^npui Aristarka (4:10) leh Epaphra (Philm 23) te chu ka t^npui emaw Kristaa ka t^npui emaw a ti kher tlat a ni. A dawttu chu Onesima, Makedonia leh Akaia rama Tukika n>n thu hrila a vahpui a ni. Onesima chu Kolossa-ah hian tum hran neiin a k$r d^wn a. Ani hi Philemona hn>na Paula lehkhathawn thupui, b^wih tl^n bo nia ngaih a ni. Mahse, ani hi Calvin-an Philemona b^wih tl^n bo (Philm 10) a nih ngei rin tlurna chhan a awm lo a ti. Onesima tih chu hman tl^k emaw \angkai tihna emaw a ni mai a. Tu pawhin a b^wih tu pawh a thawhrim av^nga hming a p>k mai theih a ni tih chu a dik a. Mahse, Kolossa leh Philemona lehkhathawn tea hming leh thiltih inzawm chuat d^n te, Ephesi 6:21f n>na a inzawm d^n a\ang te hian Onesima hi
295
Philemona b^wih a ni tih lo pawm bel tawh ^wih mai hi a dik hm>l berin a lang. Paula chuan Onesima chu Nangmahni znga mi tiin Kolossa mite chu an kohhrana inhawng taka lo l^wm t<rin a chah a ni. Paulan Aristarka, ka t^npuipa a tih hi Makedonia rama Thessalonika khuaa mi a ni (Tirh 19:29; 20:4). Paulan an khuaa rawng a b^wl \uma Kristian lo ni ta a ni wm e (Tirh 17:1-9). Paulan a t^npui anga a sawi zawng zawng hi a taka t^n ina awm an ni chiah lo va. Mahse, E. Lohse-a sawi d^nin Aristarka hi chu sawi fiah belhna awm lovin, ka t^npuipa a ti mai a. A taka a t^npui ngei a nih a rinawm.5 Jerusalem-a \^m tuarte t^n vehb<r khawnin Paula te n>n an zin ho tawh a (Tirh 19:29; 20:4), Rom panna kawngah an kal ho leh bawk a ni (Tirh 27:2). An lo ch>t ho d^n chhui l>tin Paula n>n Rom t^n ina t^n dun hi a inhmeh thei viau wm e. Marka hmingin chibai b<kna a thawn bawk a. Ani hi a l^r vak lo a ni ang, Barnaba tupa6 tia hm>lhriatt$r a ngai tlat. Paula leh Marka chu Kupra thliarkar (Tirh 13:5) leh a piah lam (Tirh 13:13) thlenga rawngb^wla an inzui a\angin an inhre tawh a. Hemi \um hian Perga khuaah in\henna a thleng a. Marka chu Jerusalem, a nu khuaah a k$r a (Tirh 12:12, 25), Paula leh Barnaba an in\hen ta bawk a (Tirh 15:36-41). Eng emaw hnuah Paula leh Marka chu an inrem leh a (2 Tim 4:11), Paula chuan a t^na a \angkaizia te sawiin, Kolossa Kohhrante hn>nah chuan, A lo kal chuan lo l^wm ang che u, tiin a duhsak thu a ziak a ni. Chibai b<kna a thawnsak leh chu Isua, Justa an tih chu a ni a. Ani hi Paula n>n an inhriat d^n sawi chianna a awm lo. Paulan, Ch<ng chauh chu Pathian ram thu lamah chuan ka thawhpui, mi thlamuantute an ni, a tihte z$nga mi a ni thung. A hming hi Hebrai \awngin Josua, Grik \awngin Yesus, Latin \awngin Justa a ni. Rom khuaa Juda-te hian Paula hi an l^wm vak lo va. Justan Paula
296
a lo l^wm hle mai hi thil l^wmawm danglam tak a ni ngei t<r a ni. Paula pawhin, Ka thawhpui... min thlamuantu a ti hial a ni. 4:12-15 hl^wmah hian mi pali - Epaphra, Luka, Dema leh Numpha te an lo lang a. Epaphra hi Lycus lui kam tuaka khawpui pathum, Kolossa, Laodikei leh Hierapoli-a kohhran dintu a ni a. Paulan Krista Isua b^wih tih hming lem mawi tak a pe a ni. Kohhranho a ngaihtuahzia leh a \hahnemngaihzia chu tl^ng hriat a ni. He lehkhathawn Paulan a ziah lai hian Rom khuaah a kal a. Paula hn>n a\angin kohhran enkawl z>l d^n t<rah thur^wn a la niin a rinawm.7 Doctor Luka hi a t^wp thlengin Paula zuitu a ni (2 Tim 4:11; cf. Philm 24). Luka hian Paula tsaa hl$ng awm te kha a enkawl ngei a rinawm. Paulan d^ktawr duh tak tiin a ko va, ka thawhpui a tihte z$nga mi a ni (Philm 24). Chanchin |ha pathumna bu leh Tirhkohte Thiltih bu ziaktu a ni. Dema hi a chanchin ziah lan a ni ve lo. Philemona 24-ah Paulan Dema chu ka thawhpui a tihte z$nga mi a ni. 2 Timothea 4:10-ah chuan Dema chu khawv>l thil a ngainat av^nga Paula kalsantu a nih thu kan hmu. Mahni inngaihtuah tlatte t^n Isua zui hi a theih loh a ni. Numpha hi kohhran hruaitute z$nga mi a ni. A inah Laodikei khuaa kohhranho an inkh^wm \hn a. Hetih hun lai hian Biak In an la nei lo va, ringtu inpete in chu Biak In angin an hmang mai \hn. 4. Lehkhathawn bo (4:16) Tin, he lehkhathawn hi in znga in chhiar hnuin, Laodikei Kohhranho... chhiartr ve rawh u ...Nangni pawhin Laodikei khuaa mi kha lo chhiar ve bawk ang che u. Paula chuan a lehkhathawn chu Kolossa khuaa miten an chhiar zawh hnuah Laodikei Kohhranhote chhiart$r ve ngei t<rin a chah a. Ama chanchin lo hre tl^ng se, a thuchah pawh lo hre \heuh se a duh a. Mahse, Laodikei khuaa mite hn>na a lehkhathawn ziah ni ^wm taka a
297
sawi hi chu t<n thlengin hmuh chhuah a la ni lo va, a bo a nih a rinawm. 5. Rawngb^wlna hlen t<ra fuihna (4:17) Tin, Arkippa hn>nah kh^n, Rawngb^wlna Lalpaa i hmuh kha hlen t<rin fmkhur rawh ti ang che u. Epaphra-an Kolossa Kohhran a chhuahsan hnuah Arkippa hi Kolossa Kohhranho enkawltu (Pastor) nia rin a ni. Philemona hn>na Paula lehkhathawn lo dawng hmasatu nia ring pawh an awm. A inah kohhranho an inkh^wm \hn (Philm 2). Khawngaih rawngb^wl hna Lalpa hn>n a\anga a dawn, a mawhphurhna chu hlen chhuak ngei t<rin a fuih a ni. 6. Paula mi mal chibai b<kna (4:18) Kei Paulan, keima kut ngeia chibai ka b<kna che u a nih hi. Paula lehkhathawn eng emaw z^t hi mi dang a ziaht$r a ni. Rom lehkhathawn ziaktu chu Tertia a ni (Rom 16:22). Kolossa lehkhathawn hi chu ama ziah ngei a ni tih an rin ngamna t<rin Paulan ama kut ngeiin a ziak a ni tih a sawi. Tirhkoh hian kohhranho \awng\aina hlutzia a hre chiang hle a, Ka kawlbunte hi hre reng rawh u, a ti. Krista av^ngin Paula chu Rom khuaah lung inah a t^ng a. A tuarna chu Kolossa khuaa ringtuten an hriat reng chuan rinna kawngah an \han len phah a beisei a. Chanchin |ha av^nga a tuarna chu zahpui lo t<r leh tuar pawh huam ve t<rin a chah a ni. Khawngaihna in hn>nah awm reng rawh se: Paula chuan a lehkhathawn chu a t$ra bul a \anna angin a chhiartuten khawngaihna chang se a duhsak thu a sawi nawn leh a (1:2). Pathian khawngaihna chu a t^n a t^wk a ni tih a hriat tlat av^ngin a lehkhathawn chhiartu apiangten khawngaihna dawng z>l se tih chu a duhsak ber a ni.
298
Sawi ho tr 1. 2. Paula chibai b<kna hnuhn<nga a thu vei a\ang hian kohhranho t^na hriat reng t<ra kan duhte sawi ni se. Paula \hiante z$nga Dema lo tel ve hian rawngb^wltute t^n eng zirlai nge a ken ang? Endnotes
1 2
W. Grundmann, TNDT, iii, p. 619.
A.B. Macdonald, Christian Worship in the Primitive Church, Edinburgh, 1934 a\anga l^k chhuah, Martin, Colossians and Philemon, p. 125.
3 4
Eduard Lohse, Colossians and Philemon, p. 167.
E. Lohse, Colossians and Philemon , p. 171; Martin, Colossians and Philemon, p. 129.
5 6
E. Lohse, Colossians and Philemon, p. 172.
S^p \awngin Barnaba cousin tia sawi a ni a, a unaupa tihna pawh a ni ang. Lalchhuanliana (Rev. Dr.), Kolossa Hrilhfiahna, MTLC Thuthlung Thar Hrilhfiahna Vol. VIII, 2005, p. 288.
7
299
|HEN IV PHILEMONA HNNA TIRHKOH PAULA LEHKHA THAWN
Zirlai 44
Philemona Thuhmahruai Chhiar tur: Philemona 1 & 2, 17-20, Kolossa 4:9,17
Ch^ng vawn: Philm 19a.

Philemona 1Paula, Krista Isua mi t^ng leh kan unaupa Timothea chuan, kan duh tak leh kan thawh rimpui Philemona hn>nah te, 2kan farnu Aphi hn>nah te, kan sipaipui Arkippa hn>nah te, i ina kohhran inkh^wmho hn>nah te pawh... Chutichuan \hiana mi ngaih chuan keimah angin amah hi lo lwm ang che. 18Tin, i chungah thil eng pawh tisualin emaw, i engilo a bat emaw chuan keima batah ruat ang che; 19kei Paulan keima kut ngeia ka ziak a nih hi, keiman ka rulhsak ang ; ka lakah nangmah ngei pawh i inbat bawkzia chu hrilh che zawng ka ni lo ve. 20Ani unaupa, nangmah avngin Lalpaah chuan lwmna mi neihtr la; Kristaah chuan ka thinlung tiharh ang che.
17
Kolossa 4 9Onesima, unau rinawm leh duh tak, nangmahni znga mi n>n hian. Anni chuan h>ng lama thil awmzia zawng zawng hi an hriattr ang che u... 17Tin, Arkippa hn>nah kh^n, Rawngb^wlna Lalpaa i hmuh kha hlen t<rin fmkhur rawh, ti ang che u.
Philemona Lehkhathawn kan zir d^wn a. A tawi na a, lehkhathawn dang ang bawkin zawhna a keng tam tho mai a. Mi mal lehkhathawn a ni mai lom ni? Engati nge Bible-ah a
300
chuan si? Tu ziah nge? Khawi a\anga thawn nge? Tu hn>na thawn nge a nih chiah? Lehkhathawn ziah chhan eng nge tih zawhna te hi chh^n a ngai ve tho mai a. Zir ve f> chu a ngai d^wn a ni. Mi mal lehkhathawn danglam bk Philemona hn>na tirhkoh Paula lehkhathawn hi Bible-ah \hian lehkhathawn ngialngan awm chhun niin a lang. Paula lehkhathawn z$ngah a tawi f^l b$k hle. Grik \awnga ziak hmasa berah chuan thumal 335 chiah a awm.1 Paula ringawt pawhin \hian lehkhathawn a ziak tam hlein a rinawm a. Mahse, he mi mal lehkha chauh hi vawn him a ni a. He lehkhathawn danglam b$kzia leh chungnunzia a hril hle ^wm e. Thuthlung Thar lehkhabu z$nga chhiar a nih chhan ^wm \henkhat han sawi ila. Paula hian lehkhathawn danga a tih ang thlapin a bula awm, a rawngb^wlpui Timothea k>pin chibai b<kna a hl^n a. A lehkhathawn dawng t<ra a tinz^wn Philemona hming chauh lam lovin, a rawngb^wlpui Aphi leh Arkippa leh ina inkh^wmhote a lam chhuak tel a. Ch^ng 2 & 24-25-ah ch<ngte chu a huap tel vek a ni. Chuv^ngin, mi mal lehkha ringawt a ni thei lo.2 Mi mal lehkhathawn tl^ngpui aiin a sei z^wk hle bawk.3 Paula hian \hian lehkha anga ziak mai lovin Apostol a nihna hmanga a ziah a ni tih a lang bawk. Krista mi t^ng a intih b^k Apostol a nihna sawi lang kher lo mah se a thu chu a ^wih ngei a ring a ni (ch. 21). Philemona hming b^kah a ina inkh^wmhote a lam tel a, a thuchah chu kohhran pum pui hriat t<ra a ziak tih a tilang. Onesima chu an lo pawm tl^n theih a beisei bawk a ni. Khawngaihna leh zahngaihna thuchah a f<n hian Philemona hnena lehkhathawn hi a tingainatawm mai ni lovin, a tithutak a. Bible-a b^wih dinhmun ziah chianna ber a ni. Hmas^ng a\angin b^wih neih hi khawtl^ng kalphungah a bet ve reng a. Mahse, he
1.
301
lehkhathawna Paulan b^wih neih d^n t<r leh Kristian nunphung inzawm d^n a sawi ang hi chu Bible bu dangah a awm lo. Kristian pakhatin a Kristianpui duhsak taka a d$lsakna nun hi kohhran \iak hlim t^n kh^n a hluin, awmzia a nei th<k hle a. Pathian leh mihring inzawmna tharin mihring leh mihring inlaich$nna ze thar a rah \hn tih a hril bawk. Mihring inlaich$nnaa Pathian leh mihring inlaich$nna hlimthla lo lang \hn chu a t^r lang \ha >m >m a ni. A ziaktu Paula a ni bawk a. Kohhran Inkhawmpui ngaih d^nah pawh vawn him ngei tl^ka ngaih a ni ta a ni. 2. Tu ziah leh khawi a\anga ziah nge? A t$r a\angin he lehkhathawn hi Tirhkoh Paula ziah ngei nia pawm a ni. Bible- a chuang t<r lehkhabu ziah kh^wmna, Marcion-a bible4-ah leh Muratorian (Miu-re-tawrian) Canon5ah te telh a ni. Paula ziah a nih lohna lam ziak a awm ve a nih pawhin, rinhlelhna leh hnialna wihawm tak a awm lo a ni ang. A thu ken hian Paula ze ril leh langs^r te a pu tlat a. A lehkhathawn tawi ber ni mah sela, a lehkhathawn z$nga ama zia pho lang chiang bertu a ni. Philemona lehkhathawn hi Kolossa lehkhathawn n>n a inzawm hnai hle tih kan zir tawh a. Kolossa-ah Philemona hnena lehkhathawn thupui ber Onesima chu, Unau rinawm leh duh tak, nangmahni znga mi, a ti (Kol 4:9). Donald Guthrie chuan Philemona ziah hun leh ni pawh Kolossa ziah hun n>n inanga dah mai tr niin a ngai.6 Onesima leh Paula te intawh hun lai hi t^n ina Paula a t^n lai a ni tih a chiang a. Khawi t^n in nge tih erawh a sawi lo. Pawm d^n tl^ngl^wn ber chu Rom t^n in tih a ni.7 Dibelius Greeven-a leh Lohmeyer-a te erawh chuan Kaisari-a a t^n lai niin an ring.8 Chu chu Eduard Lohse-a pawhin a pawmpui a. Rom leh Kaisari te Kolossa a\anga a hlatzia ngaihtuahin b^wih tl^n bo thlen ph^kna t<r niin a ngai lo va;9 rei lo deuh hnua Kolossa khuaa kal theih mai a inbeiseina hian Rom emaw Kaisari emawa
302
t^ng a nih chu a tiwihawm lo niin a hre bawk. Chuv^ngin, Ephesia a t^n lai niin a ring. Lohse-a leh a hmaa mite ngaih d^n hi Rom t^n in a\anga ziah a nih rinna tiderth^wng khawp chu niin a lang lo. A chhan han ngaihtuah zui ila. Ephesi khuaah hian Paula hi eng emaw chen t^n inah a awm nia rin chu a ni ngei a; mahse, behchhan t<r chiang taka ziah a awm l>m lo a ni. Ephesi-a a t^n thu hi ngaihruat deuh a ni ang. Philemona lehkhathawn thupui ber Onesima hi Kolossa khuaa Philemona b^wih tl^n bo a ni (ch. 1-2; cf. Kol 4:9,17). A tl^n bo chhan sawi fiah lo mah se, a pu thil/pawisa a ru a,10 a tl^n bo nia rin a ni (ch. 18). B^wih tl^n bote dinhmun leh bihr<kna an zawn uluk \hin d^n ngaihtuahin Ephesi khaw thleng chauh kal t<ra ngaih hi a har deuh. B^wih dinhmun chhiat d^n chu zirlai hmasa lamah kan zir tawh a. B^wih tl^n bo chu T^n inah i khung ang a, i vua ang,11 tih te, a pu chuan a khenbeht$r hial thei a ni12 tih te a awm a. B^wih chu mihring ni lovin hmanraw nung a ni. A puin a chungah thuneihna pumhl<m a nei. An beng a hlehsak thei a, hna hautak thawk t<rin a tilui thei a, a huan ramah emaw t^n ina thil siam chhuahnaah emaw th$rkhaidiat bun chungin a thawht$r thei a, th$r hmawlh emaw, hruihrual emaw, vuakna hrui emaw hmangin a hrem thei. A t^wpkh^wkah siam \hat theih tawh loh a nih chuan a kh>ngbet thei.13 Rom lalramah kh^n b^wih vaib>lchhe ruk (60,000,000) lai an awm a. An hel thut a hlauhawm >m av^ngin hel rilru pu deuhva hriat chu thah ngh^l z>l an ni. B^wih r<kru emaw tl^n bo emaw man a nih chuan an chalah th$r lingin F (fugitivus tl^n bo) tih a ziak thei.14 B^wih tl^n bo man a nih chuan a n>p berah b^wihah bawk a awm leh t<r a ni a, a pu chuan engti pawhin a hrem thei a, a hralh thei a, a that hial thei bawk.15 Rom d^nin b^wih tl^n bo lo humtu hriat chhuah a nih chuan b^wih pu hn>nah a ni tin hnathawh ang hu a chawi t<r a ni.
303
Hetiang tak hi b^wih tl^n bo dinhmun a nih av^ngin Onesima hi m>l za dan lek Ephesi-ah a tl^n chu rin a har a. Khawpui hla deuh law law leh khawpui lian z^wk, b$k bo awl z^wkna Rom khawpui a thlen ngei hi a rinawm hle a ni. Chuta t^ng m>k Paula n>n an intawng ta a ni. Onesima hian man a t^wk ve a ni thei a; a pu Philemona ina inkh^wmten an sawi \hin Paula bulah himna a zu zawng a ni thei bawk. Atheni d^n an tih mai angin b^wih tl^n bo chuan \hian \ha inah maich^m vuanin humhimna a nei thei a ni tih a awm ve bawk a.16 A hun lai thil awm d^n zir chianin Onesiman Rom khuaa Paula, mahni in luaha a t^ng lai a zu fin hi thil wm tak niin a lang. A tawi z^wngin Rom-a Paula t^n lai, Onesima pianthar hnu, Paulan Philemona chanchin a hriat f> hnua ziah a nih a rinawm. Tu t^na ziah nge? Philemona hn>na tirhkoh Paula Lehkhathawn tih hi tu hn>na ziah nge tih sawi ngai ^wm lo tak a ni. Mahse, Paula hian Philemona ni lo mi mal hming dang pahnih, farnu Aphi leh sipaipui Arkippa te leh I ina kohhran inkh^wmho tih te a lam tel a. Tu hn>n bera thawn nge tih zawhna chu sawi fiah deuh a ngai a ni. Ngaih d^n tl^ngl^wn ber chu, he lehkha hi Philemona, ama ina kohhran inkh^wm thleng \hintu hn>na thawn a ni (ch. 2). Onesima, bawih tl^n bo neitupa ni ngeiin a lang bawk (ch. 10). Kolossa lehkhathawnah Philemona in a\anga b^wih tl^n bo Onesima leh Paula sipaipui Arkippa te chu Kolossa khaw mi an nih thu t^r lan a ni a (Kol 4:9,17). Chuv^ngin, Philemona pawh Kolossa khaw mi a nih ngei rin a ni.17 Amah hi khawsa thei tak a nih a chiang a. Paula rawngb^wlnaa Kristian lo ni ta a ni a (ch. 19b); Ephesi-a rawng a b^wl lai nia rin a ni (Tirh 19:10,20). A in chu kohhranho inkh^wm n^n a hawng a; mi thianghlimte hmangaihtu a ni (ch. 2,5,7). A hming hr<la ziah Aphi hi a nupui a nih ngei rin a ni a; Arkippa hi a fapa nia ring an awm a,18 nemnghehna erawh a awm chiah lo.
3.
304
Philemona hi Kristian dik tak, an kohhran hn^rkaitu tak a ni tih a lang. Chuti chungin Onesima dinhmun hlui a han hriatin Paula hian a hlauhth^wnpui hle tih a hriat theih. Philemona chuan a thinrim lo la hri thla duh pawh ni se, thil awm theiah a la ngaihpui a ni. Paula hian hawihh^wm takin ngenna a ziak chu a ni ngei a. Mahse, Philemona rilru zauzia te, Kristian nun z$ktluak tak pu a nihzia te, mi ngilnei tak a nihzia te a hre hman hle a ni tih a rin theih. A lehkhathawn pawh hian tl^ngn>l ngamna a nihzia a tilang a. Chu chuan Philemona Kristian nun hausakzia a hril hle a ni. Lehkhathawn dawngtu chungch^ngah hian ngaih d^n dang deuh hlek chu a awm. John Knox (Nawks)-a chuan Onesima pu chu Philemona ni lovin Arkippa19 ni z^wkin a ring a.20 Philemona chu Lycus (Luks) phaia kohhran ho, Laodikei Kohhran thlaz^r hnuaia awm21 enkawltu niin a sawi a. Arkippa chu kohhran inkh^wmna in neitupa niin a ngai thung. Knox-a ngaih d^n hi pawm d^n nghet awm sa thl^k n^n chuan rinpui vek a har deuh. OBrien-a chuan Knox-a hian thl$rna thar \ha tak tak a phawrh chhuak nain Thuthlung Thar thiamte chuan an pawmpui tl^ng lo a ni a ti.22 N.T. Wright-a chuan Knox-a ngaih d^n hi mawi vak lo khawpa hnialna chipchiar ziaktu mi thiam hmingte a ziak chhuak a.23 Philemona hn>na thawn nia lo pawm ngheh tawh sa han thl^kna meuh t<r chhan chu a awm lo a ni wm e. 4. Lehkha thawn chhan Philemona lehkhathawn pum pui hi b^wih tl^n bo Onesima chungch^ng ziahna a ni ber a. A pu Philemona thil hlu \henkhat a tl^n bopui nia rin theih a ni. Paula n>na an intawn \anna lai chiang taka ziah a ni lo va. Paula t^nna hmunah an intawng ngei tih erawh a chiang a; chumi z^rah Onesima chu Kristian a lo ni ta tih pawh rinhlelh rual a ni lo. Ka fa Onesima, kawl bun chunga ka hrin, a ti (ch. 10). A hun laia b^wih dinhmun ngaihtuahin Paula hian Onesima chu Kristian \ha tak anga a pu hn>na a k$r leh chu
305
tihm^kmawhah a ngaihsak a. A p< chuan a lo ngaihdam a, a lo pawm ngei theihna t<rin lehkha hi a ziahsak ta niin a lang. Sawi ho tr 1. T^n ina Paula hrin Onesima pian thar d^n a\ang hian kohhran rawngb^wlnaah zir thar tr eng nge awma kan hriat? 2. Philemona laka Paula thil beisei a\ang hian Kristian nuna zir t<r kan hriatte sawi ni se.
Endnotes
1 2
Martin, Colossians and Philemon, p. 144.
J. Mller Bardorff, RGG3 5, Col. 331f. tiin E. Lohse chuan a la chh^wng.

3 4
E. Lohse, Colossians and Philemon, p. 187.
Marcion-a hi Gnostic z$nga mi, A.D. 138 v>la ama thlan kh^wm bible lo siam chhintu a ni. Thuthlung Hlui Pathian chu Pathian r^wng tak niin a ngai a; Paula khawngaihna theology chu Pathian thu takah a ngai a. Paula lehkhathawn s^wm leh Luka ziak Chanchin |ha leh Tirhkohte Thiltih te chu Bible at^n a pawm a ni. Earle E. Cairns, Christiantity through the Centuries, pp. 107 & 119. Muratorian Canon hi Thuthlung Thar Bu l^k khwmna hmasa ber a ni.
5
Donald Guthrie, Philemon, New Bible Commentary, edited by Donald Guthrie (Secunderabad: O.M. Books, 1997), p. 1187.
6
J.B. Lightfoot, St. Pauls Epistles to the Colossians and to Philemon, p. 310f., Marvin R. Vincent, The Epistle to the
7
306
Philippians and to Philemon. ICC, p. 161f; Werner Bieder, Der Philemonbrief (ref. E. Lohse, Colossians and Philemon, p. 188)
8 9
Eduard Lohse, Colossians and Philemon, p.188. Eduard Lohse, Colossians and Philemon, p. 188 Martin, Colossians and Philemon, p. 145.
10 11
Oxyrhynchus Papyri , vol. 14, ed. B.P. Grenfell and A.S. Hunt, London, 1920, tiin Ralph P. Martin chuan a la chh^wng a (p. 145). A.D. 298-a ziah niin a sawi. Oxyrhynchus papyrus 1643 tia sawi a nei bawk. B^wih chanchin ziahna hlui leh rin tl^k tak niin a ngai a ni.
12 13 14 15 16
Martin, Colossians and Philemon, p. 146. Barclay, Philemon, p. 270. Barclay, Philemon, p. 270. E. Lohse, Colossians and Philemon, p. 187.
E.R. Goodenough, Paul and Onesimus, HTR 22 (1929), pp. 181-3) tiin Ralph P. Martin-a chuan a la chh^wng a ni.
17 18 19 20
E. Lohse, Colossians and Philemon, p. 186. Barclay, Philemon, p. 278. Phile. 2, Kol. 4:17.
Donald Guthrie, Philemon, New Bible Commentary, edited by Donald Guthrie (Secunderabad: O.M. Books, 1997), p. 1187. Guthrie-a thu l^kna hi John Knox, Philemon Among the Letters of Paul, Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1935, rev. ed.: New York and Nashville: Abingdon Press, 1959, tih a ni. E. Lohsea pawhin a lo chhawr ve bawk. Colossians and Philemon, p. 186.
21
Peter T. OBrien, Colossians, Philemon, p. 266; Donald Guthrie, Philemon, New Bible Commentary, edited by Donald
307
Guthrie (Secunderabad: O.M. Books, 1997), p. 1187.

22
Peter T. OBrien, Colossians, Philemon, p. 266; Ralph P. Martin, Philemon , p. 151; E. Lohse, Colossians and Philemon , p. 186; Douglas J. Moo, The Letters to the Colossians and to Philemon, p. 374. N.T. Wright, Colossians and Philemon, p. 165. An hming tawi a ziah d^n ang angin han t^r lang ila: Moule, Caird, OBrien, Stuhlmacher leh Bruce te an ni.
23
308
Zirlai 45
CHIBAI BKNA NGAIHNAWM Chhiar tr: Philemona 1-7 Thuvawn: Philemona 3
Paula, Krista Isua mi t^ng leh kan unaupa Timothea chuan, kan duh tak leh kan thawh rimpui Philemona hn>nah te, 2kan farnu Aphi hn>nah te, kan sipaipui Arkippa hn>nah te, i ina kohhran inkh^wmho hn>nah te pawh:
1
Pathian, kan Pa leh Lalpa Isua Krista hn>n ata khawngaihna leh remna in hn>nah awm rawh se.
3
Lalpa Isua lamah leh mi thianghlim zawng zawng lama hmangai hna leh rinna i neih chu l o hre \h nin, ka \awng\ainaahte chuan i hming lam fovin, ka Pathian hn>nah l^wm thu ka hril \hn; 6i rinna thawhl^wm chu, nangmahni a awm t hi l \ ha t inr>ng hriat f amki mna kawngah chuan Krista lama a lo s^wt theihna t<rin. 7 Unaupa, nangma z^ra mi thianghlimte thinlung a lo harh t ^k av^ngi n i hm angai hnaah chuan ka hl i m i n ka thlamuang >m >m \hn asin.
4-5
Paulan Philemona chibai a b<kna hi mi mal nun kilkh^wr ber thlenga dap chhuaka ziah a nih av^ngin a chibai bkna dang nen a ngaihnawm d^n a dang b$k a ni. Dam chuan tl^ng khatah, thih chuan ruam khatah ti khawpa Kristian hmasate inngainatna, inzah tawnna leh induhsakna a t^r lang \ha hle. Philemona hn>na Paula lehkhathawn hi Thuthlung Thara lehkhathawn z$ngah a danglam b$k a. Lehkhathawn dangdai a tih loh theih loh. |hian hn>na mi mal lehkhathawn a ni a. Thurin leh zirt$rna a keng tam lo. Paula, Pathian rawngb^wltuin kawl bun chunga thlarauva a hrin, b^wih tl^n bo Onesima t^n a rawngb^wlpui Philemona hn>nah khawngaihna leh zahngaihna a d$lsakna a ni a. Thurin leh Pathian thu th<k tak zirt$rna langs^r lo mah se, zah d^wn
309
lova mihringin a mihringpui a lainatna t^wpkh^wk tihlanna niin a lang. Paulan Onesima a duhsakna hi Mizovin \hian chhan thih ngam kan sawi fo \hin hi a ang viau ^wm e. Chibai b<kna thawntute (ch.1) Paula, Krista Isua mi t^ng leh kan unaupa Timothea. Hmun dangah chuan Paula hian apostol a nihna t^r langin a inhm>lhriatt$r \h$n a. Hei hi a hna zahawm tak leh nihna dik tak sawina a ni. He lehkhathawnah hian a hming invuah hi a tidanglam daih a. Krista Isua mi t^ng tiin a invuah. Hei hian a hun leh hmun azira Paula ch>t l^k thiam d^n a tilang viau wm e. Lehkhathawn danga mi dangte zirt$rtu leh tihhmuhtu a nihna a sawi lansarh \hin chu nasa takin a thup a. Ama nihna dik tak hum si, a \hian chhar thar Onesima t^na ngenna pawimawh ber hlawhtling taka thlensak tum bawk si a ni a. A nihnaa tl^wm lai tak, mi t^ng a nihna a pho lang a. A t^n chhan erawh chu Krista a ni tih a sawi chiang thung. Ka fa tia a sawi \hin Timothea pawh kan unaupa tiin a t^r lang bawk a. Hei hi Paula ngainatawm >m >mna a ni. Timothea n>na an intawn \anna chhui a har tawh deuh va. An inpawhzia leh a \<l hunah chuan inkhing ve mai tho an nihzia pawh hriat tl^ngl^wn a ni. Chibai a bkte (ch.2) Kan farnu Aphi tia a koh hi Philemona nupui a nih ngei rin a ni a. Wright (Rait)-a erawh chuan a nu emaw, a farnu emaw a laina hmeichhe dang emaw a ni ve thei a ti.1 Mahse, ni ve thei tih mai a ni. Chh<ngkuaa kohhran inkh^wm thleng \hn an nih av^ngin Kristian chh<ngkaw nu \ha leh inpe tak, an chh<ngkuaa Onesima lawm luh leh thuah pawh a ngaih d^nin awmzia nei tak t<r a nih a rinawm. Kan sipaipui Arkippa tih hi sawi tawh angin, Philemona leh Aphi te fapa nia ringtu an awm a.2 Ngaih d^n dang hret awm leh chu, Kolossa Kohhran enkawltu Pastor, Epaphra thl^ktu nia rin a ni.3 Chanchin |ha rawngb^wl hna hi Krista sipai hna angin
1.
2.
310
Paula hian a sawi a. Kristian r^ldona hmuna a sipaipui chu rawngb^wltu \ha tak a sawina niin a rinawm. I ina inkh^wmhote tih hian kohhran hmasa awm d^n a sawi fiah hle. Biak In nei mai lovin inah an inkh^wm ber a. Chu chuan inp^wlhona leh inpawh tawnna \ha tak a siam a. Chh<ngkua ang maia inen theihna chi \ha a tuh \hn a ni.4 Kohhran hmasa nunhonaa langs^r tak chu inhmangaih tawnna a ni tih a hriat theih (ch. 5,7,9,16). Philemona nun ngei chu mi dang nun hnehtu a nihzia Paula hian a sawi lang a. Wright-a (Rait-a) chuan Philemon-a ina inkh^wmho hi Kolossa khaw kohhran pum pui sawina ni hialin a ring a; chu chuan Numpha ina inkh^wmhote (Kol 4:15) pawh a huap telin a ring nghe nghe a ni.5 3. Kristian duhsakna (ch.3) Paula hian a tih d^n p^ngngaiin a lehkhathawn dawngtu t<rte duhsakna leh mals^wmnain a \an a. A hun laia ch$n d^n zuiin a thawntu, amah leh a bula a \hianpa Timothea hmingte a han lam a. Ani hi Kolossa lehkhathawn a ziah laia a lehkhathawn hriatpuitu anga a sawi z$nga mi bawk kha a ni. A inhm>lhriatt$r \hin d^n p^ngngai, Krista tirhkoh (apostol) emaw Krista b^wih emaw ti lova Krista Isuaa mi t^ng ti chauhva a insawi chhan chu a chungah kan sawi tawh a. Lehkhathawn dangte puithu leh kh<nkh^n (formal/official) taka a \an anga a \an l>m loh chhan hi kohhran n^wlpui ni lovin, a rawngb^wlpui mi mal hn>na thawn a nih v^ng a ni ber wm e. Paula chuan Chanchin |ha av^nga mi t^ng a nih chu Chanchin |ha palai hnain a ken tel ngei t<r niin a ngai (ch. 13). A dinhmun m>kah chuan thuhril rawngb^wl hna pawh ti thei lovin hr>k beh m>k a ni wm e (ch. 22). Krista b^wih nih chu zal>nna famkim neihna a nihzia a puan m>k laiin, zal>nna Chanchin |ha palai nih chu tuar leh ch^nna a ni tih a nun ngeiin a ent$r reng a ni.
311
Paula hian a lehkhathawn dawngtu Philemona chu kan duh tak leh kan thawh rimpui tiin a ko a ni. Rawngb^wlpuite koh d^n a uluk leh duhtui hi a entawn tl^k hle. Fuihna a tling ngh^l a ni. Philemona chu mi dangte t^na mals^wmna a nihzia sawi chhuakin a fak a. A ina inkh^wmhote a koh leh sawi d^n a\ang hian hmangaihna (agape)-a inthlung kh^wm kohhran a ni tih a hriat theih hle. Eng ang takin nge Paula Chanchin |ha hril hnaah Philemona hian a puih nasat tih chu a lang chiah lo. Mahse, Paula hian a \hian leh thawhpuite hi rawngb^wlpui tia kovin fakna t<r dik tak a hre z>l mai hi thlarau mi a nihzia tilangtu a ni (1 Thes 3:2; 2 Kor 8:23; Rom 16:3,9,21; Phil 2:25; 4:3; Kol 4:11). Mi mal lehkhathawn ni bawk mah se, Paula rilruah kohhranho a lian hle tih a lang. Onesima chu rilru inhawng tl^ng taka an lo dawnsawn theih a duh >m av^ngin a thu sawi chu an lo hriat tl^n ngei theih n^n kohhranho t^n pawh a ziah k>p niin a rinawm. Chutianga lo l^wm thei t<r chuan, Pathian ... khawngaihna leh remna an mamawh hle d^wn tih hriain a duhsakna a hl^n a. Paula hian intihthlarau n^n leh thu chheh rem n^n maia duhsakna thu hi hl^n a ni lo; a lehkhathawn apiang hi khawngaihna kawngka, thlamuanna leh remna thlentu, mihring leh Pathian, mihring leh mihringte inremna siamtu a nih hi a duh reng a ni. L^wmpuina thu (ch.4-5) Lalpa Isua lamah leh mi thianghlim zawng zawng lama hmangaihna leh rinna i neih chu lo hre \hnin, ka \awng\ainaahte chuan i hming lam fovin, ka Pathian hn>nah l^wm thu ka hril \hn. Paula hian Philemona hi eng anga hnaiin nge a hriat tih kan hre chiah lo. Sawi tawh angin a rawngb^wlna a\anga Kristian lo ni ve ta tih chu rin a ni a. Chu b^k chu kan duh tak tih leh kan thawh rimpui tia a koh hi an inlaich$nna chhui theihna chu a ni leh mai a. Inlaich$nna hnai tak sawina a nih theih laiin r^l khata an inhriat z^ra inkohna mai pawh a ni thei. Lalpa Isua lamah leh mi thianghlim zawng zawng lama hmangaihna leh rinna i neih chu lo
5.
312
hre \hnin, a ti a. Hei hian r^l a\anga chanchin inhria mai an ni tih a tirinawm. Chuti chungin Philemonan Isua leh kohhran a hmangaihna chu a fak a. Isuan mahni inngaihtuah chang lo l>ka mihringte a hmangaihna sawina chu Philemona hmangaihna sawi n^n a hmang a ni. Rinna hi kawng hnihin a sawi theih a: Isua a rinna leh Isua leh a mite laka a rinawmna a sawi kawp ve ve a. Chu chu fak tl^k tak a ni tih a lo hriatsak a. Paula chuan, Ka \awng\ainaahte chuan i hming lam fovin, ka Pathian hn>nah l^wm thu ka hril \hn, a ti. Pathian hn>na l^wm thu sawina tling a ni tih a hria a ni. A chanchin l^kna hn^r ber chu Onesima a ni ngei ang. Ani hi Paula rilrua Philemona ngaihs^nna tuhtu ber pawh a ni lo thei lova. B^wih tl^n bo, a p<te hm>lm^k pawh pawiti lova chhuahsantu chu t^n ina Paula bulah a piangthar ta a. A tl^n bosan t^k a pu sawi mawitu a ni ta a. Krista rinna chuan mihring nun kha tak pawh a tithlum thei a, inhm>lm^k tawh pawh \hianah a siam leh thei a, ^nchhe inlawh tawh \hinte pawh infak tawn t<rin a thl^k danglam \hn tih a tilang. Krista thu a hrilh z^ra Onesima lo piangthar leh Philemona chanchin ngaihnawm takten a til^wm chu ni bawk mah se, Paula nun chu l^wm nun, Pathian fak nun a ni hrim hrim a. Pathian hn>nah l^wm thu ka hril \hn, tih hian a nunphung tl^ngpui a sawi fiah hle. Chu nun a neih chhan chu mahni t^n ni lovin, mi dang t^n a nung a, a ngaihtuah a, a \awng\ai \hn: Ka \awng\ainaah ... i hming lam fovin, a ti. T^n inah awm m>k mah se, a thawhrimpui leh a sipaipuite inp>kna z^rah Krista thu a darh z>l tih a hria a: I remruata innghat ringtute nun zawngah hian, Vuina t<r r>ng hi a lo awm lo ve, a la ti z>l a. Amah chu t^ng tlat mah se, t^ng ve lo a rawngb^wlpuite hlawhtlinna chu ama hlawhtlinna ang maiin a lo l^wmpui \hn a. Kolossa khuaa Philemona leh a ina inkh^wmho te chu tih tak zetin a l^wmpui a ni. 5. Rinna thawhl^wm (ch.6) Paulan Philemona a fakna leh fuihna thua sawi fiah harsa tak chu, I rinna thawhl^wm tih hi a ni. Douglas J. Moo-a chuan
313
Philemona lehkhathawna a harsa ber lai nia pawm tl^n a ni a ti.6 Rinna thawhl^wm tih hi thu pahnih koinnia (inp^wlho) leh pisteos/pistis (rinna) inkawp lehlinna a ni. A mal mala awmze hrang hrang an neih theih b^kah a inkawpa l^k pawhin awmze hrang hrang an nei thei bawk. William Barclay-a chuan Grik koinnia pistis7 tih awmzia tak hi hrilhfiah har tak a ni tih pahin, sawi fiah d^n kawng thum a t^r lang (1) Rinna nei znga tel ve emaw thawhpui emaw sawina a ni. Sumd^wnnaah chuan thawhpui (partner) sawina a ni thei. Kristian rinnaa i chanvo (tel vena) tih n^n a hmang niin a lang. Paula te, Philemona leh a ina inkh^wmhote chuan rinna hmun khat an in\^wm tl^ngin an thawk ho va. Chu an rinna in\^wm tl^n chuan Philemona chu thutak hriatnaah hruai l<t th<k deuh deuh se tia \awng\aisakna a ni. (2) Koinnia chu Inp^wlhona (fellowship) tihna a ni bawk. Hei hi Kohhran hmasa zia pawimawh tak, hun harsa hnuaia Kristiante awm fo d^n a ni. T<nlai thlengin Muslim ramah te, Communist ramah te, Buddhist ramah leh t<nah chuan Hindu ramah te pawh, n>kch>pna a nasatna hmunah chuan mi mal ina inkh^wm (house-church) chu kohhran awmphung \ha tak a ni. Paula hunah pawh hetianga inkh^wmho hi kohhran an ni ber a. Chutiang inp^wlhonaa Philemona \angkaina chu a rinna thawhl^wm tia a sawi hi a ni thei. Kristian inp^wlhona chuan Philemona chu thutakah hruai l<t th<k deuh deuh se tia \awng\aisakna a ni. (3) Thilphalna/in\^wmna rilru a taka lan chhuahtr tihna a ni bawk. Thilphal taka i neih apiang i thawh \hinna chuan Krista hn>na hruai thlengtu thil \hate hriatna th<k deuh deuhvah hruai z>l che rawh se, tia duhsakna \awng\aina a ni.
314
A pathumna hi Barclay-a chuan a dik ber niin a ring. Kristian thilphalna chu Philemona nunphunga bet tlat a ni a. Pathian mite hmangaihna a nei a; a in chu an hahchawlh n^n an hmang a, tihchak tharin an awm \hn. Paula chuan Philemona chu thilphal lehzual t<rin ngen a la duh cheu a ni. He rilru hi a ropui hle. Mi dangte thilp>k hi Krista nun zirna pawimawh tak a ni a. Mahni intiruakte chuan nun Krista an lo nei \hn. Puitu kut leh thinlung thilphal hi Krista hausakna zir z>lna kawngpui ber a ni. Krista hre chiangtute hi lehkha thiam leh thluak hriam an ni hran lo, mi thianghlim nil>nga \awng\ai \hnte pawh an ni vak lo, tl^wm taka an dam rualpuite z$nga hmangaihna leh thilphalna nun n>na che v>l \hn an ni. Chutiang chu Philemona nun a nih av^ngin, Unaupa, nangma z^ra mi thianghlimte thinlung a lo harh t^k av^ngin i hmangaihnaah chuan ka hlimin ka thlamuang >m >m \hn asin, a ti ta hial a ni. Sawi ho t<r 1. Philemona hn>na Tirhkoh Paula lehkhathawn kan tana a hlutna sawi ni se. 2. |awng\ai leh thilphalna inzawm d^n sawi ni se.
Endnotes
1 2
Kum zabi 19-naa Arkippa hi Philemona fapa a nih ringtu langs^r tak chu Lightfoot-a a ni a, J.B. Lightfoot, St. Pauls Epistle to the Colossians and to Philemon , London and New York: Macmillan, (1879, 1892) p. 308f. tiin E. Lohsean a la chh^wng a. Mahse, kohhran hmasa hunah Theodore of Mopsuestia chuan he rin d^n hi a lo sawi chhuak daih tawh a ni.

3
315
Ralph P. Martin-a chuan he ngaih d^n sawi chhuak hmasatu hi E. Lohmeyer a ni a ti. Colossians and Philemon, p. 159.
4
Kohhran hmasa inkh^wm d^n hi Mizo L>ngkh^wm hi a tehkhin theih hle.

5

6 7
S^p \awngin the sharing of your faith tih a ni Barclay, Philemon, p. 278.
316
Zirlai 46
BWIH TLN BO TNA NGENSAKNA Chhiar tr: Philemona 8-20
Thuvawn: Philemona 17 &18

8 Chuv^ngin, a ^wm t^wk chu ti t<rin thu p>k che Kristaah ngam >m >m mah ila, 9 hmangaihna av^ngin (Paula, putar meuh ka ni a, t<nah Krista Isua mi t^ng ka lo ni ta na a) a ngenin ka ng>n z^wk a che; 10 Ka fa Onesima, kawl bun chunga ka hrin at^n hian i hn>nah ka ngensak e. 11 Ani chu hm^nah kh^n i t^n a \angkai lo va, t<nah erawh chuan kei leh nang at^n a \angkai ta e. 12 Amah tak, ka thinlung ngei hi i hn>nah ka rawn tr kr leh ta a ni; 13 ani chu Chanchin |haa kawl ka bunnaah hian nangmah aia rawng mi b^wlsak theihna t<rin ka hn>nah awmtr reng ka duh hle a ni. 14 Nimahsela, i khawngaihna chu khawngaih luihtr ang ni lovin, i thu thu ang a nih theih z^wkna t<rin, i thu lovin eng mah tih ka duh lo. 15 Rei lo t> a \hen che hi kumkhuaa amah i neih hlenna ai a ni mahna; 16 nimahsela, b^wih ang ni tawh lova, b^wih aia \ha, unau duh tak ang z^wk hian; keia t^n duh tak a ni bk a, nang at^n lek phei chuan, tsaah leh Lalpaah chuan a va ni d^wn lehzual >m! Chutichuan, \hiana mi ngaih chuan keimah angin amah hi lo l^wm ang che. 18Tin, i chungah thil eng pawh tisualin emaw, i engilo a bat emaw chuan keima batah ruat ang che; 19kei Paulan keima kut ngeia ka ziak a nih hi, keiman ka rulhsak ang; ka lakah nangmah ngei pawh i inbat bawkzia chu hrilh che zawng ka ni lo ve. 20A ni, unaupa, nangmah av^ngin Lalpaah chuan l^wmna mi neihtr la; Kristaah chuan ka thinlung tiharh ang che.
17
317
Tn \uma kan zir t<r thu hl^wm hi Paulan Philemona hn>na lehkha a thawn chhan tak niin a lang. Mi dang dinhmun hre t<rin, A pheikhawk han bunsak la, an lo ti \hn a. A chan han inchant$r la tihna a ni. Paula chu Onesima, b^wih tl^n bo, dinhmun derth^wng taka ding, thi leh dam k^ra l>ng pheikhawkah a han inthawlh a; a chan inchant$rin a pu Philemona hn>nah tl^wmna leh theihna hmang kawpin, a \ha thei ang bera a b^wih tl^n bo chu lo pawm leh t<rin a ngensak a ni. Hetianga a d$l theihna chhan chu Onesima chuan Isua a lo rina, a nun a lo danglam t^k v^ng a ni ber. Kan zirlaiah hian mihring tlu chhe tawhte t^na Pa hn>na Isua ngensakna hlimthla a lang thei ^wm e. Tl^wm takin Philemona Kristian a lo nih d^n hi ziah ni chiah lo mah se, Paula rawngb^wlna a\anga Isua lo ring ta nia rin a ni (ch. 19b). A ^wm t^wk chu ti t<rin thu p>k che Kristaah ngam >m >m mah ila, a ti a. Mi mal taka Krista rinnaa hruaitu a nih v^ng leh apostol a nih v^ng pawhin Paula hian Philemona hi a ngam tl^k thu a sawi niin a lang. Onesima pawm leh t<r pawhin ph<t lui ngamah a inngai a ni. Mahse, chutianga ph<t chhuah chu thilp>k leh khawngaihna a tling d^wn lo va. A ngenin ka ng>n z^wk a che, a ti a. Ng>n (Gk. parakale) tih hi nawr emaw ph<t emaw tihna a ni a. Mahse, a ziahna rilru a\anga chh<tin ng>n tia lehlin hi a inhmeh z^wk a ni. Mahni a insawina \awngkam, putar (Gk. pres-but>s)1 tih hi hawrawp pakhat belhin palai (Gk. pres-be-ut>s)2 tihna a ni thei a. Chu chu Paula sawi tum hi a ni z^wk ang em? A lehkhathawn zeizia en hian putar tih hi Paula sawi tum tak ni z^wkin a rinawm. A nihna dinhmun leh tirhkoh thuneihna lam chu dah \hain, hmangaihna chiah chu a \awngchhan ber a. Palai ropui tak ni lovin, mihring tl^wm tak, khawhar leh ch>p taka t^ng m>k, Paula, putar meuh... Krista Isua mi t^ng ve maiin a
1.
318
ngenna a ziak a ni tih chu a sawi duh d^n a ni. A t^n chhan Krista Isua erawh a chhuang hle reng a ni. 2. Onesima t^na ngensakna Paulan mi dangte a hneh theihna chu an dinhmun a chanpui peih a, a chanpui thiam bawk a. Philemona pawh kohhran hruaitu a nihna a hriatpuizia a han ziak phawt a. Chumi hnuah a sawi uar duh takah a l<t ta a ni. Philemona hian a b^wih tl^n bo chu hmu leh ta se a hun laia hrem d^n na tak anga hrem t<rin a rilruah thl>mna a tawh ch^ng a awm ngeiin a rinawm. Eng ang rilru pawh lo pu se, Paula hian Onesima chu khawngaiha, ngaidama, \hian anga lo l^wm t<ra hneh ngei tumin a ziak ve thung tih a chiang hle a. Onesima chanchin a ziah d^n a\ang hian mi dang aia tuarsak a huamzia te, |hian chhan thih ngam mai ni lo, hm>lma chhan thih ngam nun, Isuaa lang chhuak ang hial kha a putzia a lang a ni. Paula chuan, Ka fa ... kawl bun chunga ka hrin, tiin Onesima nun inthl^kthleng thu a sawi. Fa hrin anga a sawi hi a pianthar thu a sawina niin a lang a. Pianthar hi thil namai a nih lohzia Nikodeman a sawi d^n zaizuia sawina niin a lang. Mi a tar hnuin a nu pum chh<ngah l<t lehin piang nawn ta sela, chu anga khawlh chu a tehkhin a (Jn 3:4). Isua chuan chu ai chuan a la harsa cheu a ni tih hrilhin, Mi tu pawh tuiah leh thlarauva an pian loh chuan, a ti a, tsaa piang mai ni lova Thlarauva piang nih a \<l thu a hrilh zui a ni. Thlarau Thianghlim hnathawh hriat thiam vek a harsat d^n chu thli ch>t d^n hrilhfiah tum ang a nih thu a sawi. Onesima piangthar nun inthl^kthleng chianzia sawi n^n, Hm^nah kh^n i t^n a \angkai lo va, t<nah erawh chuan kei leh nang at^n a \angkai ta e, a ti hial a. A chanhriat (testimony) Paulan a sawisak hi a fiah fek fawk hle a. Onesima hming awmzia |angkaia/Hmantl^ka tih n>n a inhmeh viau bawk. T^n ina Paula fa hrin a ni. Piangtharte chanhriat (testimony) hi mi dang sawisak theih ngei ni z>l se a duhawm hle mai.
319
Onesima chu rinnaa a fa ni mai lovin, hun rei lo t> chh<ngin a \hian duh tak leh thl^wptu hnai ber a lo nih t^kzia chu a sawi uar hle. A hn>nah awm rih thei se a duh hle a. Chanchin |haa kawl ka bunnaah hian nangmah aia rawng mi b^wlsak theihna t<rin, a ti. Philemona z^wk tak pawh chu ama rawngb^wlsaktu ni t<rin a lo ngai reng a. A t^r lan chian >m >m erawh chu, a pu Philemona aiawh zo t<r khawpa Onesima \angkai t^kzia chu a ni. Onesima n>n an nun a inzawm tawhzia sawiin, Amah tak, ka thinlung ngei hi, a ti hial a ni. Krista z^ra ringtute nun inzawm hnaih leh ngheh theihzia a sawi fiah thiam hle mai. Mahse, ph<t luih ni lova engkim khawngaihnaa tih a nih z^wk theih n^n Philemona ngaih d^n a pawisakzia a tilang: I thu thu ang a nih theih z^wkna t<rin, i thu lovin eng mah tih ka duh lo, a ti. Kristian inzah tawnna mawi tak a ni. Paula hian a \hianpa Philemona thu a zahsak mai b^kah, a hun laia ram d^n, b^wih tl^n bo a pu hn>na thawn k$r leh chu a mawhah ngaiin a ti ta ngei niin a lang, I hn>nah ka rawn tr kr leh ta a ni, a ti. Grik \awng anapempeim tih hi t$r k$r satliah ni lovin, ror>lsak t<ra t$r tihna a ni a. Onesima chu Philemonan a chungch^ng a lo r>lsak t<rin Paula chuan a t$r k$r d^wn a ni. Unau duh tak angin Paula hian ram d^n zawm a ngais^ng tih chu a dik. Mahse, b^wih tl^n bo k$r leh dawnsawn \hin d^n erawh chu a malm^k ngam hle si. Hauh, tihnawmnah, sawisak leh tihhlum hial lam chu a paih thla sa a. Onesima chu b^wih ang ni tawh lovin, unau duh tak anga pawm t<rin Philemona chu a ng>n hlauh va. Onesima tl^n bo pawh chu Pathian remruat fel tak angin a hrilhfiahsak a. Kumkhuaa a neih hlen theih z^wkna t<ra mals^wmna inthup niin a ngai: Rei lo t> a \hen che hi kumkhuaa amah chu i neih hlenna ai a ni mahna, a ti. Pathian hmangaihtu, ama ruat anga a kohvate t^n chuan, an \hatna t<rin engkimin a thawhsak hlawm \hn (Rom 8:28) tih chu thu mai ni lovin a taka Philemona chunga a lan d^n a sawi a ni.
3.
320
Philemona chanchin hi Kohhran Pate z$nga Chrysostom-a hun lai, AD zabi lina v>l a\ang kh^n Josefa leh a unaute chanchin n>n a inan riauna hian zirtute rilru a lo hneh tawh hle \hn a.3 Josefan a unaute a ngaidam angin Pathianin a remruatna fel tak zuiin mihring sualna leh ^tna a ngaidam \hn tih Paula hian a ring a, a hril bawk a. Chutiang rinna lei \haah chuan dawhtheihna leh ngaihdamna a \o \ha duh \hn. Kumkhuaa (Gk. ai-o-ni-on) i neih hlenna ai tih hi thlarauva inremna mai ang deuhva hrilhfiah tumna a awm \hn a. Chutiang a nih chuan Paula hian Onesima a tirh k$r a \<l hauh lo vang. Mahse, a thu kal z>la Tisaah leh Lalpaah tih z<l deuh hian awmze pahnih nei anga sawi tur niin a lang. Kawng khatah chuan a taka inremna leh a nghehzia sawina a ni a. Kawng lehlamah chuan thlarau lam unau nihna chatuan daih inremna sawina a ni bawk. A hmaa tl^n bo mai thei dinhmuna ding reng Onesima chu, hel rilru pu leh ngai tawh lo t<rin a k$r d^wn a ni. Paula hi a ng>nng^wl hle mai: Nimahsela b^wih ang ni tawh lova, b^wih aia \ha unau duh tak ang z^wk-a pawm t<rin a ng>n a ni. B^wih anga pawm leh t<ra ngen pawh thil zuamawm a nih loh tehlul n>n, unau duh tak anga pawm t<ra ngen chu a tl^ngn>lthl^k hle. Paula tl^ngn>l chhan nia lang chu (1) Krista ringtu ve ve an ni; (2) Krista av^ngin inngaihdam tawn theih a ni; (3) Chanchin |haah chuan b^wih leh b^wih lo a awm lo; (4) Rinnaa pa angin Paula an in\^wm a, unau anga inpawm chu an tih t<r a ni. Paula hian a hun laia b^wih neihphung chu do bur bur lo mah se, a Chanchin |ha hril chuan a ep sa tlat a. B^wih b^n sual angin tl^ngau vak lo mah se, a thu hril chuan b^wih neih a tirem lo tlat a ni. Paula \hahnemngaihna lan lehzualna chu, Onesima chu Philemona t^na pawm theihna a nih d^wn phawt chuan eng pawh a huam tih a lang. |hiana mi ngaih chuan tia karna hi a na t^wk viau tawh a, Keimah angin amah hi lo l^wm ang che,
321
a han ti zui a. In\hianna chu in\hianna man pea lei a ni tih a hre hle a ni. Duh thawh takin Onesima chu amah anga Krista mi a lo nih ve tawh av^ngin Philemona chuan amah ang chiaha lo dawngsawng t<rin a ng>n ta a. A bat chu keima batah ruat ang che a han ti zui a. Isaian, Ani chungah chuan kan zaa khawlohna chu a nghat ta a, (Is 53:6b) a tih ang mai kh^n Onesiman a pu thil r<ksak leh thil dang b a lo nei a nih chuan Paula b a lo ni zo ta a. Isuan mi sual dinhmun a luahsak ang takin b^wih tl^n bo dinhmun chu a lo luahsak ta a ni. Philemona hian Paula hi huatna riau a nei hrim hrim a nih loh chuan (chu chu a rinawm si lo va) Onesima lo pawm loh chu a har ngawt ang. T^n in a\anga, Keiman ka rulhsak ang, a tih theihna pawh hi Isuan, Ka Pa, anni hi ngaidam rawh... a tihna thlarau a chanpui ngei tih a lang. Taksa leh thlarauva kohhranho pa berin, A ni, unaupa, nangmah av^ngin Lalpaah chuan l^wmna min neihtr la; Kristaah chuan ka thinlung tiharh ang che, a ti hi tl^wmna nun ropui tak a ni a, rilru a hneh lo thei lo. Tl^wmna hi hnehna hmanraw ropui ber a ni tih Paula hian a hre hle a ni. Sawi ho tr Paulan Onesima t^n Philemona ngaihdamna a dlsak d^n a\anga Kristian leh kohhranhoten kan zir chhuah theih nia kan hriat apiang sawi ni se.
322
Endnotes Barclay, Philemon , p. 279-80. Hippocrates-an Grik damdawi lam thiam chuan, upa tihna presbutes chu kum 49 leh 56 ink^r sawina a ni a; hetih lai hi senior (V^l Upa) tia koh theih lai a ni. Chumi hnu lamah chuan putar, gern tih theih an ni, a ti. Paula hi hetih hun lai hian kum 55 leh 60 a ni tawha rin a ni a, hnialna awm mah se, putar tih theih chu a ni ve tawh maiin a lang.
1
Pres-be-utos tih chu s^p \awnga ambassador a ni a. Ram khat aiawh emaw lalber aiawh emawa ram danga awm/palai sawina a ni.
2 3
323
Zirlai 47
CHIBAI BKNA HNUHNNG Chhiar tr: Philemona 21-25 Thuvawn: Philm 23
21 Ka sawi aia nasa z^wk mahin i ti ang tih ka hriat av^ngin, i ^wih ringin i hn>nah ka ziak a nih hi. 22Eng pawh ni sela, chu bkah thlenna t<r mi lo buatsaihsak bawk ang che; in \awng\ainate av^ngin in hn>nah p>k ka ni d^wn tih ka inring si a. Epaphra, Krista Isuaa ka t^npuipa hian chibai a b<k a che; 24ka hnathawhpui Marka te, Aristarka te, Dema te, Luka te pawhin chutiang bawkin an b<k a che.
23
Kan Lalpa Isua Krista khawngaihna chu i thlarau hn>nah awm rawh se. Amen.
25
Paula chibai b<kna hnuhn<ng kan zir d^wn a. A hmaa a thusawi chhunzawmin Kolossa tlawh a beisei thu a sawi chhuak a. A tih d^n ngaiin a rawngb^wlpui, a hn>na awmho a lam chhuahte hmingin chibai a han b<k a; a chibai b<kte hming a han lam chhuak leh a. H>ng mite a lam chhuah d^n leh an mi mal chanchin tl>m t^r lan kan tum ang a. Isua Krista khawngaihna a duhsakna a hlan chu a kh^r n^n a hmang a ni. 1. Beiseina Kan zirlai a\anga lo lang chiang tak chu Paula hian a ngenna chu Philemonan a lo tithl^wn palh ang tih hlauhthawnna a nei miah lo. Paula rinna tihausatu chu beiseina a ni. Eng dinhmunah pawh ding se beiseina a tlachham ngai lo. Hei hi rinna kawnga hma lam pant$r rengtu a ni. Kum hlun t<r thil pathum a sawi z$ngah a tel: ... h>ng pathum - rinna te, beiseina te, hmangaihna te hi a awm reng ang... (1 Kor 13:13). A ringtupuite lak a\angin a \ha ber a
324
beisei reng \hn. Ka sawi aia nasa z^wk mahin i ti ang tih ka hriat av^ngin, i ^wih ringin i hn>nah ka ziak a nih hi, a ti ngat mai a. Paula hian thu ^wih tih \awngkam hi a hmang fo lo va. A hman chhunah erawh chuan Chanchin |ha rinnain a ph<t leh ken tel tlat a nihzia a tilang \hn (Rom 1:5; 15:18; 16:26). Rinna chu thu ^wih t<ra kohnain a zui ngh^l z>l a. Chhandamtu at^na Krista pawmtu chuan Lal at^n a pawm tel z>l a ni (2 Kor 7:15; 10:5). A hma lam ch. 19b-ah Paulan \awng z^ngkhai deuhvin, Ka lakah nangmah ngei pawh i inbat bawkzia chu hrilh che zawng ka ni lo ve, a ti a. Ka laka i bat nasatzia chu sawi kher lo ila! tia \hian infiamna thu a ni. Infiamna mah ni se, ngam tl^k takin Paula chuan Krista hn>nah a thlarau meuh a lo hruaisak tawh a, t<na a ngenna chu a tihhlawhtlinsak ngei a ring nghet tlat a. Unaupa Philemon, ka theih ang chu ka tihsak ve che kha, i theih ang chu min lo tihsak ve d^wn nia aw, a ti a ni.1 Theiht^wp a lo chhuahna rah chu ama t^n seng a tum lo; a \hian t^n a la ngensak z^wk a ni. |hian lehkha a thawnna chhan pawh a thusawi a ^wih ngei a rin v^ng a ni tih a sawi chiang a. A d$l ang lek tihsak chu a duh t^wk mai a rin loh thu pawh thiam takin a tilang a ni. A d$l aia nasa z^wk a tihsak ngei a rin thu chu, Ka sawi aia nasa z^wk mahin i ti ang tih ka hriat av^ngin, tiin a hrilh ngh^l mai a. Ka sawi aia nasa z^wk mahin a tih hi han chhuidawn deuh ila: (1) ka sawi ang chu ph<r leh hlim takin i tih ngei ka ring a tihna a ni thei ang; (2) Philemona hian Onesima lo l^wm ringawt lovin, ch. 13-a a sawi thawi angin, t^n ina Chanchin |ha hril hnaa Paula pui t<rin a rawn tirh k$r leh hial a beisei a ni mai thei;2 (3) D^n ang takin Philemona hian Onesima chu b^wih nihna a\angin a chhuah zaln hial pawh a beisei tel a rinawm. Paula beiseinain a ken tel thil ngaihtuah t<r erawh chu a awm nual. A hun lai hian b^wih neih chu Rom hnam d^n leh nunphunga bet tlat a ni a. B^wihte dinhmun chu a retheihthl^k mai ni lovin, thi leh dam k^ra l>ng an ni tl^ngpui a. An chan a
325
chhe tlawk tlawk mai a. A huhova b^wih b^n beih chu sawi loh, ngaihtuahna ringawt pawh sual a ni hial wm e. Chutiang ^wn deuh nia hriat b^wih chu an tihlum mai z>l tih kan sawi tawh a. B^wih b^n chu mi mal thil liau liau a ni a. B^wih neitu dangte mitmei v>ng r^n chunga tih a ngai a. B^wih chu a puin han b^n teh r>ng mah se, sum leh pai harsatna av^ngin b^wih chu a pu hnuaiah a k<n zui fo va; b^wih a nih lai ang thova tihnawmnah a tuar tho bawk \hn. H>ng thil nihphung ngaihtuah hian Paulan b^wih b^n a sual lo nia puh leh dem \hin pawh hi a hriatthiam theih deuh wm e. Philemona chuan Onesima chu b^wih ang ni lovin Kristaa unaupa ang z^wka en t<rin a ng>n a. Hei hi a hun lai chuan a finthl^k viau mai wm e. Paula ngeiin, Beiseina chuan a timualpho lo va a lo ti a (Rom 5:5). Beiseina rah ropui tak a hmu \hn. Philemonan Onesima a lo dawnsawn d^n chiah hi ziak a awm lo a ni mai thei. Mahse, hun lo kal z>lah Onesima chu kohhran hruaitu langs^r tak niin, Antiokei khaw bishop Ignatius (Ik-ne-sias)a, Rom-a tihhlum t<ra an hruai chuan a sawi d^nin Ephesi Kohhran bishop a lo ni ta hial a ni.3 |awng\aina leh rinna Paula rinna nun tihausatu chu beiseina kan ti zo chauh va. A beiseina chu suangtuahna puarpawl>ng leh boruak maia innghat a ni lo va. Pathian nung leh thiltithei hn>na kohhranho \awng\ainaa innghat a ni z^wk a. A lang chinah chuan mi t^ng, chhuah beisei chhan t<r nei lo, ro an r>lsak leh hun chu thi t<ra an r>lsak hun t<r ni maiin a lang tawh a. Mahse, duhthawh takin, Eng pawh ni sela, chu chang ni lovin... a han ti sauh sauh va. Sawi d^n dang chuan, Thil dang pakhat leh chiah, a tihna pawh a ni thei bawk. A sawi tum hi Philemona rilru vilh deuh t<rin a duh hle tih a lang a; Thlenna t<r mi lo buatsaihsak bawk ang che... a ti ta mai a. Paula chuan kohhranho \awng\aina chu a rinzia pawh a sawi chuang lo. Ngawi rengin a ring mai a. Kolossa khua a
2.
326
tlawh theih n^n an \awng\ai tih a hria a, an \awng\aina anga Kolossa khua tlawh t<rin ruahmanna (program) a siam a; thlen in lo buatsaih t<rin Philemona chu a chah l^wk hmiah mai a ni. Chu rinna chu thil ti \hn rinna kan ti thei wm e. Pathian chh^nna a beisei chu In hn>nah p>k ka ni d^wn tih ka inring si a, a ti a. Kolossa-hote a tlawh ngei d^wn tih a ring nghet a, chu chu In t^n p>k ka ni d^wn tih ka inring tiin a nemnghet a ni. |awng\aina chu rinnain a delhkilh a. A beiseina a thlen kim biai loh pawhin a r>ltu Pathian thu a ni tih a pawm thei \hn. Kolossa tlawh a tum thu a ziah av^ng hian Kolossa leh Philemona lehkhathawn te hi Rom t^n in a\anga Paula ziah a ni thei em tih zawhna a awm a. Ngaih d^n tl^ngpuiah Rom-a a t^n lai AD 60-61 v>la a ziah niin rin a ni. Hetih lai v>l hian Rom khua tlawha, khawthlang lam Spain-a kal a tum thu a ziak a (Rom 15:14-33). Chutih laia khawchhak lam Kolossa-a zin a tum thu a ziak bawk si a. Hei v^ng hian Philemona hn>na lehkhathawn hi Rom t^n in a\anga Paula ziah ni thei lova ngaih d^n a lo awm a. Amaherawhchu, Paula ziah ngei nia pawm lehkhathawn s^wmpathum te leh Pastor Lehkhathawn4 an tihte indawt d^n kimchang deuhva chh<tin, Rom t^n inah hian \um hnih t^ngin, a \um khatna AD 60-62 hnuah khawchhak lamah rawng a b^wl leh niin mi thiamten an chh<t a. 5 Hetih lai hi Kolossa a tlawh \um niin a rin theih ta a. Rom-a a t^n hmasak chh<nga a lehkhathawn z$ngah Philemona hi a tel nia rin a ni.6 Ngaih d^n dang leh chu, Kolossa chu Rom a\ang aiin Ephesi a\angin a hnai z^wk a. Chuv^ngin, Kolossa leh Philemona lehkhathawn chu Ephesi t^n ina a t^n laia a ziah ni se a inhmeh z^wkin hriatna a awm a. Mahse, Ephesi-ah hian a t^ng ngei tih fiahna a awm l>m lo chu thu khat a ni a. Paulan Kolossa tlawh a tum chhan hi a khaw inhnaih v^ng ni ngawt lovin chhan hrang hrang av^ng z^wkin a nih a rinawm. Paula zin nasatzia ngaihtuahin Rom a\anga Kolossa tlawh a tum hi rin harsatna a awm l>m lo a ni.
327
3.
Chibai b<kna Paula thuziak kalhmang p^ngngai chu, a awmpui Kristian \hiante chibai b<kna hl^na a lehkhathawn kh^r hi a ni a. Chutiang chu a lehkhathawn sawmpathum z$nga pasarihah a lang a ni (Rom 16:3-16; 1 Kor 16:19-20; 2 Kor 13:12; Phil 4:21-22; Kol 4:1025; 2 Tim 4:19-21; Tit 3:15). Philemona ch^ng 23-24 ah hian Paula hian a t^npuipa pakhat leh a hnathawhpuite pali hn>n a\angin chibai b<kna a hl^n a. Ch<ng chibai b<knate chu Philemona hn>na thawn vek a ni a. A laka Paula ngenna tichaktu an nih ngei a rinawm. Paulan chibai b<kna a thawn dang z$ngah Kolossa mite hn>na a thawn n>n a inang ber a. Danglamna chhe t> chu, Kolossa-a ka t^npuipa a tih chu Aristarka a nih laiin Philemona-ah chuan Epaphra a ni thung a. Kolossa-a Isua, Justa tih hi Philemona-ah a awm ve lo thung a. A dang, Aristarka, Epaphra, Luka leh Dema te chu an awm vek a ni. Hei hi lehkhathawn pahnihte hmun khat a\ang leh hun inhnai t>a a thawn an nih rinna nemnghettu pakhat chu a ni. Ka t^npuipa a tihte inan lohna chhan sawi fiah d^n kawng khat chu, Aristarka leh Epaphra te hian Paula \anpui an duh av^ngin an int^nt$r ang a, Kolossa lehkhathawn leh Philemona lehkhathawn ziah hun hi an int^n thl^k lai v>l a ni ang tih a ni. Sawi d^n dang leh chu, ka t^npuipa tih hi hun khata a \^npui ve ve tihna a ni chuang lo va; a lo t^npui \hin tawhte a t^r lang mai a ni tih a ni. Isua, Justa an tih bawk chu tih hi Kolossa lehkhathawn ziah hun laia Paula bula awm ve, Philemona lehkhathawn a ziah huna lo kal bo hman tawh a ni theiin a rinawm. Epaphra hi Ephesi khuaa Paula thuhril a\anga Isua ringtu nia rin, anmahni khua Kolossa-a Chanchin |ha thlentu a nih v^nga Paulan a fak viau kha a ni (Kol 1:7-8). Mi dang pali - Marka, Aristarka, Dema leh Luka te chu ka hnathawhpui a ti. Marka hi Kolossa lehkhathawnah Barnaba tupa tia sawi a ni (Kol 4:10). A
328
nu hi harsat hun laia Jerusalem-a Kristiante inkh^wmna in neitu (Tirh 12:12) kha nia rin a ni. Paulan a missionary zin chhuah vawi khatnaah a hruai a; mahse, a hawsan av^ngin a zin vawi hnihnaah kh^n a hruai duh ta lo va. He lehkhathawn ziah lai hi chuan an lo inrem leh tawha, rawng an lo b^wl ho leh daih tawh a ni. Aristarka hi Paula zin \um hnihnaa a zuitu, Ephesi khua rawngb^wlnaa \awi^wmtu (Tirh 19:29) leh Rom khaw panna kawnga a zinpui (Tirh 27:2) a ni. Dema hi chu khawv>l a ngainat av^nga Paula phatsantu a nih hi hriat d^n tl^ngl^wn tak a ni (Kol 4:14; 2 Tim 4:9-12). Luka hi chu Paula \hian hnai tak, d^ktawr, Chanchin |ha pathumna leh Tirhkohte Thiltih ziaktu, Makedonia-ah te, Paula zin \um thumna hnua Palestina-a k$r lehnaah te, Rom panna kawng lawngchhiat tawhnaah te, Paula rawngb^wlnaa tel chawt niin a lang (Kol 4:14; Tirh 16:8-17; 20:5-15; 21:1-18; 27:1-28:16). Rom t^n inah pawh hian Paula bulah a awm z>l a ni. Paula hian a rawngb^wlpui leh a \hiante hming lama chibai b<kna a thawn \hn hi a rawngb^wlna tihl^wktu nasa tak a ni ngei ang. 4. Malswmna Paulan a lehkhathawn zawng zawng hi malswmnain a kh^r a (Rom 16:20b; 1 Kor 16:23; 2 Kor 13:14; Gal 6:18; Eph 6:24; Phil 4:23; Kol 4:18; 1 Thes 5:28; 2 Thes 3:18; 1 Tim 6:21b; 2 Tim 4:22b; Tit 3:15b). Rom leh 1 Korinth tih lohvah chuan a t^wpna at^n a hmang ngh^l z>l a ni. Philemona lehkhathawna malswmna ang tak hi Philippi-ah kan hmu a. H>ng lehkhathawn pahnihah te chauh hian mals^wmna \awngkam at^n khawngaihna (Gk. charis) tih hi a hmang niin Moo-a chuan a sawi.7 A b$ka duhsakna hlu tak ang pawhin a sawi theih wm e. Philemona lehkhathawn tawi t> tihlutute z$nga mi a ni. A tinzwn mite pawh Philemona mai ni lovin, a ina inkh^wmhote an ni. Chuv^ngin i thlarau hn>nah tih aiah in thlarau hn>nah tih z^wk t<r a ni. A anpui hi Galatia 6:18; Philippi 4:23; 2 Timothea 4:22-ah te a awm ve a. Thlarau tih hi \henkhat chuan Thlarau Thianghlim sawina angin hrilhfiah an tum na a, mihring thlarau, khawngaihna dawngtu sawina a ni z^wk wm e.
329
Sawi ho t<r 1. Paulan b^wih b^n tumna emaw ngaimawhna emaw a nei lo tia dem \hin hi Philemona lehkhathawn a\ang hian engtia chh^n t<r nge nia kan hriat? 2. Kumin Puitling Sunday School zirlai a\anga kan zir chhuah t<r nia kan hriat apiangte sawi ni se. Endnotes
1 2
Barclay, Philemon, p. 283.
Douglas J. Moo, The Letters to the Colossians and to Philemon, p. 436; cf., Peter T. OBrien, Colossians, Philemon, 305-6, Lohse, Colossians and Philemon, p. 206; Barthe/Blanke, p. 492. Barclay, Philemon, p. 275. Ignatius-a hi Kristian martar ropuite z$nga s<lhnu nei p^wl tak a ni a. Rom khawpuia tihhlum t<ra an hruaina kawngah Smurna khuaah an ch^wl a. Chuta \ang chuan Asia Minor-a kohhrante hn>na lehkhathawn a ziak ta a. A lehkhathawn bung khatnaah Onesima chu bishop chhenf^kawm tak, Ephesi khaw bishop a ni tih a sawi.
3
Pastor Lehkhathawn (Patoral Epistles) an tihte chu 1 Timothea, 2 Timothea leh Tita te an ni. Philemona hi hmer tel deuh tumna awm \hn mah se, mi mal lehkha a nih av^ngin tel ve a rem chiah lo va. A ziah hun pawh hi a dang tih a lang thei bawk.
4 5
Douglas J. Moo, The Letters to the Colossians and to Philemon, p. 438. Barclay-a chuan Philemona hi Paula thawn ngei a nih ring tho mah se, zirtu tam berin Rom t^n inah Paula hi a thih thlengin \um khat chauh a t^ng nia an rin thu a sawi. Barclay, The Letters to Timothy, Titus, and Philemon, p. 12.
6 7

330
LEHKHABU RWNTE Mizo Challianngura (Rev.). Chhandamna. Aizawl: SL&PB, 2010. Colney, Zosangliana (Rev.). Nilai leh Beihrual Thupui. Aizawl: SL&PB, 2011. Lalchhuanliana (Rev. Dr.). Kolossa Hrilhfiahna. Aizawl: Mizo Theological Literature Committee. Vol. VIII, 2005. Lalchhuanliana (Rev. Dr.). Philippi Hrilhfiahna. Aizawl: Mizo Theological Literature Committee. Vol. VIII, 2005. Rokhuma (Rev.). Ephesi Hrilhfiahna. Aizawl: Mizo Theological Literature Committee. Vol. VIII, 2005. English Arnold, Clinton E. Ephesians: Power and Magic. Cambridge: University Press, 1989. Barclay, William. The Letters to the Galatians and Ephesians. Reprint. West Bangalore: Theological Publications in India,1984. Barclay, William. The Letters to the Philippians, Colossians and Thessalonians. Reprint. West Bangalore: Theological Publications in India, 1984. Berkhof, Louis. A Summary of Christian Doctrine. Edinburgh: The Banner of Truth Trust, 2002. Cairns, Earle E. Christianity Through the Centuries. Grand Rapids, Michigan: Zodervan Publishing House, 1979.
331
Calvin, John. Institutes of the Christian Religion. Translated by Beveridge. Vols. I & II, Grand Rapids: WM. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1983. __________. John Calvins Sermons on Ephesians. Edinburgh: The Banner of Truth Trust, 1987. __________. The Epistles of Paul the Apostle to the Galatians, Ephesians, Philippians and Colossians, (translated by T.H.L. Parker), Edinburgh: Oliver and Boyd Ltd., 1965. __________. The Epistles of Paul to the Galatians, Ephesians, Philippians and Colossians, (translated by Parker, T.H.L.). London: Oliver and Boyd Ltd., 1965. Clark, Elmer T. The Small Sects in America: An Authentic Study of Almost 300 Little-known Religious Groups. Tennessee: Abingdon Press, n.d. (latest publn. ref. in the book 1949). Douglas, J.D. New Bible Dictionary. Secunderabad: OM Books, 1997. Erdman, Charles R. The Epistle of Paul to the Ephesians: An Exposition. Pennsylvania: Westminster Press, n.d. Fee, Gordon D. Pauls Letter to the Philippians. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Co., 1995. Foulkes, Francis. The Epistle of Paul to the Ephesians: An Introduction and Commentary. London: Inter-Varsity Press, 1974. Fowl, Stephen E. Philippians. Grand Rapids: William B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 2005.
332
Guthrie, D. ed. New Bible Commentary. Secunderabad: OM Books, 1997. Hagelberg, Dave. A Commentary on Colossians: The Proclamation of Christ that Leads to Spiritual Maturity. Delhi: ISPCK, 2011. Harris, Murray J. Colossians and Philemon. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1991. Johnston, George, ed. Ephesians, Philippians, Colossians and Philemon, London: Thomas Nelson and Sons Ltd., nd. Kitchen, Martin. Ephesians. London: New Testament Readings, Routledge, 1994. Liefeld, Walter L. Ephesians. Leicester: Inter-Varsity Press, 1997. Lincoln, Andrew T. Ephesians. Word Biblical Commentary, vol. 42, Dallas Texas: Word Books Publisher, 1990. Lohse, Eduard. Colossians and Philemon . Minneapolis: Hermeneia Series, 1971. Martin, Ralph P. Colossians and Philemon. The New Century Bible Commentary. Reprint. London: Marshall Morgan & Scott, 1992. ___________. Philippians: An Introduction and Commentary. Tyndale New Testament Commentaries. London: Inter-Varsity Press, 1974, Moo, Douglas J. The Letters to the Colossians and to Philemon. The Pillar New Testament Commentary. Grand Rapids: William B Eerdmans, 2008.
333
OBrien, Peter T. Colossians, Philemon: Word Biblical Commentary. Vol. 44, Texas: Word Books Publisher, 1982. Smith, Oswald J. The Challenge of Missions. Toronto: The Peoples Church, 1999. Smith, Oswald J. The Enduement of Power. Toronto: The Peoples Church, 1978. Thomas, M.M. The First-Born of All Creation: Colossians, Philemon. Tiruvalla: BTTBPSA, 2004. n.a., Theological Dictionary of the New Testament (TDNT). Grand Rapids, 1964. Tozer, A.W. Tragedy in the Church: The Missing Gifts. Kent: STL Books, 1980. Wall, Robert W. Colossians & Philemon. Leicester: InterVarsity Press, 1993. Wright, N.T. Colossians and Philemon: Tyndale New Testament Commentaries. Leicester: Inter-Varsity Press, 1986.
334

Puitling SS Zirlai 2014 - Ephesi, Philippi, Kolossa Leh Philemona

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Puitling SS Zirlai 2014 - Ephesi, Philippi, Kolossa Leh Philemona

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

MIZO SUNDAY SCHOOL UNION

Thuthlung Thar Hrilhfiahna

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA HRILHFIAHNA

Buatsaihtu Rev. Dr. Vanlalchhuanawma, B.A. (Distn.), B.D., M.Th., D.Th.

SYNOD LITERATURE & PUBLICATION BOARD

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

Chhut khatna - 2013 Copies - 65,000 (All rights reserved)

Typesed by Synod Literature & Publication Board

Printed at Synod Press Aizawl - 796 001 Mizoram

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

A CHHNGA THU AWMTE Phk iv vi xi xii xiii xiv xvi

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43.

231 238 245 252 260 267 275

44. 45. 46. 47.

284 293 301 308 315

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

CHHUAHTU BOARD THUCHNG

(REV. K.LALPIANGTHARA) Editor, Synod Literature & Publication Board

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

(REV. LALZUITHANGA) Executive Secretary i/c MSSU

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

SYNOD KALENDAR 2014 (*Synod Office chawlh)

79 11 13 20* 22 2527 27 Feb - 2 March

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

JULY A UGUST SEPTEMBER

2* 9-12 16 19 20 21 22 2324 27 28 29 30 31 2 4 5 1113 1820 26 27

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

Pathianni Thawh\anni Thawhlehni Nilaini Ningani Zirtawpni Inrinni

Pathianni Thawh\anni Thawhlehni Nilaini Ningani Zirtawpni Inrinni

Pathianni Thawh\anni Thawhlehni Nilaini Ningani Zirtawpni Inrinni

Pathianni Thawh\anni Thawhlehni Nilaini Ningani Zirtawpni Inrinni

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

|HEN I EPHESI KHUAA MITE HNNA TIRHKOH PAULA LEHKHATHAWN

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

Foulkes, Ephesians, p. 17. Foulkes, Ephesians, p. 17.

Barclay, Ephesians, p. 64. Foulkes, Ephesians, p. 19. Foulkes, Ephesians, p. 18.

Foulkes, Ephesians, p. 17. Barclay, Ephesians, p. 69.

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA

EPHESI, PHILIPPI, KOLOSSA LEH PHILEMONA